Vaping: The new wave of nicotine addiction

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 12/12/2019 - 11:36
Display Headline
Vaping: The new wave of nicotine addiction

Electronic cigarettes and other “vaping” devices have been increasing in popularity among youth and adults since their introduction in the US market in 2007.1 This increase is partially driven by a public perception that vaping is harmless, or at least less harmful than cigarette smoking.2 Vaping fans also argue that current smokers can use vaping as nicotine replacement therapy to help them quit smoking.3

We disagree. Research on the health effects of vaping, though still limited, is accumulating rapidly and making it increasingly clear that this habit is far from harmless. For youth, it is a gateway to addiction to nicotine and other substances. Whether it can help people quit smoking remains to be seen. And recent months have seen reports of serious respiratory illnesses and even deaths linked to vaping.4

In December 2016, the US Surgeon General warned that e-cigarette use among youth and young adults in the United States represents a “major public health concern,”5 and that more adolescents and young adults are now vaping than smoking conventional tobacco products.

This article reviews the issue of vaping in the United States, as well as available evidence regarding its safety.

YOUTH AT RISK

Retail sales of e-cigarettes and vaping devices approach an annual $7 billion.6 A 2014–2015 survey found that 2.4% of the general US population were current users of e-cigarettes, and 8.5% had tried them at least once.3

790tbl1.jpg
Youth are particularly at risk. In a 2018 survey,7 20.8% of high school students reported using e-cigarettes on more than 1 day in the previous 30 days (Table 1), a significant increase from 1.5% in 2011. Additionally, 11.3% of high school students reported using 2 or more types of tobacco products; in middle school students, the number was 4.9%—nearly 1 in 20—up from 0.6% in 2011.8

In 2014, for the first time, e-cigarette use became more common among US youth than traditional cigarettes.5

The odds of taking up vaping are higher among minority youth in the United States, particularly Hispanics.9 This trend is particularly worrisome because several longitudinal studies have shown that adolescents who use e-cigarettes are 3 times as likely to eventually become smokers of traditional cigarettes compared with adolescents who do not use e-cigarettes.10–12

If US youth continue smoking at the current rate, 5.6 million of the current population under age 18, or 1 of every 13, will die early of a smoking-related illness.13 

RECENT OUTBREAK OF VAPING-ASSOCIATED LUNG INJURY

As of November 5, 2019, there had been 2,051 cases of vaping-associated lung injury in 49 states (all except Alaska), the District of Columbia, and 1 US territory reported to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), with 39 confirmed deaths.4 The reported cases include respiratory injury including acute eosinophilic pneumonia, organizing pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and hypersensitivity pneumonitis.14

Most of these patients had been vaping tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), though many used both nicotine- and THC-containing products, and others used products containing nicotine exclusively.4 Thus, it is difficult to identify the exact substance or substances that may be contributing to this sudden outbreak among vape users, and many different product sources are currently under investigation.

One substance that may be linked to the epidemic is vitamin E acetate, which the New York State Department of Health has detected in high levels in cannabis vaping cartridges used by patients who developed lung injury.15 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is continuing to analyze vape cartridge samples submitted by affected patients to look for other chemicals that can contribute to the development of serious pulmonary illness.

 

 

WHAT IS AN E-CIGARETTE? WHAT IS A VAPE PEN?

791fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Various%20vaping%20devices.%3C%2Fp%3E
E-cigarettes, the most common type of electronic nicotine delivery system,1 look like conventional cigarettes. Designs vary, but the devices generally contain a power source (typically a lithium battery), a heating element, and a reservoir for the “e-liquid” (Figure 1). The e-liquid typically consists of a solvent (propylene glycol or vegetable glycerin), flavorings (eg, tobacco, mint, fruit, bubblegum), and, often, nicotine in various doses. When the user inhales, the negative pressure closes a switch, turning on the heater, which turns some of the liquid into an aerosol, which is inhaled. The aerosol may contain nicotine, but formulations are proprietary and not currently regulated.

Vape pens consist of similar elements but are not necessarily similar in appearance to a conventional cigarette, and may look more like a pen or a USB flash drive. In fact, the Juul device is recharged by plugging it into a USB port.

Vaping devices have many street names, including e-cigs, e-hookahs, vape pens, mods, vapes, and tank systems.

The first US patent application for a device resembling a modern e-cigarette was filed in 1963, but the product never made it to the market.16 Instead, the first commercially successful e-cigarette was created in Beijing in 2003 and introduced to US markets in 2007.

Newer-generation devices have larger batteries and can heat the liquid to higher temperatures, releasing more nicotine and forming additional toxicants such as formaldehyde. Devices lack standardization in terms of design, capacity for safely holding e-liquid, packaging of the e-liquid, and features designed to minimize hazards of use.

Not just nicotine

Many devices are designed for use with other drugs, including THC.17 In a 2018 study, 10.9% of college students reported vaping marijuana in the past 30 days, up from 5.2% in 2017.18

Other substances are being vaped as well.19 In theory, any heat-stable psychoactive recreational drug could be aerosolized and vaped. There are increasing reports of e-liquids containing recreational drugs such as synthetic cannabinoid receptor agonists, crack cocaine, LSD, and methamphetamine.17

Freedom, rebellion, glamour

Sales have risen rapidly since 2007 with widespread advertising on television and in print publications for popular brands, often featuring celebrities.20 Spending on advertising for e-cigarettes and vape devices rose from $6.4 million in 2011 to $115 million in 2014—and that was before the advent of Juul (see below).21

Marketing campaigns for vaping devices mimic the themes previously used successfully by the tobacco industry, eg, freedom, rebellion, and glamour. They also make unsubstantiated claims about health benefits and smoking cessation, though initial websites contained endorsements from physicians, similar to the strategies of tobacco companies in old cigarette ads. Cigarette ads have been prohibited since 1971—but not e-cigarette ads. Moreover, vaping products appear as product placements in television shows and movies, with advocacy groups on social media.22

By law, buyers have to be 18 or 21

792tbl2.jpg
In 2016, the FDA published rules and regulations for the sale of tobacco products—including e-cigarettes—deeming them to be subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as amended by the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act, placing restrictions on their sale and distribution, and requiring warning statements on them.23 Notably, it prohibited sale of tobacco products to anyone younger than 18 (and 18 US states now require buyers to be at least 21; Table 2). The FDA also prohibited sales in vending machines, except in locations that are inaccessible to youth.

Vaping devices can be purchased at vape shops, convenience stores, gas stations, and over the Internet; up to 50% of sales are conducted online.24

Fruit flavors are popular

Zhu et al25 estimated that 7,700 unique vaping flavors exist, with fruit and candy flavors predominating. The most popular flavors are tobacco and mint, followed by fruit, dessert and candy flavors, alcoholic flavors (strawberry daiquiri, margarita), and food flavors.25 These flavors have been associated with higher usage in youth, leading to increased risk of nicotine addiction.26

WHAT IS JUUL?

The Juul device (Juul Labs, www.juul.com) was developed in 2015 by 2 Stanford University graduates. Their goal was to produce a more satisfying and cigarette-like vaping experience, specifically by increasing the amount of nicotine delivered while maintaining smooth and pleasant inhalation. They created an e-liquid that could be vaporized effectively at lower temperatures.27

While more than 400 brands of vaping devices are currently available in the United States,3 Juul has held the largest market share since 2017,28 an estimated 72.1% as of August 2018.29 The surge in popularity of this particular brand is attributed to its trendy design that is similar in size and appearance to a USB flash drive,29 and its offering of sweet flavors such as “crème brûlée” and “cool mint.”

On April 24, 2018, in view of growing concern about the popularity of Juul products among youth, the FDA requested that the company submit documents regarding its marketing tactics, as well as research on the effects of this marketing on product design and public health impact, and information about adverse experiences and complaints.30 The company was forced to change its marketing to appeal less to youth. Now it offers only 3 flavors: “Virginia tobacco,” “classic tobacco,” and “menthol,” although off-brand pods containing a variety of flavors are still available. And some pods are refillable, so users can essentially vape any substance they want.

Although the Juul device delivers a strong dose of nicotine, it is small and therefore easy to hide from parents and teachers, and widespread use has been reported among youth in middle and high schools. Hoodies, hemp jewelry, and backpacks have been designed to hide the devices and allow for easy, hands-free use. YouTube searches for terms such as “Juul,” “hiding Juul at school,” and “Juul in class,” yield thousands of results.31 A 2017 survey reported that 8% of Americans age 15 to 24 had used Juul in the month prior to the survey.32 “To juul” has become a verb.

Each Juul starter kit contains the rechargeable inhalation device plus 4 flavored pods. In the United States, each Juul pod contains nearly as much nicotine as 1 pack of 20 cigarettes in a concentration of 3% or 5%. (Israel and Europe have forced the company to replace the 5% nicotine pods with 1.7% nicotine pods.33) A starter kit costs $49.99, and additional packs of 4 flavored liquid cartridges or pods cost $15.99.34 Other brands of vape pens cost between $15 and $35, and 10-mL bottles of e-liquid cost approximately $7.

What is ‘dripping’?

Hard-core vapers seeking a more intense experience are taking their vaping devices apart and modifying them for “dripping,” ie, directly dripping vape liquids onto the heated coils for inhalation. In a survey, 1 in 4 high school students using vape devices also used them for dripping, citing desires for a thicker cloud of vapor, more intense flavor, “a stronger throat hit,” curiosity, and other reasons.35 Dripping involves higher temperatures, which leads to higher amounts of nicotine delivered, along with more formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and acetone (see below).36

 

 

BAD THINGS IN E-LIQUID AEROSOL

Studies of vape liquids consistently confirm the presence of toxic substances in the resulting vape aerosol.37–40 Depending on the combination of flavorings and solvents in a given e-liquid, a variety of chemicals can be detected in the aerosol from various vaping devices. Chemicals that may be detected include known irritants of respiratory mucosa, as well as various carcinogens. The list includes:

  • Organic volatile compounds such as propylene glycol, glycerin, and toluene
  • Aldehydes such as formaldehyde (released when propylene glycol is heated to high temperatures), acetaldehyde, and benzaldehyde
  • Acetone and acrolein
  • Carcinogenic nitrosamines
  • Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
  • Particulate matter
  • Metals including chromium, cadmium, nickel, and lead; and particles of copper, nickel, and silver have been found in electronic nicotine delivery system aerosol in higher levels than in conventional cigarette smoke.41

The specific chemicals detected can vary greatly between brands, even when the flavoring and nicotine content are equivalent, which frequently results in inconsistent and conflicting study findings. The chemicals detected also vary with the voltage or power used to generate the aerosol. Different flavors may carry varying levels of risk; for example, mint- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes were shown to expose users to dangerous levels of pulegone, a carcinogenic compound banned as a food additive in 2018.42 The concentrations of some of these chemicals are sufficiently high to be of toxicologic concern; for example, one study reported the presence of benzaldehyde in e-cigarette aerosol at twice the workplace exposure limit.43

Biologic effects

In an in vitro study,44 57% of e-liquids studied were found to be cytotoxic to human pulmonary fibroblasts, lung epithelial cells, and human embryonic stem cells. Fruit-flavored e-liquids in particular caused a significant increase in DNA fragmentation. Cell cultures treated with e-cigarette liquids showed increased oxidative stress, reduced cell proliferation, and increased DNA damage,44 which may have implications for carcinogenic risk.

In another study,45 exposure to e-cigarette aerosol as well as conventional cigarette smoke resulted in suppression of genes related to immune and inflammatory response in respiratory epithelial cells. All genes with decreased expression after exposure to conventional cigarette smoke also showed decreased expression with exposure to e-cigarette smoke, which the study authors suggested could lead to immune suppression at the level of the nasal mucosa. Diacetyl and acetoin, chemicals found in certain flavorings, have been linked to bronchiolitis obliterans, or “popcorn lung.”46

Nicotine is not benign

The nicotine itself in many vaping liquids should also not be underestimated. Nicotine has harmful neurocognitive effects and addictive properties, particularly in the developing brains of adolescents and young adults.47 Nicotine exposure during adolescence negatively affects memory, attention, and emotional regulation,48 as well as executive functioning, reward processing, and learning.49

The brain undergoes major structural remodeling in adolescence, and nicotine acetylcholine receptors regulate neural maturation. Early exposure to nicotine disrupts this process, leading to poor executive functioning, difficulty learning, decreased memory, and issues with reward processing.

Fetal exposure, if nicotine products are used during pregnancy, has also been linked to adverse consequences such as deficits in attention and cognition, behavioral effects, and sudden infant death syndrome.5

Much to learn about toxicity

Partly because vaping devices have been available to US consumers only since 2007, limited evidence is available regarding the long-term effects of exposure to the aerosol from these devices in humans.1 Many of the studies mentioned above were in vitro studies or conducted in mouse models. Differences in device design and the composition of the e-liquid among device brands pose a challenge for developing well-designed studies of the long-term health effects of e-cigarette and vape use. Additionally, devices may have different health impacts when used to vape cannabis or other drugs besides nicotine, which requires further investigation.

E-CIGARETTES AND SMOKING CESSATION

Conventional cigarette smoking is a major public health threat, as tobacco use is responsible for 480,000 deaths annually in the United States.50

And smoking is extremely difficult to quit: as many as 80% of smokers who attempt to quit resume smoking within the first month.51 The chance of successfully quitting improves by over 50% if the individual undergoes nicotine replacement therapy, and it improves even more with counseling.50

There are currently 5 types of FDA-approved nicotine replacement therapy products (gum, patch, lozenge, inhaler, nasal spray) to help with smoking cessation. In addition, 2 non-nicotine prescription drugs (varenicline and bupropion) have been approved for treating tobacco dependence.

Can vaping devices be added to the list of nicotine replacement therapy products? Although some manufacturers try to brand their devices as smoking cessation aids, in one study,52 one-third of e-cigarette users said they had either never used conventional cigarettes or had formerly smoked them.

Bullen et al53 randomized smokers interested in quitting to receive either e-cigarettes, nicotine patches, or placebo (nicotine-free) e-cigarettes and followed them for 6 months. Rates of tobacco cessation were less than predicted for the entire study population, resulting in insufficient power to determine the superiority of any single method, but the study authors concluded that nicotine e-cigarettes were “modestly effective” at helping smokers quit, and that abstinence rates may be similar to those with nicotine patches.53

Hajek et al54 randomized 886 smokers to e-cigarette or nicotine replacement products of their choice. After 1 year, 18% of e-cigarette users had stopped smoking, compared with  9.9% of nicotine replacement product users. However, 80% of the e-cigarette users were still using e-cigarettes after 1 year, while only 9% of nicotine replacement product users were still using nicotine replacement therapy products after 1 year.

While quitting conventional cigarette smoking altogether has widely established health benefits, little is known about the health benefits of transitioning from conventional cigarette smoking to reduced conventional cigarette smoking with concomitant use of e-cigarettes.

Campagna et al55 found no beneficial health effects in smokers who partially substituted conventional cigarettes for e-cigarettes.

Many studies found that smokers use e-cigarettes to maintain their habit instead of quitting entirely.56 It has been suggested that any slight increase in effectiveness in smoking cessation by using e-cigarettes compared with other nicotine replacement products could be linked to satisfying of the habitual smoking actions, such as inhaling and bringing the hand to the mouth,24 which are absent when using other nicotine replacement methods such as a nicotine patch.

As with safety information, long-term outcomes regarding the use of vape devices for smoking cessation have not been yet established, as this option is still relatively new.

 

 

VAPING AS A GATEWAY DRUG

Another worrisome trend involving electronic nicotine delivery systems is their marketing and branding, which appear to be aimed directly at adolescents and young adults. Juul and other similar products cannot be sold to anyone under the age of 18 (or 21 in 18 states, including California, Massachusetts, New York, and now Ohio). Despite this, Juul and similar products continue to increase in popularity among middle school and high school students.57

While smoking cessation and health improvement are cited as reasons for vaping among middle-aged and older adults, adolescents and young adults more often cite flavor, enjoyment, peer use, and curiosity as reasons for use.

Adolescents are more likely to report interest in trying a vape product flavored with menthol or fruit than tobacco, and commonly hold the belief that fruit-flavored e-cigarettes are less harmful than tobacco-flavored e-cigarettes.58 Harrell et al59 polled youth and young adults who used flavored e-cigarettes, and 78% said they would no longer use the product if their preferred flavor were not available. In September 2019, Michigan became the first state to ban the sale of flavored e-cigarettes in stores and online. Similar bills have been introduced in California, Massachusetts, and New York.60

Myths and misperceptions abound among youth regarding smoking vs vaping. Young people view regular cigarette smoking negatively, as causing cancer, bad breath, and asthma exacerbations. Meanwhile, they believe marijuana is safer and less addictive than traditional cigarette smoking.61 Youth exposed to e-cigarette advertisements viewed e-cigarettes as healthier, more enjoyable, “cool,” safe, and fun.61 The overall public health impact of increasing initiation of smoking, particularly among youth and young adults, should not be underestimated.

SECONDHAND VAPE AND OTHER EXPOSURE RISKS

Cigarette smoking has been banned in many public places, in view of a large body of scientific evidence about the harmful effects of secondhand smoke. Advocates for allowing vaping in public places say that vaping emissions do not harm bystanders, but evidence is insufficient to support this claim.62 One study showed that passive exposure to e-cigarette aerosol generated increases in serum levels of cotinine (a nicotine metabolite) similar to those with passive exposure to conventional cigarette smoke.5

Accidental nicotine poisoning in children as a result of ingesting e-cigarette liquid is also a major concern,63 particularly with sweet flavors such as bubblegum or cheesecake that may be attractive to children.

Calls to US poison control centers with respect to e-cigarettes and vaping increased from 1 per month in September 2010 to 215 in February 2014, with 51% involving children under age 5.64 This trend resulted in the Child Nicotine Poisoning Prevention Act, which passed in 2015 and went into effect in 2016, requiring packaging that is difficult to open for children under age 5.5

Device malfunctions or battery failures have led to explosions that have resulted in substantial injuries to users, as well as house and car fires.49

HOW DO WE DISCOURAGE ADOLESCENT USE?

There are currently no established treatment approaches for adolescents who have become addicted to vaping. A review of the literature regarding treatment modalities used to address adolescent use of tobacco and marijuana provides insight that options such as nicotine replacement therapy and counseling modalities such as cognitive behavioral therapy may be helpful in treating teen vaping addiction. However, more research is needed to determine the effectiveness of these treatments in youth addicted to vaping.

Given that youth who vape even once are more likely to try other types of tobacco, we recommend that parents and healthcare providers start conversations by asking what the young person has seen or heard about vaping. Young people can also be asked what they think the school’s response should be: Do they think vaping should be banned in public places, as cigarettes have been banned? What about the carbon footprint? What are their thoughts on the plastic waste, batteries, and other toxins generated by the e-cigarette industry?

New US laws ban the sale of e-cigarettes and vaping devices to minors in stores and online. These policies are modeled in many cases on environmental control policies that have been previously employed to reduce tobacco use, particularly by youth. For example, changing laws to mandate sales only to individuals age 21 and older in all states can help to decrease access to these products among middle school and high school students.

As with tobacco cessation, education will not be enough. Support of legislation that bans vaping in public places, increases pricing to discourage adolescent use, and other measures used successfully to decrease conventional cigarette smoking can be deployed to decrease the public health impact of e-cigarettes. We recommend further regulation of specific harmful chemicals and clear, detailed ingredient labeling to increase consumer understanding of the risks associated with these products. Additionally, we recommend eliminating flavored e-cigarettes, which are the most appealing type for young users, and raising prices of e-cigarettes and similar products to discourage use by youth.

If current cigarette smokers want to use e-cigarettes to quit, we recommend that clinicians counsel them to eventually completely stop use of traditional cigarettes and switch to using e-cigarettes, instead of becoming a dual user of both types of products or using e-cigarettes indefinitely. After making that switch, they should then work to gradually taper usage and nicotine addiction by reducing the amount of nicotine in the e-liquid. Clinicians should ask patients about use of e-cigarettes and vaping devices specifically, and should counsel nonsmokers to avoid initiation of use.

EVIDENCE OF HARM CONTINUES TO EMERGE

Data about respiratory effects, secondhand exposure, and long-term smoking cessation efficacy are still limited, and it remains as yet unknown what combinations of solvents, flavorings, and nicotine in a given e-liquid will result in the most harmful or least harmful effects. In addition, while much of the information about the safety of these components has been obtained using in vitro or mouse models, increasing reports of serious respiratory illness and rising numbers of deaths linked to vaping make it clear that these findings likely translate to harmful effects in humans.

E-cigarettes may ultimately prove to be less harmful than traditional cigarettes, but it seems likely that with further time and research, serious health risks of e-cigarette use will continue to emerge.

References
  1. Sood A, Kesic M, Hernandez M. Electronic cigarettes: one size does not fit all. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2018; 141(6):1973-1982. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2018.02.029
  2. Romijnders K, van Osch L, de Vries H, Talhout R. Perceptions and reasons regarding e-cigarette use among users and non-users: a narrative literature review. Int J Environ Res Public Health 2018; 15(6):1190. doi:10.3390/ijerph15061190
  3. Zhu S, Zhuang Y-L, Wong S, Cummins SE, Tedeschi GJ. E-cigarette use and associated changes in population smoking cessation: evidence from US current population surveys. BMJ 2017; 358:j3262. doi:10.1136/bmj.j3262
  4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Outbreak of lung injury associated with e-cigarette use, or vaping. Updated November 5, 2019. www.cdc.gov/tobacco/basic_information/e-Cigarettes/severe-Lung-Disease.html. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  5. US Public Health Services, US Department of Health and Human Services. E-cigarette use among youth and young adults: a report of the Surgeon General. Rockville, MD, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2016. https://e-cigarettes.surgeongeneral.gov/documents/2016_sgr_full_report_non-508.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  6. Thomas K, Kaplan S. E-cigarettes went unchecked in 10 years of federal inaction. New York Times Oct 14, 2019; updated November 1, 2019. www.nytimes.com/2019/10/14/health/vaping-e-cigarettes-fda.html.
  7. Cullen KA, Ambrose BK, Gentzke AS, Apelberg BJ, Jamal A, King BA. Notes from the field: use of electronic cigarettes and any tobacco product among middle and high school students—United States, 2011–2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2018; 67(45):1276–1277. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6745a5
  8. Gentzke A, Creamer M, Cullen K, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vital signs: tobacco product use among middle and high school students—United States, 2011–2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2019; 68(6):157–164. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6806e1
  9. Hammig B, Daniel-Dobbs P, Blunt-Vinti H. Electronic cigarette initiation among minority youth in the United States. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse 2017; 43(3):306–310. doi:10.1080/00952990.2016.1203926
  10. Primack BA, Soneji S, Stoolmiller M, Fine MJ, Sargent JD. Progression to traditional cigarette smoking after electronic cigarette use among U.S. adolescents and young adults. JAMA Pediatr 2015; 169(11):1018–1023. doi:10.1001/jamapediatrics.2015.1742
  11. Leventhal AM, Strong DR, Kirkpatrick MG, et al. Association of electronic cigarette use with initiation of combustible tobacco product smoking in early adolescence. JAMA 2015; 314(7):700–707. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.8950
  12. Wills TA, Knight R, Sargent JD, Gibbons FX, Pagano I, Williams RJ. Longitudinal study of e-cigarette use and onset of cigarette smoking among high school students in Hawaii. Tob Control 2016; 26(1):34–39. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2015-052705
  13. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (US) Office on Smoking and Health. The health consequences of smoking—50 years of progress: a report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK179276/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK179276.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  14. Christiani DC. Vaping-induced lung injury. N Engl J Med 2019; Sept 6. Epub ahead of print. doi:10.1056/NEJMe1912032
  15. Neel J, Aubrey A. Vitamin E suspected in serious lung problems among people who vaped cannabis. NPR Sept 5, 2019. www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2019/09/05/758005409/vitamin-e-suspected-in-serious-lung-problems-among-people-who-vaped-cannabis. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  16. White A. Plans for the first e-cigarette went up in smoke 50 years ago. Smithsonian Magazine December 2018. www.smithsonianmag.com/innovation/plans-for-first-e-cigarette-went-up-in-smoke-50-years-ago-180970730.
  17. Blundell MS, Dargan PI, Wood DM. The dark cloud of recreational drugs and vaping. QJM 2018; 111(3):145–148. doi:10.1093/qjmed/hcx049
  18. Schulenberg JE, Johnston LD, O’Malley PM, Bachman JG, Miech RA, Patrick ME. Monitoring the future: national survey results on drug use, 1975–2018. 2018 Volume 2. College students & adults ages 19–60. www.monitoringthefuture.org/pubs/monographs/mtf-vol2_2018.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  19. Eggers ME, Lee YO, Jackson J, Wiley JL, Porter J, Nonnemaker JM. Youth use of electronic vapor products and blunts for administering cannabis. Addict Behav 2017; 70:79-82. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2017.02.020
  20. Regan AK, Promoff G, Dube SR, Arrazola R. Electronic nicotine delivery systems: adult use and awareness of the “e-cigarette”in the USA. Tob Control 2013; 22(1):19–23. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2011-050044
  21. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. E-cigarette ads and youth. www.cdc.gov/vitalsigns/ecigarette-ads/index.html.
  22. Noel JK, Rees VW, Connolly GN. Electronic cigarettes: a new “tobacco” industry? Tob Control 2011; 20(1):81. doi:10.1136/tc.2010.038562
  23. US Food and Drug Administration. Deeming tobacco products to be subject to the federal food, drug, and cosmetic act, as amended by the family smoking prevention and tobacco control act; restrictions on the sale and distribution of tobacco products and required warning statements for tobacco products. Federal Register 2016; 81(90), May 10, 2016. www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2016-05-10/pdf/2016-10685.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  24. Rom O, Pecorelli A, Valacchi G, Reznick AZ. Are e-cigarettes a safe and good alternative to cigarette smoking? Ann NY Acad Sci 2015; 1340:65–74. doi:10.1111/nyas.12609
  25. Zhu SH, Sun JY, Bonnevie E, et al. Four hundred and sixty brands of e-cigarettes and counting: implications for product regulation. Tob Control 2014; 23(suppl 3):iii3-iii9. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2014-051670
  26. Kong G, Morean ME, Cavallo DA, Camenga DR, Krishnan-Sarin S. Reasons for electronic cigarette experimentation and discontinuation among adolescents and young adults. Nicotine Tob Res 2015; 17(7):847–854. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu257
  27. Baca MC. How two Stanford grads aimed for big tech glory and got big tobacco instead. Updated September 4, 2019. The Washington Post September 4, 2019. www.washingtonpost.com/technology/2019/09/04/how-two-stanford-grads-aimed-big-tech-glory-got-big-tobacco-instead. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  28. Huang J, Duan Z, Kwok J, et al. Vaping versus JUULing: how the extraordinary growth and marketing of JUUL transformed the US retail e-cigarette market. Tob Control 2019; 28(2):146–151. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054382
  29. Walley SC, Wilson KM, Winickoff JP, Groner J. A public health crisis: electronic cigarettes, vape, and JUUL. Pediatrics 2019; 143(6):pii:e20182741. doi:10.1542/peds.2018-2741
  30. Zernike K. F.D.A. cracks down on “juuling” among teenagers. The New York Times April 24, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/04/24/health/fda-e-cigarettes-minors-juul.html. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  31. Ramamurthi D, Chau C, Jackler RK. JUUL and other stealth vaporisers: hiding the habit from parents and teachers. Tob Control 2018 Sep 15; pii:tobaccocontrol-2018-054455. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054455. [Epub ahead of print]
  32. Willett JG, Bennett M, Hair EC, et al. Recognition, use and perceptions of JUUL among youth and young adults. Tob Control 2019; 28(1):115–116. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054273
  33. Kaplan S. Juul’s new product: less nicotine, more intense vapor. New York Times Nov 27, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/11/27/health/juul-ecigarettes-nicotine.html.
  34. JUUL Labs. JUULpods. www.juul.com/shop/pods. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  35. Krishnan-Sarin S, Morean M, Kong G, et al. E-cigarettes and “dripping” among high-school youth. Pediatrics 2017; 139(3):pii:e20163224. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-3224
  36. Kosmider L, Sobczak A, Fik M, et al. Carbonyl compounds in electronic cigarette vapors: effects of nicotine solvent and battery output voltage. Nicotine Tob Res 2014; 16(10):1319–1326. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu078
  37. Rawlinson C, Martin S, Frosina J, Wright C. Chemical characterisation of aerosols emitted by electronic cigarettes using thermal desorption-gas chromatography-time of flight mass spectrometry. J Chromatogr A 2017; 1497:144–154. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2017.02.050
  38. Lee MS, LeBouf RF, Son YS, Koutrakis P, Christiani DC. Nicotine, aerosol particles, carbonyls and volatile organic compounds in tobacco- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes. Environ Health 2017; 16(1):42. doi:10.1186/s12940-017-0249-x
  39. Williams M, Bozhilov K, Ghai S, Talbot P. Elements including metals in the atomizer and aerosol of disposable electronic cigarettes and electronic hookahs. PLoS One 2017; 12(4):e0175430. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175430.
  40. Goniewicz ML, Knysak J, Gawron M, et al. Levels of selected carcinogens and toxicants in vapour from electronic cigarettes. Tob Control 2014; 23(2):133–139. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2012-050859
  41. Drope J, Cahn Z, Kennedy R, et al. Key issues surrounding the health impacts of electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS) and other sources of nicotine. CA Cancer J Clin 2017; 67(6):449–471. doi:10.3322/caac.21413
  42. Jabba SV, Jordt SE. Risk analysis for the carcinogen pulegone in mint- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. JAMA Intern Med 2019 Sep 16 [Epub ahead of print]. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2019.3649
  43. Tierney PA, Karpinsky CD, Brown JE, Luo W, Pankow JF. Flavour chemicals in electronic cigarette fluids. Tob Control 2016; 25(e1):e10–e15. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2014-052175
  44. Behar RZ, Wang Y, Talbot P. Comparing the cytotoxicity of electronic cigarette fluids, aerosols and solvents. Tob Control 2017; 27(3):325–333. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053472
  45. Martin EM, Clapp PW, Rebuli ME, et al. E-cigarette use results in suppression of immune and inflammatory-response genes in nasal epithelial cells similar to cigarette smoke. Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol 2016; 311(1):L135–L144. doi:10.1152/ajplung.00170.2016
  46. Holden VK, Hines SE. Update on flavoring-induced lung disease. Curr Opin Pulm Med 2016;22(2):158–164. doi:10.1097/MCP.0000000000000250
  47. Siqueira L; Committee on Substance Use and Prevention. Nicotine and tobacco as substances of abuse in children and adolescents. Pediatrics 2017; 139(1):pii:e20163436. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-3436
  48. England LJ, Bunnell RE, Pechacek TF, Tong VT, McAfee TA. Nicotine and the developing human: a neglected element in the electronic cigarette debate. Am J Prev Med 2015; 49(2):286–293. doi:10.1016/j.amepre.2015.01.015
  49. Modesto-Lowe V, Alvarado C. E-cigs…are they cool? Talking to teens about e-cigarettes. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2017; 51(10):947–952. doi:10.1177/0009922817705188
  50. Prochaska JJ, Benowitz NL. The past, present, and future of nicotine addiction therapy. Annu Rev Med 2017; 67:467–486. doi:10.1146/annurev-med-111314-033712
  51. Hughes JR, Keely J, Naud S. Shape of the relapse curve and long-term abstinence among untreated smokers. Addiction 2004; 99(1):29–38. doi:10.1111/j.1360-0443.2004.00540.x
  52. McMillen RC, Gottlieb MA, Shaefer RM, Winickoff JP, Klein JD. Trends in electronic cigarette use among U.S. adults: use is increasing in both smokers and nonsmokers. Nicotine Tob Res 2015;17(10):119_1202. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu213
  53. Bullen C, Howe C, Laugesen M, et al. Electronic cigarettes for smoking cessation: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2013; 382(9905):1629–1637. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(13)61842-5
  54. Hajek P, Phillips-Waller A, Przulj D, et al. A randomized trial of e-cigarettes versus nicotine replacement therapy. N Engl J Med 2019; 380(7):629–637. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1808779
  55. Campagna D, Cibella F, Caponnetto P, et al. Changes in breathomics from a 1-year randomized smoking cessation trial of electronic cigarettes. Eur J Clin Invest 2016; 46(8):698–706. doi:10.1111/eci.12651
  56. Rehan HS, Maini J, Hungin APS. Vaping versus smoking: a quest for efficacy and safety of e-cigarette. Curr Drug Saf 2018; 13(2):92–101. doi:10.2174/1574886313666180227110556
  57. Zernike K. ‘I can’t stop’: schools struggle with vaping explosion. New York Times April 2, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/04/02/health/vaping-ecigarettes-addiction-teen.html.
  58. Pepper JK, Ribisl KM, Brewer NT. Adolescents’ interest in trying flavoured e-cigarettes. Tob Control 2016; 25(suppl 2):ii62–ii66. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053174
  59. Harrell MB, Loukas A, Jackson CD, Marti CN, Perry CL. Flavored tobacco product use among youth and young adults: what if flavors didn’t exist? Tob Regul Sci 2017; 3(2):168–173. doi:10.18001/TRS.3.2.4
  60. Smith M. Amid vaping crackdown, Michigan to ban sale of flavored e-cigarettes. New York Times Sept 4, 2019. www.nytimes.com/2019/09/04/us/michigan-vaping.html?module=inline.
  61. Roditis ML, Halpern-Felsher B. Adolescents’ perceptions of risks and benefits of conventional cigarettes, e-cigarettes, and marijuana: a qualitative analysis. J Adolesc Health 2015; 57(2):179–185. doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2015.04.002
  62. Chapman S, Daube M, Maziak W. Should e-cigarette use be permitted in smoke-free public places? No. Tob Control 2017; 26(e1):e3–e4. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053359
  63. Marcham CL, Springston JP. Electronic cigarettes in the indoor environment. Rev Env Health 2019; 34(2):105–124. doi:10.1515/reveh-2019-0012
  64. Chatham-Stephens K, Law R, Taylor E, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Notes from the field: calls to poison centers for exposures to electronic cigarettes—United States, September 2010–September 2014. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Report 2014; 63(13):292–293. pmid:24699766
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Perry Dinardo, BA
Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH
Head, Center for Adolescent Medicine, Department of General Pediatrics, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH, Department of General Pediatrics, R3, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; romee@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
789-798
Legacy Keywords
vaping, e-cigarettes, nicotine, smoking, Juul, vape pen, THC, Perry Dinardo, Ellen Rome
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Perry Dinardo, BA
Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH
Head, Center for Adolescent Medicine, Department of General Pediatrics, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH, Department of General Pediatrics, R3, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; romee@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Perry Dinardo, BA
Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH
Head, Center for Adolescent Medicine, Department of General Pediatrics, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH, Department of General Pediatrics, R3, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; romee@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Electronic cigarettes and other “vaping” devices have been increasing in popularity among youth and adults since their introduction in the US market in 2007.1 This increase is partially driven by a public perception that vaping is harmless, or at least less harmful than cigarette smoking.2 Vaping fans also argue that current smokers can use vaping as nicotine replacement therapy to help them quit smoking.3

We disagree. Research on the health effects of vaping, though still limited, is accumulating rapidly and making it increasingly clear that this habit is far from harmless. For youth, it is a gateway to addiction to nicotine and other substances. Whether it can help people quit smoking remains to be seen. And recent months have seen reports of serious respiratory illnesses and even deaths linked to vaping.4

In December 2016, the US Surgeon General warned that e-cigarette use among youth and young adults in the United States represents a “major public health concern,”5 and that more adolescents and young adults are now vaping than smoking conventional tobacco products.

This article reviews the issue of vaping in the United States, as well as available evidence regarding its safety.

YOUTH AT RISK

Retail sales of e-cigarettes and vaping devices approach an annual $7 billion.6 A 2014–2015 survey found that 2.4% of the general US population were current users of e-cigarettes, and 8.5% had tried them at least once.3

790tbl1.jpg
Youth are particularly at risk. In a 2018 survey,7 20.8% of high school students reported using e-cigarettes on more than 1 day in the previous 30 days (Table 1), a significant increase from 1.5% in 2011. Additionally, 11.3% of high school students reported using 2 or more types of tobacco products; in middle school students, the number was 4.9%—nearly 1 in 20—up from 0.6% in 2011.8

In 2014, for the first time, e-cigarette use became more common among US youth than traditional cigarettes.5

The odds of taking up vaping are higher among minority youth in the United States, particularly Hispanics.9 This trend is particularly worrisome because several longitudinal studies have shown that adolescents who use e-cigarettes are 3 times as likely to eventually become smokers of traditional cigarettes compared with adolescents who do not use e-cigarettes.10–12

If US youth continue smoking at the current rate, 5.6 million of the current population under age 18, or 1 of every 13, will die early of a smoking-related illness.13 

RECENT OUTBREAK OF VAPING-ASSOCIATED LUNG INJURY

As of November 5, 2019, there had been 2,051 cases of vaping-associated lung injury in 49 states (all except Alaska), the District of Columbia, and 1 US territory reported to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), with 39 confirmed deaths.4 The reported cases include respiratory injury including acute eosinophilic pneumonia, organizing pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and hypersensitivity pneumonitis.14

Most of these patients had been vaping tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), though many used both nicotine- and THC-containing products, and others used products containing nicotine exclusively.4 Thus, it is difficult to identify the exact substance or substances that may be contributing to this sudden outbreak among vape users, and many different product sources are currently under investigation.

One substance that may be linked to the epidemic is vitamin E acetate, which the New York State Department of Health has detected in high levels in cannabis vaping cartridges used by patients who developed lung injury.15 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is continuing to analyze vape cartridge samples submitted by affected patients to look for other chemicals that can contribute to the development of serious pulmonary illness.

 

 

WHAT IS AN E-CIGARETTE? WHAT IS A VAPE PEN?

791fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Various%20vaping%20devices.%3C%2Fp%3E
E-cigarettes, the most common type of electronic nicotine delivery system,1 look like conventional cigarettes. Designs vary, but the devices generally contain a power source (typically a lithium battery), a heating element, and a reservoir for the “e-liquid” (Figure 1). The e-liquid typically consists of a solvent (propylene glycol or vegetable glycerin), flavorings (eg, tobacco, mint, fruit, bubblegum), and, often, nicotine in various doses. When the user inhales, the negative pressure closes a switch, turning on the heater, which turns some of the liquid into an aerosol, which is inhaled. The aerosol may contain nicotine, but formulations are proprietary and not currently regulated.

Vape pens consist of similar elements but are not necessarily similar in appearance to a conventional cigarette, and may look more like a pen or a USB flash drive. In fact, the Juul device is recharged by plugging it into a USB port.

Vaping devices have many street names, including e-cigs, e-hookahs, vape pens, mods, vapes, and tank systems.

The first US patent application for a device resembling a modern e-cigarette was filed in 1963, but the product never made it to the market.16 Instead, the first commercially successful e-cigarette was created in Beijing in 2003 and introduced to US markets in 2007.

Newer-generation devices have larger batteries and can heat the liquid to higher temperatures, releasing more nicotine and forming additional toxicants such as formaldehyde. Devices lack standardization in terms of design, capacity for safely holding e-liquid, packaging of the e-liquid, and features designed to minimize hazards of use.

Not just nicotine

Many devices are designed for use with other drugs, including THC.17 In a 2018 study, 10.9% of college students reported vaping marijuana in the past 30 days, up from 5.2% in 2017.18

Other substances are being vaped as well.19 In theory, any heat-stable psychoactive recreational drug could be aerosolized and vaped. There are increasing reports of e-liquids containing recreational drugs such as synthetic cannabinoid receptor agonists, crack cocaine, LSD, and methamphetamine.17

Freedom, rebellion, glamour

Sales have risen rapidly since 2007 with widespread advertising on television and in print publications for popular brands, often featuring celebrities.20 Spending on advertising for e-cigarettes and vape devices rose from $6.4 million in 2011 to $115 million in 2014—and that was before the advent of Juul (see below).21

Marketing campaigns for vaping devices mimic the themes previously used successfully by the tobacco industry, eg, freedom, rebellion, and glamour. They also make unsubstantiated claims about health benefits and smoking cessation, though initial websites contained endorsements from physicians, similar to the strategies of tobacco companies in old cigarette ads. Cigarette ads have been prohibited since 1971—but not e-cigarette ads. Moreover, vaping products appear as product placements in television shows and movies, with advocacy groups on social media.22

By law, buyers have to be 18 or 21

792tbl2.jpg
In 2016, the FDA published rules and regulations for the sale of tobacco products—including e-cigarettes—deeming them to be subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as amended by the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act, placing restrictions on their sale and distribution, and requiring warning statements on them.23 Notably, it prohibited sale of tobacco products to anyone younger than 18 (and 18 US states now require buyers to be at least 21; Table 2). The FDA also prohibited sales in vending machines, except in locations that are inaccessible to youth.

Vaping devices can be purchased at vape shops, convenience stores, gas stations, and over the Internet; up to 50% of sales are conducted online.24

Fruit flavors are popular

Zhu et al25 estimated that 7,700 unique vaping flavors exist, with fruit and candy flavors predominating. The most popular flavors are tobacco and mint, followed by fruit, dessert and candy flavors, alcoholic flavors (strawberry daiquiri, margarita), and food flavors.25 These flavors have been associated with higher usage in youth, leading to increased risk of nicotine addiction.26

WHAT IS JUUL?

The Juul device (Juul Labs, www.juul.com) was developed in 2015 by 2 Stanford University graduates. Their goal was to produce a more satisfying and cigarette-like vaping experience, specifically by increasing the amount of nicotine delivered while maintaining smooth and pleasant inhalation. They created an e-liquid that could be vaporized effectively at lower temperatures.27

While more than 400 brands of vaping devices are currently available in the United States,3 Juul has held the largest market share since 2017,28 an estimated 72.1% as of August 2018.29 The surge in popularity of this particular brand is attributed to its trendy design that is similar in size and appearance to a USB flash drive,29 and its offering of sweet flavors such as “crème brûlée” and “cool mint.”

On April 24, 2018, in view of growing concern about the popularity of Juul products among youth, the FDA requested that the company submit documents regarding its marketing tactics, as well as research on the effects of this marketing on product design and public health impact, and information about adverse experiences and complaints.30 The company was forced to change its marketing to appeal less to youth. Now it offers only 3 flavors: “Virginia tobacco,” “classic tobacco,” and “menthol,” although off-brand pods containing a variety of flavors are still available. And some pods are refillable, so users can essentially vape any substance they want.

Although the Juul device delivers a strong dose of nicotine, it is small and therefore easy to hide from parents and teachers, and widespread use has been reported among youth in middle and high schools. Hoodies, hemp jewelry, and backpacks have been designed to hide the devices and allow for easy, hands-free use. YouTube searches for terms such as “Juul,” “hiding Juul at school,” and “Juul in class,” yield thousands of results.31 A 2017 survey reported that 8% of Americans age 15 to 24 had used Juul in the month prior to the survey.32 “To juul” has become a verb.

Each Juul starter kit contains the rechargeable inhalation device plus 4 flavored pods. In the United States, each Juul pod contains nearly as much nicotine as 1 pack of 20 cigarettes in a concentration of 3% or 5%. (Israel and Europe have forced the company to replace the 5% nicotine pods with 1.7% nicotine pods.33) A starter kit costs $49.99, and additional packs of 4 flavored liquid cartridges or pods cost $15.99.34 Other brands of vape pens cost between $15 and $35, and 10-mL bottles of e-liquid cost approximately $7.

What is ‘dripping’?

Hard-core vapers seeking a more intense experience are taking their vaping devices apart and modifying them for “dripping,” ie, directly dripping vape liquids onto the heated coils for inhalation. In a survey, 1 in 4 high school students using vape devices also used them for dripping, citing desires for a thicker cloud of vapor, more intense flavor, “a stronger throat hit,” curiosity, and other reasons.35 Dripping involves higher temperatures, which leads to higher amounts of nicotine delivered, along with more formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and acetone (see below).36

 

 

BAD THINGS IN E-LIQUID AEROSOL

Studies of vape liquids consistently confirm the presence of toxic substances in the resulting vape aerosol.37–40 Depending on the combination of flavorings and solvents in a given e-liquid, a variety of chemicals can be detected in the aerosol from various vaping devices. Chemicals that may be detected include known irritants of respiratory mucosa, as well as various carcinogens. The list includes:

  • Organic volatile compounds such as propylene glycol, glycerin, and toluene
  • Aldehydes such as formaldehyde (released when propylene glycol is heated to high temperatures), acetaldehyde, and benzaldehyde
  • Acetone and acrolein
  • Carcinogenic nitrosamines
  • Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
  • Particulate matter
  • Metals including chromium, cadmium, nickel, and lead; and particles of copper, nickel, and silver have been found in electronic nicotine delivery system aerosol in higher levels than in conventional cigarette smoke.41

The specific chemicals detected can vary greatly between brands, even when the flavoring and nicotine content are equivalent, which frequently results in inconsistent and conflicting study findings. The chemicals detected also vary with the voltage or power used to generate the aerosol. Different flavors may carry varying levels of risk; for example, mint- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes were shown to expose users to dangerous levels of pulegone, a carcinogenic compound banned as a food additive in 2018.42 The concentrations of some of these chemicals are sufficiently high to be of toxicologic concern; for example, one study reported the presence of benzaldehyde in e-cigarette aerosol at twice the workplace exposure limit.43

Biologic effects

In an in vitro study,44 57% of e-liquids studied were found to be cytotoxic to human pulmonary fibroblasts, lung epithelial cells, and human embryonic stem cells. Fruit-flavored e-liquids in particular caused a significant increase in DNA fragmentation. Cell cultures treated with e-cigarette liquids showed increased oxidative stress, reduced cell proliferation, and increased DNA damage,44 which may have implications for carcinogenic risk.

In another study,45 exposure to e-cigarette aerosol as well as conventional cigarette smoke resulted in suppression of genes related to immune and inflammatory response in respiratory epithelial cells. All genes with decreased expression after exposure to conventional cigarette smoke also showed decreased expression with exposure to e-cigarette smoke, which the study authors suggested could lead to immune suppression at the level of the nasal mucosa. Diacetyl and acetoin, chemicals found in certain flavorings, have been linked to bronchiolitis obliterans, or “popcorn lung.”46

Nicotine is not benign

The nicotine itself in many vaping liquids should also not be underestimated. Nicotine has harmful neurocognitive effects and addictive properties, particularly in the developing brains of adolescents and young adults.47 Nicotine exposure during adolescence negatively affects memory, attention, and emotional regulation,48 as well as executive functioning, reward processing, and learning.49

The brain undergoes major structural remodeling in adolescence, and nicotine acetylcholine receptors regulate neural maturation. Early exposure to nicotine disrupts this process, leading to poor executive functioning, difficulty learning, decreased memory, and issues with reward processing.

Fetal exposure, if nicotine products are used during pregnancy, has also been linked to adverse consequences such as deficits in attention and cognition, behavioral effects, and sudden infant death syndrome.5

Much to learn about toxicity

Partly because vaping devices have been available to US consumers only since 2007, limited evidence is available regarding the long-term effects of exposure to the aerosol from these devices in humans.1 Many of the studies mentioned above were in vitro studies or conducted in mouse models. Differences in device design and the composition of the e-liquid among device brands pose a challenge for developing well-designed studies of the long-term health effects of e-cigarette and vape use. Additionally, devices may have different health impacts when used to vape cannabis or other drugs besides nicotine, which requires further investigation.

E-CIGARETTES AND SMOKING CESSATION

Conventional cigarette smoking is a major public health threat, as tobacco use is responsible for 480,000 deaths annually in the United States.50

And smoking is extremely difficult to quit: as many as 80% of smokers who attempt to quit resume smoking within the first month.51 The chance of successfully quitting improves by over 50% if the individual undergoes nicotine replacement therapy, and it improves even more with counseling.50

There are currently 5 types of FDA-approved nicotine replacement therapy products (gum, patch, lozenge, inhaler, nasal spray) to help with smoking cessation. In addition, 2 non-nicotine prescription drugs (varenicline and bupropion) have been approved for treating tobacco dependence.

Can vaping devices be added to the list of nicotine replacement therapy products? Although some manufacturers try to brand their devices as smoking cessation aids, in one study,52 one-third of e-cigarette users said they had either never used conventional cigarettes or had formerly smoked them.

Bullen et al53 randomized smokers interested in quitting to receive either e-cigarettes, nicotine patches, or placebo (nicotine-free) e-cigarettes and followed them for 6 months. Rates of tobacco cessation were less than predicted for the entire study population, resulting in insufficient power to determine the superiority of any single method, but the study authors concluded that nicotine e-cigarettes were “modestly effective” at helping smokers quit, and that abstinence rates may be similar to those with nicotine patches.53

Hajek et al54 randomized 886 smokers to e-cigarette or nicotine replacement products of their choice. After 1 year, 18% of e-cigarette users had stopped smoking, compared with  9.9% of nicotine replacement product users. However, 80% of the e-cigarette users were still using e-cigarettes after 1 year, while only 9% of nicotine replacement product users were still using nicotine replacement therapy products after 1 year.

While quitting conventional cigarette smoking altogether has widely established health benefits, little is known about the health benefits of transitioning from conventional cigarette smoking to reduced conventional cigarette smoking with concomitant use of e-cigarettes.

Campagna et al55 found no beneficial health effects in smokers who partially substituted conventional cigarettes for e-cigarettes.

Many studies found that smokers use e-cigarettes to maintain their habit instead of quitting entirely.56 It has been suggested that any slight increase in effectiveness in smoking cessation by using e-cigarettes compared with other nicotine replacement products could be linked to satisfying of the habitual smoking actions, such as inhaling and bringing the hand to the mouth,24 which are absent when using other nicotine replacement methods such as a nicotine patch.

As with safety information, long-term outcomes regarding the use of vape devices for smoking cessation have not been yet established, as this option is still relatively new.

 

 

VAPING AS A GATEWAY DRUG

Another worrisome trend involving electronic nicotine delivery systems is their marketing and branding, which appear to be aimed directly at adolescents and young adults. Juul and other similar products cannot be sold to anyone under the age of 18 (or 21 in 18 states, including California, Massachusetts, New York, and now Ohio). Despite this, Juul and similar products continue to increase in popularity among middle school and high school students.57

While smoking cessation and health improvement are cited as reasons for vaping among middle-aged and older adults, adolescents and young adults more often cite flavor, enjoyment, peer use, and curiosity as reasons for use.

Adolescents are more likely to report interest in trying a vape product flavored with menthol or fruit than tobacco, and commonly hold the belief that fruit-flavored e-cigarettes are less harmful than tobacco-flavored e-cigarettes.58 Harrell et al59 polled youth and young adults who used flavored e-cigarettes, and 78% said they would no longer use the product if their preferred flavor were not available. In September 2019, Michigan became the first state to ban the sale of flavored e-cigarettes in stores and online. Similar bills have been introduced in California, Massachusetts, and New York.60

Myths and misperceptions abound among youth regarding smoking vs vaping. Young people view regular cigarette smoking negatively, as causing cancer, bad breath, and asthma exacerbations. Meanwhile, they believe marijuana is safer and less addictive than traditional cigarette smoking.61 Youth exposed to e-cigarette advertisements viewed e-cigarettes as healthier, more enjoyable, “cool,” safe, and fun.61 The overall public health impact of increasing initiation of smoking, particularly among youth and young adults, should not be underestimated.

SECONDHAND VAPE AND OTHER EXPOSURE RISKS

Cigarette smoking has been banned in many public places, in view of a large body of scientific evidence about the harmful effects of secondhand smoke. Advocates for allowing vaping in public places say that vaping emissions do not harm bystanders, but evidence is insufficient to support this claim.62 One study showed that passive exposure to e-cigarette aerosol generated increases in serum levels of cotinine (a nicotine metabolite) similar to those with passive exposure to conventional cigarette smoke.5

Accidental nicotine poisoning in children as a result of ingesting e-cigarette liquid is also a major concern,63 particularly with sweet flavors such as bubblegum or cheesecake that may be attractive to children.

Calls to US poison control centers with respect to e-cigarettes and vaping increased from 1 per month in September 2010 to 215 in February 2014, with 51% involving children under age 5.64 This trend resulted in the Child Nicotine Poisoning Prevention Act, which passed in 2015 and went into effect in 2016, requiring packaging that is difficult to open for children under age 5.5

Device malfunctions or battery failures have led to explosions that have resulted in substantial injuries to users, as well as house and car fires.49

HOW DO WE DISCOURAGE ADOLESCENT USE?

There are currently no established treatment approaches for adolescents who have become addicted to vaping. A review of the literature regarding treatment modalities used to address adolescent use of tobacco and marijuana provides insight that options such as nicotine replacement therapy and counseling modalities such as cognitive behavioral therapy may be helpful in treating teen vaping addiction. However, more research is needed to determine the effectiveness of these treatments in youth addicted to vaping.

Given that youth who vape even once are more likely to try other types of tobacco, we recommend that parents and healthcare providers start conversations by asking what the young person has seen or heard about vaping. Young people can also be asked what they think the school’s response should be: Do they think vaping should be banned in public places, as cigarettes have been banned? What about the carbon footprint? What are their thoughts on the plastic waste, batteries, and other toxins generated by the e-cigarette industry?

New US laws ban the sale of e-cigarettes and vaping devices to minors in stores and online. These policies are modeled in many cases on environmental control policies that have been previously employed to reduce tobacco use, particularly by youth. For example, changing laws to mandate sales only to individuals age 21 and older in all states can help to decrease access to these products among middle school and high school students.

As with tobacco cessation, education will not be enough. Support of legislation that bans vaping in public places, increases pricing to discourage adolescent use, and other measures used successfully to decrease conventional cigarette smoking can be deployed to decrease the public health impact of e-cigarettes. We recommend further regulation of specific harmful chemicals and clear, detailed ingredient labeling to increase consumer understanding of the risks associated with these products. Additionally, we recommend eliminating flavored e-cigarettes, which are the most appealing type for young users, and raising prices of e-cigarettes and similar products to discourage use by youth.

If current cigarette smokers want to use e-cigarettes to quit, we recommend that clinicians counsel them to eventually completely stop use of traditional cigarettes and switch to using e-cigarettes, instead of becoming a dual user of both types of products or using e-cigarettes indefinitely. After making that switch, they should then work to gradually taper usage and nicotine addiction by reducing the amount of nicotine in the e-liquid. Clinicians should ask patients about use of e-cigarettes and vaping devices specifically, and should counsel nonsmokers to avoid initiation of use.

EVIDENCE OF HARM CONTINUES TO EMERGE

Data about respiratory effects, secondhand exposure, and long-term smoking cessation efficacy are still limited, and it remains as yet unknown what combinations of solvents, flavorings, and nicotine in a given e-liquid will result in the most harmful or least harmful effects. In addition, while much of the information about the safety of these components has been obtained using in vitro or mouse models, increasing reports of serious respiratory illness and rising numbers of deaths linked to vaping make it clear that these findings likely translate to harmful effects in humans.

E-cigarettes may ultimately prove to be less harmful than traditional cigarettes, but it seems likely that with further time and research, serious health risks of e-cigarette use will continue to emerge.

Electronic cigarettes and other “vaping” devices have been increasing in popularity among youth and adults since their introduction in the US market in 2007.1 This increase is partially driven by a public perception that vaping is harmless, or at least less harmful than cigarette smoking.2 Vaping fans also argue that current smokers can use vaping as nicotine replacement therapy to help them quit smoking.3

We disagree. Research on the health effects of vaping, though still limited, is accumulating rapidly and making it increasingly clear that this habit is far from harmless. For youth, it is a gateway to addiction to nicotine and other substances. Whether it can help people quit smoking remains to be seen. And recent months have seen reports of serious respiratory illnesses and even deaths linked to vaping.4

In December 2016, the US Surgeon General warned that e-cigarette use among youth and young adults in the United States represents a “major public health concern,”5 and that more adolescents and young adults are now vaping than smoking conventional tobacco products.

This article reviews the issue of vaping in the United States, as well as available evidence regarding its safety.

YOUTH AT RISK

Retail sales of e-cigarettes and vaping devices approach an annual $7 billion.6 A 2014–2015 survey found that 2.4% of the general US population were current users of e-cigarettes, and 8.5% had tried them at least once.3

790tbl1.jpg
Youth are particularly at risk. In a 2018 survey,7 20.8% of high school students reported using e-cigarettes on more than 1 day in the previous 30 days (Table 1), a significant increase from 1.5% in 2011. Additionally, 11.3% of high school students reported using 2 or more types of tobacco products; in middle school students, the number was 4.9%—nearly 1 in 20—up from 0.6% in 2011.8

In 2014, for the first time, e-cigarette use became more common among US youth than traditional cigarettes.5

The odds of taking up vaping are higher among minority youth in the United States, particularly Hispanics.9 This trend is particularly worrisome because several longitudinal studies have shown that adolescents who use e-cigarettes are 3 times as likely to eventually become smokers of traditional cigarettes compared with adolescents who do not use e-cigarettes.10–12

If US youth continue smoking at the current rate, 5.6 million of the current population under age 18, or 1 of every 13, will die early of a smoking-related illness.13 

RECENT OUTBREAK OF VAPING-ASSOCIATED LUNG INJURY

As of November 5, 2019, there had been 2,051 cases of vaping-associated lung injury in 49 states (all except Alaska), the District of Columbia, and 1 US territory reported to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), with 39 confirmed deaths.4 The reported cases include respiratory injury including acute eosinophilic pneumonia, organizing pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and hypersensitivity pneumonitis.14

Most of these patients had been vaping tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), though many used both nicotine- and THC-containing products, and others used products containing nicotine exclusively.4 Thus, it is difficult to identify the exact substance or substances that may be contributing to this sudden outbreak among vape users, and many different product sources are currently under investigation.

One substance that may be linked to the epidemic is vitamin E acetate, which the New York State Department of Health has detected in high levels in cannabis vaping cartridges used by patients who developed lung injury.15 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is continuing to analyze vape cartridge samples submitted by affected patients to look for other chemicals that can contribute to the development of serious pulmonary illness.

 

 

WHAT IS AN E-CIGARETTE? WHAT IS A VAPE PEN?

791fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Various%20vaping%20devices.%3C%2Fp%3E
E-cigarettes, the most common type of electronic nicotine delivery system,1 look like conventional cigarettes. Designs vary, but the devices generally contain a power source (typically a lithium battery), a heating element, and a reservoir for the “e-liquid” (Figure 1). The e-liquid typically consists of a solvent (propylene glycol or vegetable glycerin), flavorings (eg, tobacco, mint, fruit, bubblegum), and, often, nicotine in various doses. When the user inhales, the negative pressure closes a switch, turning on the heater, which turns some of the liquid into an aerosol, which is inhaled. The aerosol may contain nicotine, but formulations are proprietary and not currently regulated.

Vape pens consist of similar elements but are not necessarily similar in appearance to a conventional cigarette, and may look more like a pen or a USB flash drive. In fact, the Juul device is recharged by plugging it into a USB port.

Vaping devices have many street names, including e-cigs, e-hookahs, vape pens, mods, vapes, and tank systems.

The first US patent application for a device resembling a modern e-cigarette was filed in 1963, but the product never made it to the market.16 Instead, the first commercially successful e-cigarette was created in Beijing in 2003 and introduced to US markets in 2007.

Newer-generation devices have larger batteries and can heat the liquid to higher temperatures, releasing more nicotine and forming additional toxicants such as formaldehyde. Devices lack standardization in terms of design, capacity for safely holding e-liquid, packaging of the e-liquid, and features designed to minimize hazards of use.

Not just nicotine

Many devices are designed for use with other drugs, including THC.17 In a 2018 study, 10.9% of college students reported vaping marijuana in the past 30 days, up from 5.2% in 2017.18

Other substances are being vaped as well.19 In theory, any heat-stable psychoactive recreational drug could be aerosolized and vaped. There are increasing reports of e-liquids containing recreational drugs such as synthetic cannabinoid receptor agonists, crack cocaine, LSD, and methamphetamine.17

Freedom, rebellion, glamour

Sales have risen rapidly since 2007 with widespread advertising on television and in print publications for popular brands, often featuring celebrities.20 Spending on advertising for e-cigarettes and vape devices rose from $6.4 million in 2011 to $115 million in 2014—and that was before the advent of Juul (see below).21

Marketing campaigns for vaping devices mimic the themes previously used successfully by the tobacco industry, eg, freedom, rebellion, and glamour. They also make unsubstantiated claims about health benefits and smoking cessation, though initial websites contained endorsements from physicians, similar to the strategies of tobacco companies in old cigarette ads. Cigarette ads have been prohibited since 1971—but not e-cigarette ads. Moreover, vaping products appear as product placements in television shows and movies, with advocacy groups on social media.22

By law, buyers have to be 18 or 21

792tbl2.jpg
In 2016, the FDA published rules and regulations for the sale of tobacco products—including e-cigarettes—deeming them to be subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as amended by the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act, placing restrictions on their sale and distribution, and requiring warning statements on them.23 Notably, it prohibited sale of tobacco products to anyone younger than 18 (and 18 US states now require buyers to be at least 21; Table 2). The FDA also prohibited sales in vending machines, except in locations that are inaccessible to youth.

Vaping devices can be purchased at vape shops, convenience stores, gas stations, and over the Internet; up to 50% of sales are conducted online.24

Fruit flavors are popular

Zhu et al25 estimated that 7,700 unique vaping flavors exist, with fruit and candy flavors predominating. The most popular flavors are tobacco and mint, followed by fruit, dessert and candy flavors, alcoholic flavors (strawberry daiquiri, margarita), and food flavors.25 These flavors have been associated with higher usage in youth, leading to increased risk of nicotine addiction.26

WHAT IS JUUL?

The Juul device (Juul Labs, www.juul.com) was developed in 2015 by 2 Stanford University graduates. Their goal was to produce a more satisfying and cigarette-like vaping experience, specifically by increasing the amount of nicotine delivered while maintaining smooth and pleasant inhalation. They created an e-liquid that could be vaporized effectively at lower temperatures.27

While more than 400 brands of vaping devices are currently available in the United States,3 Juul has held the largest market share since 2017,28 an estimated 72.1% as of August 2018.29 The surge in popularity of this particular brand is attributed to its trendy design that is similar in size and appearance to a USB flash drive,29 and its offering of sweet flavors such as “crème brûlée” and “cool mint.”

On April 24, 2018, in view of growing concern about the popularity of Juul products among youth, the FDA requested that the company submit documents regarding its marketing tactics, as well as research on the effects of this marketing on product design and public health impact, and information about adverse experiences and complaints.30 The company was forced to change its marketing to appeal less to youth. Now it offers only 3 flavors: “Virginia tobacco,” “classic tobacco,” and “menthol,” although off-brand pods containing a variety of flavors are still available. And some pods are refillable, so users can essentially vape any substance they want.

Although the Juul device delivers a strong dose of nicotine, it is small and therefore easy to hide from parents and teachers, and widespread use has been reported among youth in middle and high schools. Hoodies, hemp jewelry, and backpacks have been designed to hide the devices and allow for easy, hands-free use. YouTube searches for terms such as “Juul,” “hiding Juul at school,” and “Juul in class,” yield thousands of results.31 A 2017 survey reported that 8% of Americans age 15 to 24 had used Juul in the month prior to the survey.32 “To juul” has become a verb.

Each Juul starter kit contains the rechargeable inhalation device plus 4 flavored pods. In the United States, each Juul pod contains nearly as much nicotine as 1 pack of 20 cigarettes in a concentration of 3% or 5%. (Israel and Europe have forced the company to replace the 5% nicotine pods with 1.7% nicotine pods.33) A starter kit costs $49.99, and additional packs of 4 flavored liquid cartridges or pods cost $15.99.34 Other brands of vape pens cost between $15 and $35, and 10-mL bottles of e-liquid cost approximately $7.

What is ‘dripping’?

Hard-core vapers seeking a more intense experience are taking their vaping devices apart and modifying them for “dripping,” ie, directly dripping vape liquids onto the heated coils for inhalation. In a survey, 1 in 4 high school students using vape devices also used them for dripping, citing desires for a thicker cloud of vapor, more intense flavor, “a stronger throat hit,” curiosity, and other reasons.35 Dripping involves higher temperatures, which leads to higher amounts of nicotine delivered, along with more formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and acetone (see below).36

 

 

BAD THINGS IN E-LIQUID AEROSOL

Studies of vape liquids consistently confirm the presence of toxic substances in the resulting vape aerosol.37–40 Depending on the combination of flavorings and solvents in a given e-liquid, a variety of chemicals can be detected in the aerosol from various vaping devices. Chemicals that may be detected include known irritants of respiratory mucosa, as well as various carcinogens. The list includes:

  • Organic volatile compounds such as propylene glycol, glycerin, and toluene
  • Aldehydes such as formaldehyde (released when propylene glycol is heated to high temperatures), acetaldehyde, and benzaldehyde
  • Acetone and acrolein
  • Carcinogenic nitrosamines
  • Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
  • Particulate matter
  • Metals including chromium, cadmium, nickel, and lead; and particles of copper, nickel, and silver have been found in electronic nicotine delivery system aerosol in higher levels than in conventional cigarette smoke.41

The specific chemicals detected can vary greatly between brands, even when the flavoring and nicotine content are equivalent, which frequently results in inconsistent and conflicting study findings. The chemicals detected also vary with the voltage or power used to generate the aerosol. Different flavors may carry varying levels of risk; for example, mint- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes were shown to expose users to dangerous levels of pulegone, a carcinogenic compound banned as a food additive in 2018.42 The concentrations of some of these chemicals are sufficiently high to be of toxicologic concern; for example, one study reported the presence of benzaldehyde in e-cigarette aerosol at twice the workplace exposure limit.43

Biologic effects

In an in vitro study,44 57% of e-liquids studied were found to be cytotoxic to human pulmonary fibroblasts, lung epithelial cells, and human embryonic stem cells. Fruit-flavored e-liquids in particular caused a significant increase in DNA fragmentation. Cell cultures treated with e-cigarette liquids showed increased oxidative stress, reduced cell proliferation, and increased DNA damage,44 which may have implications for carcinogenic risk.

In another study,45 exposure to e-cigarette aerosol as well as conventional cigarette smoke resulted in suppression of genes related to immune and inflammatory response in respiratory epithelial cells. All genes with decreased expression after exposure to conventional cigarette smoke also showed decreased expression with exposure to e-cigarette smoke, which the study authors suggested could lead to immune suppression at the level of the nasal mucosa. Diacetyl and acetoin, chemicals found in certain flavorings, have been linked to bronchiolitis obliterans, or “popcorn lung.”46

Nicotine is not benign

The nicotine itself in many vaping liquids should also not be underestimated. Nicotine has harmful neurocognitive effects and addictive properties, particularly in the developing brains of adolescents and young adults.47 Nicotine exposure during adolescence negatively affects memory, attention, and emotional regulation,48 as well as executive functioning, reward processing, and learning.49

The brain undergoes major structural remodeling in adolescence, and nicotine acetylcholine receptors regulate neural maturation. Early exposure to nicotine disrupts this process, leading to poor executive functioning, difficulty learning, decreased memory, and issues with reward processing.

Fetal exposure, if nicotine products are used during pregnancy, has also been linked to adverse consequences such as deficits in attention and cognition, behavioral effects, and sudden infant death syndrome.5

Much to learn about toxicity

Partly because vaping devices have been available to US consumers only since 2007, limited evidence is available regarding the long-term effects of exposure to the aerosol from these devices in humans.1 Many of the studies mentioned above were in vitro studies or conducted in mouse models. Differences in device design and the composition of the e-liquid among device brands pose a challenge for developing well-designed studies of the long-term health effects of e-cigarette and vape use. Additionally, devices may have different health impacts when used to vape cannabis or other drugs besides nicotine, which requires further investigation.

E-CIGARETTES AND SMOKING CESSATION

Conventional cigarette smoking is a major public health threat, as tobacco use is responsible for 480,000 deaths annually in the United States.50

And smoking is extremely difficult to quit: as many as 80% of smokers who attempt to quit resume smoking within the first month.51 The chance of successfully quitting improves by over 50% if the individual undergoes nicotine replacement therapy, and it improves even more with counseling.50

There are currently 5 types of FDA-approved nicotine replacement therapy products (gum, patch, lozenge, inhaler, nasal spray) to help with smoking cessation. In addition, 2 non-nicotine prescription drugs (varenicline and bupropion) have been approved for treating tobacco dependence.

Can vaping devices be added to the list of nicotine replacement therapy products? Although some manufacturers try to brand their devices as smoking cessation aids, in one study,52 one-third of e-cigarette users said they had either never used conventional cigarettes or had formerly smoked them.

Bullen et al53 randomized smokers interested in quitting to receive either e-cigarettes, nicotine patches, or placebo (nicotine-free) e-cigarettes and followed them for 6 months. Rates of tobacco cessation were less than predicted for the entire study population, resulting in insufficient power to determine the superiority of any single method, but the study authors concluded that nicotine e-cigarettes were “modestly effective” at helping smokers quit, and that abstinence rates may be similar to those with nicotine patches.53

Hajek et al54 randomized 886 smokers to e-cigarette or nicotine replacement products of their choice. After 1 year, 18% of e-cigarette users had stopped smoking, compared with  9.9% of nicotine replacement product users. However, 80% of the e-cigarette users were still using e-cigarettes after 1 year, while only 9% of nicotine replacement product users were still using nicotine replacement therapy products after 1 year.

While quitting conventional cigarette smoking altogether has widely established health benefits, little is known about the health benefits of transitioning from conventional cigarette smoking to reduced conventional cigarette smoking with concomitant use of e-cigarettes.

Campagna et al55 found no beneficial health effects in smokers who partially substituted conventional cigarettes for e-cigarettes.

Many studies found that smokers use e-cigarettes to maintain their habit instead of quitting entirely.56 It has been suggested that any slight increase in effectiveness in smoking cessation by using e-cigarettes compared with other nicotine replacement products could be linked to satisfying of the habitual smoking actions, such as inhaling and bringing the hand to the mouth,24 which are absent when using other nicotine replacement methods such as a nicotine patch.

As with safety information, long-term outcomes regarding the use of vape devices for smoking cessation have not been yet established, as this option is still relatively new.

 

 

VAPING AS A GATEWAY DRUG

Another worrisome trend involving electronic nicotine delivery systems is their marketing and branding, which appear to be aimed directly at adolescents and young adults. Juul and other similar products cannot be sold to anyone under the age of 18 (or 21 in 18 states, including California, Massachusetts, New York, and now Ohio). Despite this, Juul and similar products continue to increase in popularity among middle school and high school students.57

While smoking cessation and health improvement are cited as reasons for vaping among middle-aged and older adults, adolescents and young adults more often cite flavor, enjoyment, peer use, and curiosity as reasons for use.

Adolescents are more likely to report interest in trying a vape product flavored with menthol or fruit than tobacco, and commonly hold the belief that fruit-flavored e-cigarettes are less harmful than tobacco-flavored e-cigarettes.58 Harrell et al59 polled youth and young adults who used flavored e-cigarettes, and 78% said they would no longer use the product if their preferred flavor were not available. In September 2019, Michigan became the first state to ban the sale of flavored e-cigarettes in stores and online. Similar bills have been introduced in California, Massachusetts, and New York.60

Myths and misperceptions abound among youth regarding smoking vs vaping. Young people view regular cigarette smoking negatively, as causing cancer, bad breath, and asthma exacerbations. Meanwhile, they believe marijuana is safer and less addictive than traditional cigarette smoking.61 Youth exposed to e-cigarette advertisements viewed e-cigarettes as healthier, more enjoyable, “cool,” safe, and fun.61 The overall public health impact of increasing initiation of smoking, particularly among youth and young adults, should not be underestimated.

SECONDHAND VAPE AND OTHER EXPOSURE RISKS

Cigarette smoking has been banned in many public places, in view of a large body of scientific evidence about the harmful effects of secondhand smoke. Advocates for allowing vaping in public places say that vaping emissions do not harm bystanders, but evidence is insufficient to support this claim.62 One study showed that passive exposure to e-cigarette aerosol generated increases in serum levels of cotinine (a nicotine metabolite) similar to those with passive exposure to conventional cigarette smoke.5

Accidental nicotine poisoning in children as a result of ingesting e-cigarette liquid is also a major concern,63 particularly with sweet flavors such as bubblegum or cheesecake that may be attractive to children.

Calls to US poison control centers with respect to e-cigarettes and vaping increased from 1 per month in September 2010 to 215 in February 2014, with 51% involving children under age 5.64 This trend resulted in the Child Nicotine Poisoning Prevention Act, which passed in 2015 and went into effect in 2016, requiring packaging that is difficult to open for children under age 5.5

Device malfunctions or battery failures have led to explosions that have resulted in substantial injuries to users, as well as house and car fires.49

HOW DO WE DISCOURAGE ADOLESCENT USE?

There are currently no established treatment approaches for adolescents who have become addicted to vaping. A review of the literature regarding treatment modalities used to address adolescent use of tobacco and marijuana provides insight that options such as nicotine replacement therapy and counseling modalities such as cognitive behavioral therapy may be helpful in treating teen vaping addiction. However, more research is needed to determine the effectiveness of these treatments in youth addicted to vaping.

Given that youth who vape even once are more likely to try other types of tobacco, we recommend that parents and healthcare providers start conversations by asking what the young person has seen or heard about vaping. Young people can also be asked what they think the school’s response should be: Do they think vaping should be banned in public places, as cigarettes have been banned? What about the carbon footprint? What are their thoughts on the plastic waste, batteries, and other toxins generated by the e-cigarette industry?

New US laws ban the sale of e-cigarettes and vaping devices to minors in stores and online. These policies are modeled in many cases on environmental control policies that have been previously employed to reduce tobacco use, particularly by youth. For example, changing laws to mandate sales only to individuals age 21 and older in all states can help to decrease access to these products among middle school and high school students.

As with tobacco cessation, education will not be enough. Support of legislation that bans vaping in public places, increases pricing to discourage adolescent use, and other measures used successfully to decrease conventional cigarette smoking can be deployed to decrease the public health impact of e-cigarettes. We recommend further regulation of specific harmful chemicals and clear, detailed ingredient labeling to increase consumer understanding of the risks associated with these products. Additionally, we recommend eliminating flavored e-cigarettes, which are the most appealing type for young users, and raising prices of e-cigarettes and similar products to discourage use by youth.

If current cigarette smokers want to use e-cigarettes to quit, we recommend that clinicians counsel them to eventually completely stop use of traditional cigarettes and switch to using e-cigarettes, instead of becoming a dual user of both types of products or using e-cigarettes indefinitely. After making that switch, they should then work to gradually taper usage and nicotine addiction by reducing the amount of nicotine in the e-liquid. Clinicians should ask patients about use of e-cigarettes and vaping devices specifically, and should counsel nonsmokers to avoid initiation of use.

EVIDENCE OF HARM CONTINUES TO EMERGE

Data about respiratory effects, secondhand exposure, and long-term smoking cessation efficacy are still limited, and it remains as yet unknown what combinations of solvents, flavorings, and nicotine in a given e-liquid will result in the most harmful or least harmful effects. In addition, while much of the information about the safety of these components has been obtained using in vitro or mouse models, increasing reports of serious respiratory illness and rising numbers of deaths linked to vaping make it clear that these findings likely translate to harmful effects in humans.

E-cigarettes may ultimately prove to be less harmful than traditional cigarettes, but it seems likely that with further time and research, serious health risks of e-cigarette use will continue to emerge.

References
  1. Sood A, Kesic M, Hernandez M. Electronic cigarettes: one size does not fit all. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2018; 141(6):1973-1982. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2018.02.029
  2. Romijnders K, van Osch L, de Vries H, Talhout R. Perceptions and reasons regarding e-cigarette use among users and non-users: a narrative literature review. Int J Environ Res Public Health 2018; 15(6):1190. doi:10.3390/ijerph15061190
  3. Zhu S, Zhuang Y-L, Wong S, Cummins SE, Tedeschi GJ. E-cigarette use and associated changes in population smoking cessation: evidence from US current population surveys. BMJ 2017; 358:j3262. doi:10.1136/bmj.j3262
  4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Outbreak of lung injury associated with e-cigarette use, or vaping. Updated November 5, 2019. www.cdc.gov/tobacco/basic_information/e-Cigarettes/severe-Lung-Disease.html. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  5. US Public Health Services, US Department of Health and Human Services. E-cigarette use among youth and young adults: a report of the Surgeon General. Rockville, MD, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2016. https://e-cigarettes.surgeongeneral.gov/documents/2016_sgr_full_report_non-508.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  6. Thomas K, Kaplan S. E-cigarettes went unchecked in 10 years of federal inaction. New York Times Oct 14, 2019; updated November 1, 2019. www.nytimes.com/2019/10/14/health/vaping-e-cigarettes-fda.html.
  7. Cullen KA, Ambrose BK, Gentzke AS, Apelberg BJ, Jamal A, King BA. Notes from the field: use of electronic cigarettes and any tobacco product among middle and high school students—United States, 2011–2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2018; 67(45):1276–1277. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6745a5
  8. Gentzke A, Creamer M, Cullen K, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vital signs: tobacco product use among middle and high school students—United States, 2011–2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2019; 68(6):157–164. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6806e1
  9. Hammig B, Daniel-Dobbs P, Blunt-Vinti H. Electronic cigarette initiation among minority youth in the United States. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse 2017; 43(3):306–310. doi:10.1080/00952990.2016.1203926
  10. Primack BA, Soneji S, Stoolmiller M, Fine MJ, Sargent JD. Progression to traditional cigarette smoking after electronic cigarette use among U.S. adolescents and young adults. JAMA Pediatr 2015; 169(11):1018–1023. doi:10.1001/jamapediatrics.2015.1742
  11. Leventhal AM, Strong DR, Kirkpatrick MG, et al. Association of electronic cigarette use with initiation of combustible tobacco product smoking in early adolescence. JAMA 2015; 314(7):700–707. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.8950
  12. Wills TA, Knight R, Sargent JD, Gibbons FX, Pagano I, Williams RJ. Longitudinal study of e-cigarette use and onset of cigarette smoking among high school students in Hawaii. Tob Control 2016; 26(1):34–39. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2015-052705
  13. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (US) Office on Smoking and Health. The health consequences of smoking—50 years of progress: a report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK179276/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK179276.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  14. Christiani DC. Vaping-induced lung injury. N Engl J Med 2019; Sept 6. Epub ahead of print. doi:10.1056/NEJMe1912032
  15. Neel J, Aubrey A. Vitamin E suspected in serious lung problems among people who vaped cannabis. NPR Sept 5, 2019. www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2019/09/05/758005409/vitamin-e-suspected-in-serious-lung-problems-among-people-who-vaped-cannabis. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  16. White A. Plans for the first e-cigarette went up in smoke 50 years ago. Smithsonian Magazine December 2018. www.smithsonianmag.com/innovation/plans-for-first-e-cigarette-went-up-in-smoke-50-years-ago-180970730.
  17. Blundell MS, Dargan PI, Wood DM. The dark cloud of recreational drugs and vaping. QJM 2018; 111(3):145–148. doi:10.1093/qjmed/hcx049
  18. Schulenberg JE, Johnston LD, O’Malley PM, Bachman JG, Miech RA, Patrick ME. Monitoring the future: national survey results on drug use, 1975–2018. 2018 Volume 2. College students & adults ages 19–60. www.monitoringthefuture.org/pubs/monographs/mtf-vol2_2018.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  19. Eggers ME, Lee YO, Jackson J, Wiley JL, Porter J, Nonnemaker JM. Youth use of electronic vapor products and blunts for administering cannabis. Addict Behav 2017; 70:79-82. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2017.02.020
  20. Regan AK, Promoff G, Dube SR, Arrazola R. Electronic nicotine delivery systems: adult use and awareness of the “e-cigarette”in the USA. Tob Control 2013; 22(1):19–23. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2011-050044
  21. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. E-cigarette ads and youth. www.cdc.gov/vitalsigns/ecigarette-ads/index.html.
  22. Noel JK, Rees VW, Connolly GN. Electronic cigarettes: a new “tobacco” industry? Tob Control 2011; 20(1):81. doi:10.1136/tc.2010.038562
  23. US Food and Drug Administration. Deeming tobacco products to be subject to the federal food, drug, and cosmetic act, as amended by the family smoking prevention and tobacco control act; restrictions on the sale and distribution of tobacco products and required warning statements for tobacco products. Federal Register 2016; 81(90), May 10, 2016. www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2016-05-10/pdf/2016-10685.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  24. Rom O, Pecorelli A, Valacchi G, Reznick AZ. Are e-cigarettes a safe and good alternative to cigarette smoking? Ann NY Acad Sci 2015; 1340:65–74. doi:10.1111/nyas.12609
  25. Zhu SH, Sun JY, Bonnevie E, et al. Four hundred and sixty brands of e-cigarettes and counting: implications for product regulation. Tob Control 2014; 23(suppl 3):iii3-iii9. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2014-051670
  26. Kong G, Morean ME, Cavallo DA, Camenga DR, Krishnan-Sarin S. Reasons for electronic cigarette experimentation and discontinuation among adolescents and young adults. Nicotine Tob Res 2015; 17(7):847–854. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu257
  27. Baca MC. How two Stanford grads aimed for big tech glory and got big tobacco instead. Updated September 4, 2019. The Washington Post September 4, 2019. www.washingtonpost.com/technology/2019/09/04/how-two-stanford-grads-aimed-big-tech-glory-got-big-tobacco-instead. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  28. Huang J, Duan Z, Kwok J, et al. Vaping versus JUULing: how the extraordinary growth and marketing of JUUL transformed the US retail e-cigarette market. Tob Control 2019; 28(2):146–151. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054382
  29. Walley SC, Wilson KM, Winickoff JP, Groner J. A public health crisis: electronic cigarettes, vape, and JUUL. Pediatrics 2019; 143(6):pii:e20182741. doi:10.1542/peds.2018-2741
  30. Zernike K. F.D.A. cracks down on “juuling” among teenagers. The New York Times April 24, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/04/24/health/fda-e-cigarettes-minors-juul.html. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  31. Ramamurthi D, Chau C, Jackler RK. JUUL and other stealth vaporisers: hiding the habit from parents and teachers. Tob Control 2018 Sep 15; pii:tobaccocontrol-2018-054455. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054455. [Epub ahead of print]
  32. Willett JG, Bennett M, Hair EC, et al. Recognition, use and perceptions of JUUL among youth and young adults. Tob Control 2019; 28(1):115–116. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054273
  33. Kaplan S. Juul’s new product: less nicotine, more intense vapor. New York Times Nov 27, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/11/27/health/juul-ecigarettes-nicotine.html.
  34. JUUL Labs. JUULpods. www.juul.com/shop/pods. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  35. Krishnan-Sarin S, Morean M, Kong G, et al. E-cigarettes and “dripping” among high-school youth. Pediatrics 2017; 139(3):pii:e20163224. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-3224
  36. Kosmider L, Sobczak A, Fik M, et al. Carbonyl compounds in electronic cigarette vapors: effects of nicotine solvent and battery output voltage. Nicotine Tob Res 2014; 16(10):1319–1326. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu078
  37. Rawlinson C, Martin S, Frosina J, Wright C. Chemical characterisation of aerosols emitted by electronic cigarettes using thermal desorption-gas chromatography-time of flight mass spectrometry. J Chromatogr A 2017; 1497:144–154. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2017.02.050
  38. Lee MS, LeBouf RF, Son YS, Koutrakis P, Christiani DC. Nicotine, aerosol particles, carbonyls and volatile organic compounds in tobacco- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes. Environ Health 2017; 16(1):42. doi:10.1186/s12940-017-0249-x
  39. Williams M, Bozhilov K, Ghai S, Talbot P. Elements including metals in the atomizer and aerosol of disposable electronic cigarettes and electronic hookahs. PLoS One 2017; 12(4):e0175430. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175430.
  40. Goniewicz ML, Knysak J, Gawron M, et al. Levels of selected carcinogens and toxicants in vapour from electronic cigarettes. Tob Control 2014; 23(2):133–139. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2012-050859
  41. Drope J, Cahn Z, Kennedy R, et al. Key issues surrounding the health impacts of electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS) and other sources of nicotine. CA Cancer J Clin 2017; 67(6):449–471. doi:10.3322/caac.21413
  42. Jabba SV, Jordt SE. Risk analysis for the carcinogen pulegone in mint- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. JAMA Intern Med 2019 Sep 16 [Epub ahead of print]. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2019.3649
  43. Tierney PA, Karpinsky CD, Brown JE, Luo W, Pankow JF. Flavour chemicals in electronic cigarette fluids. Tob Control 2016; 25(e1):e10–e15. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2014-052175
  44. Behar RZ, Wang Y, Talbot P. Comparing the cytotoxicity of electronic cigarette fluids, aerosols and solvents. Tob Control 2017; 27(3):325–333. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053472
  45. Martin EM, Clapp PW, Rebuli ME, et al. E-cigarette use results in suppression of immune and inflammatory-response genes in nasal epithelial cells similar to cigarette smoke. Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol 2016; 311(1):L135–L144. doi:10.1152/ajplung.00170.2016
  46. Holden VK, Hines SE. Update on flavoring-induced lung disease. Curr Opin Pulm Med 2016;22(2):158–164. doi:10.1097/MCP.0000000000000250
  47. Siqueira L; Committee on Substance Use and Prevention. Nicotine and tobacco as substances of abuse in children and adolescents. Pediatrics 2017; 139(1):pii:e20163436. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-3436
  48. England LJ, Bunnell RE, Pechacek TF, Tong VT, McAfee TA. Nicotine and the developing human: a neglected element in the electronic cigarette debate. Am J Prev Med 2015; 49(2):286–293. doi:10.1016/j.amepre.2015.01.015
  49. Modesto-Lowe V, Alvarado C. E-cigs…are they cool? Talking to teens about e-cigarettes. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2017; 51(10):947–952. doi:10.1177/0009922817705188
  50. Prochaska JJ, Benowitz NL. The past, present, and future of nicotine addiction therapy. Annu Rev Med 2017; 67:467–486. doi:10.1146/annurev-med-111314-033712
  51. Hughes JR, Keely J, Naud S. Shape of the relapse curve and long-term abstinence among untreated smokers. Addiction 2004; 99(1):29–38. doi:10.1111/j.1360-0443.2004.00540.x
  52. McMillen RC, Gottlieb MA, Shaefer RM, Winickoff JP, Klein JD. Trends in electronic cigarette use among U.S. adults: use is increasing in both smokers and nonsmokers. Nicotine Tob Res 2015;17(10):119_1202. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu213
  53. Bullen C, Howe C, Laugesen M, et al. Electronic cigarettes for smoking cessation: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2013; 382(9905):1629–1637. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(13)61842-5
  54. Hajek P, Phillips-Waller A, Przulj D, et al. A randomized trial of e-cigarettes versus nicotine replacement therapy. N Engl J Med 2019; 380(7):629–637. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1808779
  55. Campagna D, Cibella F, Caponnetto P, et al. Changes in breathomics from a 1-year randomized smoking cessation trial of electronic cigarettes. Eur J Clin Invest 2016; 46(8):698–706. doi:10.1111/eci.12651
  56. Rehan HS, Maini J, Hungin APS. Vaping versus smoking: a quest for efficacy and safety of e-cigarette. Curr Drug Saf 2018; 13(2):92–101. doi:10.2174/1574886313666180227110556
  57. Zernike K. ‘I can’t stop’: schools struggle with vaping explosion. New York Times April 2, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/04/02/health/vaping-ecigarettes-addiction-teen.html.
  58. Pepper JK, Ribisl KM, Brewer NT. Adolescents’ interest in trying flavoured e-cigarettes. Tob Control 2016; 25(suppl 2):ii62–ii66. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053174
  59. Harrell MB, Loukas A, Jackson CD, Marti CN, Perry CL. Flavored tobacco product use among youth and young adults: what if flavors didn’t exist? Tob Regul Sci 2017; 3(2):168–173. doi:10.18001/TRS.3.2.4
  60. Smith M. Amid vaping crackdown, Michigan to ban sale of flavored e-cigarettes. New York Times Sept 4, 2019. www.nytimes.com/2019/09/04/us/michigan-vaping.html?module=inline.
  61. Roditis ML, Halpern-Felsher B. Adolescents’ perceptions of risks and benefits of conventional cigarettes, e-cigarettes, and marijuana: a qualitative analysis. J Adolesc Health 2015; 57(2):179–185. doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2015.04.002
  62. Chapman S, Daube M, Maziak W. Should e-cigarette use be permitted in smoke-free public places? No. Tob Control 2017; 26(e1):e3–e4. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053359
  63. Marcham CL, Springston JP. Electronic cigarettes in the indoor environment. Rev Env Health 2019; 34(2):105–124. doi:10.1515/reveh-2019-0012
  64. Chatham-Stephens K, Law R, Taylor E, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Notes from the field: calls to poison centers for exposures to electronic cigarettes—United States, September 2010–September 2014. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Report 2014; 63(13):292–293. pmid:24699766
References
  1. Sood A, Kesic M, Hernandez M. Electronic cigarettes: one size does not fit all. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2018; 141(6):1973-1982. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2018.02.029
  2. Romijnders K, van Osch L, de Vries H, Talhout R. Perceptions and reasons regarding e-cigarette use among users and non-users: a narrative literature review. Int J Environ Res Public Health 2018; 15(6):1190. doi:10.3390/ijerph15061190
  3. Zhu S, Zhuang Y-L, Wong S, Cummins SE, Tedeschi GJ. E-cigarette use and associated changes in population smoking cessation: evidence from US current population surveys. BMJ 2017; 358:j3262. doi:10.1136/bmj.j3262
  4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Outbreak of lung injury associated with e-cigarette use, or vaping. Updated November 5, 2019. www.cdc.gov/tobacco/basic_information/e-Cigarettes/severe-Lung-Disease.html. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  5. US Public Health Services, US Department of Health and Human Services. E-cigarette use among youth and young adults: a report of the Surgeon General. Rockville, MD, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2016. https://e-cigarettes.surgeongeneral.gov/documents/2016_sgr_full_report_non-508.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  6. Thomas K, Kaplan S. E-cigarettes went unchecked in 10 years of federal inaction. New York Times Oct 14, 2019; updated November 1, 2019. www.nytimes.com/2019/10/14/health/vaping-e-cigarettes-fda.html.
  7. Cullen KA, Ambrose BK, Gentzke AS, Apelberg BJ, Jamal A, King BA. Notes from the field: use of electronic cigarettes and any tobacco product among middle and high school students—United States, 2011–2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2018; 67(45):1276–1277. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6745a5
  8. Gentzke A, Creamer M, Cullen K, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vital signs: tobacco product use among middle and high school students—United States, 2011–2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2019; 68(6):157–164. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6806e1
  9. Hammig B, Daniel-Dobbs P, Blunt-Vinti H. Electronic cigarette initiation among minority youth in the United States. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse 2017; 43(3):306–310. doi:10.1080/00952990.2016.1203926
  10. Primack BA, Soneji S, Stoolmiller M, Fine MJ, Sargent JD. Progression to traditional cigarette smoking after electronic cigarette use among U.S. adolescents and young adults. JAMA Pediatr 2015; 169(11):1018–1023. doi:10.1001/jamapediatrics.2015.1742
  11. Leventhal AM, Strong DR, Kirkpatrick MG, et al. Association of electronic cigarette use with initiation of combustible tobacco product smoking in early adolescence. JAMA 2015; 314(7):700–707. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.8950
  12. Wills TA, Knight R, Sargent JD, Gibbons FX, Pagano I, Williams RJ. Longitudinal study of e-cigarette use and onset of cigarette smoking among high school students in Hawaii. Tob Control 2016; 26(1):34–39. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2015-052705
  13. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (US) Office on Smoking and Health. The health consequences of smoking—50 years of progress: a report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK179276/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK179276.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  14. Christiani DC. Vaping-induced lung injury. N Engl J Med 2019; Sept 6. Epub ahead of print. doi:10.1056/NEJMe1912032
  15. Neel J, Aubrey A. Vitamin E suspected in serious lung problems among people who vaped cannabis. NPR Sept 5, 2019. www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2019/09/05/758005409/vitamin-e-suspected-in-serious-lung-problems-among-people-who-vaped-cannabis. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  16. White A. Plans for the first e-cigarette went up in smoke 50 years ago. Smithsonian Magazine December 2018. www.smithsonianmag.com/innovation/plans-for-first-e-cigarette-went-up-in-smoke-50-years-ago-180970730.
  17. Blundell MS, Dargan PI, Wood DM. The dark cloud of recreational drugs and vaping. QJM 2018; 111(3):145–148. doi:10.1093/qjmed/hcx049
  18. Schulenberg JE, Johnston LD, O’Malley PM, Bachman JG, Miech RA, Patrick ME. Monitoring the future: national survey results on drug use, 1975–2018. 2018 Volume 2. College students & adults ages 19–60. www.monitoringthefuture.org/pubs/monographs/mtf-vol2_2018.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  19. Eggers ME, Lee YO, Jackson J, Wiley JL, Porter J, Nonnemaker JM. Youth use of electronic vapor products and blunts for administering cannabis. Addict Behav 2017; 70:79-82. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2017.02.020
  20. Regan AK, Promoff G, Dube SR, Arrazola R. Electronic nicotine delivery systems: adult use and awareness of the “e-cigarette”in the USA. Tob Control 2013; 22(1):19–23. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2011-050044
  21. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. E-cigarette ads and youth. www.cdc.gov/vitalsigns/ecigarette-ads/index.html.
  22. Noel JK, Rees VW, Connolly GN. Electronic cigarettes: a new “tobacco” industry? Tob Control 2011; 20(1):81. doi:10.1136/tc.2010.038562
  23. US Food and Drug Administration. Deeming tobacco products to be subject to the federal food, drug, and cosmetic act, as amended by the family smoking prevention and tobacco control act; restrictions on the sale and distribution of tobacco products and required warning statements for tobacco products. Federal Register 2016; 81(90), May 10, 2016. www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2016-05-10/pdf/2016-10685.pdf. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  24. Rom O, Pecorelli A, Valacchi G, Reznick AZ. Are e-cigarettes a safe and good alternative to cigarette smoking? Ann NY Acad Sci 2015; 1340:65–74. doi:10.1111/nyas.12609
  25. Zhu SH, Sun JY, Bonnevie E, et al. Four hundred and sixty brands of e-cigarettes and counting: implications for product regulation. Tob Control 2014; 23(suppl 3):iii3-iii9. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2014-051670
  26. Kong G, Morean ME, Cavallo DA, Camenga DR, Krishnan-Sarin S. Reasons for electronic cigarette experimentation and discontinuation among adolescents and young adults. Nicotine Tob Res 2015; 17(7):847–854. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu257
  27. Baca MC. How two Stanford grads aimed for big tech glory and got big tobacco instead. Updated September 4, 2019. The Washington Post September 4, 2019. www.washingtonpost.com/technology/2019/09/04/how-two-stanford-grads-aimed-big-tech-glory-got-big-tobacco-instead. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  28. Huang J, Duan Z, Kwok J, et al. Vaping versus JUULing: how the extraordinary growth and marketing of JUUL transformed the US retail e-cigarette market. Tob Control 2019; 28(2):146–151. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054382
  29. Walley SC, Wilson KM, Winickoff JP, Groner J. A public health crisis: electronic cigarettes, vape, and JUUL. Pediatrics 2019; 143(6):pii:e20182741. doi:10.1542/peds.2018-2741
  30. Zernike K. F.D.A. cracks down on “juuling” among teenagers. The New York Times April 24, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/04/24/health/fda-e-cigarettes-minors-juul.html. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  31. Ramamurthi D, Chau C, Jackler RK. JUUL and other stealth vaporisers: hiding the habit from parents and teachers. Tob Control 2018 Sep 15; pii:tobaccocontrol-2018-054455. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054455. [Epub ahead of print]
  32. Willett JG, Bennett M, Hair EC, et al. Recognition, use and perceptions of JUUL among youth and young adults. Tob Control 2019; 28(1):115–116. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2018-054273
  33. Kaplan S. Juul’s new product: less nicotine, more intense vapor. New York Times Nov 27, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/11/27/health/juul-ecigarettes-nicotine.html.
  34. JUUL Labs. JUULpods. www.juul.com/shop/pods. Accessed November 14, 2019.
  35. Krishnan-Sarin S, Morean M, Kong G, et al. E-cigarettes and “dripping” among high-school youth. Pediatrics 2017; 139(3):pii:e20163224. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-3224
  36. Kosmider L, Sobczak A, Fik M, et al. Carbonyl compounds in electronic cigarette vapors: effects of nicotine solvent and battery output voltage. Nicotine Tob Res 2014; 16(10):1319–1326. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu078
  37. Rawlinson C, Martin S, Frosina J, Wright C. Chemical characterisation of aerosols emitted by electronic cigarettes using thermal desorption-gas chromatography-time of flight mass spectrometry. J Chromatogr A 2017; 1497:144–154. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2017.02.050
  38. Lee MS, LeBouf RF, Son YS, Koutrakis P, Christiani DC. Nicotine, aerosol particles, carbonyls and volatile organic compounds in tobacco- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes. Environ Health 2017; 16(1):42. doi:10.1186/s12940-017-0249-x
  39. Williams M, Bozhilov K, Ghai S, Talbot P. Elements including metals in the atomizer and aerosol of disposable electronic cigarettes and electronic hookahs. PLoS One 2017; 12(4):e0175430. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175430.
  40. Goniewicz ML, Knysak J, Gawron M, et al. Levels of selected carcinogens and toxicants in vapour from electronic cigarettes. Tob Control 2014; 23(2):133–139. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2012-050859
  41. Drope J, Cahn Z, Kennedy R, et al. Key issues surrounding the health impacts of electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS) and other sources of nicotine. CA Cancer J Clin 2017; 67(6):449–471. doi:10.3322/caac.21413
  42. Jabba SV, Jordt SE. Risk analysis for the carcinogen pulegone in mint- and menthol-flavored e-cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. JAMA Intern Med 2019 Sep 16 [Epub ahead of print]. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2019.3649
  43. Tierney PA, Karpinsky CD, Brown JE, Luo W, Pankow JF. Flavour chemicals in electronic cigarette fluids. Tob Control 2016; 25(e1):e10–e15. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2014-052175
  44. Behar RZ, Wang Y, Talbot P. Comparing the cytotoxicity of electronic cigarette fluids, aerosols and solvents. Tob Control 2017; 27(3):325–333. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053472
  45. Martin EM, Clapp PW, Rebuli ME, et al. E-cigarette use results in suppression of immune and inflammatory-response genes in nasal epithelial cells similar to cigarette smoke. Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol 2016; 311(1):L135–L144. doi:10.1152/ajplung.00170.2016
  46. Holden VK, Hines SE. Update on flavoring-induced lung disease. Curr Opin Pulm Med 2016;22(2):158–164. doi:10.1097/MCP.0000000000000250
  47. Siqueira L; Committee on Substance Use and Prevention. Nicotine and tobacco as substances of abuse in children and adolescents. Pediatrics 2017; 139(1):pii:e20163436. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-3436
  48. England LJ, Bunnell RE, Pechacek TF, Tong VT, McAfee TA. Nicotine and the developing human: a neglected element in the electronic cigarette debate. Am J Prev Med 2015; 49(2):286–293. doi:10.1016/j.amepre.2015.01.015
  49. Modesto-Lowe V, Alvarado C. E-cigs…are they cool? Talking to teens about e-cigarettes. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2017; 51(10):947–952. doi:10.1177/0009922817705188
  50. Prochaska JJ, Benowitz NL. The past, present, and future of nicotine addiction therapy. Annu Rev Med 2017; 67:467–486. doi:10.1146/annurev-med-111314-033712
  51. Hughes JR, Keely J, Naud S. Shape of the relapse curve and long-term abstinence among untreated smokers. Addiction 2004; 99(1):29–38. doi:10.1111/j.1360-0443.2004.00540.x
  52. McMillen RC, Gottlieb MA, Shaefer RM, Winickoff JP, Klein JD. Trends in electronic cigarette use among U.S. adults: use is increasing in both smokers and nonsmokers. Nicotine Tob Res 2015;17(10):119_1202. doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu213
  53. Bullen C, Howe C, Laugesen M, et al. Electronic cigarettes for smoking cessation: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2013; 382(9905):1629–1637. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(13)61842-5
  54. Hajek P, Phillips-Waller A, Przulj D, et al. A randomized trial of e-cigarettes versus nicotine replacement therapy. N Engl J Med 2019; 380(7):629–637. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1808779
  55. Campagna D, Cibella F, Caponnetto P, et al. Changes in breathomics from a 1-year randomized smoking cessation trial of electronic cigarettes. Eur J Clin Invest 2016; 46(8):698–706. doi:10.1111/eci.12651
  56. Rehan HS, Maini J, Hungin APS. Vaping versus smoking: a quest for efficacy and safety of e-cigarette. Curr Drug Saf 2018; 13(2):92–101. doi:10.2174/1574886313666180227110556
  57. Zernike K. ‘I can’t stop’: schools struggle with vaping explosion. New York Times April 2, 2018. www.nytimes.com/2018/04/02/health/vaping-ecigarettes-addiction-teen.html.
  58. Pepper JK, Ribisl KM, Brewer NT. Adolescents’ interest in trying flavoured e-cigarettes. Tob Control 2016; 25(suppl 2):ii62–ii66. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053174
  59. Harrell MB, Loukas A, Jackson CD, Marti CN, Perry CL. Flavored tobacco product use among youth and young adults: what if flavors didn’t exist? Tob Regul Sci 2017; 3(2):168–173. doi:10.18001/TRS.3.2.4
  60. Smith M. Amid vaping crackdown, Michigan to ban sale of flavored e-cigarettes. New York Times Sept 4, 2019. www.nytimes.com/2019/09/04/us/michigan-vaping.html?module=inline.
  61. Roditis ML, Halpern-Felsher B. Adolescents’ perceptions of risks and benefits of conventional cigarettes, e-cigarettes, and marijuana: a qualitative analysis. J Adolesc Health 2015; 57(2):179–185. doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2015.04.002
  62. Chapman S, Daube M, Maziak W. Should e-cigarette use be permitted in smoke-free public places? No. Tob Control 2017; 26(e1):e3–e4. doi:10.1136/tobaccocontrol-2016-053359
  63. Marcham CL, Springston JP. Electronic cigarettes in the indoor environment. Rev Env Health 2019; 34(2):105–124. doi:10.1515/reveh-2019-0012
  64. Chatham-Stephens K, Law R, Taylor E, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Notes from the field: calls to poison centers for exposures to electronic cigarettes—United States, September 2010–September 2014. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Report 2014; 63(13):292–293. pmid:24699766
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Page Number
789-798
Page Number
789-798
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Vaping: The new wave of nicotine addiction
Display Headline
Vaping: The new wave of nicotine addiction
Legacy Keywords
vaping, e-cigarettes, nicotine, smoking, Juul, vape pen, THC, Perry Dinardo, Ellen Rome
Legacy Keywords
vaping, e-cigarettes, nicotine, smoking, Juul, vape pen, THC, Perry Dinardo, Ellen Rome
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Vaping is a common gateway to tobacco and marijuana use for adolescents and adults.
  • The Juul vaping device delivers high nicotine concentrations that may pose a higher risk of nicotine addiction.
  • Vaping has had unintended consequences that include poisoning of children who swallowed liquid nicotine, fires and explosions from defective batteries in the devices, and effects on the developing brain.
  • Vaping is associated with respiratory illness and, in rare cases, death, likely due to vaporized agents introduced into the lungs. Small amounts of heavy metals, acetone, and other carcinogenic compounds in the vaping aerosol may cause lung damage.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 10:30
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 10:30
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 10:30
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Functional heartburn: An underrecognized cause of PPI-refractory symptoms

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 12/02/2019 - 07:59
Display Headline
Functional heartburn: An underrecognized cause of PPI-refractory symptoms

A 44-year-old woman presents with an 8-year history of intermittent heartburn, and in the past year she has been experiencing her symptoms daily. She says the heartburn is constant and is worse immediately after eating spicy or acidic foods. She says she has had no dysphagia, weight loss, or vomiting. Her symptoms have persisted despite taking a histamine (H)2-receptor antagonist twice daily plus a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) before breakfast and dinner for more than 3 months.

She has undergone upper endoscopy 3 times in the past 8 years. Each time, the esophagus was normal with a regular Z-line and normal biopsy results from the proximal and distal esophagus.

The patient believes she has severe gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and asks if she is a candidate for fundoplication surgery.

HEARTBURN IS A SYMPTOM; GERD IS A CONDITION

A distinction should be made between heartburn—the symptom of persistent retrosternal burning and discomfort—and gastroesophageal reflux disease—the condition in which reflux of stomach contents causes troublesome symptoms or complications.1 While many clinicians initially diagnose patients who have heartburn as having GERD, there are many other potential causes of their symptoms.

For patients with persistent heartburn, an empiric trial of a once-daily PPI is usually effective, but one-third of patients continue to have heartburn.2,3 The most common cause of this PPI-refractory heartburn is functional heartburn, a functional or hypersensitivity disorder of the esophagus.4

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY IS POORLY UNDERSTOOD

800fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Conceptual%20pathophysiologic%20basis%20of%20functional%20heartburn.%3C%2Fp%3E
Functional heartburn is defined as retrosternal burning in the absence of objective evidence of GERD, mucosal abnormality (ie, erosive esophagitis), or major motility disorder.5 The symptoms are theorized to result from hypersensitivity of the visceral nerves of the esophagus, which may be exacerbated by central sensitization, hypervigilance, stress, and anxiety.6 The pathogenesis is poorly understood, but it may involve activation of inflammatory mediators in the esophagus, alterations in esophageal mucosal integrity, increased chemical and pressure sensation in the esophagus, and both peripheral and central sensitization (Figure 1).7

DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION

801tbl1.jpg
When evaluating patients with heartburn symptoms refractory to PPI therapy, the differential diagnosis is broad and includes GERD, eosinophilic esophagitis, infectious esophagitis, pill-induced esophagitis, esophageal motility disorder, and functional heartburn (Table 1). Of these, functional heartburn is the most common, accounting for more than 50% of cases of PPI-refractory heartburn.8

Clinicians have several tests available for diagnosing these conditions.

Upper endoscopy

Upper endoscopy is recommended for patients with heartburn that does not respond to a 3-month trial of a PPI.9 Endoscopy is also indicated in any patient who has any of the following “alarm symptoms” that could be due to malignancy or peptic ulcer:

  • Dysphagia
  • Odynophagia
  • Vomiting
  • Unexplained weight loss or anemia
  • Signs of gastrointestinal bleeding
  • Anorexia
  • New onset of dyspepsia in a patient over age 60.

During upper endoscopy, the esophagus is evaluated for reflux esophagitis, Barrett esophagus, and other inflammatory disorders such as infectious esophagitis. But even if the esophageal mucosa appears normal, the proximal and distal esophagus should be biopsied to rule out an inflammatory disorder such as eosinophilic or lymphocytic esophagitis.

 

 

Esophageal manometry

If endoscopic and esophageal biopsy results are inconclusive, a workup for an esophageal motility disorder is the next step. Dysphagia is the most common symptom of these disorders, although the initial presenting symptom may be heartburn or regurgitation that persists despite PPI therapy.

Manometry is used to test for motility disorders such as achalasia and esophageal spasm.10 After applying a local anesthetic inside the nares, the clinician inserts a flexible catheter (about 4 mm in diameter) with 36 pressure sensors spaced at 1-cm intervals into the nares and passes it through the esophagus and lower esophageal sphincter. The patient then swallows liquid, and the sensors relay the esophageal response, creating a topographic plot that shows esophageal peristalsis and lower esophageal sphincter relaxation.

Achalasia is identified by incomplete lower esophageal sphincter relaxation combined with 100% failed peristalsis in the body of the esophagus. Esophageal spasms are identified by a shortened distal latency, which corresponds to premature contraction of the esophagus during peristalsis.11

Esophageal pH testing

Measuring esophageal pH levels is an important step to quantify gastroesophageal reflux and determine if symptoms occur during reflux events. According to the updated Porto GERD consensus group recommendations,12 a pH test is positive if the acid exposure time is greater than 6% of the testing period. Testing the pH differentiates between GERD (abnormal acid exposure), reflux hypersensitivity (normal acid exposure, strong correlation between symptoms and reflux events), and functional heartburn (normal acid exposure, negative correlation between reflux events and symptoms).5 For this test, a pH probe is placed in the esophagus transnasally or endoscopically. The probe records esophageal pH levels for 24 to 96 hours in an outpatient setting. Antisecretory therapy needs to be withheld for 7 to 10 days before the test.

Transnasal pH probe. For this approach, a thin catheter is inserted through the nares and advanced until the tip is 5 cm proximal to the lower esophageal sphincter. (The placement is guided by the results of esophageal manometry, which is done immediately before pH catheter placement.) The tube is secured with clear tape on the side of the patient’s face, and the end is connected to a portable recorder that compiles the data. The patient pushes a button on the recorder when experiencing heartburn symptoms. (A nurse instructs the patient on proper procedure.) After 24 hours, the patient either removes the catheter or has the clinic remove it. The pH and symptom data are downloaded and analyzed.

Transnasal pH testing can be combined with impedance measurement, which can detect nonacid reflux or weakly acid reflux. However, the clinical significance of this measurement is unclear, as multiple studies have found total acid exposure time to be a better predictor of response to therapy than weakly acid or nonacid reflux.12

Wireless pH probe. This method uses a disposable, catheter-free, capsule device to measure esophageal pH. The capsule, about the size of a gel capsule or pencil eraser, is attached to the patient’s esophageal lining, usually during upper endoscopy. The capsule records pH levels in the lower esophagus for 48 to 96 hours and transmits the data wirelessly to a receiver the patient wears. The patient pushes buttons on the receiver to record symptom-specific data when experiencing heartburn, chest pain, regurgitation, or cough. The capsule detaches from the esophagus spontaneously, generally within 7 days, and is passed out of the body through a bowel movement.

Diagnosing functional heartburn

802fig2.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%202.%20High-resolution%20esophageal%20manometry%20in%20our%20patient%20shows%20normal%20esophageal%20resting%20pressure%20and%20relaxation%2C%20and%20a%20distal%20latency%20of%207.5%20seconds%2C%20indicating%20normal%20peristalsis.%20It%20also%20shows%20a%20distal%20contractile%20integral%20of%202%2C368%20mm%20Hg-sec-cm%2C%20a%20measure%20of%20the%20pressure%2C%20duration%2C%20and%20vertical%20length%20of%20the%20distal%20esophageal%20contraction.%20The%20vertical%20axis%20shows%20the%20length%20along%20the%20esophagus%20from%20upper%20to%20lower%2C%20and%20the%20horizontal%20axis%20shows%20time.%20The%20color%20depicts%20pressure%20from%20low%20(blue)%20to%20high%20(red)%3B%20note%20how%20the%20waves%20of%20contraction%20(high%20pressure)%20proceed%20from%20proximal%20(top)%20to%20distal%20(bottom).%3C%2Fp%3E
The Rome IV diagnostic criteria for functional heartburn5 require that a patient experience retrosternal burning, discomfort, or pain at least twice a week for at least 6 months. By definition, the symptoms have not responded to antisecretory drugs (an H2-receptor antagonist or PPI) in optimal doses. Also, inflammatory disorders such as erosive esophagitis and eosinophilic esophagitis and motility disorders such as achalasia (Table 1) need to be ruled out.

CASE CONTINUED: NORMAL RESULTS ON TESTING

803fig3.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%203.%20In%20our%20patient%20with%20functional%20heartburn%2C%2024-hour%20wireless%20esophageal%20pH%20testing%20showed%20a%20pH%20greater%20than%204%20(the%20conventional%20cutoff%20in%20esophageal%20pH%20testing)%20for%20most%20of%20the%20test.%20During%20the%20test%2C%20the%20patient%20recorded%20experiencing%20heartburn%2067%20times%20(gray%20diamonds)%3B%20her%20esophageal%20pH%20was%20below%204%20for%20just%203%20of%20the%2067%20events.%20This%20pH%20test%20is%20consistent%20with%20a%20diagnosis%20of%20functional%20heartburn.%20The%20vertical%20axis%20shows%20the%20pH%20from%200%20to%208%2C%20with%20a%20midline%20at%204.%20The%20horizontal%20axis%20shows%20a%2024-hour%20period%20from%20noon%20to%20noon.%3C%2Fp%3E
The patient undergoes esophageal manometry and esophagogastro-duodenoscopy with placement of a wireless pH probe. Results of esophageal manometry are normal. She has normal lower esophageal resting pressure and relaxation and normal peristalsis in the esophagus body (Figure 2). Wireless pH testing shows a total acid exposure time of 1.7% and a strongly negative symptom association with heartburn, chest pain, and regurgitation (Figure 3).

Based on these results, her condition is diagnosed as functional heartburn, consistent with the Rome IV criteria.5

 

 

TREATMENT

Patient education is key

Patient education about the pathogenesis, natural history, and treatment options is the most important aspect of treating any functional gastrointestinal disorder. This includes the “brain-gut connection” and potential mechanisms of dysregulation. Patient education along with assessment of symptoms should be part of every visit, especially before discussing treatment options.

Patients whose condition is diagnosed as functional heartburn need reassurance that the condition is benign and, in particular, that the risk of progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma is minimal in the absence of Barrett esophagus.13 Also important to point out is that the disorder may spontaneously resolve: resolution rates of up to 40% have been reported for other functional gastrointestinal disorders.14

Antisecretory medications may work for some

A PPI or H2-receptor antagonist is the most common first-line treatment for heartburn symptoms. Although most patients with functional heartburn experience no improvement in symptoms with an antisecretory agent, a small number report some relief, which suggests that acid-suppression therapy may have an indirect impact on pain modulation in the esophagus.15 In patients who report symptom relief with an antisecretory agent, we suggest continuing the medication tapered to the lowest effective dose, with repeated reassurance that the medication can be discontinued safely at any time.

Antireflux surgery should be avoided

Antireflux surgery should be avoided in patients with normal pH testing and no objective finding of reflux, as this is associated with worse subjective outcomes than in patients with abnormal pH test results.16

Neuromodulators

804tbl2.jpg
No drug has yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration to treat functional heartburn, and clinical evidence for treating this condition is minimal. Using neuromodulators to reduce pain perception is the mainstay of treatment for functional gastrointestinal disorders, including functional heartburn. Table 2 lists neuromodulators used to treat functional esophageal disorders, with recommended dosing intervals.

It is important to discuss with patients the concept of neuromodulation, including the fact that antidepressants are often used because of their effects on serotonin and norepinephrine, which decrease visceral hypersensitivity.

The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor citalopram has been shown to reduce esophageal hypersensitivity,17 and a tricyclic antidepressant has been shown to improve quality of life.18 These results have led experts to recommend a trial of a low dose of either type of medication.19 The dose of tricyclic antidepressant often needs to be increased sequentially every 2 to 4 weeks.

Interestingly, melatonin 6 mg at bedtime has also shown efficacy for functional heartburn, potentially due to its antinociceptive properties.20

Alternative and complementary therapies

Many esophageal centers use cognitive behavioral therapy and hypnotherapy as first-line treatment for functional esophageal disorders. Here again, it is important for the patient to understand the rationale of therapy for functional gastrointestinal disorders, given the stigma in the general population regarding psychotherapy.

Cognitive behavioral therapy has been used for functional gastrointestinal disorders for many years, as it has been shown to modulate visceral perception.21 Although published studies are limited, research regarding other functional esophageal disorders suggests that patients who commit to long-term behavioral therapy have had a significant improvement in symptoms.22

The goal of esophageal-directed behavioral therapy is to promote focused relaxation using deep breathing techniques, which can help patients manage esophageal hypervigilance, especially if symptoms continue despite neuromodulator therapy. Specifically, hypnotherapy has been shown to modulate functional chest pain through the visceral sensory pathway and also to suppress gastric acid secretion.21,23 A study of a 7-week hypnotherapy program reported significant benefits in heartburn relief and improved quality of life in patients with functional heartburn.24 The data support the use of behavioral therapies as first-line therapy or as adjunctive therapy for patients already taking a neuromodulator.

CASE FOLLOW-UP: IMPROVEMENT WITH TREATMENT

During a follow-up visit, the patient is given several printed resources, including the Rome Foundation article on functional heartburn.5 We again emphasize the benign nature of functional heartburn, noting the minimal risk of progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma, as she had no evidence of Barrett esophagus on endoscopy. And we discuss the natural course of functional heartburn, including the spontaneous resolution rate of about 40%.

For treatment, we present her the rationale for using neuromodulators and reassure her that these medications are for treatment of visceral hypersensitivity, not for anxiety or depression. After the discussion, the patient opts to start amitriptyline therapy at 10 mg every night at bedtime, increasing the dose by 10 mg every 2 weeks until symptoms improve, up to 75–100 mg every day.

After 3 months, the patient reports a 90% improvement in symptoms while on amitriptyline 30 mg every night. She is also able to taper her antisecretory medications once symptoms are controlled. We plan to continue amitriptyline at the current dose for 6 to 12 months, then discuss a slow taper to see if her symptoms spontaneously resolve.

References
  1. Vakil N, van Zanten SV, Kahrilas P, Dent J, Jones R; Global Consensus Group. The Montreal definition and classification of gastroesophageal reflux disease: a global evidence-based consensus. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101(8):1900–1920.
  2. Dean BB, Gano AD Jr, Knight K, Ofman JJ, Fass R. Effectiveness of proton pump inhibitors in nonerosive reflux disease. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2004; 2(8):656–664. pmid:15290657
  3. Hachem C, Shaheen NJ. Diagnosis and management of functional heartburn. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):53–61. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.376
  4. Fass R, Sifrim D. Management of heartburn not responding to proton pump inhibitors. Gut 2009; 58(2):295–309. doi:10.1136/gut.2007.145581
  5. Aziz Q, Fass R, Gyawali CP, Miwa H, Pandolfino JE, Zerbib F. Esophageal disorders. Gastroenterology 2016; 150(6):1368-1379. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.02.012
  6. Kondo T, Miwa H. The role of esophageal hypersensitivity in functional heartburn. J Clin Gastroenterol 2017; 51(7):571–578. doi:10.1097/MCG.0000000000000885
  7. Farmer AD, Ruffle JK, Aziz Q. The role of esophageal hypersensitivity in functional esophageal disorders. J Clin Gastroenterol 2017; 51(2):91–99. doi:10.1097/MCG.0000000000000757
  8. Mainie I, Tutuian R, Shay S, et al. Acid and non-acid reflux in patients with persistent symptoms despite acid suppressive therapy: a multicentre study using combined ambulatory impedance-pH monitoring. Gut 2006; 55(10):1398–1402. doi:10.1136/gut.2005.087668
  9. Katz PO, Gerson LB, Vela MF. Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Am J Gastroenterol 2013; 108(3):308–328. doi:10.1038/ajg.2012.444
  10. Kahrilas PJ, Bredenoord AJ, Fox M, et al; International High Resolution Manometry Working Group. The Chicago classification of esophageal motility disorders, v3.0. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2015; 27(2):160–174. doi:10.1111/nmo.12477
  11. Kichler AJ, Gabbard S. A man with progressive dysphagia. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84(6):443–449. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84a.16055
  12. Roman S, Gyawali CP, Savarino E, et al; GERD consensus group. Ambulatory reflux monitoring for diagnosis of gastro-esophageal reflux disease: update of the Porto consensus and recommendations from an international consensus group. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2017; 29(10):1–15. doi:10.1111/nmo.13067
  13. Shaheen NJ, Falk GW, Iyer PG, Gerson LB; American College of Gastroenterology. ACG clinical guideline: diagnosis and management of Barrett’s esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):30–50. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.322
  14. Halder SL, Locke GR 3rd, Schleck CD, Zinsmeister AR, Melton LJ 3rd, Talley NJ. Natural history of functional gastrointestinal disorders: a 12-year longitudinal population-based study. Gastroenterology 2007; 133(3):799–807. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2007.06.010
  15. Park EY, Choi MG, Baeg M, et al. The value of early wireless esophageal pH monitoring in diagnosing functional heartburn in refractory gastroesophageal reflux disease. Dig Dis Sci 2013; 58(10):2933–2939. doi:10.1007/s10620-013-2728-4
  16. Khajanchee YS, Hong D, Hansen PD, Swanström LL. Outcomes of antireflux surgery in patients with normal preoperative 24-hour pH test results. Am J Surg 2004; 187(5):599–603. doi:10.1016/j.amjsurg.2004.01.010
  17. Viazis N, Keyoglou A, Kanellopoulos AK, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the treatment of hypersensitive esophagus: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107(11):1662–1667. doi:10.1038/ajg.2011.179
  18. Limsrivilai J, Charatcharoenwitthaya P, Pausawasdi N, Leelakusolvong S. Imipramine for treatment of esophageal hypersensitivity and functional heartburn: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(2):217–224. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.413
  19. Keefer L, Kahrilas PJ. Low-dose tricyclics for esophageal hypersensitivity: is it all placebo effect? Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(2):225–227. doi:10.1038/ajg.2016.13
  20. Basu PP, Hempole H, Krishnaswamy N, Shah NJ, Aloysius, M. The effect of melatonin in functional heartburn: a randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Open J Gastroenterol 2014; 4(2):56–61. doi:10.4236/ojgas.2014.42010
  21. Watanabe S, Hattori T, Kanazawa M, Kano M, Fukudo S. Role of histaminergic neurons in hypnotic modulation of brain processing of visceral perception. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2007; 19(10):831–838. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2982.2007.00959.x
  22. Riehl ME, Kinsinger S, Kahrilas PJ, Pandolfino JE, Keefer L. Role of a health psychologist in the management of functional esophageal complaints. Dis Esophagus 2015; 28(5):428–436. doi:10.1111/dote.12219
  23. Klein KB, Spiegel D. Modulation of gastric acid secretion by hypnosis. Gastroenterology 1989; 96(6):1383–1387. pmid:2714570
  24. Riehl ME, Pandolfino JE, Palsson OS, Keefer L. Feasibility and acceptability of esophageal-directed hypnotherapy for functional heartburn. Dis Esophagus 2016; 29(5):490–496. doi:10.1111/dote.12353
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Scott Gabbard, MD
Department of Gastroenterology, Hepatology & Nutrition, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Sonya Vijayvargiya
Emory University, Atlanta, GA

Address: Scott Gabbard, MD, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, A31, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; gabbars@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
799-806
Legacy Keywords
functional heartburn, proton pump inhibitor, PPI, gastroesophageal reflux disease, esophagus, upper endoscopy, biopsy, esophageal manometry, pH monitoring, cognitive behavioral therapy, hypnotherapy, Rome IV criteria, histamine-2 receptor antagonist, retrosternal pain, brain-gut connection, tricyclic antidepressants, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, SSRIs, trazodone, serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, SNRIs, alternative and complementary therapies, Scott Gabbard, Sonya Vijayvargiya
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Scott Gabbard, MD
Department of Gastroenterology, Hepatology & Nutrition, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Sonya Vijayvargiya
Emory University, Atlanta, GA

Address: Scott Gabbard, MD, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, A31, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; gabbars@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Scott Gabbard, MD
Department of Gastroenterology, Hepatology & Nutrition, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Sonya Vijayvargiya
Emory University, Atlanta, GA

Address: Scott Gabbard, MD, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, A31, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; gabbars@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 44-year-old woman presents with an 8-year history of intermittent heartburn, and in the past year she has been experiencing her symptoms daily. She says the heartburn is constant and is worse immediately after eating spicy or acidic foods. She says she has had no dysphagia, weight loss, or vomiting. Her symptoms have persisted despite taking a histamine (H)2-receptor antagonist twice daily plus a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) before breakfast and dinner for more than 3 months.

She has undergone upper endoscopy 3 times in the past 8 years. Each time, the esophagus was normal with a regular Z-line and normal biopsy results from the proximal and distal esophagus.

The patient believes she has severe gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and asks if she is a candidate for fundoplication surgery.

HEARTBURN IS A SYMPTOM; GERD IS A CONDITION

A distinction should be made between heartburn—the symptom of persistent retrosternal burning and discomfort—and gastroesophageal reflux disease—the condition in which reflux of stomach contents causes troublesome symptoms or complications.1 While many clinicians initially diagnose patients who have heartburn as having GERD, there are many other potential causes of their symptoms.

For patients with persistent heartburn, an empiric trial of a once-daily PPI is usually effective, but one-third of patients continue to have heartburn.2,3 The most common cause of this PPI-refractory heartburn is functional heartburn, a functional or hypersensitivity disorder of the esophagus.4

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY IS POORLY UNDERSTOOD

800fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Conceptual%20pathophysiologic%20basis%20of%20functional%20heartburn.%3C%2Fp%3E
Functional heartburn is defined as retrosternal burning in the absence of objective evidence of GERD, mucosal abnormality (ie, erosive esophagitis), or major motility disorder.5 The symptoms are theorized to result from hypersensitivity of the visceral nerves of the esophagus, which may be exacerbated by central sensitization, hypervigilance, stress, and anxiety.6 The pathogenesis is poorly understood, but it may involve activation of inflammatory mediators in the esophagus, alterations in esophageal mucosal integrity, increased chemical and pressure sensation in the esophagus, and both peripheral and central sensitization (Figure 1).7

DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION

801tbl1.jpg
When evaluating patients with heartburn symptoms refractory to PPI therapy, the differential diagnosis is broad and includes GERD, eosinophilic esophagitis, infectious esophagitis, pill-induced esophagitis, esophageal motility disorder, and functional heartburn (Table 1). Of these, functional heartburn is the most common, accounting for more than 50% of cases of PPI-refractory heartburn.8

Clinicians have several tests available for diagnosing these conditions.

Upper endoscopy

Upper endoscopy is recommended for patients with heartburn that does not respond to a 3-month trial of a PPI.9 Endoscopy is also indicated in any patient who has any of the following “alarm symptoms” that could be due to malignancy or peptic ulcer:

  • Dysphagia
  • Odynophagia
  • Vomiting
  • Unexplained weight loss or anemia
  • Signs of gastrointestinal bleeding
  • Anorexia
  • New onset of dyspepsia in a patient over age 60.

During upper endoscopy, the esophagus is evaluated for reflux esophagitis, Barrett esophagus, and other inflammatory disorders such as infectious esophagitis. But even if the esophageal mucosa appears normal, the proximal and distal esophagus should be biopsied to rule out an inflammatory disorder such as eosinophilic or lymphocytic esophagitis.

 

 

Esophageal manometry

If endoscopic and esophageal biopsy results are inconclusive, a workup for an esophageal motility disorder is the next step. Dysphagia is the most common symptom of these disorders, although the initial presenting symptom may be heartburn or regurgitation that persists despite PPI therapy.

Manometry is used to test for motility disorders such as achalasia and esophageal spasm.10 After applying a local anesthetic inside the nares, the clinician inserts a flexible catheter (about 4 mm in diameter) with 36 pressure sensors spaced at 1-cm intervals into the nares and passes it through the esophagus and lower esophageal sphincter. The patient then swallows liquid, and the sensors relay the esophageal response, creating a topographic plot that shows esophageal peristalsis and lower esophageal sphincter relaxation.

Achalasia is identified by incomplete lower esophageal sphincter relaxation combined with 100% failed peristalsis in the body of the esophagus. Esophageal spasms are identified by a shortened distal latency, which corresponds to premature contraction of the esophagus during peristalsis.11

Esophageal pH testing

Measuring esophageal pH levels is an important step to quantify gastroesophageal reflux and determine if symptoms occur during reflux events. According to the updated Porto GERD consensus group recommendations,12 a pH test is positive if the acid exposure time is greater than 6% of the testing period. Testing the pH differentiates between GERD (abnormal acid exposure), reflux hypersensitivity (normal acid exposure, strong correlation between symptoms and reflux events), and functional heartburn (normal acid exposure, negative correlation between reflux events and symptoms).5 For this test, a pH probe is placed in the esophagus transnasally or endoscopically. The probe records esophageal pH levels for 24 to 96 hours in an outpatient setting. Antisecretory therapy needs to be withheld for 7 to 10 days before the test.

Transnasal pH probe. For this approach, a thin catheter is inserted through the nares and advanced until the tip is 5 cm proximal to the lower esophageal sphincter. (The placement is guided by the results of esophageal manometry, which is done immediately before pH catheter placement.) The tube is secured with clear tape on the side of the patient’s face, and the end is connected to a portable recorder that compiles the data. The patient pushes a button on the recorder when experiencing heartburn symptoms. (A nurse instructs the patient on proper procedure.) After 24 hours, the patient either removes the catheter or has the clinic remove it. The pH and symptom data are downloaded and analyzed.

Transnasal pH testing can be combined with impedance measurement, which can detect nonacid reflux or weakly acid reflux. However, the clinical significance of this measurement is unclear, as multiple studies have found total acid exposure time to be a better predictor of response to therapy than weakly acid or nonacid reflux.12

Wireless pH probe. This method uses a disposable, catheter-free, capsule device to measure esophageal pH. The capsule, about the size of a gel capsule or pencil eraser, is attached to the patient’s esophageal lining, usually during upper endoscopy. The capsule records pH levels in the lower esophagus for 48 to 96 hours and transmits the data wirelessly to a receiver the patient wears. The patient pushes buttons on the receiver to record symptom-specific data when experiencing heartburn, chest pain, regurgitation, or cough. The capsule detaches from the esophagus spontaneously, generally within 7 days, and is passed out of the body through a bowel movement.

Diagnosing functional heartburn

802fig2.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%202.%20High-resolution%20esophageal%20manometry%20in%20our%20patient%20shows%20normal%20esophageal%20resting%20pressure%20and%20relaxation%2C%20and%20a%20distal%20latency%20of%207.5%20seconds%2C%20indicating%20normal%20peristalsis.%20It%20also%20shows%20a%20distal%20contractile%20integral%20of%202%2C368%20mm%20Hg-sec-cm%2C%20a%20measure%20of%20the%20pressure%2C%20duration%2C%20and%20vertical%20length%20of%20the%20distal%20esophageal%20contraction.%20The%20vertical%20axis%20shows%20the%20length%20along%20the%20esophagus%20from%20upper%20to%20lower%2C%20and%20the%20horizontal%20axis%20shows%20time.%20The%20color%20depicts%20pressure%20from%20low%20(blue)%20to%20high%20(red)%3B%20note%20how%20the%20waves%20of%20contraction%20(high%20pressure)%20proceed%20from%20proximal%20(top)%20to%20distal%20(bottom).%3C%2Fp%3E
The Rome IV diagnostic criteria for functional heartburn5 require that a patient experience retrosternal burning, discomfort, or pain at least twice a week for at least 6 months. By definition, the symptoms have not responded to antisecretory drugs (an H2-receptor antagonist or PPI) in optimal doses. Also, inflammatory disorders such as erosive esophagitis and eosinophilic esophagitis and motility disorders such as achalasia (Table 1) need to be ruled out.

CASE CONTINUED: NORMAL RESULTS ON TESTING

803fig3.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%203.%20In%20our%20patient%20with%20functional%20heartburn%2C%2024-hour%20wireless%20esophageal%20pH%20testing%20showed%20a%20pH%20greater%20than%204%20(the%20conventional%20cutoff%20in%20esophageal%20pH%20testing)%20for%20most%20of%20the%20test.%20During%20the%20test%2C%20the%20patient%20recorded%20experiencing%20heartburn%2067%20times%20(gray%20diamonds)%3B%20her%20esophageal%20pH%20was%20below%204%20for%20just%203%20of%20the%2067%20events.%20This%20pH%20test%20is%20consistent%20with%20a%20diagnosis%20of%20functional%20heartburn.%20The%20vertical%20axis%20shows%20the%20pH%20from%200%20to%208%2C%20with%20a%20midline%20at%204.%20The%20horizontal%20axis%20shows%20a%2024-hour%20period%20from%20noon%20to%20noon.%3C%2Fp%3E
The patient undergoes esophageal manometry and esophagogastro-duodenoscopy with placement of a wireless pH probe. Results of esophageal manometry are normal. She has normal lower esophageal resting pressure and relaxation and normal peristalsis in the esophagus body (Figure 2). Wireless pH testing shows a total acid exposure time of 1.7% and a strongly negative symptom association with heartburn, chest pain, and regurgitation (Figure 3).

Based on these results, her condition is diagnosed as functional heartburn, consistent with the Rome IV criteria.5

 

 

TREATMENT

Patient education is key

Patient education about the pathogenesis, natural history, and treatment options is the most important aspect of treating any functional gastrointestinal disorder. This includes the “brain-gut connection” and potential mechanisms of dysregulation. Patient education along with assessment of symptoms should be part of every visit, especially before discussing treatment options.

Patients whose condition is diagnosed as functional heartburn need reassurance that the condition is benign and, in particular, that the risk of progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma is minimal in the absence of Barrett esophagus.13 Also important to point out is that the disorder may spontaneously resolve: resolution rates of up to 40% have been reported for other functional gastrointestinal disorders.14

Antisecretory medications may work for some

A PPI or H2-receptor antagonist is the most common first-line treatment for heartburn symptoms. Although most patients with functional heartburn experience no improvement in symptoms with an antisecretory agent, a small number report some relief, which suggests that acid-suppression therapy may have an indirect impact on pain modulation in the esophagus.15 In patients who report symptom relief with an antisecretory agent, we suggest continuing the medication tapered to the lowest effective dose, with repeated reassurance that the medication can be discontinued safely at any time.

Antireflux surgery should be avoided

Antireflux surgery should be avoided in patients with normal pH testing and no objective finding of reflux, as this is associated with worse subjective outcomes than in patients with abnormal pH test results.16

Neuromodulators

804tbl2.jpg
No drug has yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration to treat functional heartburn, and clinical evidence for treating this condition is minimal. Using neuromodulators to reduce pain perception is the mainstay of treatment for functional gastrointestinal disorders, including functional heartburn. Table 2 lists neuromodulators used to treat functional esophageal disorders, with recommended dosing intervals.

It is important to discuss with patients the concept of neuromodulation, including the fact that antidepressants are often used because of their effects on serotonin and norepinephrine, which decrease visceral hypersensitivity.

The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor citalopram has been shown to reduce esophageal hypersensitivity,17 and a tricyclic antidepressant has been shown to improve quality of life.18 These results have led experts to recommend a trial of a low dose of either type of medication.19 The dose of tricyclic antidepressant often needs to be increased sequentially every 2 to 4 weeks.

Interestingly, melatonin 6 mg at bedtime has also shown efficacy for functional heartburn, potentially due to its antinociceptive properties.20

Alternative and complementary therapies

Many esophageal centers use cognitive behavioral therapy and hypnotherapy as first-line treatment for functional esophageal disorders. Here again, it is important for the patient to understand the rationale of therapy for functional gastrointestinal disorders, given the stigma in the general population regarding psychotherapy.

Cognitive behavioral therapy has been used for functional gastrointestinal disorders for many years, as it has been shown to modulate visceral perception.21 Although published studies are limited, research regarding other functional esophageal disorders suggests that patients who commit to long-term behavioral therapy have had a significant improvement in symptoms.22

The goal of esophageal-directed behavioral therapy is to promote focused relaxation using deep breathing techniques, which can help patients manage esophageal hypervigilance, especially if symptoms continue despite neuromodulator therapy. Specifically, hypnotherapy has been shown to modulate functional chest pain through the visceral sensory pathway and also to suppress gastric acid secretion.21,23 A study of a 7-week hypnotherapy program reported significant benefits in heartburn relief and improved quality of life in patients with functional heartburn.24 The data support the use of behavioral therapies as first-line therapy or as adjunctive therapy for patients already taking a neuromodulator.

CASE FOLLOW-UP: IMPROVEMENT WITH TREATMENT

During a follow-up visit, the patient is given several printed resources, including the Rome Foundation article on functional heartburn.5 We again emphasize the benign nature of functional heartburn, noting the minimal risk of progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma, as she had no evidence of Barrett esophagus on endoscopy. And we discuss the natural course of functional heartburn, including the spontaneous resolution rate of about 40%.

For treatment, we present her the rationale for using neuromodulators and reassure her that these medications are for treatment of visceral hypersensitivity, not for anxiety or depression. After the discussion, the patient opts to start amitriptyline therapy at 10 mg every night at bedtime, increasing the dose by 10 mg every 2 weeks until symptoms improve, up to 75–100 mg every day.

After 3 months, the patient reports a 90% improvement in symptoms while on amitriptyline 30 mg every night. She is also able to taper her antisecretory medications once symptoms are controlled. We plan to continue amitriptyline at the current dose for 6 to 12 months, then discuss a slow taper to see if her symptoms spontaneously resolve.

A 44-year-old woman presents with an 8-year history of intermittent heartburn, and in the past year she has been experiencing her symptoms daily. She says the heartburn is constant and is worse immediately after eating spicy or acidic foods. She says she has had no dysphagia, weight loss, or vomiting. Her symptoms have persisted despite taking a histamine (H)2-receptor antagonist twice daily plus a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) before breakfast and dinner for more than 3 months.

She has undergone upper endoscopy 3 times in the past 8 years. Each time, the esophagus was normal with a regular Z-line and normal biopsy results from the proximal and distal esophagus.

The patient believes she has severe gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and asks if she is a candidate for fundoplication surgery.

HEARTBURN IS A SYMPTOM; GERD IS A CONDITION

A distinction should be made between heartburn—the symptom of persistent retrosternal burning and discomfort—and gastroesophageal reflux disease—the condition in which reflux of stomach contents causes troublesome symptoms or complications.1 While many clinicians initially diagnose patients who have heartburn as having GERD, there are many other potential causes of their symptoms.

For patients with persistent heartburn, an empiric trial of a once-daily PPI is usually effective, but one-third of patients continue to have heartburn.2,3 The most common cause of this PPI-refractory heartburn is functional heartburn, a functional or hypersensitivity disorder of the esophagus.4

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY IS POORLY UNDERSTOOD

800fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Conceptual%20pathophysiologic%20basis%20of%20functional%20heartburn.%3C%2Fp%3E
Functional heartburn is defined as retrosternal burning in the absence of objective evidence of GERD, mucosal abnormality (ie, erosive esophagitis), or major motility disorder.5 The symptoms are theorized to result from hypersensitivity of the visceral nerves of the esophagus, which may be exacerbated by central sensitization, hypervigilance, stress, and anxiety.6 The pathogenesis is poorly understood, but it may involve activation of inflammatory mediators in the esophagus, alterations in esophageal mucosal integrity, increased chemical and pressure sensation in the esophagus, and both peripheral and central sensitization (Figure 1).7

DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION

801tbl1.jpg
When evaluating patients with heartburn symptoms refractory to PPI therapy, the differential diagnosis is broad and includes GERD, eosinophilic esophagitis, infectious esophagitis, pill-induced esophagitis, esophageal motility disorder, and functional heartburn (Table 1). Of these, functional heartburn is the most common, accounting for more than 50% of cases of PPI-refractory heartburn.8

Clinicians have several tests available for diagnosing these conditions.

Upper endoscopy

Upper endoscopy is recommended for patients with heartburn that does not respond to a 3-month trial of a PPI.9 Endoscopy is also indicated in any patient who has any of the following “alarm symptoms” that could be due to malignancy or peptic ulcer:

  • Dysphagia
  • Odynophagia
  • Vomiting
  • Unexplained weight loss or anemia
  • Signs of gastrointestinal bleeding
  • Anorexia
  • New onset of dyspepsia in a patient over age 60.

During upper endoscopy, the esophagus is evaluated for reflux esophagitis, Barrett esophagus, and other inflammatory disorders such as infectious esophagitis. But even if the esophageal mucosa appears normal, the proximal and distal esophagus should be biopsied to rule out an inflammatory disorder such as eosinophilic or lymphocytic esophagitis.

 

 

Esophageal manometry

If endoscopic and esophageal biopsy results are inconclusive, a workup for an esophageal motility disorder is the next step. Dysphagia is the most common symptom of these disorders, although the initial presenting symptom may be heartburn or regurgitation that persists despite PPI therapy.

Manometry is used to test for motility disorders such as achalasia and esophageal spasm.10 After applying a local anesthetic inside the nares, the clinician inserts a flexible catheter (about 4 mm in diameter) with 36 pressure sensors spaced at 1-cm intervals into the nares and passes it through the esophagus and lower esophageal sphincter. The patient then swallows liquid, and the sensors relay the esophageal response, creating a topographic plot that shows esophageal peristalsis and lower esophageal sphincter relaxation.

Achalasia is identified by incomplete lower esophageal sphincter relaxation combined with 100% failed peristalsis in the body of the esophagus. Esophageal spasms are identified by a shortened distal latency, which corresponds to premature contraction of the esophagus during peristalsis.11

Esophageal pH testing

Measuring esophageal pH levels is an important step to quantify gastroesophageal reflux and determine if symptoms occur during reflux events. According to the updated Porto GERD consensus group recommendations,12 a pH test is positive if the acid exposure time is greater than 6% of the testing period. Testing the pH differentiates between GERD (abnormal acid exposure), reflux hypersensitivity (normal acid exposure, strong correlation between symptoms and reflux events), and functional heartburn (normal acid exposure, negative correlation between reflux events and symptoms).5 For this test, a pH probe is placed in the esophagus transnasally or endoscopically. The probe records esophageal pH levels for 24 to 96 hours in an outpatient setting. Antisecretory therapy needs to be withheld for 7 to 10 days before the test.

Transnasal pH probe. For this approach, a thin catheter is inserted through the nares and advanced until the tip is 5 cm proximal to the lower esophageal sphincter. (The placement is guided by the results of esophageal manometry, which is done immediately before pH catheter placement.) The tube is secured with clear tape on the side of the patient’s face, and the end is connected to a portable recorder that compiles the data. The patient pushes a button on the recorder when experiencing heartburn symptoms. (A nurse instructs the patient on proper procedure.) After 24 hours, the patient either removes the catheter or has the clinic remove it. The pH and symptom data are downloaded and analyzed.

Transnasal pH testing can be combined with impedance measurement, which can detect nonacid reflux or weakly acid reflux. However, the clinical significance of this measurement is unclear, as multiple studies have found total acid exposure time to be a better predictor of response to therapy than weakly acid or nonacid reflux.12

Wireless pH probe. This method uses a disposable, catheter-free, capsule device to measure esophageal pH. The capsule, about the size of a gel capsule or pencil eraser, is attached to the patient’s esophageal lining, usually during upper endoscopy. The capsule records pH levels in the lower esophagus for 48 to 96 hours and transmits the data wirelessly to a receiver the patient wears. The patient pushes buttons on the receiver to record symptom-specific data when experiencing heartburn, chest pain, regurgitation, or cough. The capsule detaches from the esophagus spontaneously, generally within 7 days, and is passed out of the body through a bowel movement.

Diagnosing functional heartburn

802fig2.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%202.%20High-resolution%20esophageal%20manometry%20in%20our%20patient%20shows%20normal%20esophageal%20resting%20pressure%20and%20relaxation%2C%20and%20a%20distal%20latency%20of%207.5%20seconds%2C%20indicating%20normal%20peristalsis.%20It%20also%20shows%20a%20distal%20contractile%20integral%20of%202%2C368%20mm%20Hg-sec-cm%2C%20a%20measure%20of%20the%20pressure%2C%20duration%2C%20and%20vertical%20length%20of%20the%20distal%20esophageal%20contraction.%20The%20vertical%20axis%20shows%20the%20length%20along%20the%20esophagus%20from%20upper%20to%20lower%2C%20and%20the%20horizontal%20axis%20shows%20time.%20The%20color%20depicts%20pressure%20from%20low%20(blue)%20to%20high%20(red)%3B%20note%20how%20the%20waves%20of%20contraction%20(high%20pressure)%20proceed%20from%20proximal%20(top)%20to%20distal%20(bottom).%3C%2Fp%3E
The Rome IV diagnostic criteria for functional heartburn5 require that a patient experience retrosternal burning, discomfort, or pain at least twice a week for at least 6 months. By definition, the symptoms have not responded to antisecretory drugs (an H2-receptor antagonist or PPI) in optimal doses. Also, inflammatory disorders such as erosive esophagitis and eosinophilic esophagitis and motility disorders such as achalasia (Table 1) need to be ruled out.

CASE CONTINUED: NORMAL RESULTS ON TESTING

803fig3.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%203.%20In%20our%20patient%20with%20functional%20heartburn%2C%2024-hour%20wireless%20esophageal%20pH%20testing%20showed%20a%20pH%20greater%20than%204%20(the%20conventional%20cutoff%20in%20esophageal%20pH%20testing)%20for%20most%20of%20the%20test.%20During%20the%20test%2C%20the%20patient%20recorded%20experiencing%20heartburn%2067%20times%20(gray%20diamonds)%3B%20her%20esophageal%20pH%20was%20below%204%20for%20just%203%20of%20the%2067%20events.%20This%20pH%20test%20is%20consistent%20with%20a%20diagnosis%20of%20functional%20heartburn.%20The%20vertical%20axis%20shows%20the%20pH%20from%200%20to%208%2C%20with%20a%20midline%20at%204.%20The%20horizontal%20axis%20shows%20a%2024-hour%20period%20from%20noon%20to%20noon.%3C%2Fp%3E
The patient undergoes esophageal manometry and esophagogastro-duodenoscopy with placement of a wireless pH probe. Results of esophageal manometry are normal. She has normal lower esophageal resting pressure and relaxation and normal peristalsis in the esophagus body (Figure 2). Wireless pH testing shows a total acid exposure time of 1.7% and a strongly negative symptom association with heartburn, chest pain, and regurgitation (Figure 3).

Based on these results, her condition is diagnosed as functional heartburn, consistent with the Rome IV criteria.5

 

 

TREATMENT

Patient education is key

Patient education about the pathogenesis, natural history, and treatment options is the most important aspect of treating any functional gastrointestinal disorder. This includes the “brain-gut connection” and potential mechanisms of dysregulation. Patient education along with assessment of symptoms should be part of every visit, especially before discussing treatment options.

Patients whose condition is diagnosed as functional heartburn need reassurance that the condition is benign and, in particular, that the risk of progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma is minimal in the absence of Barrett esophagus.13 Also important to point out is that the disorder may spontaneously resolve: resolution rates of up to 40% have been reported for other functional gastrointestinal disorders.14

Antisecretory medications may work for some

A PPI or H2-receptor antagonist is the most common first-line treatment for heartburn symptoms. Although most patients with functional heartburn experience no improvement in symptoms with an antisecretory agent, a small number report some relief, which suggests that acid-suppression therapy may have an indirect impact on pain modulation in the esophagus.15 In patients who report symptom relief with an antisecretory agent, we suggest continuing the medication tapered to the lowest effective dose, with repeated reassurance that the medication can be discontinued safely at any time.

Antireflux surgery should be avoided

Antireflux surgery should be avoided in patients with normal pH testing and no objective finding of reflux, as this is associated with worse subjective outcomes than in patients with abnormal pH test results.16

Neuromodulators

804tbl2.jpg
No drug has yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration to treat functional heartburn, and clinical evidence for treating this condition is minimal. Using neuromodulators to reduce pain perception is the mainstay of treatment for functional gastrointestinal disorders, including functional heartburn. Table 2 lists neuromodulators used to treat functional esophageal disorders, with recommended dosing intervals.

It is important to discuss with patients the concept of neuromodulation, including the fact that antidepressants are often used because of their effects on serotonin and norepinephrine, which decrease visceral hypersensitivity.

The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor citalopram has been shown to reduce esophageal hypersensitivity,17 and a tricyclic antidepressant has been shown to improve quality of life.18 These results have led experts to recommend a trial of a low dose of either type of medication.19 The dose of tricyclic antidepressant often needs to be increased sequentially every 2 to 4 weeks.

Interestingly, melatonin 6 mg at bedtime has also shown efficacy for functional heartburn, potentially due to its antinociceptive properties.20

Alternative and complementary therapies

Many esophageal centers use cognitive behavioral therapy and hypnotherapy as first-line treatment for functional esophageal disorders. Here again, it is important for the patient to understand the rationale of therapy for functional gastrointestinal disorders, given the stigma in the general population regarding psychotherapy.

Cognitive behavioral therapy has been used for functional gastrointestinal disorders for many years, as it has been shown to modulate visceral perception.21 Although published studies are limited, research regarding other functional esophageal disorders suggests that patients who commit to long-term behavioral therapy have had a significant improvement in symptoms.22

The goal of esophageal-directed behavioral therapy is to promote focused relaxation using deep breathing techniques, which can help patients manage esophageal hypervigilance, especially if symptoms continue despite neuromodulator therapy. Specifically, hypnotherapy has been shown to modulate functional chest pain through the visceral sensory pathway and also to suppress gastric acid secretion.21,23 A study of a 7-week hypnotherapy program reported significant benefits in heartburn relief and improved quality of life in patients with functional heartburn.24 The data support the use of behavioral therapies as first-line therapy or as adjunctive therapy for patients already taking a neuromodulator.

CASE FOLLOW-UP: IMPROVEMENT WITH TREATMENT

During a follow-up visit, the patient is given several printed resources, including the Rome Foundation article on functional heartburn.5 We again emphasize the benign nature of functional heartburn, noting the minimal risk of progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma, as she had no evidence of Barrett esophagus on endoscopy. And we discuss the natural course of functional heartburn, including the spontaneous resolution rate of about 40%.

For treatment, we present her the rationale for using neuromodulators and reassure her that these medications are for treatment of visceral hypersensitivity, not for anxiety or depression. After the discussion, the patient opts to start amitriptyline therapy at 10 mg every night at bedtime, increasing the dose by 10 mg every 2 weeks until symptoms improve, up to 75–100 mg every day.

After 3 months, the patient reports a 90% improvement in symptoms while on amitriptyline 30 mg every night. She is also able to taper her antisecretory medications once symptoms are controlled. We plan to continue amitriptyline at the current dose for 6 to 12 months, then discuss a slow taper to see if her symptoms spontaneously resolve.

References
  1. Vakil N, van Zanten SV, Kahrilas P, Dent J, Jones R; Global Consensus Group. The Montreal definition and classification of gastroesophageal reflux disease: a global evidence-based consensus. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101(8):1900–1920.
  2. Dean BB, Gano AD Jr, Knight K, Ofman JJ, Fass R. Effectiveness of proton pump inhibitors in nonerosive reflux disease. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2004; 2(8):656–664. pmid:15290657
  3. Hachem C, Shaheen NJ. Diagnosis and management of functional heartburn. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):53–61. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.376
  4. Fass R, Sifrim D. Management of heartburn not responding to proton pump inhibitors. Gut 2009; 58(2):295–309. doi:10.1136/gut.2007.145581
  5. Aziz Q, Fass R, Gyawali CP, Miwa H, Pandolfino JE, Zerbib F. Esophageal disorders. Gastroenterology 2016; 150(6):1368-1379. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.02.012
  6. Kondo T, Miwa H. The role of esophageal hypersensitivity in functional heartburn. J Clin Gastroenterol 2017; 51(7):571–578. doi:10.1097/MCG.0000000000000885
  7. Farmer AD, Ruffle JK, Aziz Q. The role of esophageal hypersensitivity in functional esophageal disorders. J Clin Gastroenterol 2017; 51(2):91–99. doi:10.1097/MCG.0000000000000757
  8. Mainie I, Tutuian R, Shay S, et al. Acid and non-acid reflux in patients with persistent symptoms despite acid suppressive therapy: a multicentre study using combined ambulatory impedance-pH monitoring. Gut 2006; 55(10):1398–1402. doi:10.1136/gut.2005.087668
  9. Katz PO, Gerson LB, Vela MF. Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Am J Gastroenterol 2013; 108(3):308–328. doi:10.1038/ajg.2012.444
  10. Kahrilas PJ, Bredenoord AJ, Fox M, et al; International High Resolution Manometry Working Group. The Chicago classification of esophageal motility disorders, v3.0. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2015; 27(2):160–174. doi:10.1111/nmo.12477
  11. Kichler AJ, Gabbard S. A man with progressive dysphagia. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84(6):443–449. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84a.16055
  12. Roman S, Gyawali CP, Savarino E, et al; GERD consensus group. Ambulatory reflux monitoring for diagnosis of gastro-esophageal reflux disease: update of the Porto consensus and recommendations from an international consensus group. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2017; 29(10):1–15. doi:10.1111/nmo.13067
  13. Shaheen NJ, Falk GW, Iyer PG, Gerson LB; American College of Gastroenterology. ACG clinical guideline: diagnosis and management of Barrett’s esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):30–50. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.322
  14. Halder SL, Locke GR 3rd, Schleck CD, Zinsmeister AR, Melton LJ 3rd, Talley NJ. Natural history of functional gastrointestinal disorders: a 12-year longitudinal population-based study. Gastroenterology 2007; 133(3):799–807. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2007.06.010
  15. Park EY, Choi MG, Baeg M, et al. The value of early wireless esophageal pH monitoring in diagnosing functional heartburn in refractory gastroesophageal reflux disease. Dig Dis Sci 2013; 58(10):2933–2939. doi:10.1007/s10620-013-2728-4
  16. Khajanchee YS, Hong D, Hansen PD, Swanström LL. Outcomes of antireflux surgery in patients with normal preoperative 24-hour pH test results. Am J Surg 2004; 187(5):599–603. doi:10.1016/j.amjsurg.2004.01.010
  17. Viazis N, Keyoglou A, Kanellopoulos AK, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the treatment of hypersensitive esophagus: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107(11):1662–1667. doi:10.1038/ajg.2011.179
  18. Limsrivilai J, Charatcharoenwitthaya P, Pausawasdi N, Leelakusolvong S. Imipramine for treatment of esophageal hypersensitivity and functional heartburn: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(2):217–224. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.413
  19. Keefer L, Kahrilas PJ. Low-dose tricyclics for esophageal hypersensitivity: is it all placebo effect? Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(2):225–227. doi:10.1038/ajg.2016.13
  20. Basu PP, Hempole H, Krishnaswamy N, Shah NJ, Aloysius, M. The effect of melatonin in functional heartburn: a randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Open J Gastroenterol 2014; 4(2):56–61. doi:10.4236/ojgas.2014.42010
  21. Watanabe S, Hattori T, Kanazawa M, Kano M, Fukudo S. Role of histaminergic neurons in hypnotic modulation of brain processing of visceral perception. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2007; 19(10):831–838. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2982.2007.00959.x
  22. Riehl ME, Kinsinger S, Kahrilas PJ, Pandolfino JE, Keefer L. Role of a health psychologist in the management of functional esophageal complaints. Dis Esophagus 2015; 28(5):428–436. doi:10.1111/dote.12219
  23. Klein KB, Spiegel D. Modulation of gastric acid secretion by hypnosis. Gastroenterology 1989; 96(6):1383–1387. pmid:2714570
  24. Riehl ME, Pandolfino JE, Palsson OS, Keefer L. Feasibility and acceptability of esophageal-directed hypnotherapy for functional heartburn. Dis Esophagus 2016; 29(5):490–496. doi:10.1111/dote.12353
References
  1. Vakil N, van Zanten SV, Kahrilas P, Dent J, Jones R; Global Consensus Group. The Montreal definition and classification of gastroesophageal reflux disease: a global evidence-based consensus. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101(8):1900–1920.
  2. Dean BB, Gano AD Jr, Knight K, Ofman JJ, Fass R. Effectiveness of proton pump inhibitors in nonerosive reflux disease. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2004; 2(8):656–664. pmid:15290657
  3. Hachem C, Shaheen NJ. Diagnosis and management of functional heartburn. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):53–61. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.376
  4. Fass R, Sifrim D. Management of heartburn not responding to proton pump inhibitors. Gut 2009; 58(2):295–309. doi:10.1136/gut.2007.145581
  5. Aziz Q, Fass R, Gyawali CP, Miwa H, Pandolfino JE, Zerbib F. Esophageal disorders. Gastroenterology 2016; 150(6):1368-1379. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.02.012
  6. Kondo T, Miwa H. The role of esophageal hypersensitivity in functional heartburn. J Clin Gastroenterol 2017; 51(7):571–578. doi:10.1097/MCG.0000000000000885
  7. Farmer AD, Ruffle JK, Aziz Q. The role of esophageal hypersensitivity in functional esophageal disorders. J Clin Gastroenterol 2017; 51(2):91–99. doi:10.1097/MCG.0000000000000757
  8. Mainie I, Tutuian R, Shay S, et al. Acid and non-acid reflux in patients with persistent symptoms despite acid suppressive therapy: a multicentre study using combined ambulatory impedance-pH monitoring. Gut 2006; 55(10):1398–1402. doi:10.1136/gut.2005.087668
  9. Katz PO, Gerson LB, Vela MF. Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Am J Gastroenterol 2013; 108(3):308–328. doi:10.1038/ajg.2012.444
  10. Kahrilas PJ, Bredenoord AJ, Fox M, et al; International High Resolution Manometry Working Group. The Chicago classification of esophageal motility disorders, v3.0. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2015; 27(2):160–174. doi:10.1111/nmo.12477
  11. Kichler AJ, Gabbard S. A man with progressive dysphagia. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84(6):443–449. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84a.16055
  12. Roman S, Gyawali CP, Savarino E, et al; GERD consensus group. Ambulatory reflux monitoring for diagnosis of gastro-esophageal reflux disease: update of the Porto consensus and recommendations from an international consensus group. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2017; 29(10):1–15. doi:10.1111/nmo.13067
  13. Shaheen NJ, Falk GW, Iyer PG, Gerson LB; American College of Gastroenterology. ACG clinical guideline: diagnosis and management of Barrett’s esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):30–50. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.322
  14. Halder SL, Locke GR 3rd, Schleck CD, Zinsmeister AR, Melton LJ 3rd, Talley NJ. Natural history of functional gastrointestinal disorders: a 12-year longitudinal population-based study. Gastroenterology 2007; 133(3):799–807. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2007.06.010
  15. Park EY, Choi MG, Baeg M, et al. The value of early wireless esophageal pH monitoring in diagnosing functional heartburn in refractory gastroesophageal reflux disease. Dig Dis Sci 2013; 58(10):2933–2939. doi:10.1007/s10620-013-2728-4
  16. Khajanchee YS, Hong D, Hansen PD, Swanström LL. Outcomes of antireflux surgery in patients with normal preoperative 24-hour pH test results. Am J Surg 2004; 187(5):599–603. doi:10.1016/j.amjsurg.2004.01.010
  17. Viazis N, Keyoglou A, Kanellopoulos AK, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the treatment of hypersensitive esophagus: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107(11):1662–1667. doi:10.1038/ajg.2011.179
  18. Limsrivilai J, Charatcharoenwitthaya P, Pausawasdi N, Leelakusolvong S. Imipramine for treatment of esophageal hypersensitivity and functional heartburn: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(2):217–224. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.413
  19. Keefer L, Kahrilas PJ. Low-dose tricyclics for esophageal hypersensitivity: is it all placebo effect? Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(2):225–227. doi:10.1038/ajg.2016.13
  20. Basu PP, Hempole H, Krishnaswamy N, Shah NJ, Aloysius, M. The effect of melatonin in functional heartburn: a randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Open J Gastroenterol 2014; 4(2):56–61. doi:10.4236/ojgas.2014.42010
  21. Watanabe S, Hattori T, Kanazawa M, Kano M, Fukudo S. Role of histaminergic neurons in hypnotic modulation of brain processing of visceral perception. Neurogastroenterol Motil 2007; 19(10):831–838. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2982.2007.00959.x
  22. Riehl ME, Kinsinger S, Kahrilas PJ, Pandolfino JE, Keefer L. Role of a health psychologist in the management of functional esophageal complaints. Dis Esophagus 2015; 28(5):428–436. doi:10.1111/dote.12219
  23. Klein KB, Spiegel D. Modulation of gastric acid secretion by hypnosis. Gastroenterology 1989; 96(6):1383–1387. pmid:2714570
  24. Riehl ME, Pandolfino JE, Palsson OS, Keefer L. Feasibility and acceptability of esophageal-directed hypnotherapy for functional heartburn. Dis Esophagus 2016; 29(5):490–496. doi:10.1111/dote.12353
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Page Number
799-806
Page Number
799-806
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Functional heartburn: An underrecognized cause of PPI-refractory symptoms
Display Headline
Functional heartburn: An underrecognized cause of PPI-refractory symptoms
Legacy Keywords
functional heartburn, proton pump inhibitor, PPI, gastroesophageal reflux disease, esophagus, upper endoscopy, biopsy, esophageal manometry, pH monitoring, cognitive behavioral therapy, hypnotherapy, Rome IV criteria, histamine-2 receptor antagonist, retrosternal pain, brain-gut connection, tricyclic antidepressants, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, SSRIs, trazodone, serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, SNRIs, alternative and complementary therapies, Scott Gabbard, Sonya Vijayvargiya
Legacy Keywords
functional heartburn, proton pump inhibitor, PPI, gastroesophageal reflux disease, esophagus, upper endoscopy, biopsy, esophageal manometry, pH monitoring, cognitive behavioral therapy, hypnotherapy, Rome IV criteria, histamine-2 receptor antagonist, retrosternal pain, brain-gut connection, tricyclic antidepressants, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, SSRIs, trazodone, serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, SNRIs, alternative and complementary therapies, Scott Gabbard, Sonya Vijayvargiya
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Functional heartburn accounts for more than half of all referrals for PPI-refractory GERD.
  • Diagnostic criteria require at least 3 months of symptoms in the 6 months before presentation.
  • Results of upper endoscopy with biopsy, esophageal manometry, and esophageal pH monitoring must be normal.
  • Patient education is key, with reassurance that the risk of progression to malignancy is low in the absence of Barrett esophagus, and that the condition remits spontaneously in up to 40% of cases.
  • Neuromodulators to reduce pain perception are the mainstay of treatment for functional gastrointestinal disorders such as functional heartburn. Cognitive behavioral therapy and hypnotherapy are also used as first-line treatment.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 15:45
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 15:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 15:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Gabapentin for alcohol use disorder: A good option, or cause for concern?

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 12/02/2019 - 07:57
Display Headline
Gabapentin for alcohol use disorder: A good option, or cause for concern?

Perceptions regarding the use of gabapentin for alcohol use disorder (AUD) have shifted over time.1–4 Early on, the drug was deemed to be benign and effective.4–6 But more and more, concerns are being raised about its recreational use to achieve euphoria,7 and the drug is often misused by vulnerable populations, particularly those with opioid use disorder.7–9

Given the large number of gabapentin prescriptions written off-label for AUD, it is incumbent on providers to understand how to prescribe it responsibly.7–9 To that end, this article focuses on the benefits—and concerns—of this treatment option. We describe the effects of gabapentin on the central nervous system and how it may mitigate alcohol withdrawal and increase the likelihood of abstinence. In addition, we review clinical trials that evaluated potential roles of gabapentin in AUD, discuss the drug’s misuse potential, and suggest a framework for its appropriate use in AUD management.

ALCOHOL USE DISORDER IS COMMON AND SERIOUS

AUD affects about 14% of US adults and represents a significant health burden,1 often with severe clinical and social implications. It manifests as compulsive drinking and loss of control despite adverse consequences on various life domains.10 It is generally associated with cravings, tolerance, and withdrawal symptoms upon cessation. Alcohol withdrawal is characterized by tremors, anxiety, sweating, nausea, and tachycardia, and in severe cases, may involve hallucinations, seizures, and delirium tremens. Untreated, alcohol withdrawal can be fatal.10

816tbl1.jpg

Even though psychosocial treatments for AUD by themselves are associated with high relapse rates, pharmacotherapy is underutilized. Three drugs approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) are available to treat it, but they are often poorly accepted and have limited efficacy. For these reasons, there is considerable interest in finding alternatives. Gabapentin is one of several agents that have been studied (Table 1). The topic has been reviewed in depth by Soyka and Müller.11

GABAPENTIN REDUCES EXCITATION

The anticonvulsant gabapentin is FDA-approved for treating epilepsy, postherpetic neuralgia, and restless leg syndrome.8,12–14 It binds and selectively impedes voltage-sensitive calcium channels, the pores in cell membrane that permit calcium to enter a neuron in response to changes in electrical currents.15

Gabapentin is believed to decrease excitation of the central nervous system in multiple ways:

  • It reduces the release of glutamate, a key component of the excitatory system16
  • It increases the concentration of gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA), the main inhibitory neurotransmitter in the brain7
  • By binding the alpha-2-delta type 1 subunit of voltage-sensitive calcium channels,8,15–17 it inhibits excitatory synapse formation independent of calcium channel activity16
  • By blocking excitatory neurotransmission, it also may indirectly increase the concentration of GABA in the central nervous system16,17
  • It modulates action of glutamic acid decarboxylase (involved in the synthesis of GABA) and glutamate synthesizing enzyme to increase GABA and decrease glutamate.17

 

 

ALCOHOL’S ACTIONS

The actions of alcohol on the brain are also complex.18 Alpha-2-delta type 1 subunits of calcium channels are upregulated in the reward centers of the brain by addictive substances, including alcohol.16 Alcohol interacts with corticotropin-releasing factor and several neurotransmitters,18 and specifically affects neuropathways involving norepinephrine, GABA, and glutamate.19 Alcohol has reinforcing effects mediated by the release of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens.20

Acutely, alcohol promotes GABA release and may also reduce GABA degradation, producing sedative and anxiolytic effects.21 Chronic alcohol use leads to a decrease in the number of GABAA receptors. Clinically, this downregulation manifests as tolerance to alcohol’s sedating effects.21

Alcohol affects the signaling of glutamatergic interaction with the N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor.22 Glutamate activates this receptor as well as the voltage-gated ion channels, modifying calcium influx and increasing neuronal excitability.22,23 Acutely, alcohol has an antagonistic effect on the NMDA receptor, while chronic drinking upregulates (increases) the number of NMDA receptors and voltage-gated calcium channels.22,23

Alcohol withdrawal increases excitatory effects

Patients experiencing alcohol withdrawal have decreased GABA-ergic functioning and increased glutamatergic action throughout the central nervous system.19,24

Withdrawal can be subdivided into an acute phase (lasting up to about 5 days) and a protracted phase (of undetermined duration). During withdrawal, the brain activates its “stress system,” leading to overexpression of corticotropin-releasing factor in the amygdala. Protracted withdrawal dysregulates the prefrontal cortex, increasing cravings and worsening negative emotional states and sleep.16

GABAPENTIN FOR ALCOHOL WITHDRAWAL

Benzodiazepines are the standard treatment for alcohol withdrawal.3,24 They relieve symptoms and can prevent seizures and delirium tremens,24 but they are sedating and cause psychomotor impairments.3 Because of the potential for addiction, benzodiazepine use is limited to acute alcohol withdrawal.3

Gabapentin shows promise as an agent that can be used in withdrawal and continued through early abstinence without the highly addictive potential of benzodiazepines.16 It is thought to affect drinking behaviors during early abstinence by normalizing GABA and glutamate activity.2,16

Early preclinical studies in mouse models found that gabapentin decreases anxiogenic and epileptic effects of alcohol withdrawal. Compared with other antidrinking medications, gabapentin has the benefits of lacking elimination via hepatic metabolism, few pharmacokinetic interactions, and good reported tolerability in this population.

Inpatient trials show no benefit over standard treatments

Bonnet et al25 conducted a double-blind placebo-controlled trial in Germany in inpatients experiencing acute alcohol withdrawal to determine whether gabapentin might be an effective adjunct to clomethiazole, a GABAA modulator commonly used in Europe for alcohol withdrawal. Participants (N = 61) were randomized to receive placebo or gabapentin (400 mg every 6 hours) for 72 hours, with tapering over the next 3 days. All patients could receive rescue doses of clomethiazole, using a symptom-triggered protocol.

The study revealed no differences in the amount of clomethiazole administered between the 2 groups, suggesting that gabapentin had no adjunctive effect. Side effects (vertigo, nausea, dizziness, and ataxia) were mild and comparable between groups.

Nichols et al26 conducted a retrospective cohort study in a South Carolina academic psychiatric hospital to assess the adjunctive effect of gabapentin on the as-needed use of benzodiazepines for alcohol withdrawal. The active group (n = 40) received gabapentin as well as a symptom-triggered alcohol withdrawal protocol of benzodiazepine. The control group (n = 43) received only the symptom-triggered alcohol withdrawal protocol without gabapentin.

No effect was found of gabapentin use for benzodiazepine treatment of alcohol withdrawal. It is notable that Bonnet et al and Nichols et al had similar findings despite their studies being conducted in different countries using distinct comparators and methods.

Bonnet et al,27 in another study, tried a different design to investigate a possible role for gabapentin in inpatient alcohol withdrawal. The study included 37 patients with severe alcohol withdrawal (Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment of Alcohol Scale, Revised [CIWA-Ar] > 15).

All participants received gabapentin 800 mg. Those whose CIWA-Ar score improved within 2 hours were considered “early responders” (n = 27) and next received 2 days of gabapentin 600 mg 4 times a day before starting a taper. The nonresponders whose CIWA-Ar score worsened (associated with greater anxiety and depressive symptoms; n = 10) were switched to standard treatment with clomethiazole (n = 4) or clonazepam (n = 6). Scores of 3 early responders subsequently worsened; 2 of these participants developed seizures and were switched to standard treatment.

The authors concluded that gabapentin in a dose of 3,200 mg in the first 24 hours is useful only for milder forms of alcohol withdrawal. Hence, subsequent efforts on the use of gabapentin for alcohol withdrawal have focused on outpatients.

Outpatient trials reveal benefits over benzodiazepines

Myrick et al3 compared gabapentin vs lorazepam in 100 outpatients seeking treatment for alcohol withdrawal. Participants were randomized to 1 of 4 groups: gabapentin 600 mg, 900 mg, or 1,200 mg, or lorazepam 6 mg, each tapering over 4 days. Alcohol withdrawal was measured by the CIWA-Ar score. Only 68 patients completed all follow-up appointments to day 12.

Gabapentin 600 mg was discontinued because of seizures in 2 patients, but it was generally well tolerated and was associated with diminished symptoms of alcohol withdrawal, especially at the 1,200 mg dose. The gabapentin groups experienced less anxiety and sedation and fewer cravings than the lorazepam group. Those treated with lorazepam fared worse for achieving early abstinence and were more likely to return to drinking when the intervention was discontinued. However, significant relapse by day 12 occurred in both groups.

The authors concluded that gabapentin was at least as effective as lorazepam in the outpatient treatment of alcohol withdrawal, with the 1,200-mg gabapentin dosage being more effective than 900 mg. At 1,200 mg, gabapentin was associated with better sleep, less anxiety, and better self-reported ability to work than lorazepam, and at the 900-mg dose it was associated with less depression than lorazepam.

Stock et al28 conducted a randomized, double-blind study of gabapentin in acute alcohol withdrawal in 26 military veterans in an outpatient setting. Patients were ran­domized to one of the following:

  • Gabapentin 1,200 mg orally for 3 days, followed by 900 mg, 600 mg, and 300 mg for 1 day each (n = 17)
  • Chlordiazepoxide 100 mg orally for 3 days, followed by 75 mg, 50 mg, and 25 mg for 1 day each (n = 9).

Withdrawal scores improved similarly in both groups. Early on (days 1–4), neither cravings nor sleep differed significantly between groups; but later (days 5–7), the gabapentin group had superior scores for these measures. Gabapentin was also associated with significantly less sedation than chlordiazepoxide and trended to less alcohol craving.

 

 

Bottom line: Gabapentin is useful for mild withdrawal

Data suggest that gabapentin offers benefits for managing mild alcohol withdrawal. Improved residual craving and sleep measures are clinically important because they are risk factors for relapse. Mood and anxiety also improve with gabapentin, further indicating a therapeutic effect.

Gabapentin’s benefits for moderate and severe alcohol withdrawal have not been established. Seizures occurred during withdrawal despite gabapentin treatment, but whether from an insufficient dose, patient susceptibility, or lack of gabapentin efficacy is not clear. Best results occurred at the 1,200-mg daily dose, but benefits may not apply to patients with severe withdrawal. In addition, many studies were small, limiting the strength of conclusions.

Across most studies of gabapentin for alcohol withdrawal, advantages included a smoother transition into early abstinence due to improved sleep, mood, and anxiety, alleviating common triggers for a return to drinking. Gabapentin also carries less reinforcing potential than benzodiazepines. These qualities fueled interest in trying gabapentin to improve long-term abstinence.

GABAPENTIN FOR RELAPSE PREVENTION

Although naltrexone and acamprosate are the first-line treatments for relapse prevention, they do not help all patients and are more effective when combined with cognitive behavioral therapy.1,29,30 For patients in whom standard treatments are not effective or tolerated, gabapentin may provide a reasonable alternative, and several randomized controlled trials have examined its use for this role.

Gabapentin alone is better than placebo

Furieri and Nakamura-Palacios4 assessed the use of gabapentin for relapse prevention in Brazilian outpatients (N = 60) who had averaged 27 years of drinking and consumed 17 drinks daily for the 90 days before baseline. After detoxification with diazepam and vitamins, patients were randomized to either gabapentin 300 mg twice daily or placebo for 4 weeks.

Compared with placebo, gabapentin significantly reduced cravings and lowered the percentage of heavy drinking days and the number of drinks per day, with a significant increase in the percentage of abstinent days. These self-reported measures correlated with decreases in gamma-glutamyl transferase, a biological marker for heavy drinking.

Brower et al31 investigated the use of gabapentin in 21 outpatients with AUD and insomnia who desired to remain abstinent. They were randomized to gabapentin (up to 1,500 mg at night) or placebo for 6 weeks. Just 14 participants completed the study; all but 2 were followed without treatment until week 12.

Gabapentin was associated with significantly lower relapse rates at 6 weeks (3 of 10 in the gabapentin group vs 9 of 11 in the placebo group) and at 12 weeks (6 of 10 in the gabapentin group vs 11 of 11 in the placebo group, assuming the 2 patients lost to follow-up relapsed). No difference between groups was detected for sleep measures in this small study. However, other studies have found that gabapentin for AUD improves measures of insomnia and daytime drowsiness—predictors of relapse—compared with other medications.16

High-dose gabapentin is better

Mason et al2 randomized 150 outpatients with alcohol dependence to 12 weeks of daily treatment with either gabapentin (900 mg or 1,800 mg) or placebo after at least 3 days of abstinence. All participants received counseling. Drinking quantity and frequency were assessed by gamma-glutamyl transferase testing.

Patients taking gabapentin had better rates of abstinence and cessation of heavy drinking than those taking placebo. During the 12-week study, the 1,800-mg daily dose showed a substantially higher abstinence rate (17%) than either 900 mg  (11%) or placebo (4%). Significant dose-related improvements were also found for heavy drinking days, total drinking quantity, and frequency of alcohol withdrawal symptoms that predispose to early relapse, such as poor sleep, cravings, and poor mood. There were also significant linear dose effects on rates of abstinence and nondrinking days at the 24-week posttreatment follow-up.

Gabapentin plus naltrexone is better than naltrexone alone

Anton et al5 examined the efficacy of gabapentin combined with naltrexone during early abstinence. The study randomly assigned 150 people with AUD to one of the following groups:

  • 16 weeks of naltrexone (50 mg/day) alone
  • 6 weeks of naltrexone (50 mg/day) plus gabapentin (up to 1,200 mg/day), followed by 10 weeks of naltrexone alone
  • Placebo.

All participants received medical management.

Over the first 6 weeks, those receiving naltrexone plus gabapentin had a longer interval to heavy drinking than those taking only naltrexone. By week 6, about half of those taking placebo or naltrexone alone had a heavy drinking day, compared with about 35% of those taking naltrexone plus gabapentin. Those receiving the combination also had fewer days of heavy drinking, fewer drinks per drinking day, and better sleep than the other groups. Participants in the naltrexone-alone group were more likely to drink heavily during periods in which they reported poor sleep. No significant group differences were found in measures of mood.

Gabapentin enacarbil is no better than placebo

Falk et al,32 in a 2019 preliminary analysis, examined data from a trial of gabapentin enacarbil, a prodrug formulation of gabapentin. In this 6-month double-blind study, 346 people with moderate AUD at 10 sites were randomized to gabapentin enacarbil extended-release 600 mg twice a day or placebo. All subjects received a computerized behavioral intervention.

No significant differences between groups were found in drinking measures or alcohol cravings, sleep problems, depression, or anxiety symptoms. However, a dose-response analysis found significantly less drinking for higher doses of the drug.

Bottom line: Evidence of benefits mixed but risk low

The efficacy of gabapentin as a treatment for AUD has varied across studies as a function of dosing and formulation. Daily doses have ranged from 600 mg to 1,800 mg, with the highest dose showing advantages in one study for cravings, insomnia, anxiety, dysphoria, and relapse.2 Thus far, gabapentin immediate-release has performed better than gabapentin enacarbil extended-release. All forms of gabapentin have been well-tolerated in AUD trials.

The 2018 American Psychiatric Association guidelines stated that gabapentin had a small positive effect on drinking outcomes, but the harm of treatment was deemed minimal, especially relative to the harms of chronic drinking.33 The guidelines endorse the use of gabapentin in patients with moderate to severe AUD who select gabapentin from the available options, or for those who are nonresponsive to or cannot tolerate naltrexone or acamprosate, as long as no contraindications exist. It was also noted that even small effects may be clinically important, considering the significant morbidity associated with AUD.

 

 

POTENTIAL FOR MISUSE

The use of gabapentin has become controversial owing to the growing recognition that it may not be as benign as initially thought.7–9,34 A review of US legislative actions reflects concerns about its misuse.35 In July 2017, Kentucky classified it as a schedule V controlled substance with prescription drug monitoring,35 as did Tennessee in 201836 and Michigan in January 2019.37 Currently, 8 other states (Massachusetts, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Virginia, Wyoming, and West Virginia) require prescription drug monitoring of gabapentin, and other states are considering it.35

Efforts to understand gabapentin misuse derive largely from people with drug use disorders. A review of postmortem toxicology reports in fatal drug overdoses found gabapentin present in 22%.38 Although it was not necessarily a cause of death, its high rate of detection suggests wide misuse among drug users.

Among a cohort of 503 prescription opioid misusers in Appalachian Kentucky, 15% reported using gabapentin “to get high.” Those who reported misusing gabapentin were 6 times more likely than nonusers to be abusing opioids and benzodiazepines. The main sources of gabapentin were doctors (52%) and dealers (36%). The average cost of gabapentin on the street was less than $1.00 per pill.39

Gabapentin misuse by methadone clinic patients is also reported. Baird et al40 surveyed patients in 6 addiction clinics in the United Kingdom for gabapentin and pregabalin abuse and found that 22% disclosed misusing these medications. Of these, 38% said they did so to enhance the methadone high.

In a review article, Quintero41 also cited enhancement of methadone euphoria and treatment of opioid withdrawal as motivations for misuse. Opioid-dependent gabapentin misusers consumed doses of gabapentin 3 to 20 times higher than clinically recommended and in combination with multiple drugs.4 Such use can cause dissociative and psychedelic effects.

Gabapentin also potentiates the sedative effects of opioids, thus increasing the risk of falls, accidents, and other adverse events.34,35 Risk of opioid-related deaths was increased with coprescription of gabapentin and with moderate to high gabapentin doses.34

Are people with AUD at higher risk of gabapentin abuse?

Despite concerns, patients in clinical trials of gabapentin treatment for AUD were not identified as at high risk for misuse of the drug.2,4,5,16 Further, no such trials reported serious drug-related adverse events resulting in gabapentin discontinuation or side effects that differed from placebo in frequency or severity.2,4,5,16

Clinical laboratory studies also have found no significant interactions between alcohol and gabapentin.42,43 In fact, they showed no influence of gabapentin on the pharmacokinetics of alcohol or on alcohol’s subjective effects. Relative to placebo, gabapentin did not affect blood alcohol levels, the degree of intoxication, sedation, craving, or alcohol self-administration.

Smith et al9 reported estimates that only 1% of the general population misuse gabapentin. Another review concluded that gabapentin is seldom a drug of choice.17 Most patients prescribed gabapentin do not experience cravings or loss of control, which are hallmarks of addiction. Hence, with adequate precautions, the off-label use of gabapentin for AUD is reasonable.

CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS OF GABAPENTIN PRESCRIBING

Overall, evidence for the benefit of gabapentin in AUD is mixed. Subgroups of alcoholic patients, such as those who do not respond to or tolerate standard therapies, may particularly benefit, as may those with comorbid insomnia or neuropathic pain.44 Clinicians should prescribe gabapentin only when it is likely to be helpful and should carefully document its efficacy.2,45

At each visit, an open and honest assessment of the benefits and risks serves to promote shared decision-making regarding initiating, continuing, or discontinuing gabapentin.

For alcohol withdrawal

Before gabapentin is prescribed for alcohol withdrawal, potential benefits (reduction of withdrawal symptoms), side effects (sedation, fatigue), and risks (falls) should be discussed with the patient.46 Patients should also be informed that benzodiazepines are the gold standard for alcohol withdrawal and that gabapentin is not effective for severe withdrawal.46

For relapse prevention

When initiating treatment for relapse prevention, the patient and the prescriber should agree on specific goals (eg, reduction of drinking, anxiety, and insomnia).2,16 Ongoing monitoring is essential and includes assessing and documenting improvement with respect to these goals.

In the AUD studies, gabapentin was well tolerated.16 Frequently observed side effects including headache, insomnia, fatigue, muscle aches, and gastrointestinal distress did not occur at a statistically different rate from placebo. However, patients in studies are selected samples, and their experience may not be generalizable to clinical practice. Thus, it is necessary to exercise caution and check for comorbidities that may put patients at risk of complications.47 Older patients and those on hemodialysis are more susceptible to gabapentin side effects such as sedation, dizziness, ataxia, and mental status changes,34 and prescribers should be alert for signs of toxicity (eg, ataxia, mental status changes).47,48

Gabapentin misuse was not observed in AUD studies,2,4,5,16 but evidence indicates that patients with opioid use disorder, prisoners, and polydrug users are at high risk for gabapentin misuse.39–41 In all cases, clinicians should monitor for red flags that may indicate abuse, such as missed appointments, early refill requests, demands for increased dosage, and simultaneous opiate and benzodiazepine use.49

Acknowledgment: The authors wish to thank Nick Mulligan for his invaluable assistance with formatting and grammar.

References
  1. Kranzler HR, Soyka M. Diagnosis and pharmacotherapy of alcohol use disorder: a review. JAMA 2018; 320(8):815–824. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.11406
  2. Mason BJ, Quello S, Goodell V, Shadan F, Kyle M, Begovic A. Gabapentin treatment for alcohol dependence: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2014; 174(1):70–77. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.11950
  3. Myrick H, Malcolm R, Randall PK, et al. A double-blind trial of gabapentin versus lorazepam in the treatment of alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2009; 33(9):1582–1588. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2009.00986.x
  4. Furieri FA, Nakamura-Palacios EM. Gabapentin reduces alcohol consumption and craving: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. J Clin Psychiatry 2007; 68(11):1691–1700. pmid:18052562
  5. Anton RF, Myrick H, Wright TM, et al. Gabapentin combined with naltrexone for the treatment of alcohol dependence. Am J Psychiatry 2011; 168(7):709–717. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2011.10101436
  6. Mack A. Examination of the evidence for off-label use of gabapentin. J Manag Care Pharm 2003; 9(6):559–568. doi:10.18553/jmcp.2003.9.6.559
  7. Schifano F. Misuse and abuse of pregabalin and gabapentin: cause for concern? CNS Drugs 2014; 28(6):491–496. doi:10.1007/s40263-014-0164-4
  8. Goodman CW, Brett AS. Gabapentin and pregabalin for pain—is increased prescribing a cause for concern? N Engl J Med 2017; 377(5):411–414. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1704633
  9. Smith RV, Havens JR, Walsh SL. Gabapentin misuse, abuse and diversion: a systematic review. Addiction 2016; 111(7):1160–1174. doi:10.1111/add.13324
  10. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th ed. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
  11. Soyka M, Müller CA. Pharmacotherapy of alcoholism—an update on approved and off-label medications. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2017; 18(12):1187-1199. doi:10.1080/14656566.2017.1349098
  12. Zhang M, Gao CX, Ma KT, et al. A meta-analysis of therapeutic efficacy and safety of gabapentin i n the treatment of postherpetic neuralgia from randomized controlled trials. Biomed Res Int 2018; 2018:7474207. doi:10.1155/2018/7474207
  13. Winkelmann J, Allen RP, Högl B, et al. Treatment of restless legs syndrome: evidence-based review and implications for clinical practice (Revised 2017). Mov Disord 2018; 33(7):1077–1091. doi:10.1002/mds.27260
  14. Honarmand A, Safavi M, Zare M. Gabapentin: an update of its pharmacological properties and therapeutic use in epilepsy. J Res Med Sci 2011; 16(8):1062–1069. pmid:22279483
  15. van Hooft JA, Dougherty JJ, Endeman D, Nichols RA, Wadman WJ. Gabapentin inhibits presynaptic Ca(2+) influx and synaptic transmission in rat hippocampus and neocortex. Eur J Pharmacol 2002; 449(3):221–228. doi:10.1016/s0014-2999(02)02044-7
  16. Mason BJ, Quello S, Shadan F. Gabapentin for the treatment of alcohol use disorder. Expert Opin Investig Drugs 2018; 27(1):113–124. doi:10.1080/13543784.2018.1417383
  17. Taylor CP. Mechanisms of action of gabapentin. Rev Neurol (Paris) 1997; 153(suppl 1):S39–S45. pmid:9686247
  18. Agoglia AE, Herman MA. The center of the emotional universe: alcohol, stress, and CRF1 amygdala circuitry. Alcohol 2018; 72:61–73. doi:10.1016/j.alcohol.2018.03.009
  19. Nevo I, Hamon M. Neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory mechanisms involved in alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Neurochem Int 1995; 26(4):305–336. pmid:7633325
  20. You C, Vandegrift B, Brodie MS. Ethanol actions on the ventral tegmental area: novel potential targets on reward pathway neurons. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2018; 235(6):1711–1726. doi:10.1007/s00213-018-4875-y
  21. Lovinger DM. Presynaptic ethanol actions: potential roles in ethanol seeking. Handb Exp Pharmacol 2018; 248:29–54. doi:10.1007/164_2017_76
  22. Williams SB, Yorgason JT, Nelson AC, et al. Glutamate transmission to ventral tegmental area GABA neurons is altered by acute and chronic ethanol. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2018; 42(11):2186–2195. doi:10.1111/acer.13883
  23. N’Gouemo P. Voltage-sensitive calcium channels in the brain: relevance to alcohol intoxication and withdrawal. Handb Exp Pharmacol 2018; 248:263–280. doi:10.1007/164_2018_93
  24. Modesto-Lowe V, Huard J, Conrad C. Alcohol withdrawal kindling: is there a role for anticonvulsants? Psychiatry (Edgmont) 2005; 2(5):25–31. pmid:21152146
  25. Bonnet U, Banger M, Leweke FM, et al. Treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal with gabapentin: results from a controlled two-center trial. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2003; 23(5):514–519. doi:10.1097/01.jcp.0000088905.24613.ad
  26. Nichols TA, Robert S, Taber DJ, Cluver J. Alcohol withdrawal-related outcomes associated with gabapentin use in an inpatient psychiatric facility. Ment Health Clin 2019 ; 9(1):1–5. doi:10.9740/mhc.2019.01.001
  27. Bonnet U, Hamzavi-Abedi R, Specka M, Wiltfang J, Lieb B, Scherbaum N. An open trial of gabapentin in acute alcohol withdrawal using an oral loading protocol. Alcohol Alcohol 2010; 45(2):143–145. doi:10.1093/alcalc/agp085
  28. Stock CJ, Carpenter L, Ying J, Greene T. Gabapentin versus chlordiazepoxide for outpatient alcohol detoxification treatment. Ann Pharmacother 2013; 47(7–8):961–969. doi:10.1345/aph.1R751
  29. Blanco-Gandía MC, Rodríguez-Arias M. Pharmacological treatments for opiate and alcohol addiction: a historical perspective of the last 50 years. Eur J Pharmacol 2018; 836:89–101. doi:10.1016/j.ejphar.2018.08.007
  30. Anton RF, Moak DH, Latham P, et al. Naltrexone combined with either cognitive behavioral or motivational enhancement therapy for alcohol dependence. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005; 25(4):349–357. pmid:16012278
  31. Brower KJ, Myra Kim H, Strobbe S, Karam-Hage MA, Consens F, Zucker RA. A randomized double-blind pilot trial of gabapentin versus placebo to treat alcohol dependence and comorbid insomnia. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2008; 32(8):1429–1438. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2008.00706.x
  32. Falk DE, Ryan ML, Fertig JB, et al; National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Clinical Investigations Group (NCIG) Study Group. Gabapentin enacarbil extended-release for alcohol use disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multisite trial assessing efficacy and safety. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2019; 43(1):158–169. doi:10.1111/acer.13917
  33. The American Psychiatric Association. Practice Guideline for the Pharmacological Treatment of Patients with Alcohol Use Disorder. https://psychiatryonline.org/doi/pdf/10.1176/appi.books.9781615371969. Accessed October 10, 2019.
  34. Gomes T, Juurlink DN, Antoniou T, et al. Gabapentin, opioids, and the risk of opioid-related death: a population-based nested case-control study. PLoS Med 2017; 14(10):e1002396. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1002396
  35. Peckham AM, Ananickal MJ, Sclar DA. Gabapentin use, abuse, and the US opioid epidemic: the case for reclassification as a controlled substance and the need for pharmacovigilance. Risk Manag Healthc Policy 2018; 11:109–116. doi:10.2147/RMHP.S168504
  36. Tennessee Pharmacists Association. Advocacy alert: end of session summary. www.tnpharm.org/news/news-posts-pages/advocacy-alert-4-30-18/? Accessed October 10, 2019.
  37. Michigan.gov. Gabapentin scheduled as controlled substance to help with state’s opioid epidemic. www.michigan.gov/som/0,4669,7-192-47796-487050--,00.html. Accessed October 10, 2019.
  38. Slavova S, Miller A, Bunn TL, et al. Prevalence of gabapentin in drug overdose postmortem toxicology testing results. Drug Alcohol Depend 2018; 186:80–85. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2018.01.018
  39. Smith RV, Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Abuse and diversion of gabapentin among nonmedical prescription opioid users in Appalachian Kentucky. Am J Psychiatry 2015; 172(5):487–488. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2014.14101272
  40. Baird CR, Fox P, Colvin LA. Gabapentinoid abuse in order to potentiate the effect of methadone: a survey among substance misusers. Eur Addict Res 2014; 20(3):115–118. doi:10.1159/000355268
  41. Quintero GC. Review about gabapentin misuse, interactions, contraindications and side effects. J Exp Pharmacol 2017; 9:13–21. doi:10.2147/JEP.S124391
  42. Bisaga A, Evans SM. The acute effects of gabapentin in combination with alcohol in heavy drinkers. Drug Alcohol Depend 2006; 83(1):25–32. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2005.10.008
  43. Myrick H, Anton R, Voronin K, Wang W, Henderson S. A double-blind evaluation of gabapentin on alcohol effects and drinking in a clinical laboratory paradigm. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2007; 31(2):221–227. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2006.00299.x
  44. Tzellos TG, Papazisis G, Toulis KA, Sardeli CH, Kouvelas D. A2delta ligands gabapentin and pregabalin: future implications in daily clinical practice. Hippokratia 2010; 14(2):71–75. pmid:20596259
  45. Morrison EE, Sandilands EA, Webb DJ. Gabapentin and pregabalin: do the benefits outweigh the harms? J R Coll Physicians Edinb 2017; 47(4):310–313. doi:10.4997/JRCPE.2017.402
  46. Leung JG, Rakocevic DB, Allen ND, et al. Use of a gabapentin protocol for the management of alcohol withdrawal: a preliminary experience expanding from the consultation-liaison psychiatry service. Psychosomatics 2018; 59(5):496–505. doi:10.1016/j.psym.2018.03.002
  47. Fleet JL, Dixon SN, Kuwornu PJ, et al. Gabapentin dose and the 30-day risk of altered mental status in older adults: a retrospective population-based study. PLoS One 2018; 13(3):e0193134. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0193134
  48. Chiappini S, Schifano F. A decade of gabapentinoid misuse: an analysis of the European Medicines Agency’s ‘suspected adverse drug reactions’ database. CNS Drugs 2016; 30(7):647–654. doi:10.1007/s40263-016-0359-y
  49. Modesto-Lowe V, Chaplin M, Sinha S, Woodard K. Universal precautions to reduce stimulant misuse in treating adult ADHD. Cleve Clin J Med 2015; 82(8):506–512. doi:10.3949/ccjm.82a.14131
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT; Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT; Connecticut Valley Hospital, Middletown, CT

Gregory C. Barron, MD
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT

Benjamin Aronow, BS
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT

Margaret Chaplin, MD
Department of Psychiatry, Farrell Treatment Center, New Britain, CT; University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington; Capital Region Mental Health Center, Hartford, CT

Address: Margaret Chaplin, MD, Department of Psychiatry, Farrell Treatment Center, 586 Main Street, New Britain, CT 06051; drmegchaplin@gmail.com

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
815-823
Legacy Keywords
gabapentin, Neurontin, alcohol use disorder, alcoholism, Vania Modesto-Lowe, Gregory Barron, Banjamin Aronow, Margaret Chaplin
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT; Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT; Connecticut Valley Hospital, Middletown, CT

Gregory C. Barron, MD
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT

Benjamin Aronow, BS
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT

Margaret Chaplin, MD
Department of Psychiatry, Farrell Treatment Center, New Britain, CT; University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington; Capital Region Mental Health Center, Hartford, CT

Address: Margaret Chaplin, MD, Department of Psychiatry, Farrell Treatment Center, 586 Main Street, New Britain, CT 06051; drmegchaplin@gmail.com

Author and Disclosure Information

Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT; Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT; Connecticut Valley Hospital, Middletown, CT

Gregory C. Barron, MD
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT

Benjamin Aronow, BS
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington, CT

Margaret Chaplin, MD
Department of Psychiatry, Farrell Treatment Center, New Britain, CT; University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington; Capital Region Mental Health Center, Hartford, CT

Address: Margaret Chaplin, MD, Department of Psychiatry, Farrell Treatment Center, 586 Main Street, New Britain, CT 06051; drmegchaplin@gmail.com

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Perceptions regarding the use of gabapentin for alcohol use disorder (AUD) have shifted over time.1–4 Early on, the drug was deemed to be benign and effective.4–6 But more and more, concerns are being raised about its recreational use to achieve euphoria,7 and the drug is often misused by vulnerable populations, particularly those with opioid use disorder.7–9

Given the large number of gabapentin prescriptions written off-label for AUD, it is incumbent on providers to understand how to prescribe it responsibly.7–9 To that end, this article focuses on the benefits—and concerns—of this treatment option. We describe the effects of gabapentin on the central nervous system and how it may mitigate alcohol withdrawal and increase the likelihood of abstinence. In addition, we review clinical trials that evaluated potential roles of gabapentin in AUD, discuss the drug’s misuse potential, and suggest a framework for its appropriate use in AUD management.

ALCOHOL USE DISORDER IS COMMON AND SERIOUS

AUD affects about 14% of US adults and represents a significant health burden,1 often with severe clinical and social implications. It manifests as compulsive drinking and loss of control despite adverse consequences on various life domains.10 It is generally associated with cravings, tolerance, and withdrawal symptoms upon cessation. Alcohol withdrawal is characterized by tremors, anxiety, sweating, nausea, and tachycardia, and in severe cases, may involve hallucinations, seizures, and delirium tremens. Untreated, alcohol withdrawal can be fatal.10

816tbl1.jpg

Even though psychosocial treatments for AUD by themselves are associated with high relapse rates, pharmacotherapy is underutilized. Three drugs approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) are available to treat it, but they are often poorly accepted and have limited efficacy. For these reasons, there is considerable interest in finding alternatives. Gabapentin is one of several agents that have been studied (Table 1). The topic has been reviewed in depth by Soyka and Müller.11

GABAPENTIN REDUCES EXCITATION

The anticonvulsant gabapentin is FDA-approved for treating epilepsy, postherpetic neuralgia, and restless leg syndrome.8,12–14 It binds and selectively impedes voltage-sensitive calcium channels, the pores in cell membrane that permit calcium to enter a neuron in response to changes in electrical currents.15

Gabapentin is believed to decrease excitation of the central nervous system in multiple ways:

  • It reduces the release of glutamate, a key component of the excitatory system16
  • It increases the concentration of gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA), the main inhibitory neurotransmitter in the brain7
  • By binding the alpha-2-delta type 1 subunit of voltage-sensitive calcium channels,8,15–17 it inhibits excitatory synapse formation independent of calcium channel activity16
  • By blocking excitatory neurotransmission, it also may indirectly increase the concentration of GABA in the central nervous system16,17
  • It modulates action of glutamic acid decarboxylase (involved in the synthesis of GABA) and glutamate synthesizing enzyme to increase GABA and decrease glutamate.17

 

 

ALCOHOL’S ACTIONS

The actions of alcohol on the brain are also complex.18 Alpha-2-delta type 1 subunits of calcium channels are upregulated in the reward centers of the brain by addictive substances, including alcohol.16 Alcohol interacts with corticotropin-releasing factor and several neurotransmitters,18 and specifically affects neuropathways involving norepinephrine, GABA, and glutamate.19 Alcohol has reinforcing effects mediated by the release of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens.20

Acutely, alcohol promotes GABA release and may also reduce GABA degradation, producing sedative and anxiolytic effects.21 Chronic alcohol use leads to a decrease in the number of GABAA receptors. Clinically, this downregulation manifests as tolerance to alcohol’s sedating effects.21

Alcohol affects the signaling of glutamatergic interaction with the N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor.22 Glutamate activates this receptor as well as the voltage-gated ion channels, modifying calcium influx and increasing neuronal excitability.22,23 Acutely, alcohol has an antagonistic effect on the NMDA receptor, while chronic drinking upregulates (increases) the number of NMDA receptors and voltage-gated calcium channels.22,23

Alcohol withdrawal increases excitatory effects

Patients experiencing alcohol withdrawal have decreased GABA-ergic functioning and increased glutamatergic action throughout the central nervous system.19,24

Withdrawal can be subdivided into an acute phase (lasting up to about 5 days) and a protracted phase (of undetermined duration). During withdrawal, the brain activates its “stress system,” leading to overexpression of corticotropin-releasing factor in the amygdala. Protracted withdrawal dysregulates the prefrontal cortex, increasing cravings and worsening negative emotional states and sleep.16

GABAPENTIN FOR ALCOHOL WITHDRAWAL

Benzodiazepines are the standard treatment for alcohol withdrawal.3,24 They relieve symptoms and can prevent seizures and delirium tremens,24 but they are sedating and cause psychomotor impairments.3 Because of the potential for addiction, benzodiazepine use is limited to acute alcohol withdrawal.3

Gabapentin shows promise as an agent that can be used in withdrawal and continued through early abstinence without the highly addictive potential of benzodiazepines.16 It is thought to affect drinking behaviors during early abstinence by normalizing GABA and glutamate activity.2,16

Early preclinical studies in mouse models found that gabapentin decreases anxiogenic and epileptic effects of alcohol withdrawal. Compared with other antidrinking medications, gabapentin has the benefits of lacking elimination via hepatic metabolism, few pharmacokinetic interactions, and good reported tolerability in this population.

Inpatient trials show no benefit over standard treatments

Bonnet et al25 conducted a double-blind placebo-controlled trial in Germany in inpatients experiencing acute alcohol withdrawal to determine whether gabapentin might be an effective adjunct to clomethiazole, a GABAA modulator commonly used in Europe for alcohol withdrawal. Participants (N = 61) were randomized to receive placebo or gabapentin (400 mg every 6 hours) for 72 hours, with tapering over the next 3 days. All patients could receive rescue doses of clomethiazole, using a symptom-triggered protocol.

The study revealed no differences in the amount of clomethiazole administered between the 2 groups, suggesting that gabapentin had no adjunctive effect. Side effects (vertigo, nausea, dizziness, and ataxia) were mild and comparable between groups.

Nichols et al26 conducted a retrospective cohort study in a South Carolina academic psychiatric hospital to assess the adjunctive effect of gabapentin on the as-needed use of benzodiazepines for alcohol withdrawal. The active group (n = 40) received gabapentin as well as a symptom-triggered alcohol withdrawal protocol of benzodiazepine. The control group (n = 43) received only the symptom-triggered alcohol withdrawal protocol without gabapentin.

No effect was found of gabapentin use for benzodiazepine treatment of alcohol withdrawal. It is notable that Bonnet et al and Nichols et al had similar findings despite their studies being conducted in different countries using distinct comparators and methods.

Bonnet et al,27 in another study, tried a different design to investigate a possible role for gabapentin in inpatient alcohol withdrawal. The study included 37 patients with severe alcohol withdrawal (Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment of Alcohol Scale, Revised [CIWA-Ar] > 15).

All participants received gabapentin 800 mg. Those whose CIWA-Ar score improved within 2 hours were considered “early responders” (n = 27) and next received 2 days of gabapentin 600 mg 4 times a day before starting a taper. The nonresponders whose CIWA-Ar score worsened (associated with greater anxiety and depressive symptoms; n = 10) were switched to standard treatment with clomethiazole (n = 4) or clonazepam (n = 6). Scores of 3 early responders subsequently worsened; 2 of these participants developed seizures and were switched to standard treatment.

The authors concluded that gabapentin in a dose of 3,200 mg in the first 24 hours is useful only for milder forms of alcohol withdrawal. Hence, subsequent efforts on the use of gabapentin for alcohol withdrawal have focused on outpatients.

Outpatient trials reveal benefits over benzodiazepines

Myrick et al3 compared gabapentin vs lorazepam in 100 outpatients seeking treatment for alcohol withdrawal. Participants were randomized to 1 of 4 groups: gabapentin 600 mg, 900 mg, or 1,200 mg, or lorazepam 6 mg, each tapering over 4 days. Alcohol withdrawal was measured by the CIWA-Ar score. Only 68 patients completed all follow-up appointments to day 12.

Gabapentin 600 mg was discontinued because of seizures in 2 patients, but it was generally well tolerated and was associated with diminished symptoms of alcohol withdrawal, especially at the 1,200 mg dose. The gabapentin groups experienced less anxiety and sedation and fewer cravings than the lorazepam group. Those treated with lorazepam fared worse for achieving early abstinence and were more likely to return to drinking when the intervention was discontinued. However, significant relapse by day 12 occurred in both groups.

The authors concluded that gabapentin was at least as effective as lorazepam in the outpatient treatment of alcohol withdrawal, with the 1,200-mg gabapentin dosage being more effective than 900 mg. At 1,200 mg, gabapentin was associated with better sleep, less anxiety, and better self-reported ability to work than lorazepam, and at the 900-mg dose it was associated with less depression than lorazepam.

Stock et al28 conducted a randomized, double-blind study of gabapentin in acute alcohol withdrawal in 26 military veterans in an outpatient setting. Patients were ran­domized to one of the following:

  • Gabapentin 1,200 mg orally for 3 days, followed by 900 mg, 600 mg, and 300 mg for 1 day each (n = 17)
  • Chlordiazepoxide 100 mg orally for 3 days, followed by 75 mg, 50 mg, and 25 mg for 1 day each (n = 9).

Withdrawal scores improved similarly in both groups. Early on (days 1–4), neither cravings nor sleep differed significantly between groups; but later (days 5–7), the gabapentin group had superior scores for these measures. Gabapentin was also associated with significantly less sedation than chlordiazepoxide and trended to less alcohol craving.

 

 

Bottom line: Gabapentin is useful for mild withdrawal

Data suggest that gabapentin offers benefits for managing mild alcohol withdrawal. Improved residual craving and sleep measures are clinically important because they are risk factors for relapse. Mood and anxiety also improve with gabapentin, further indicating a therapeutic effect.

Gabapentin’s benefits for moderate and severe alcohol withdrawal have not been established. Seizures occurred during withdrawal despite gabapentin treatment, but whether from an insufficient dose, patient susceptibility, or lack of gabapentin efficacy is not clear. Best results occurred at the 1,200-mg daily dose, but benefits may not apply to patients with severe withdrawal. In addition, many studies were small, limiting the strength of conclusions.

Across most studies of gabapentin for alcohol withdrawal, advantages included a smoother transition into early abstinence due to improved sleep, mood, and anxiety, alleviating common triggers for a return to drinking. Gabapentin also carries less reinforcing potential than benzodiazepines. These qualities fueled interest in trying gabapentin to improve long-term abstinence.

GABAPENTIN FOR RELAPSE PREVENTION

Although naltrexone and acamprosate are the first-line treatments for relapse prevention, they do not help all patients and are more effective when combined with cognitive behavioral therapy.1,29,30 For patients in whom standard treatments are not effective or tolerated, gabapentin may provide a reasonable alternative, and several randomized controlled trials have examined its use for this role.

Gabapentin alone is better than placebo

Furieri and Nakamura-Palacios4 assessed the use of gabapentin for relapse prevention in Brazilian outpatients (N = 60) who had averaged 27 years of drinking and consumed 17 drinks daily for the 90 days before baseline. After detoxification with diazepam and vitamins, patients were randomized to either gabapentin 300 mg twice daily or placebo for 4 weeks.

Compared with placebo, gabapentin significantly reduced cravings and lowered the percentage of heavy drinking days and the number of drinks per day, with a significant increase in the percentage of abstinent days. These self-reported measures correlated with decreases in gamma-glutamyl transferase, a biological marker for heavy drinking.

Brower et al31 investigated the use of gabapentin in 21 outpatients with AUD and insomnia who desired to remain abstinent. They were randomized to gabapentin (up to 1,500 mg at night) or placebo for 6 weeks. Just 14 participants completed the study; all but 2 were followed without treatment until week 12.

Gabapentin was associated with significantly lower relapse rates at 6 weeks (3 of 10 in the gabapentin group vs 9 of 11 in the placebo group) and at 12 weeks (6 of 10 in the gabapentin group vs 11 of 11 in the placebo group, assuming the 2 patients lost to follow-up relapsed). No difference between groups was detected for sleep measures in this small study. However, other studies have found that gabapentin for AUD improves measures of insomnia and daytime drowsiness—predictors of relapse—compared with other medications.16

High-dose gabapentin is better

Mason et al2 randomized 150 outpatients with alcohol dependence to 12 weeks of daily treatment with either gabapentin (900 mg or 1,800 mg) or placebo after at least 3 days of abstinence. All participants received counseling. Drinking quantity and frequency were assessed by gamma-glutamyl transferase testing.

Patients taking gabapentin had better rates of abstinence and cessation of heavy drinking than those taking placebo. During the 12-week study, the 1,800-mg daily dose showed a substantially higher abstinence rate (17%) than either 900 mg  (11%) or placebo (4%). Significant dose-related improvements were also found for heavy drinking days, total drinking quantity, and frequency of alcohol withdrawal symptoms that predispose to early relapse, such as poor sleep, cravings, and poor mood. There were also significant linear dose effects on rates of abstinence and nondrinking days at the 24-week posttreatment follow-up.

Gabapentin plus naltrexone is better than naltrexone alone

Anton et al5 examined the efficacy of gabapentin combined with naltrexone during early abstinence. The study randomly assigned 150 people with AUD to one of the following groups:

  • 16 weeks of naltrexone (50 mg/day) alone
  • 6 weeks of naltrexone (50 mg/day) plus gabapentin (up to 1,200 mg/day), followed by 10 weeks of naltrexone alone
  • Placebo.

All participants received medical management.

Over the first 6 weeks, those receiving naltrexone plus gabapentin had a longer interval to heavy drinking than those taking only naltrexone. By week 6, about half of those taking placebo or naltrexone alone had a heavy drinking day, compared with about 35% of those taking naltrexone plus gabapentin. Those receiving the combination also had fewer days of heavy drinking, fewer drinks per drinking day, and better sleep than the other groups. Participants in the naltrexone-alone group were more likely to drink heavily during periods in which they reported poor sleep. No significant group differences were found in measures of mood.

Gabapentin enacarbil is no better than placebo

Falk et al,32 in a 2019 preliminary analysis, examined data from a trial of gabapentin enacarbil, a prodrug formulation of gabapentin. In this 6-month double-blind study, 346 people with moderate AUD at 10 sites were randomized to gabapentin enacarbil extended-release 600 mg twice a day or placebo. All subjects received a computerized behavioral intervention.

No significant differences between groups were found in drinking measures or alcohol cravings, sleep problems, depression, or anxiety symptoms. However, a dose-response analysis found significantly less drinking for higher doses of the drug.

Bottom line: Evidence of benefits mixed but risk low

The efficacy of gabapentin as a treatment for AUD has varied across studies as a function of dosing and formulation. Daily doses have ranged from 600 mg to 1,800 mg, with the highest dose showing advantages in one study for cravings, insomnia, anxiety, dysphoria, and relapse.2 Thus far, gabapentin immediate-release has performed better than gabapentin enacarbil extended-release. All forms of gabapentin have been well-tolerated in AUD trials.

The 2018 American Psychiatric Association guidelines stated that gabapentin had a small positive effect on drinking outcomes, but the harm of treatment was deemed minimal, especially relative to the harms of chronic drinking.33 The guidelines endorse the use of gabapentin in patients with moderate to severe AUD who select gabapentin from the available options, or for those who are nonresponsive to or cannot tolerate naltrexone or acamprosate, as long as no contraindications exist. It was also noted that even small effects may be clinically important, considering the significant morbidity associated with AUD.

 

 

POTENTIAL FOR MISUSE

The use of gabapentin has become controversial owing to the growing recognition that it may not be as benign as initially thought.7–9,34 A review of US legislative actions reflects concerns about its misuse.35 In July 2017, Kentucky classified it as a schedule V controlled substance with prescription drug monitoring,35 as did Tennessee in 201836 and Michigan in January 2019.37 Currently, 8 other states (Massachusetts, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Virginia, Wyoming, and West Virginia) require prescription drug monitoring of gabapentin, and other states are considering it.35

Efforts to understand gabapentin misuse derive largely from people with drug use disorders. A review of postmortem toxicology reports in fatal drug overdoses found gabapentin present in 22%.38 Although it was not necessarily a cause of death, its high rate of detection suggests wide misuse among drug users.

Among a cohort of 503 prescription opioid misusers in Appalachian Kentucky, 15% reported using gabapentin “to get high.” Those who reported misusing gabapentin were 6 times more likely than nonusers to be abusing opioids and benzodiazepines. The main sources of gabapentin were doctors (52%) and dealers (36%). The average cost of gabapentin on the street was less than $1.00 per pill.39

Gabapentin misuse by methadone clinic patients is also reported. Baird et al40 surveyed patients in 6 addiction clinics in the United Kingdom for gabapentin and pregabalin abuse and found that 22% disclosed misusing these medications. Of these, 38% said they did so to enhance the methadone high.

In a review article, Quintero41 also cited enhancement of methadone euphoria and treatment of opioid withdrawal as motivations for misuse. Opioid-dependent gabapentin misusers consumed doses of gabapentin 3 to 20 times higher than clinically recommended and in combination with multiple drugs.4 Such use can cause dissociative and psychedelic effects.

Gabapentin also potentiates the sedative effects of opioids, thus increasing the risk of falls, accidents, and other adverse events.34,35 Risk of opioid-related deaths was increased with coprescription of gabapentin and with moderate to high gabapentin doses.34

Are people with AUD at higher risk of gabapentin abuse?

Despite concerns, patients in clinical trials of gabapentin treatment for AUD were not identified as at high risk for misuse of the drug.2,4,5,16 Further, no such trials reported serious drug-related adverse events resulting in gabapentin discontinuation or side effects that differed from placebo in frequency or severity.2,4,5,16

Clinical laboratory studies also have found no significant interactions between alcohol and gabapentin.42,43 In fact, they showed no influence of gabapentin on the pharmacokinetics of alcohol or on alcohol’s subjective effects. Relative to placebo, gabapentin did not affect blood alcohol levels, the degree of intoxication, sedation, craving, or alcohol self-administration.

Smith et al9 reported estimates that only 1% of the general population misuse gabapentin. Another review concluded that gabapentin is seldom a drug of choice.17 Most patients prescribed gabapentin do not experience cravings or loss of control, which are hallmarks of addiction. Hence, with adequate precautions, the off-label use of gabapentin for AUD is reasonable.

CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS OF GABAPENTIN PRESCRIBING

Overall, evidence for the benefit of gabapentin in AUD is mixed. Subgroups of alcoholic patients, such as those who do not respond to or tolerate standard therapies, may particularly benefit, as may those with comorbid insomnia or neuropathic pain.44 Clinicians should prescribe gabapentin only when it is likely to be helpful and should carefully document its efficacy.2,45

At each visit, an open and honest assessment of the benefits and risks serves to promote shared decision-making regarding initiating, continuing, or discontinuing gabapentin.

For alcohol withdrawal

Before gabapentin is prescribed for alcohol withdrawal, potential benefits (reduction of withdrawal symptoms), side effects (sedation, fatigue), and risks (falls) should be discussed with the patient.46 Patients should also be informed that benzodiazepines are the gold standard for alcohol withdrawal and that gabapentin is not effective for severe withdrawal.46

For relapse prevention

When initiating treatment for relapse prevention, the patient and the prescriber should agree on specific goals (eg, reduction of drinking, anxiety, and insomnia).2,16 Ongoing monitoring is essential and includes assessing and documenting improvement with respect to these goals.

In the AUD studies, gabapentin was well tolerated.16 Frequently observed side effects including headache, insomnia, fatigue, muscle aches, and gastrointestinal distress did not occur at a statistically different rate from placebo. However, patients in studies are selected samples, and their experience may not be generalizable to clinical practice. Thus, it is necessary to exercise caution and check for comorbidities that may put patients at risk of complications.47 Older patients and those on hemodialysis are more susceptible to gabapentin side effects such as sedation, dizziness, ataxia, and mental status changes,34 and prescribers should be alert for signs of toxicity (eg, ataxia, mental status changes).47,48

Gabapentin misuse was not observed in AUD studies,2,4,5,16 but evidence indicates that patients with opioid use disorder, prisoners, and polydrug users are at high risk for gabapentin misuse.39–41 In all cases, clinicians should monitor for red flags that may indicate abuse, such as missed appointments, early refill requests, demands for increased dosage, and simultaneous opiate and benzodiazepine use.49

Acknowledgment: The authors wish to thank Nick Mulligan for his invaluable assistance with formatting and grammar.

Perceptions regarding the use of gabapentin for alcohol use disorder (AUD) have shifted over time.1–4 Early on, the drug was deemed to be benign and effective.4–6 But more and more, concerns are being raised about its recreational use to achieve euphoria,7 and the drug is often misused by vulnerable populations, particularly those with opioid use disorder.7–9

Given the large number of gabapentin prescriptions written off-label for AUD, it is incumbent on providers to understand how to prescribe it responsibly.7–9 To that end, this article focuses on the benefits—and concerns—of this treatment option. We describe the effects of gabapentin on the central nervous system and how it may mitigate alcohol withdrawal and increase the likelihood of abstinence. In addition, we review clinical trials that evaluated potential roles of gabapentin in AUD, discuss the drug’s misuse potential, and suggest a framework for its appropriate use in AUD management.

ALCOHOL USE DISORDER IS COMMON AND SERIOUS

AUD affects about 14% of US adults and represents a significant health burden,1 often with severe clinical and social implications. It manifests as compulsive drinking and loss of control despite adverse consequences on various life domains.10 It is generally associated with cravings, tolerance, and withdrawal symptoms upon cessation. Alcohol withdrawal is characterized by tremors, anxiety, sweating, nausea, and tachycardia, and in severe cases, may involve hallucinations, seizures, and delirium tremens. Untreated, alcohol withdrawal can be fatal.10

816tbl1.jpg

Even though psychosocial treatments for AUD by themselves are associated with high relapse rates, pharmacotherapy is underutilized. Three drugs approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) are available to treat it, but they are often poorly accepted and have limited efficacy. For these reasons, there is considerable interest in finding alternatives. Gabapentin is one of several agents that have been studied (Table 1). The topic has been reviewed in depth by Soyka and Müller.11

GABAPENTIN REDUCES EXCITATION

The anticonvulsant gabapentin is FDA-approved for treating epilepsy, postherpetic neuralgia, and restless leg syndrome.8,12–14 It binds and selectively impedes voltage-sensitive calcium channels, the pores in cell membrane that permit calcium to enter a neuron in response to changes in electrical currents.15

Gabapentin is believed to decrease excitation of the central nervous system in multiple ways:

  • It reduces the release of glutamate, a key component of the excitatory system16
  • It increases the concentration of gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA), the main inhibitory neurotransmitter in the brain7
  • By binding the alpha-2-delta type 1 subunit of voltage-sensitive calcium channels,8,15–17 it inhibits excitatory synapse formation independent of calcium channel activity16
  • By blocking excitatory neurotransmission, it also may indirectly increase the concentration of GABA in the central nervous system16,17
  • It modulates action of glutamic acid decarboxylase (involved in the synthesis of GABA) and glutamate synthesizing enzyme to increase GABA and decrease glutamate.17

 

 

ALCOHOL’S ACTIONS

The actions of alcohol on the brain are also complex.18 Alpha-2-delta type 1 subunits of calcium channels are upregulated in the reward centers of the brain by addictive substances, including alcohol.16 Alcohol interacts with corticotropin-releasing factor and several neurotransmitters,18 and specifically affects neuropathways involving norepinephrine, GABA, and glutamate.19 Alcohol has reinforcing effects mediated by the release of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens.20

Acutely, alcohol promotes GABA release and may also reduce GABA degradation, producing sedative and anxiolytic effects.21 Chronic alcohol use leads to a decrease in the number of GABAA receptors. Clinically, this downregulation manifests as tolerance to alcohol’s sedating effects.21

Alcohol affects the signaling of glutamatergic interaction with the N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor.22 Glutamate activates this receptor as well as the voltage-gated ion channels, modifying calcium influx and increasing neuronal excitability.22,23 Acutely, alcohol has an antagonistic effect on the NMDA receptor, while chronic drinking upregulates (increases) the number of NMDA receptors and voltage-gated calcium channels.22,23

Alcohol withdrawal increases excitatory effects

Patients experiencing alcohol withdrawal have decreased GABA-ergic functioning and increased glutamatergic action throughout the central nervous system.19,24

Withdrawal can be subdivided into an acute phase (lasting up to about 5 days) and a protracted phase (of undetermined duration). During withdrawal, the brain activates its “stress system,” leading to overexpression of corticotropin-releasing factor in the amygdala. Protracted withdrawal dysregulates the prefrontal cortex, increasing cravings and worsening negative emotional states and sleep.16

GABAPENTIN FOR ALCOHOL WITHDRAWAL

Benzodiazepines are the standard treatment for alcohol withdrawal.3,24 They relieve symptoms and can prevent seizures and delirium tremens,24 but they are sedating and cause psychomotor impairments.3 Because of the potential for addiction, benzodiazepine use is limited to acute alcohol withdrawal.3

Gabapentin shows promise as an agent that can be used in withdrawal and continued through early abstinence without the highly addictive potential of benzodiazepines.16 It is thought to affect drinking behaviors during early abstinence by normalizing GABA and glutamate activity.2,16

Early preclinical studies in mouse models found that gabapentin decreases anxiogenic and epileptic effects of alcohol withdrawal. Compared with other antidrinking medications, gabapentin has the benefits of lacking elimination via hepatic metabolism, few pharmacokinetic interactions, and good reported tolerability in this population.

Inpatient trials show no benefit over standard treatments

Bonnet et al25 conducted a double-blind placebo-controlled trial in Germany in inpatients experiencing acute alcohol withdrawal to determine whether gabapentin might be an effective adjunct to clomethiazole, a GABAA modulator commonly used in Europe for alcohol withdrawal. Participants (N = 61) were randomized to receive placebo or gabapentin (400 mg every 6 hours) for 72 hours, with tapering over the next 3 days. All patients could receive rescue doses of clomethiazole, using a symptom-triggered protocol.

The study revealed no differences in the amount of clomethiazole administered between the 2 groups, suggesting that gabapentin had no adjunctive effect. Side effects (vertigo, nausea, dizziness, and ataxia) were mild and comparable between groups.

Nichols et al26 conducted a retrospective cohort study in a South Carolina academic psychiatric hospital to assess the adjunctive effect of gabapentin on the as-needed use of benzodiazepines for alcohol withdrawal. The active group (n = 40) received gabapentin as well as a symptom-triggered alcohol withdrawal protocol of benzodiazepine. The control group (n = 43) received only the symptom-triggered alcohol withdrawal protocol without gabapentin.

No effect was found of gabapentin use for benzodiazepine treatment of alcohol withdrawal. It is notable that Bonnet et al and Nichols et al had similar findings despite their studies being conducted in different countries using distinct comparators and methods.

Bonnet et al,27 in another study, tried a different design to investigate a possible role for gabapentin in inpatient alcohol withdrawal. The study included 37 patients with severe alcohol withdrawal (Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment of Alcohol Scale, Revised [CIWA-Ar] > 15).

All participants received gabapentin 800 mg. Those whose CIWA-Ar score improved within 2 hours were considered “early responders” (n = 27) and next received 2 days of gabapentin 600 mg 4 times a day before starting a taper. The nonresponders whose CIWA-Ar score worsened (associated with greater anxiety and depressive symptoms; n = 10) were switched to standard treatment with clomethiazole (n = 4) or clonazepam (n = 6). Scores of 3 early responders subsequently worsened; 2 of these participants developed seizures and were switched to standard treatment.

The authors concluded that gabapentin in a dose of 3,200 mg in the first 24 hours is useful only for milder forms of alcohol withdrawal. Hence, subsequent efforts on the use of gabapentin for alcohol withdrawal have focused on outpatients.

Outpatient trials reveal benefits over benzodiazepines

Myrick et al3 compared gabapentin vs lorazepam in 100 outpatients seeking treatment for alcohol withdrawal. Participants were randomized to 1 of 4 groups: gabapentin 600 mg, 900 mg, or 1,200 mg, or lorazepam 6 mg, each tapering over 4 days. Alcohol withdrawal was measured by the CIWA-Ar score. Only 68 patients completed all follow-up appointments to day 12.

Gabapentin 600 mg was discontinued because of seizures in 2 patients, but it was generally well tolerated and was associated with diminished symptoms of alcohol withdrawal, especially at the 1,200 mg dose. The gabapentin groups experienced less anxiety and sedation and fewer cravings than the lorazepam group. Those treated with lorazepam fared worse for achieving early abstinence and were more likely to return to drinking when the intervention was discontinued. However, significant relapse by day 12 occurred in both groups.

The authors concluded that gabapentin was at least as effective as lorazepam in the outpatient treatment of alcohol withdrawal, with the 1,200-mg gabapentin dosage being more effective than 900 mg. At 1,200 mg, gabapentin was associated with better sleep, less anxiety, and better self-reported ability to work than lorazepam, and at the 900-mg dose it was associated with less depression than lorazepam.

Stock et al28 conducted a randomized, double-blind study of gabapentin in acute alcohol withdrawal in 26 military veterans in an outpatient setting. Patients were ran­domized to one of the following:

  • Gabapentin 1,200 mg orally for 3 days, followed by 900 mg, 600 mg, and 300 mg for 1 day each (n = 17)
  • Chlordiazepoxide 100 mg orally for 3 days, followed by 75 mg, 50 mg, and 25 mg for 1 day each (n = 9).

Withdrawal scores improved similarly in both groups. Early on (days 1–4), neither cravings nor sleep differed significantly between groups; but later (days 5–7), the gabapentin group had superior scores for these measures. Gabapentin was also associated with significantly less sedation than chlordiazepoxide and trended to less alcohol craving.

 

 

Bottom line: Gabapentin is useful for mild withdrawal

Data suggest that gabapentin offers benefits for managing mild alcohol withdrawal. Improved residual craving and sleep measures are clinically important because they are risk factors for relapse. Mood and anxiety also improve with gabapentin, further indicating a therapeutic effect.

Gabapentin’s benefits for moderate and severe alcohol withdrawal have not been established. Seizures occurred during withdrawal despite gabapentin treatment, but whether from an insufficient dose, patient susceptibility, or lack of gabapentin efficacy is not clear. Best results occurred at the 1,200-mg daily dose, but benefits may not apply to patients with severe withdrawal. In addition, many studies were small, limiting the strength of conclusions.

Across most studies of gabapentin for alcohol withdrawal, advantages included a smoother transition into early abstinence due to improved sleep, mood, and anxiety, alleviating common triggers for a return to drinking. Gabapentin also carries less reinforcing potential than benzodiazepines. These qualities fueled interest in trying gabapentin to improve long-term abstinence.

GABAPENTIN FOR RELAPSE PREVENTION

Although naltrexone and acamprosate are the first-line treatments for relapse prevention, they do not help all patients and are more effective when combined with cognitive behavioral therapy.1,29,30 For patients in whom standard treatments are not effective or tolerated, gabapentin may provide a reasonable alternative, and several randomized controlled trials have examined its use for this role.

Gabapentin alone is better than placebo

Furieri and Nakamura-Palacios4 assessed the use of gabapentin for relapse prevention in Brazilian outpatients (N = 60) who had averaged 27 years of drinking and consumed 17 drinks daily for the 90 days before baseline. After detoxification with diazepam and vitamins, patients were randomized to either gabapentin 300 mg twice daily or placebo for 4 weeks.

Compared with placebo, gabapentin significantly reduced cravings and lowered the percentage of heavy drinking days and the number of drinks per day, with a significant increase in the percentage of abstinent days. These self-reported measures correlated with decreases in gamma-glutamyl transferase, a biological marker for heavy drinking.

Brower et al31 investigated the use of gabapentin in 21 outpatients with AUD and insomnia who desired to remain abstinent. They were randomized to gabapentin (up to 1,500 mg at night) or placebo for 6 weeks. Just 14 participants completed the study; all but 2 were followed without treatment until week 12.

Gabapentin was associated with significantly lower relapse rates at 6 weeks (3 of 10 in the gabapentin group vs 9 of 11 in the placebo group) and at 12 weeks (6 of 10 in the gabapentin group vs 11 of 11 in the placebo group, assuming the 2 patients lost to follow-up relapsed). No difference between groups was detected for sleep measures in this small study. However, other studies have found that gabapentin for AUD improves measures of insomnia and daytime drowsiness—predictors of relapse—compared with other medications.16

High-dose gabapentin is better

Mason et al2 randomized 150 outpatients with alcohol dependence to 12 weeks of daily treatment with either gabapentin (900 mg or 1,800 mg) or placebo after at least 3 days of abstinence. All participants received counseling. Drinking quantity and frequency were assessed by gamma-glutamyl transferase testing.

Patients taking gabapentin had better rates of abstinence and cessation of heavy drinking than those taking placebo. During the 12-week study, the 1,800-mg daily dose showed a substantially higher abstinence rate (17%) than either 900 mg  (11%) or placebo (4%). Significant dose-related improvements were also found for heavy drinking days, total drinking quantity, and frequency of alcohol withdrawal symptoms that predispose to early relapse, such as poor sleep, cravings, and poor mood. There were also significant linear dose effects on rates of abstinence and nondrinking days at the 24-week posttreatment follow-up.

Gabapentin plus naltrexone is better than naltrexone alone

Anton et al5 examined the efficacy of gabapentin combined with naltrexone during early abstinence. The study randomly assigned 150 people with AUD to one of the following groups:

  • 16 weeks of naltrexone (50 mg/day) alone
  • 6 weeks of naltrexone (50 mg/day) plus gabapentin (up to 1,200 mg/day), followed by 10 weeks of naltrexone alone
  • Placebo.

All participants received medical management.

Over the first 6 weeks, those receiving naltrexone plus gabapentin had a longer interval to heavy drinking than those taking only naltrexone. By week 6, about half of those taking placebo or naltrexone alone had a heavy drinking day, compared with about 35% of those taking naltrexone plus gabapentin. Those receiving the combination also had fewer days of heavy drinking, fewer drinks per drinking day, and better sleep than the other groups. Participants in the naltrexone-alone group were more likely to drink heavily during periods in which they reported poor sleep. No significant group differences were found in measures of mood.

Gabapentin enacarbil is no better than placebo

Falk et al,32 in a 2019 preliminary analysis, examined data from a trial of gabapentin enacarbil, a prodrug formulation of gabapentin. In this 6-month double-blind study, 346 people with moderate AUD at 10 sites were randomized to gabapentin enacarbil extended-release 600 mg twice a day or placebo. All subjects received a computerized behavioral intervention.

No significant differences between groups were found in drinking measures or alcohol cravings, sleep problems, depression, or anxiety symptoms. However, a dose-response analysis found significantly less drinking for higher doses of the drug.

Bottom line: Evidence of benefits mixed but risk low

The efficacy of gabapentin as a treatment for AUD has varied across studies as a function of dosing and formulation. Daily doses have ranged from 600 mg to 1,800 mg, with the highest dose showing advantages in one study for cravings, insomnia, anxiety, dysphoria, and relapse.2 Thus far, gabapentin immediate-release has performed better than gabapentin enacarbil extended-release. All forms of gabapentin have been well-tolerated in AUD trials.

The 2018 American Psychiatric Association guidelines stated that gabapentin had a small positive effect on drinking outcomes, but the harm of treatment was deemed minimal, especially relative to the harms of chronic drinking.33 The guidelines endorse the use of gabapentin in patients with moderate to severe AUD who select gabapentin from the available options, or for those who are nonresponsive to or cannot tolerate naltrexone or acamprosate, as long as no contraindications exist. It was also noted that even small effects may be clinically important, considering the significant morbidity associated with AUD.

 

 

POTENTIAL FOR MISUSE

The use of gabapentin has become controversial owing to the growing recognition that it may not be as benign as initially thought.7–9,34 A review of US legislative actions reflects concerns about its misuse.35 In July 2017, Kentucky classified it as a schedule V controlled substance with prescription drug monitoring,35 as did Tennessee in 201836 and Michigan in January 2019.37 Currently, 8 other states (Massachusetts, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Virginia, Wyoming, and West Virginia) require prescription drug monitoring of gabapentin, and other states are considering it.35

Efforts to understand gabapentin misuse derive largely from people with drug use disorders. A review of postmortem toxicology reports in fatal drug overdoses found gabapentin present in 22%.38 Although it was not necessarily a cause of death, its high rate of detection suggests wide misuse among drug users.

Among a cohort of 503 prescription opioid misusers in Appalachian Kentucky, 15% reported using gabapentin “to get high.” Those who reported misusing gabapentin were 6 times more likely than nonusers to be abusing opioids and benzodiazepines. The main sources of gabapentin were doctors (52%) and dealers (36%). The average cost of gabapentin on the street was less than $1.00 per pill.39

Gabapentin misuse by methadone clinic patients is also reported. Baird et al40 surveyed patients in 6 addiction clinics in the United Kingdom for gabapentin and pregabalin abuse and found that 22% disclosed misusing these medications. Of these, 38% said they did so to enhance the methadone high.

In a review article, Quintero41 also cited enhancement of methadone euphoria and treatment of opioid withdrawal as motivations for misuse. Opioid-dependent gabapentin misusers consumed doses of gabapentin 3 to 20 times higher than clinically recommended and in combination with multiple drugs.4 Such use can cause dissociative and psychedelic effects.

Gabapentin also potentiates the sedative effects of opioids, thus increasing the risk of falls, accidents, and other adverse events.34,35 Risk of opioid-related deaths was increased with coprescription of gabapentin and with moderate to high gabapentin doses.34

Are people with AUD at higher risk of gabapentin abuse?

Despite concerns, patients in clinical trials of gabapentin treatment for AUD were not identified as at high risk for misuse of the drug.2,4,5,16 Further, no such trials reported serious drug-related adverse events resulting in gabapentin discontinuation or side effects that differed from placebo in frequency or severity.2,4,5,16

Clinical laboratory studies also have found no significant interactions between alcohol and gabapentin.42,43 In fact, they showed no influence of gabapentin on the pharmacokinetics of alcohol or on alcohol’s subjective effects. Relative to placebo, gabapentin did not affect blood alcohol levels, the degree of intoxication, sedation, craving, or alcohol self-administration.

Smith et al9 reported estimates that only 1% of the general population misuse gabapentin. Another review concluded that gabapentin is seldom a drug of choice.17 Most patients prescribed gabapentin do not experience cravings or loss of control, which are hallmarks of addiction. Hence, with adequate precautions, the off-label use of gabapentin for AUD is reasonable.

CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS OF GABAPENTIN PRESCRIBING

Overall, evidence for the benefit of gabapentin in AUD is mixed. Subgroups of alcoholic patients, such as those who do not respond to or tolerate standard therapies, may particularly benefit, as may those with comorbid insomnia or neuropathic pain.44 Clinicians should prescribe gabapentin only when it is likely to be helpful and should carefully document its efficacy.2,45

At each visit, an open and honest assessment of the benefits and risks serves to promote shared decision-making regarding initiating, continuing, or discontinuing gabapentin.

For alcohol withdrawal

Before gabapentin is prescribed for alcohol withdrawal, potential benefits (reduction of withdrawal symptoms), side effects (sedation, fatigue), and risks (falls) should be discussed with the patient.46 Patients should also be informed that benzodiazepines are the gold standard for alcohol withdrawal and that gabapentin is not effective for severe withdrawal.46

For relapse prevention

When initiating treatment for relapse prevention, the patient and the prescriber should agree on specific goals (eg, reduction of drinking, anxiety, and insomnia).2,16 Ongoing monitoring is essential and includes assessing and documenting improvement with respect to these goals.

In the AUD studies, gabapentin was well tolerated.16 Frequently observed side effects including headache, insomnia, fatigue, muscle aches, and gastrointestinal distress did not occur at a statistically different rate from placebo. However, patients in studies are selected samples, and their experience may not be generalizable to clinical practice. Thus, it is necessary to exercise caution and check for comorbidities that may put patients at risk of complications.47 Older patients and those on hemodialysis are more susceptible to gabapentin side effects such as sedation, dizziness, ataxia, and mental status changes,34 and prescribers should be alert for signs of toxicity (eg, ataxia, mental status changes).47,48

Gabapentin misuse was not observed in AUD studies,2,4,5,16 but evidence indicates that patients with opioid use disorder, prisoners, and polydrug users are at high risk for gabapentin misuse.39–41 In all cases, clinicians should monitor for red flags that may indicate abuse, such as missed appointments, early refill requests, demands for increased dosage, and simultaneous opiate and benzodiazepine use.49

Acknowledgment: The authors wish to thank Nick Mulligan for his invaluable assistance with formatting and grammar.

References
  1. Kranzler HR, Soyka M. Diagnosis and pharmacotherapy of alcohol use disorder: a review. JAMA 2018; 320(8):815–824. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.11406
  2. Mason BJ, Quello S, Goodell V, Shadan F, Kyle M, Begovic A. Gabapentin treatment for alcohol dependence: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2014; 174(1):70–77. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.11950
  3. Myrick H, Malcolm R, Randall PK, et al. A double-blind trial of gabapentin versus lorazepam in the treatment of alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2009; 33(9):1582–1588. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2009.00986.x
  4. Furieri FA, Nakamura-Palacios EM. Gabapentin reduces alcohol consumption and craving: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. J Clin Psychiatry 2007; 68(11):1691–1700. pmid:18052562
  5. Anton RF, Myrick H, Wright TM, et al. Gabapentin combined with naltrexone for the treatment of alcohol dependence. Am J Psychiatry 2011; 168(7):709–717. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2011.10101436
  6. Mack A. Examination of the evidence for off-label use of gabapentin. J Manag Care Pharm 2003; 9(6):559–568. doi:10.18553/jmcp.2003.9.6.559
  7. Schifano F. Misuse and abuse of pregabalin and gabapentin: cause for concern? CNS Drugs 2014; 28(6):491–496. doi:10.1007/s40263-014-0164-4
  8. Goodman CW, Brett AS. Gabapentin and pregabalin for pain—is increased prescribing a cause for concern? N Engl J Med 2017; 377(5):411–414. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1704633
  9. Smith RV, Havens JR, Walsh SL. Gabapentin misuse, abuse and diversion: a systematic review. Addiction 2016; 111(7):1160–1174. doi:10.1111/add.13324
  10. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th ed. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
  11. Soyka M, Müller CA. Pharmacotherapy of alcoholism—an update on approved and off-label medications. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2017; 18(12):1187-1199. doi:10.1080/14656566.2017.1349098
  12. Zhang M, Gao CX, Ma KT, et al. A meta-analysis of therapeutic efficacy and safety of gabapentin i n the treatment of postherpetic neuralgia from randomized controlled trials. Biomed Res Int 2018; 2018:7474207. doi:10.1155/2018/7474207
  13. Winkelmann J, Allen RP, Högl B, et al. Treatment of restless legs syndrome: evidence-based review and implications for clinical practice (Revised 2017). Mov Disord 2018; 33(7):1077–1091. doi:10.1002/mds.27260
  14. Honarmand A, Safavi M, Zare M. Gabapentin: an update of its pharmacological properties and therapeutic use in epilepsy. J Res Med Sci 2011; 16(8):1062–1069. pmid:22279483
  15. van Hooft JA, Dougherty JJ, Endeman D, Nichols RA, Wadman WJ. Gabapentin inhibits presynaptic Ca(2+) influx and synaptic transmission in rat hippocampus and neocortex. Eur J Pharmacol 2002; 449(3):221–228. doi:10.1016/s0014-2999(02)02044-7
  16. Mason BJ, Quello S, Shadan F. Gabapentin for the treatment of alcohol use disorder. Expert Opin Investig Drugs 2018; 27(1):113–124. doi:10.1080/13543784.2018.1417383
  17. Taylor CP. Mechanisms of action of gabapentin. Rev Neurol (Paris) 1997; 153(suppl 1):S39–S45. pmid:9686247
  18. Agoglia AE, Herman MA. The center of the emotional universe: alcohol, stress, and CRF1 amygdala circuitry. Alcohol 2018; 72:61–73. doi:10.1016/j.alcohol.2018.03.009
  19. Nevo I, Hamon M. Neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory mechanisms involved in alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Neurochem Int 1995; 26(4):305–336. pmid:7633325
  20. You C, Vandegrift B, Brodie MS. Ethanol actions on the ventral tegmental area: novel potential targets on reward pathway neurons. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2018; 235(6):1711–1726. doi:10.1007/s00213-018-4875-y
  21. Lovinger DM. Presynaptic ethanol actions: potential roles in ethanol seeking. Handb Exp Pharmacol 2018; 248:29–54. doi:10.1007/164_2017_76
  22. Williams SB, Yorgason JT, Nelson AC, et al. Glutamate transmission to ventral tegmental area GABA neurons is altered by acute and chronic ethanol. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2018; 42(11):2186–2195. doi:10.1111/acer.13883
  23. N’Gouemo P. Voltage-sensitive calcium channels in the brain: relevance to alcohol intoxication and withdrawal. Handb Exp Pharmacol 2018; 248:263–280. doi:10.1007/164_2018_93
  24. Modesto-Lowe V, Huard J, Conrad C. Alcohol withdrawal kindling: is there a role for anticonvulsants? Psychiatry (Edgmont) 2005; 2(5):25–31. pmid:21152146
  25. Bonnet U, Banger M, Leweke FM, et al. Treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal with gabapentin: results from a controlled two-center trial. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2003; 23(5):514–519. doi:10.1097/01.jcp.0000088905.24613.ad
  26. Nichols TA, Robert S, Taber DJ, Cluver J. Alcohol withdrawal-related outcomes associated with gabapentin use in an inpatient psychiatric facility. Ment Health Clin 2019 ; 9(1):1–5. doi:10.9740/mhc.2019.01.001
  27. Bonnet U, Hamzavi-Abedi R, Specka M, Wiltfang J, Lieb B, Scherbaum N. An open trial of gabapentin in acute alcohol withdrawal using an oral loading protocol. Alcohol Alcohol 2010; 45(2):143–145. doi:10.1093/alcalc/agp085
  28. Stock CJ, Carpenter L, Ying J, Greene T. Gabapentin versus chlordiazepoxide for outpatient alcohol detoxification treatment. Ann Pharmacother 2013; 47(7–8):961–969. doi:10.1345/aph.1R751
  29. Blanco-Gandía MC, Rodríguez-Arias M. Pharmacological treatments for opiate and alcohol addiction: a historical perspective of the last 50 years. Eur J Pharmacol 2018; 836:89–101. doi:10.1016/j.ejphar.2018.08.007
  30. Anton RF, Moak DH, Latham P, et al. Naltrexone combined with either cognitive behavioral or motivational enhancement therapy for alcohol dependence. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005; 25(4):349–357. pmid:16012278
  31. Brower KJ, Myra Kim H, Strobbe S, Karam-Hage MA, Consens F, Zucker RA. A randomized double-blind pilot trial of gabapentin versus placebo to treat alcohol dependence and comorbid insomnia. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2008; 32(8):1429–1438. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2008.00706.x
  32. Falk DE, Ryan ML, Fertig JB, et al; National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Clinical Investigations Group (NCIG) Study Group. Gabapentin enacarbil extended-release for alcohol use disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multisite trial assessing efficacy and safety. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2019; 43(1):158–169. doi:10.1111/acer.13917
  33. The American Psychiatric Association. Practice Guideline for the Pharmacological Treatment of Patients with Alcohol Use Disorder. https://psychiatryonline.org/doi/pdf/10.1176/appi.books.9781615371969. Accessed October 10, 2019.
  34. Gomes T, Juurlink DN, Antoniou T, et al. Gabapentin, opioids, and the risk of opioid-related death: a population-based nested case-control study. PLoS Med 2017; 14(10):e1002396. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1002396
  35. Peckham AM, Ananickal MJ, Sclar DA. Gabapentin use, abuse, and the US opioid epidemic: the case for reclassification as a controlled substance and the need for pharmacovigilance. Risk Manag Healthc Policy 2018; 11:109–116. doi:10.2147/RMHP.S168504
  36. Tennessee Pharmacists Association. Advocacy alert: end of session summary. www.tnpharm.org/news/news-posts-pages/advocacy-alert-4-30-18/? Accessed October 10, 2019.
  37. Michigan.gov. Gabapentin scheduled as controlled substance to help with state’s opioid epidemic. www.michigan.gov/som/0,4669,7-192-47796-487050--,00.html. Accessed October 10, 2019.
  38. Slavova S, Miller A, Bunn TL, et al. Prevalence of gabapentin in drug overdose postmortem toxicology testing results. Drug Alcohol Depend 2018; 186:80–85. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2018.01.018
  39. Smith RV, Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Abuse and diversion of gabapentin among nonmedical prescription opioid users in Appalachian Kentucky. Am J Psychiatry 2015; 172(5):487–488. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2014.14101272
  40. Baird CR, Fox P, Colvin LA. Gabapentinoid abuse in order to potentiate the effect of methadone: a survey among substance misusers. Eur Addict Res 2014; 20(3):115–118. doi:10.1159/000355268
  41. Quintero GC. Review about gabapentin misuse, interactions, contraindications and side effects. J Exp Pharmacol 2017; 9:13–21. doi:10.2147/JEP.S124391
  42. Bisaga A, Evans SM. The acute effects of gabapentin in combination with alcohol in heavy drinkers. Drug Alcohol Depend 2006; 83(1):25–32. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2005.10.008
  43. Myrick H, Anton R, Voronin K, Wang W, Henderson S. A double-blind evaluation of gabapentin on alcohol effects and drinking in a clinical laboratory paradigm. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2007; 31(2):221–227. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2006.00299.x
  44. Tzellos TG, Papazisis G, Toulis KA, Sardeli CH, Kouvelas D. A2delta ligands gabapentin and pregabalin: future implications in daily clinical practice. Hippokratia 2010; 14(2):71–75. pmid:20596259
  45. Morrison EE, Sandilands EA, Webb DJ. Gabapentin and pregabalin: do the benefits outweigh the harms? J R Coll Physicians Edinb 2017; 47(4):310–313. doi:10.4997/JRCPE.2017.402
  46. Leung JG, Rakocevic DB, Allen ND, et al. Use of a gabapentin protocol for the management of alcohol withdrawal: a preliminary experience expanding from the consultation-liaison psychiatry service. Psychosomatics 2018; 59(5):496–505. doi:10.1016/j.psym.2018.03.002
  47. Fleet JL, Dixon SN, Kuwornu PJ, et al. Gabapentin dose and the 30-day risk of altered mental status in older adults: a retrospective population-based study. PLoS One 2018; 13(3):e0193134. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0193134
  48. Chiappini S, Schifano F. A decade of gabapentinoid misuse: an analysis of the European Medicines Agency’s ‘suspected adverse drug reactions’ database. CNS Drugs 2016; 30(7):647–654. doi:10.1007/s40263-016-0359-y
  49. Modesto-Lowe V, Chaplin M, Sinha S, Woodard K. Universal precautions to reduce stimulant misuse in treating adult ADHD. Cleve Clin J Med 2015; 82(8):506–512. doi:10.3949/ccjm.82a.14131
References
  1. Kranzler HR, Soyka M. Diagnosis and pharmacotherapy of alcohol use disorder: a review. JAMA 2018; 320(8):815–824. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.11406
  2. Mason BJ, Quello S, Goodell V, Shadan F, Kyle M, Begovic A. Gabapentin treatment for alcohol dependence: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2014; 174(1):70–77. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.11950
  3. Myrick H, Malcolm R, Randall PK, et al. A double-blind trial of gabapentin versus lorazepam in the treatment of alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2009; 33(9):1582–1588. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2009.00986.x
  4. Furieri FA, Nakamura-Palacios EM. Gabapentin reduces alcohol consumption and craving: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. J Clin Psychiatry 2007; 68(11):1691–1700. pmid:18052562
  5. Anton RF, Myrick H, Wright TM, et al. Gabapentin combined with naltrexone for the treatment of alcohol dependence. Am J Psychiatry 2011; 168(7):709–717. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2011.10101436
  6. Mack A. Examination of the evidence for off-label use of gabapentin. J Manag Care Pharm 2003; 9(6):559–568. doi:10.18553/jmcp.2003.9.6.559
  7. Schifano F. Misuse and abuse of pregabalin and gabapentin: cause for concern? CNS Drugs 2014; 28(6):491–496. doi:10.1007/s40263-014-0164-4
  8. Goodman CW, Brett AS. Gabapentin and pregabalin for pain—is increased prescribing a cause for concern? N Engl J Med 2017; 377(5):411–414. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1704633
  9. Smith RV, Havens JR, Walsh SL. Gabapentin misuse, abuse and diversion: a systematic review. Addiction 2016; 111(7):1160–1174. doi:10.1111/add.13324
  10. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th ed. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
  11. Soyka M, Müller CA. Pharmacotherapy of alcoholism—an update on approved and off-label medications. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2017; 18(12):1187-1199. doi:10.1080/14656566.2017.1349098
  12. Zhang M, Gao CX, Ma KT, et al. A meta-analysis of therapeutic efficacy and safety of gabapentin i n the treatment of postherpetic neuralgia from randomized controlled trials. Biomed Res Int 2018; 2018:7474207. doi:10.1155/2018/7474207
  13. Winkelmann J, Allen RP, Högl B, et al. Treatment of restless legs syndrome: evidence-based review and implications for clinical practice (Revised 2017). Mov Disord 2018; 33(7):1077–1091. doi:10.1002/mds.27260
  14. Honarmand A, Safavi M, Zare M. Gabapentin: an update of its pharmacological properties and therapeutic use in epilepsy. J Res Med Sci 2011; 16(8):1062–1069. pmid:22279483
  15. van Hooft JA, Dougherty JJ, Endeman D, Nichols RA, Wadman WJ. Gabapentin inhibits presynaptic Ca(2+) influx and synaptic transmission in rat hippocampus and neocortex. Eur J Pharmacol 2002; 449(3):221–228. doi:10.1016/s0014-2999(02)02044-7
  16. Mason BJ, Quello S, Shadan F. Gabapentin for the treatment of alcohol use disorder. Expert Opin Investig Drugs 2018; 27(1):113–124. doi:10.1080/13543784.2018.1417383
  17. Taylor CP. Mechanisms of action of gabapentin. Rev Neurol (Paris) 1997; 153(suppl 1):S39–S45. pmid:9686247
  18. Agoglia AE, Herman MA. The center of the emotional universe: alcohol, stress, and CRF1 amygdala circuitry. Alcohol 2018; 72:61–73. doi:10.1016/j.alcohol.2018.03.009
  19. Nevo I, Hamon M. Neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory mechanisms involved in alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Neurochem Int 1995; 26(4):305–336. pmid:7633325
  20. You C, Vandegrift B, Brodie MS. Ethanol actions on the ventral tegmental area: novel potential targets on reward pathway neurons. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2018; 235(6):1711–1726. doi:10.1007/s00213-018-4875-y
  21. Lovinger DM. Presynaptic ethanol actions: potential roles in ethanol seeking. Handb Exp Pharmacol 2018; 248:29–54. doi:10.1007/164_2017_76
  22. Williams SB, Yorgason JT, Nelson AC, et al. Glutamate transmission to ventral tegmental area GABA neurons is altered by acute and chronic ethanol. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2018; 42(11):2186–2195. doi:10.1111/acer.13883
  23. N’Gouemo P. Voltage-sensitive calcium channels in the brain: relevance to alcohol intoxication and withdrawal. Handb Exp Pharmacol 2018; 248:263–280. doi:10.1007/164_2018_93
  24. Modesto-Lowe V, Huard J, Conrad C. Alcohol withdrawal kindling: is there a role for anticonvulsants? Psychiatry (Edgmont) 2005; 2(5):25–31. pmid:21152146
  25. Bonnet U, Banger M, Leweke FM, et al. Treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal with gabapentin: results from a controlled two-center trial. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2003; 23(5):514–519. doi:10.1097/01.jcp.0000088905.24613.ad
  26. Nichols TA, Robert S, Taber DJ, Cluver J. Alcohol withdrawal-related outcomes associated with gabapentin use in an inpatient psychiatric facility. Ment Health Clin 2019 ; 9(1):1–5. doi:10.9740/mhc.2019.01.001
  27. Bonnet U, Hamzavi-Abedi R, Specka M, Wiltfang J, Lieb B, Scherbaum N. An open trial of gabapentin in acute alcohol withdrawal using an oral loading protocol. Alcohol Alcohol 2010; 45(2):143–145. doi:10.1093/alcalc/agp085
  28. Stock CJ, Carpenter L, Ying J, Greene T. Gabapentin versus chlordiazepoxide for outpatient alcohol detoxification treatment. Ann Pharmacother 2013; 47(7–8):961–969. doi:10.1345/aph.1R751
  29. Blanco-Gandía MC, Rodríguez-Arias M. Pharmacological treatments for opiate and alcohol addiction: a historical perspective of the last 50 years. Eur J Pharmacol 2018; 836:89–101. doi:10.1016/j.ejphar.2018.08.007
  30. Anton RF, Moak DH, Latham P, et al. Naltrexone combined with either cognitive behavioral or motivational enhancement therapy for alcohol dependence. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005; 25(4):349–357. pmid:16012278
  31. Brower KJ, Myra Kim H, Strobbe S, Karam-Hage MA, Consens F, Zucker RA. A randomized double-blind pilot trial of gabapentin versus placebo to treat alcohol dependence and comorbid insomnia. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2008; 32(8):1429–1438. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2008.00706.x
  32. Falk DE, Ryan ML, Fertig JB, et al; National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Clinical Investigations Group (NCIG) Study Group. Gabapentin enacarbil extended-release for alcohol use disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multisite trial assessing efficacy and safety. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2019; 43(1):158–169. doi:10.1111/acer.13917
  33. The American Psychiatric Association. Practice Guideline for the Pharmacological Treatment of Patients with Alcohol Use Disorder. https://psychiatryonline.org/doi/pdf/10.1176/appi.books.9781615371969. Accessed October 10, 2019.
  34. Gomes T, Juurlink DN, Antoniou T, et al. Gabapentin, opioids, and the risk of opioid-related death: a population-based nested case-control study. PLoS Med 2017; 14(10):e1002396. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1002396
  35. Peckham AM, Ananickal MJ, Sclar DA. Gabapentin use, abuse, and the US opioid epidemic: the case for reclassification as a controlled substance and the need for pharmacovigilance. Risk Manag Healthc Policy 2018; 11:109–116. doi:10.2147/RMHP.S168504
  36. Tennessee Pharmacists Association. Advocacy alert: end of session summary. www.tnpharm.org/news/news-posts-pages/advocacy-alert-4-30-18/? Accessed October 10, 2019.
  37. Michigan.gov. Gabapentin scheduled as controlled substance to help with state’s opioid epidemic. www.michigan.gov/som/0,4669,7-192-47796-487050--,00.html. Accessed October 10, 2019.
  38. Slavova S, Miller A, Bunn TL, et al. Prevalence of gabapentin in drug overdose postmortem toxicology testing results. Drug Alcohol Depend 2018; 186:80–85. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2018.01.018
  39. Smith RV, Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Abuse and diversion of gabapentin among nonmedical prescription opioid users in Appalachian Kentucky. Am J Psychiatry 2015; 172(5):487–488. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2014.14101272
  40. Baird CR, Fox P, Colvin LA. Gabapentinoid abuse in order to potentiate the effect of methadone: a survey among substance misusers. Eur Addict Res 2014; 20(3):115–118. doi:10.1159/000355268
  41. Quintero GC. Review about gabapentin misuse, interactions, contraindications and side effects. J Exp Pharmacol 2017; 9:13–21. doi:10.2147/JEP.S124391
  42. Bisaga A, Evans SM. The acute effects of gabapentin in combination with alcohol in heavy drinkers. Drug Alcohol Depend 2006; 83(1):25–32. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2005.10.008
  43. Myrick H, Anton R, Voronin K, Wang W, Henderson S. A double-blind evaluation of gabapentin on alcohol effects and drinking in a clinical laboratory paradigm. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2007; 31(2):221–227. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.2006.00299.x
  44. Tzellos TG, Papazisis G, Toulis KA, Sardeli CH, Kouvelas D. A2delta ligands gabapentin and pregabalin: future implications in daily clinical practice. Hippokratia 2010; 14(2):71–75. pmid:20596259
  45. Morrison EE, Sandilands EA, Webb DJ. Gabapentin and pregabalin: do the benefits outweigh the harms? J R Coll Physicians Edinb 2017; 47(4):310–313. doi:10.4997/JRCPE.2017.402
  46. Leung JG, Rakocevic DB, Allen ND, et al. Use of a gabapentin protocol for the management of alcohol withdrawal: a preliminary experience expanding from the consultation-liaison psychiatry service. Psychosomatics 2018; 59(5):496–505. doi:10.1016/j.psym.2018.03.002
  47. Fleet JL, Dixon SN, Kuwornu PJ, et al. Gabapentin dose and the 30-day risk of altered mental status in older adults: a retrospective population-based study. PLoS One 2018; 13(3):e0193134. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0193134
  48. Chiappini S, Schifano F. A decade of gabapentinoid misuse: an analysis of the European Medicines Agency’s ‘suspected adverse drug reactions’ database. CNS Drugs 2016; 30(7):647–654. doi:10.1007/s40263-016-0359-y
  49. Modesto-Lowe V, Chaplin M, Sinha S, Woodard K. Universal precautions to reduce stimulant misuse in treating adult ADHD. Cleve Clin J Med 2015; 82(8):506–512. doi:10.3949/ccjm.82a.14131
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(12)
Page Number
815-823
Page Number
815-823
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Gabapentin for alcohol use disorder: A good option, or cause for concern?
Display Headline
Gabapentin for alcohol use disorder: A good option, or cause for concern?
Legacy Keywords
gabapentin, Neurontin, alcohol use disorder, alcoholism, Vania Modesto-Lowe, Gregory Barron, Banjamin Aronow, Margaret Chaplin
Legacy Keywords
gabapentin, Neurontin, alcohol use disorder, alcoholism, Vania Modesto-Lowe, Gregory Barron, Banjamin Aronow, Margaret Chaplin
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Gabapentin has been shown to be safe and effective for mild alcohol withdrawal but is not appropriate as monotherapy for severe withdrawal owing to risk of seizures.
  • During early abstinence, gabapentin may improve sleep, cravings, and mood—factors associated with relapse.
  • Gabapentin is being used recreationally to achieve or enhance euphoria, but its misuse potential appears to be low when taken at therapeutic doses by patients without a history of drug abuse.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 17:15
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 17:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 11/26/2019 - 17:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

STI update: Testing, treatment, and emerging threats

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 11/04/2019 - 15:52
Display Headline
STI update: Testing, treatment, and emerging threats

Sexually transmitted infections (STIs) such as gonorrhea, chlamydia, and syphilis are still increasing in incidence and probably will continue to do so in the near future. Moreover, drug-resistant strains of Neisseria gonorrhoeae are emerging, as are less-known organisms such as Mycoplasma genitalium.

Now the good news: new tests for STIs are available or are coming! Based on nucleic acid amplification, these tests can be performed at the point of care, so that patients can leave the clinic with an accurate diagnosis and proper treatment for themselves and their sexual partners. Also, the tests can be run on samples collected by the patients themselves, either swabs or urine collections, eliminating the need for invasive sampling and making doctor-shy patients more likely to come in to be treated.1 We hope that by using these sensitive and accurate tests we can begin to bend the upward curve of STIs and be better antimicrobial stewards.2

This article reviews current issues surrounding STI control, and provides detailed guidance on recognizing, testing for, and treating gonorrhea, chlamydia, trichomoniasis, and M genitalium infection.

STI RATES ARE HIGH AND RISING

STIs are among the most common acute infectious diseases worldwide, with an estimated 1 million new curable cases every day.3 Further, STIs have major impacts on sexual, reproductive, and psychological health.

In the United States, rates of reportable STIs (chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis) are rising.4 In addition, more-sensitive tests for trichomoniasis, which is not a reportable infection in any state, have revealed it to be more prevalent than previously thought.5

BARRIERS AND CHALLENGES TO DIAGNOSIS

The medical system does not fully meet the needs of some populations, including young people and men who have sex with men, regarding their sexual and reproductive health. 

Ongoing barriers among young people include reluctance to use available health services, limited access to STI testing, worries about confidentiality, and the shame and stigma associated with STIs.6

Men who have sex with men have a higher incidence of STIs than other groups. Since STIs are associated with a higher risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, it is important to detect, diagnose, and manage STIs in this group—and in all high-risk groups. Rectal STIs are an independent risk factor for incident HIV infection.7 In addition, many men who have sex with men face challenges navigating the emotional, physical, and cognitive aspects of adolescence, a voyage further complicated by mental health issues, unprotected sexual encounters, and substance abuse in many, especially among minority youth.8 These same factors also impair their ability to access resources for preventing and treating HIV and other STIs.

STI diagnosis is often missed

Most people who have STIs feel no symptoms, which increases the importance of risk-based screening to detect these infections.9,10 In many other cases, STIs manifest with nonspecific genitourinary symptoms that are mistaken for urinary tract infection. Tomas et al11 found that of 264 women who presented to an emergency department with genitourinary symptoms or were being treated for urinary tract infection, 175 were given a diagnosis of a urinary tract infection. Of these, 100 (57%) were treated without performing a urine culture; 60 (23%) of the 264 women had 1 or more positive STI tests, 22 (37%) of whom did not receive treatment for an STI.

Poor follow-up of patients and partners

Patients with STIs need to be retested 3 months after treatment to make sure the treatment was effective. Another reason for follow-up is that these patients are at higher risk of another infection within a year.12

Although treating patients’ partners has been shown to reduce reinfection rates, fewer than one-third of STIs (including HIV infections) were recognized through partner notification between 2010 and 2012 in a Dutch study, in men who have sex with men and in women.13 Challenges included partners who could not be identified among men who have sex with men, failure of heterosexual men to notify their partners, and lower rates of partner notification for HIV.  

In the United States, “expedited partner therapy” allows healthcare providers to provide a prescription or medications to partners of patients diagnosed with chlamydia or gonorrhea without examining the partner.14 While this approach is legal in most states, implementation can be challenging.15

STI EVALUATION

History and physical examination

A complete sexual history helps in estimating the patient’s risk of an STI and applying appropriate risk-based screening. Factors such as sexual practices, use of barrier protection, and history of STIs should be discussed.

Physical examination is also important. Although some patients may experience discomfort during a genital or pelvic examination, omitting this step may lead to missed diagnoses in women with STIs.16

Laboratory testing

Laboratory testing for STIs helps ensure accurate diagnosis and treatment. Empiric treatment without testing could give a patient a false sense of health by missing an infection that is not currently causing symptoms but that could later worsen or have lasting complications. Failure to test patients also misses the opportunity for partner notification, linkage to services, and follow-up testing.

Many of the most common STIs, including gonorrhea, chlamydia, and trichomoniasis, can be detected using vaginal, cervical, or urethral swabs or first-catch urine (from the initial urine stream). In studies that compared various sampling methods,17 self-collected urine samples for gonorrhea in men were nearly as good as clinician-collected swabs of the urethra. In women, self-collected vaginal swabs for gonorrhea and chlamydia were nearly as good as clinician-collected vaginal swabs. While urine specimens are acceptable for chlamydia testing in women, their sensitivity may be slightly lower than with vaginal and endocervical swab specimens.18,19

A major advantage of urine specimens for STI testing is that collection is noninvasive and is therefore more likely to be acceptable to patients. Urine testing can also be conducted in a variety of nonclinical settings such as health fairs, pharmacy-based screening programs, and express STI testing sites, thus increasing availability.

735tbl1.jpg

To prevent further transmission and morbidity and to aid in public health efforts, it is critical to recognize the cause of infectious cervicitis and urethritis and to screen for STIs according to guidelines.12 Table 1 summarizes current screening and laboratory testing recommendations.

 

 

GONORRHEA AND CHLAMYDIA

Gonorrhea and chlamydia are the 2 most frequently reported STIs in the United States, with more than 550,000 cases of gonorrhea and 1.7 million cases of chlamydia reported in 2017.4

Both infections present similarly: cervicitis or urethritis characterized by discharge (mucopurulent discharge with gonorrhea) and dysuria. Untreated, they can lead to pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammation, and infertility.

Extragenital infections can be asymptomatic or cause exudative pharyngitis or proctitis. Most people in whom chlamydia is detected from pharyngeal specimens are asymptomatic. When pharyngeal symptoms exist secondary to gonorrheal infection, they typically include sore throat and pharyngeal exudates. However, Komaroff et al,20 in a study of 192 men and women who presented with sore throat, found that only 2 (1%) tested positive for N gonorrhoeae.

Screening for gonorrhea and chlamydia

Best practices include screening for gonorrhea and chlamydia as follows21–23:

  • Every year in sexually active women through age 25 (including during pregnancy) and in older women who have risk factors for infection12
  • At least every year in men who have sex with men, at all sites of sexual contact (urethra, pharynx, rectum), along with testing for HIV and syphilis
  • Every 3 to 6 months in men who have sex with men who have multiple or anonymous partners, who are sexually active and use illicit drugs, or who have partners who use illicit drugs
  • Possibly every year in young men who live in high-prevalence areas or who are seen in certain clinical settings, such as STI and adolescent clinics.

Specimens. A vaginal swab is preferred for screening in women. Several studies have shown that self-collected swabs have clinical sensitivity and specificity comparable to that of provider-collected samples.17,24 First-catch urine or endocervical swabs have similar performance characteristics and are also acceptable. In men, urethral swabs or first-catch urine samples are appropriate for screening for urogenital infections.

Testing methods. Testing for both pathogens should be done simultaneously with a nucleic acid amplification test (NAAT). Commercially available NAATs are more sensitive than culture and antigen testing for detecting gonorrhea and chlamydia.25–27

Most assays are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for testing vaginal, urethral, cervical, and urine specimens. Until recently, no commercial assay was cleared for testing extragenital sites, but recommendations for screening extragenital sites prompted many clinical laboratories to validate throat and rectal swabs for use with NAATs, which are more sensitive than culture at these sites.25,28 The recent FDA approval of extragenital specimen types for 2 commercially available assays may increase the availability of testing for these sites.

Data on the utility of NAATs for detecting chlamydia and gonorrhea in children are limited, and many clinical laboratories have not validated molecular methods for testing in children. Current guidelines specific to this population should be followed regarding test methods and preferred specimen types.12,29,30

Although gonococcal infection is usually diagnosed with culture-independent molecular methods, antimicrobial resistance is emerging. Thus, failure of the combination of ceftriaxone and azithromycin should prompt culture-based follow-up testing to determine antimicrobial susceptibility.

Strategies for treatment and control

Historically, people treated for gonorrhea have been treated for chlamydia at the same time, as these diseases tend to go together. This can be with a single intramuscular dose of ceftriaxone for the gonorrhea plus a single oral dose of azithromycin for the chlamydia.12 For patients who have only gonorrhea, this double regimen may help prevent the development of resistant gonorrhea strains.

737tbl2.jpg
Chlamydia treatment is also detailed in Table 2.12

All the patient’s sexual partners in the previous 60 days should be tested and treated, and expedited partner therapy should be offered if possible. Patients should be advised to have no sexual contact until they complete the treatment, or 7 days after single-dose treatment. Testing should be repeated 3 months after treatment.

 

 

M GENITALIUM IS EMERGING

A member of the Mycoplasmataceae family, M genitalium was originally identified as a pathogen in the early 1980s but has only recently emerged as an important cause of STI. Studies indicate that it is responsible for 10% to 20% of cases of nongonococcal urethritis and 10% to 30% of cases of cervicitis.31–33 Additionally, 2% to 22% of cases of pelvic inflammatory disease have evidence of M genitalium.34,35

However, data on M genitalium prevalence are suspect because the organism is hard to identify—lacking a cell wall, it is undetectable by Gram stain.36 Although it has been isolated in respiratory and synovial fluids, it has so far been recognized to be clinically important only in the urogenital tract. It can persist for years in infected patients by exploiting specialized cell-surface structures to invade cells.36 Once inside a cell, it triggers secretion of mycoplasmal toxins and destructive metabolites such as hydrogen peroxide, evading the host immune system as it does so.37

Testing guidelines for M genitalium

Current guidelines do not recommend routine screening for M genitalium, and no commercial test was available until recently.12 Although evidence suggests that M genitalium is independently associated with preterm birth and miscarriages,38 routine screening of pregnant women is not recommended.12

Testing for M genitalium should be considered in cases of persistent or recurrent nongonococcal urethritis in patients who test negative for gonorrhea and chlamydia or for whom treatment has failed.12 Many isolates exhibit genotypic resistance to macrolide antibiotics, which are often the first-line therapy for nongonococcal urethritis.39

Further study is needed to evaluate the potential impact of routine screening for M genitalium on the reproductive and sexual health of at-risk populations.

Diagnostic tests for M genitalium

Awareness of M genitalium as a cause of nongonococcal urethritis has been hampered by a dearth of diagnostic tests.40 The organism’s fastidious requirements and extremely slow growth preclude culture as a practical method of diagnosis.41 Serologic assays are dogged by cross-reactivity and poor sensitivity.42,43 Thus, molecular assays for detecting M genitalium and associated resistance markers are preferred for diagnosis.12

Several molecular tests are approved, available, and in use in Europe for diagnosing M genitalium infection,40 and in January 2019 the FDA approved a molecular test that can detect M genitalium in urine specimens and vaginal, endocervical, urethral, and penile meatal swabs. Although vaginal swabs are preferred for this assay because they have higher sensitivity (92% for provider-collected and 99% for patient-collected swabs), urine specimens are acceptable, with a sensitivity of 78%.44

At least 1 company is seeking FDA clearance for another molecular diagnostic assay for detecting M genitalium and markers of macrolide resistance in urine and genital swab specimens. Such assays may facilitate appropriate treatment.

Clinicians should stay abreast of diagnostic testing options, which are likely to become more readily available soon.

A high rate of macrolide resistance

Because M genitalium lacks a cell wall, antibiotics such as beta-lactams that target cell wall synthesis are ineffective.

Regimens for treating M genitalium are outlined in Table 2.12 Azithromycin is more effective than doxycycline. However, as many as 50% of strains were macrolide-resistant in a cohort of US female patients.45 Given the high incidence of treatment failure with azithromycin 1 g, it is thought that this regimen might select for resistance. For cases in which symptoms persist, a 1- to 2-week course of moxifloxacin is recommended.12 However, this has not been validated by clinical trials, and failures of the 7-day regimen have been reported.46

Partners of patients who test positive for M genitalium should also be tested and undergo clinically applicable screening for nongonococcal urethritis, cervicitis, and pelvic inflammatory disease.12

TRICHOMONIASIS

Trichomoniasis, caused by the parasite Trichomonas vaginalis, is the most prevalent nonviral STI in the United States. It disproportionately affects black women, in whom the prevalence is 13%, compared with 1% in non-Hispanic white women.47 It is also present in 26% of women with symptoms who are seen in STI clinics and is highly prevalent in incarcerated populations. It is uncommon in men who have sex with men.48

In men, trichomoniasis manifests as urethritis, epididymitis, or prostatitis. While most infected women have no symptoms, they may experience vaginitis with discharge that is diffuse, frothy, pruritic, malodorous, or yellow-green. Vaginal and cervical erythema (“strawberry cervix”) can also occur.

Screening for trichomoniasis

Current guidelines of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommend testing for T vaginalis in women who have symptoms and routinely screening in women who are HIV-positive, regardless of symptoms. There is no evidence to support routine screening of pregnant women without symptoms, and pregnant women who do have symptoms should be evaluated according to the same guidelines as for nonpregnant women.12 Testing can be considered in patients who have no symptoms but who engage in high-risk behaviors and in areas of high prevalence.

A lack of studies using sensitive methods for T vaginalis detection has hampered a true estimation of disease burden and at-risk populations. Screening recommendations may evolve in upcoming clinical guidelines as the field advances.

As infection can recur, women should be retested 3 months after initial diagnosis.12

NAAT is the preferred test for trichomoniasis

Commercially available diagnostic tests for trichomoniasis include culture, antigen testing, and NAAT.49 While many clinicians do their own wet-mount microscopy for a rapid result, this method has low sensitivity.50 Similarly, antigen testing and culture perform poorly compared with NAATs, which are the gold standard for detection.51,52 A major advantage of NAATs for T vaginalis detection is that they combine high sensitivity and fast results, facilitating diagnosis and appropriate treatment of patients and their partners.

In spite of these benefits, adoption of molecular diagnostic testing for T vaginalis has lagged behind that for chlamydia and gonorrhea.53 FDA-cleared NAATs are available for testing vaginal, cervical, or urine specimens from women, but until recently, there were no approved assays for testing in men. The Cepheid Xpert TV assay, which is valid for male urine specimens to diagnose other sexually transmitted diseases, has demonstrated excellent diagnostic sensitivity for T vaginalis in men and women.54 Interestingly, a large proportion of male patients in this study had no symptoms, suggesting that screening of men in high-risk groups may be warranted.

7-day metronidazole treatment beats single-dose treatment

The first-line treatment for trichomoniasis has been a single dose of metronidazole 2 g by mouth, but in a recent randomized controlled trial,55 a course of 500 mg by mouth twice a day for 7 days was 45% more effective at 4 weeks than a single dose, and it should now be the preferred regimen.

In clinical trials,56 a single dose of tinidazole 2 g orally was equivalent or superior to metronidazole 2 g and had fewer gastrointestinal side effects, but it is more expensive.

References
  1. Harding-Esch EM, Nori AV, Hegazi A, et al. Impact of deploying multiple point-of-care tests with a ‘sample first’ approach on a sexual health clinical care pathway. A service evaluation. Sex Transm Infect 2017; 93(6):424–429. doi:10.1136/sextrans-2016-052988
  2. Unemo M, Bradshaw CS, Hocking JS, et al. Sexually transmitted infections: challenges ahead. Lancet Infect Dis 2017; 17(8):e235–e279. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(17)30310-9
  3. Newman L, Rowley J, Vander Hoorn S, et al. Global estimates of the prevalence and incidence of four curable sexually transmitted infections in 2012 based on systematic review and global reporting. PLoS One 2015; 10(12):e0143304. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0143304
  4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted disease surveillance 2017. www.cdc.gov/std/stats17/toc.htm. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  5. Ginocchio CC, Chapin K, Smith JS, et al. Prevalence of Trichomonas vaginalis and coinfection with Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae in the United States as determined by the Aptima Trichomonas vaginalis nucleic acid amplification assay. J Clin Microbiol 2012; 50(8):2601–2608. doi:10.1128/JCM.00748-12
  6. Newton-Levinson A, Leichliter JS, Chandra-Mouli V. Sexually transmitted infection services for adolescents and youth in low- and middle-income countries: perceived and experienced barriers to accessing care. J Adolesc Health 2016; 59(1):7–16.
    doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2016.03.014
  7. Barbee LA, Khosropour CM, Dombrowksi JC, Golden MR. New human immunodeficiency virus diagnosis independently associated with rectal gonorrhea and chlamydia in men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2017; 44(7):385–389. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000614
  8. Halkitis PN, Kapadia F, Bub KL, Barton S, Moreira AD, Stults CB. A longitudinal investigation of syndemic conditions among young gay, bisexual, and other MSM: the P18 cohort study. AIDS Behav 2015; 19(6):970–980. doi:10.1007/s10461-014-0892-y
  9. Farley TA, Cohen DA, Elkins W. Asymptomatic sexually transmitted diseases: the case for screening. Prev Med 2003; 36(4):502–509. pmid:12649059
  10. Patel P, Bush T, Mayer K, et al; SUN Study Investigators. Routine brief risk-reduction counseling with biannual STD testing reduces STD incidence among HIV-infected men who have sex with men in care. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(6):470–474. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31824b3110
  11. Tomas ME, Getman D, Donskey CJ, Hecker MT. Overdiagnosis of urinary tract infection and underdiagnosis of sexually transmitted infection in adult women presenting to an emergency department. J Clin Microbiol 2015; 53(8):2686–2692. doi:10.1128/JCM.00670-15
  12. Workowski KA, Bolan GA; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2015. MMWR Recomm Rep 2015; 64(RR–03): 1–137. pmid:26042815
  13. van Aar F, van Weert Y, Spijker R, Gotz H, Op de Coul E; Partner Notification Group. Partner notification among men who have sex with men and heterosexuals with STI/HIV: different outcomes and challenges. Int J STD AIDS 2015; 26(8):565–573. doi:10.1177/0956462414547398
  14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases (STDa): expedited partner therapy. www.cdc.gov/std/ept/. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  15. Jamison CD, Chang T, Mmeje O. Expedited partner therapy: combating record high sexually transmitted infection rates. Am J Public Health 2018; 108(10):1325–1327. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2018.304570
  16. Singh RH, Zenilman JM, Brown KM, Madden T, Gaydos C, Ghanem KG. The role of physical examination in diagnosing common causes of vaginitis: a prospective study. Sex Transm Infect 2013; 89(3):185–190. doi:10.1136/sextrans-2012-050550
  17. Lunny C, Taylor D, Hoang L, et al. Self-collected versus clinician-collected sampling for chlamydia and gonorrhea screening: a systemic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One 2015; 10(7):e0132776. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0132776
  18. Michel CE, Sonnex C, Carne CA, et al. Chlamydia trachomatis load at matched anatomic sites: implications for screening strategies. J Clin Microbiol 2007; 45(5):1395–1402. doi:10.1128/JCM.00100-07
  19. Schachter J, Chernesky MA, Willis DE, et al. Vaginal swabs are the specimens of choice when screening for Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae: results from a multicenter evaluation of the APTIMA assays for both infections. Sex Transm Dis 2005; 32(12):725–728. pmid:16314767
  20. Komaroff AL, Aronson MD, Pass TM, Ervin CT. Prevalence of pharyngeal gonorrhea in general medical patients with sore throats. Sex Transm Dis 1980; 7(3):116–119. pmid:6777884
  21. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Clinic-based testing for rectal and pharyngeal Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis infections by community-based organizations—five cities, United States, 2007. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2009; 58(26):716–719. pmid:19590491
  22. Chesson HW, Bernstein KT, Gift TL, Marcus JL, Pipkin S, Kent CK. The cost-effectiveness of screening men who have sex with men for rectal chlamydial and gonococcal infection to prevent HIV Infection. Sex Transm Dis 2013; 40(5):366–471. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e318284e544
  23. Park J, Marcus JL, Pandori M, Snell A, Philip SS, Bernstein KT. Sentinel surveillance for pharyngeal chlamydia and gonorrhea among men who have sex with men—San Francisco, 2010. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(6):482–484. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e3182495e2f
  24. Masek BJ, Arora N, Quinn N, et al. Performance of three nucleic acid amplification tests for detection of Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae by use of self-collected vaginal swabs obtained via an internet-based screening program. J Clin Microbiol 2009; 47(6):1663–1667. doi:10.1128/JCM.02387-08
  25. Bachmann LH, Johnson RE, Cheng H, et al. Nucleic acid amplification tests for diagnosis of Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis rectal infections. J Clin Microbiol 2010; 48(5):1827–1832. doi:10.1128/JCM.02398-09
  26. Mimiaga MJ, Mayer KH, Reisner SL, et al. Asymptomatic gonorrhea and chlamydial infections detected by nucleic acid amplification tests among Boston area men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(5):495–498. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31816471ae
  27. Schachter J, Moncada J, Liska S, Shayevich C, Klausner JD. Nucleic acid amplification tests in the diagnosis of chlamydial and gonococcal infections of the oropharynx and rectum in men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(7):637–642. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31817bdd7e
  28. Cornelisse VJ, Chow EP, Huffam S, et al. Increased detection of pharyngeal and rectal gonorrhea in men who have sex with men after transition from culture to nucleic acid amplification testing. Sex Transm Dis 2017; 44(2):114–117. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000553
  29. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for the laboratory-based detection of Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae—2014. MMWR Recomm Rep 2014; 63(RR–02):1–19. pmid:24622331
  30. Hammerschlag MR, Gaydos CA. Guidelines for the use of molecular biological methods to detect sexually transmitted pathogens in cases of suspected sexual abuse in children. Methods Mol Biol 2012; 903:307–317. doi:10.1007/978-1-61779-937-2_21
  31. Huppert JS, Mortensen JE, Reed JL, Kahn JA, Rich KD, Hobbs MM. Mycoplasma genitalium detected by transcription-mediated amplification is associated with Chlamydia trachomatis in adolescent women. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(3):250–254. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31815abac6
  32. Pond MJ, Nori AV, Witney AA, Lopeman RC, Butcher PD, Sadiq ST. High prevalence of antibiotic-resistant Mycoplasma genitalium in nongonococcal urethritis: the need for routine testing and the inadequacy of current treatment options. Clin Infect Dis 2014; 58(5):631–637. doi:10.1093/cid/cit752
  33. Seña AC, Lee JY, Schwebke J, et al. A silent epidemic: the prevalence, incidence and persistence of Mycoplasma genitalium among young, asymptomatic high-risk women in the United States. Clin Infect Dis 2018; 67(1):73–79. doi:10.1093/cid/ciy025
  34. Bjartling C, Osser S, Persson K. The association between Mycoplasma genitalium and pelvic inflammatory disease after termination of pregnancy. BJOG 2010; 117(3):361–364. doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2009.02455.x
  35. Cohen CR, Manhart LE, Bukusi EA, et al. Association between Mycoplasma genitalium and acute endometritis. Lancet 2002; 359(9308):765–766. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(02)07848-0
  36. Taylor-Robinson D, Jensen JS. Mycoplasma genitalium: from chrysalis to multicolored butterfly. Clin Microbiol Rev 2011; 24(3):498–514. doi:10.1128/CMR.00006-11
  37. Ross JD, Jensen JS. Mycoplasma genitalium as a sexually transmitted infection: implications for screening, testing, and treatment. Sex Transm Infect 2006; 82(4):269–271. doi:10.1136/sti.2005.017368
  38. Donders GG, Ruban K, Bellen G, Petricevic L. Mycoplasma/ureaplasma infection in pregnancy: to screen or not to screen. J Perinat Med 2017; 45(5):505–515. doi:10.1515/jpm-2016-0111
  39. Allan-Blitz LT, Mokany E, Miller S, Wee R, Shannon C, Klausner JD. Prevalence of Mycoplasma genitalium and azithromycin-resistant infections among remnant clinical specimens, Los Angeles. Sex Transm Dis 2018; 45(9):632–635. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000829
  40. Munson E. Molecular diagnostics update for the emerging (if not already widespread) sexually transmitted infection agent Mycoplasma genitalium: just about ready for prime time. J Clin Microbio. 2017; 55(10):2894–2902. doi:10.1128/JCM.00818-17
  41. Waites KB, Taylor-Robinson D. Mycoplasma and ureaplasma. In: Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Carroll KC, American Society for Microbiology, eds. Manual of Clinical Microbiology. 11th ed. Washington, DC: ASM Press; 2015:1088–1105.
  42. Cimolai N, Bryan LE, To M, Woods DE. Immunological cross-reactivity of a Mycoplasma pneumoniae membrane-associated protein antigen with Mycoplasma genitalium and Acholeplasma laidlawii. J Clin Microbiol 1987; 25(11):2136–2139. pmid:2447119
  43. Ma L, Mancuso M, Williams JA, et al. Extensive variation and rapid shift of the MG192 sequence in Mycoplasma genitalium strains from patients with chronic infection. Infect Immun 2014; 82(3):1326–1334. doi:10.1128/IAI.01526-13
  44. Hologic. Aptima Mycoplasma genitalium assay.www.hologic.com/sites/default/files/package-insert/AW-14170-001_005_01.pdf. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  45. Getman D, Jiang A, O’Donnell M, Cohen S. Mycoplasma genitalium prevalence, coinfection, and macrolide antibiotic resistance frequency in a multicenter clinical study cohort in the United States. J Clin Microbiol 2016; 54(9):2278–2283. doi:10.1128/JCM.01053-16
  46. Li Y, Le WJ, Li S, Cao YP, Su XH. Meta-analysis of the efficacy of moxifloxacin in treating Mycoplasma genitalium infection. Int J STD AIDS 2017; 28(11):1106–1114. doi:10.1177/0956462416688562
  47. Sutton M, Sternberg M, Koumans EH, McQuillan G, Berman S, Markowitz L. The prevalence of Trichomonas vaginalis infection among reproductive-age women in the United States, 2001–2004. Clin Infect Dis 2007; 45(10):1319–1326. doi:10.1086/522532
  48. Kelley CF, Rosenberg ES, O’Hara BM, Sanchez T, del Rio C, Sullivan PS. Prevalence of urethral Trichomonas vaginalis in black and white men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(9):739. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e318264248b
  49. Van Der Pol B. Clinical and laboratory testing for T vaginalis infection. J Clin Microbiol 2016; 54(1):7–12. doi:10.1128/JCM.02025-15
  50. Nye MB, Schwebke JR, Body BA. Comparison of APTIMA Trichomonas vaginalis transcription-mediated amplification to wet mount microscopy, culture, and polymerase chain reaction for diagnosis of trichomoniasis in men and women. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2009; 200(2):188.e1–e7. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2008.10.005
  51. Andrea SB, Chapin KC. Comparison of Aptima Trichomonas vaginalis transcription-mediated amplification assay and BD affirm VPIII for detection of T. vaginalis in symptomatic women: performance parameters and epidemiological implications. J Clin Microbiol 2011; 49(3):866–869. doi:10.1128/JCM.02367-10
  52. Schwebke JR, Hobbs MM, Taylor SN, et al. Molecular testing for Trichomonas vaginalis in women: results from a prospective U.S. clinical trial. J Clin Microbiol 2011; 49(12):4106–4111. doi:10.1128/JCM.01291-11
  53. College of American Pathologists. CAP surveys, Trichomonas vaginalis molecular, set TVAG-A. https://documents.cap.org/documents/2018-surveys-anatomic-pathology-ed-programs-catalog.pdf. Accessed October 31, 2019.
  54. Schwebke JR, Gaydos CA, Davis T, et al. Clinical evaluation of the Cepheid Xpert TV assay for detection of Trichomonas vaginalis with prospectively collected specimens from men and women. J Clin Microbiol 2018; 56(2). doi:10.1128/JCM.01091-17
  55. Kissinger P, Muzny CA, Mena LA, et al. Single-dose versus 7-day-dose metronidazole for the treatment of trichomoniasis in women: an open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet Infect Dis 2018; 18(11):1251–1259. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(18)30423-7
  56. Forna F, Gulmezoglu AM. Interventions for treating trichomoniasis in women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; (2):CD000218. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD000218
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Matifadza Hlatshwayo, MD, MPH
Division of Infectious Disease, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Hilary E.L. Reno, MD, PhD
Division of Infectious Disease, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Melanie L. Yarbrough, PhD
Division of Laboratory and Genomic Medicine, Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Address: Melanie L. Yarbrough, PhD, Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, 660 S. Euclid Avenue, Campus Box 8118, Saint Louis, MO 63110;
myarbro@wustl.edu

Dr. Reno has disclosed consulting or independent contracting for Hologic.
Dr. Yarbrough has disclosed consulting for Bio-Rad Laboratories and membership on advisory committee or review panels for Roche Diagnostics.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
733-740
Legacy Keywords
sexually transmitted infection, STI, sexually transmitted disease, STD, gonorrhea, chlamydia, Chlamydia trachomatis, trichomoniasis, Trichomonas vaginalis, Mycoplasma genitalium, syphilis, testing, nucleic acid amplification test, NAAT, metronidazole, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, swab, urine test, human immunodeficiency virus, HIV, men who have sex with men, MSM, erythromycin, ofloxacin, levofloxacin, gentamycin, azithromycin, tinidazole, Matifadza Hlatshwayo, Hilary Reno, Melanie Yarbrough
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Matifadza Hlatshwayo, MD, MPH
Division of Infectious Disease, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Hilary E.L. Reno, MD, PhD
Division of Infectious Disease, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Melanie L. Yarbrough, PhD
Division of Laboratory and Genomic Medicine, Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Address: Melanie L. Yarbrough, PhD, Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, 660 S. Euclid Avenue, Campus Box 8118, Saint Louis, MO 63110;
myarbro@wustl.edu

Dr. Reno has disclosed consulting or independent contracting for Hologic.
Dr. Yarbrough has disclosed consulting for Bio-Rad Laboratories and membership on advisory committee or review panels for Roche Diagnostics.

Author and Disclosure Information

Matifadza Hlatshwayo, MD, MPH
Division of Infectious Disease, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Hilary E.L. Reno, MD, PhD
Division of Infectious Disease, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Melanie L. Yarbrough, PhD
Division of Laboratory and Genomic Medicine, Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Saint Louis, MO

Address: Melanie L. Yarbrough, PhD, Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, 660 S. Euclid Avenue, Campus Box 8118, Saint Louis, MO 63110;
myarbro@wustl.edu

Dr. Reno has disclosed consulting or independent contracting for Hologic.
Dr. Yarbrough has disclosed consulting for Bio-Rad Laboratories and membership on advisory committee or review panels for Roche Diagnostics.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Sexually transmitted infections (STIs) such as gonorrhea, chlamydia, and syphilis are still increasing in incidence and probably will continue to do so in the near future. Moreover, drug-resistant strains of Neisseria gonorrhoeae are emerging, as are less-known organisms such as Mycoplasma genitalium.

Now the good news: new tests for STIs are available or are coming! Based on nucleic acid amplification, these tests can be performed at the point of care, so that patients can leave the clinic with an accurate diagnosis and proper treatment for themselves and their sexual partners. Also, the tests can be run on samples collected by the patients themselves, either swabs or urine collections, eliminating the need for invasive sampling and making doctor-shy patients more likely to come in to be treated.1 We hope that by using these sensitive and accurate tests we can begin to bend the upward curve of STIs and be better antimicrobial stewards.2

This article reviews current issues surrounding STI control, and provides detailed guidance on recognizing, testing for, and treating gonorrhea, chlamydia, trichomoniasis, and M genitalium infection.

STI RATES ARE HIGH AND RISING

STIs are among the most common acute infectious diseases worldwide, with an estimated 1 million new curable cases every day.3 Further, STIs have major impacts on sexual, reproductive, and psychological health.

In the United States, rates of reportable STIs (chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis) are rising.4 In addition, more-sensitive tests for trichomoniasis, which is not a reportable infection in any state, have revealed it to be more prevalent than previously thought.5

BARRIERS AND CHALLENGES TO DIAGNOSIS

The medical system does not fully meet the needs of some populations, including young people and men who have sex with men, regarding their sexual and reproductive health. 

Ongoing barriers among young people include reluctance to use available health services, limited access to STI testing, worries about confidentiality, and the shame and stigma associated with STIs.6

Men who have sex with men have a higher incidence of STIs than other groups. Since STIs are associated with a higher risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, it is important to detect, diagnose, and manage STIs in this group—and in all high-risk groups. Rectal STIs are an independent risk factor for incident HIV infection.7 In addition, many men who have sex with men face challenges navigating the emotional, physical, and cognitive aspects of adolescence, a voyage further complicated by mental health issues, unprotected sexual encounters, and substance abuse in many, especially among minority youth.8 These same factors also impair their ability to access resources for preventing and treating HIV and other STIs.

STI diagnosis is often missed

Most people who have STIs feel no symptoms, which increases the importance of risk-based screening to detect these infections.9,10 In many other cases, STIs manifest with nonspecific genitourinary symptoms that are mistaken for urinary tract infection. Tomas et al11 found that of 264 women who presented to an emergency department with genitourinary symptoms or were being treated for urinary tract infection, 175 were given a diagnosis of a urinary tract infection. Of these, 100 (57%) were treated without performing a urine culture; 60 (23%) of the 264 women had 1 or more positive STI tests, 22 (37%) of whom did not receive treatment for an STI.

Poor follow-up of patients and partners

Patients with STIs need to be retested 3 months after treatment to make sure the treatment was effective. Another reason for follow-up is that these patients are at higher risk of another infection within a year.12

Although treating patients’ partners has been shown to reduce reinfection rates, fewer than one-third of STIs (including HIV infections) were recognized through partner notification between 2010 and 2012 in a Dutch study, in men who have sex with men and in women.13 Challenges included partners who could not be identified among men who have sex with men, failure of heterosexual men to notify their partners, and lower rates of partner notification for HIV.  

In the United States, “expedited partner therapy” allows healthcare providers to provide a prescription or medications to partners of patients diagnosed with chlamydia or gonorrhea without examining the partner.14 While this approach is legal in most states, implementation can be challenging.15

STI EVALUATION

History and physical examination

A complete sexual history helps in estimating the patient’s risk of an STI and applying appropriate risk-based screening. Factors such as sexual practices, use of barrier protection, and history of STIs should be discussed.

Physical examination is also important. Although some patients may experience discomfort during a genital or pelvic examination, omitting this step may lead to missed diagnoses in women with STIs.16

Laboratory testing

Laboratory testing for STIs helps ensure accurate diagnosis and treatment. Empiric treatment without testing could give a patient a false sense of health by missing an infection that is not currently causing symptoms but that could later worsen or have lasting complications. Failure to test patients also misses the opportunity for partner notification, linkage to services, and follow-up testing.

Many of the most common STIs, including gonorrhea, chlamydia, and trichomoniasis, can be detected using vaginal, cervical, or urethral swabs or first-catch urine (from the initial urine stream). In studies that compared various sampling methods,17 self-collected urine samples for gonorrhea in men were nearly as good as clinician-collected swabs of the urethra. In women, self-collected vaginal swabs for gonorrhea and chlamydia were nearly as good as clinician-collected vaginal swabs. While urine specimens are acceptable for chlamydia testing in women, their sensitivity may be slightly lower than with vaginal and endocervical swab specimens.18,19

A major advantage of urine specimens for STI testing is that collection is noninvasive and is therefore more likely to be acceptable to patients. Urine testing can also be conducted in a variety of nonclinical settings such as health fairs, pharmacy-based screening programs, and express STI testing sites, thus increasing availability.

735tbl1.jpg

To prevent further transmission and morbidity and to aid in public health efforts, it is critical to recognize the cause of infectious cervicitis and urethritis and to screen for STIs according to guidelines.12 Table 1 summarizes current screening and laboratory testing recommendations.

 

 

GONORRHEA AND CHLAMYDIA

Gonorrhea and chlamydia are the 2 most frequently reported STIs in the United States, with more than 550,000 cases of gonorrhea and 1.7 million cases of chlamydia reported in 2017.4

Both infections present similarly: cervicitis or urethritis characterized by discharge (mucopurulent discharge with gonorrhea) and dysuria. Untreated, they can lead to pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammation, and infertility.

Extragenital infections can be asymptomatic or cause exudative pharyngitis or proctitis. Most people in whom chlamydia is detected from pharyngeal specimens are asymptomatic. When pharyngeal symptoms exist secondary to gonorrheal infection, they typically include sore throat and pharyngeal exudates. However, Komaroff et al,20 in a study of 192 men and women who presented with sore throat, found that only 2 (1%) tested positive for N gonorrhoeae.

Screening for gonorrhea and chlamydia

Best practices include screening for gonorrhea and chlamydia as follows21–23:

  • Every year in sexually active women through age 25 (including during pregnancy) and in older women who have risk factors for infection12
  • At least every year in men who have sex with men, at all sites of sexual contact (urethra, pharynx, rectum), along with testing for HIV and syphilis
  • Every 3 to 6 months in men who have sex with men who have multiple or anonymous partners, who are sexually active and use illicit drugs, or who have partners who use illicit drugs
  • Possibly every year in young men who live in high-prevalence areas or who are seen in certain clinical settings, such as STI and adolescent clinics.

Specimens. A vaginal swab is preferred for screening in women. Several studies have shown that self-collected swabs have clinical sensitivity and specificity comparable to that of provider-collected samples.17,24 First-catch urine or endocervical swabs have similar performance characteristics and are also acceptable. In men, urethral swabs or first-catch urine samples are appropriate for screening for urogenital infections.

Testing methods. Testing for both pathogens should be done simultaneously with a nucleic acid amplification test (NAAT). Commercially available NAATs are more sensitive than culture and antigen testing for detecting gonorrhea and chlamydia.25–27

Most assays are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for testing vaginal, urethral, cervical, and urine specimens. Until recently, no commercial assay was cleared for testing extragenital sites, but recommendations for screening extragenital sites prompted many clinical laboratories to validate throat and rectal swabs for use with NAATs, which are more sensitive than culture at these sites.25,28 The recent FDA approval of extragenital specimen types for 2 commercially available assays may increase the availability of testing for these sites.

Data on the utility of NAATs for detecting chlamydia and gonorrhea in children are limited, and many clinical laboratories have not validated molecular methods for testing in children. Current guidelines specific to this population should be followed regarding test methods and preferred specimen types.12,29,30

Although gonococcal infection is usually diagnosed with culture-independent molecular methods, antimicrobial resistance is emerging. Thus, failure of the combination of ceftriaxone and azithromycin should prompt culture-based follow-up testing to determine antimicrobial susceptibility.

Strategies for treatment and control

Historically, people treated for gonorrhea have been treated for chlamydia at the same time, as these diseases tend to go together. This can be with a single intramuscular dose of ceftriaxone for the gonorrhea plus a single oral dose of azithromycin for the chlamydia.12 For patients who have only gonorrhea, this double regimen may help prevent the development of resistant gonorrhea strains.

737tbl2.jpg
Chlamydia treatment is also detailed in Table 2.12

All the patient’s sexual partners in the previous 60 days should be tested and treated, and expedited partner therapy should be offered if possible. Patients should be advised to have no sexual contact until they complete the treatment, or 7 days after single-dose treatment. Testing should be repeated 3 months after treatment.

 

 

M GENITALIUM IS EMERGING

A member of the Mycoplasmataceae family, M genitalium was originally identified as a pathogen in the early 1980s but has only recently emerged as an important cause of STI. Studies indicate that it is responsible for 10% to 20% of cases of nongonococcal urethritis and 10% to 30% of cases of cervicitis.31–33 Additionally, 2% to 22% of cases of pelvic inflammatory disease have evidence of M genitalium.34,35

However, data on M genitalium prevalence are suspect because the organism is hard to identify—lacking a cell wall, it is undetectable by Gram stain.36 Although it has been isolated in respiratory and synovial fluids, it has so far been recognized to be clinically important only in the urogenital tract. It can persist for years in infected patients by exploiting specialized cell-surface structures to invade cells.36 Once inside a cell, it triggers secretion of mycoplasmal toxins and destructive metabolites such as hydrogen peroxide, evading the host immune system as it does so.37

Testing guidelines for M genitalium

Current guidelines do not recommend routine screening for M genitalium, and no commercial test was available until recently.12 Although evidence suggests that M genitalium is independently associated with preterm birth and miscarriages,38 routine screening of pregnant women is not recommended.12

Testing for M genitalium should be considered in cases of persistent or recurrent nongonococcal urethritis in patients who test negative for gonorrhea and chlamydia or for whom treatment has failed.12 Many isolates exhibit genotypic resistance to macrolide antibiotics, which are often the first-line therapy for nongonococcal urethritis.39

Further study is needed to evaluate the potential impact of routine screening for M genitalium on the reproductive and sexual health of at-risk populations.

Diagnostic tests for M genitalium

Awareness of M genitalium as a cause of nongonococcal urethritis has been hampered by a dearth of diagnostic tests.40 The organism’s fastidious requirements and extremely slow growth preclude culture as a practical method of diagnosis.41 Serologic assays are dogged by cross-reactivity and poor sensitivity.42,43 Thus, molecular assays for detecting M genitalium and associated resistance markers are preferred for diagnosis.12

Several molecular tests are approved, available, and in use in Europe for diagnosing M genitalium infection,40 and in January 2019 the FDA approved a molecular test that can detect M genitalium in urine specimens and vaginal, endocervical, urethral, and penile meatal swabs. Although vaginal swabs are preferred for this assay because they have higher sensitivity (92% for provider-collected and 99% for patient-collected swabs), urine specimens are acceptable, with a sensitivity of 78%.44

At least 1 company is seeking FDA clearance for another molecular diagnostic assay for detecting M genitalium and markers of macrolide resistance in urine and genital swab specimens. Such assays may facilitate appropriate treatment.

Clinicians should stay abreast of diagnostic testing options, which are likely to become more readily available soon.

A high rate of macrolide resistance

Because M genitalium lacks a cell wall, antibiotics such as beta-lactams that target cell wall synthesis are ineffective.

Regimens for treating M genitalium are outlined in Table 2.12 Azithromycin is more effective than doxycycline. However, as many as 50% of strains were macrolide-resistant in a cohort of US female patients.45 Given the high incidence of treatment failure with azithromycin 1 g, it is thought that this regimen might select for resistance. For cases in which symptoms persist, a 1- to 2-week course of moxifloxacin is recommended.12 However, this has not been validated by clinical trials, and failures of the 7-day regimen have been reported.46

Partners of patients who test positive for M genitalium should also be tested and undergo clinically applicable screening for nongonococcal urethritis, cervicitis, and pelvic inflammatory disease.12

TRICHOMONIASIS

Trichomoniasis, caused by the parasite Trichomonas vaginalis, is the most prevalent nonviral STI in the United States. It disproportionately affects black women, in whom the prevalence is 13%, compared with 1% in non-Hispanic white women.47 It is also present in 26% of women with symptoms who are seen in STI clinics and is highly prevalent in incarcerated populations. It is uncommon in men who have sex with men.48

In men, trichomoniasis manifests as urethritis, epididymitis, or prostatitis. While most infected women have no symptoms, they may experience vaginitis with discharge that is diffuse, frothy, pruritic, malodorous, or yellow-green. Vaginal and cervical erythema (“strawberry cervix”) can also occur.

Screening for trichomoniasis

Current guidelines of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommend testing for T vaginalis in women who have symptoms and routinely screening in women who are HIV-positive, regardless of symptoms. There is no evidence to support routine screening of pregnant women without symptoms, and pregnant women who do have symptoms should be evaluated according to the same guidelines as for nonpregnant women.12 Testing can be considered in patients who have no symptoms but who engage in high-risk behaviors and in areas of high prevalence.

A lack of studies using sensitive methods for T vaginalis detection has hampered a true estimation of disease burden and at-risk populations. Screening recommendations may evolve in upcoming clinical guidelines as the field advances.

As infection can recur, women should be retested 3 months after initial diagnosis.12

NAAT is the preferred test for trichomoniasis

Commercially available diagnostic tests for trichomoniasis include culture, antigen testing, and NAAT.49 While many clinicians do their own wet-mount microscopy for a rapid result, this method has low sensitivity.50 Similarly, antigen testing and culture perform poorly compared with NAATs, which are the gold standard for detection.51,52 A major advantage of NAATs for T vaginalis detection is that they combine high sensitivity and fast results, facilitating diagnosis and appropriate treatment of patients and their partners.

In spite of these benefits, adoption of molecular diagnostic testing for T vaginalis has lagged behind that for chlamydia and gonorrhea.53 FDA-cleared NAATs are available for testing vaginal, cervical, or urine specimens from women, but until recently, there were no approved assays for testing in men. The Cepheid Xpert TV assay, which is valid for male urine specimens to diagnose other sexually transmitted diseases, has demonstrated excellent diagnostic sensitivity for T vaginalis in men and women.54 Interestingly, a large proportion of male patients in this study had no symptoms, suggesting that screening of men in high-risk groups may be warranted.

7-day metronidazole treatment beats single-dose treatment

The first-line treatment for trichomoniasis has been a single dose of metronidazole 2 g by mouth, but in a recent randomized controlled trial,55 a course of 500 mg by mouth twice a day for 7 days was 45% more effective at 4 weeks than a single dose, and it should now be the preferred regimen.

In clinical trials,56 a single dose of tinidazole 2 g orally was equivalent or superior to metronidazole 2 g and had fewer gastrointestinal side effects, but it is more expensive.

Sexually transmitted infections (STIs) such as gonorrhea, chlamydia, and syphilis are still increasing in incidence and probably will continue to do so in the near future. Moreover, drug-resistant strains of Neisseria gonorrhoeae are emerging, as are less-known organisms such as Mycoplasma genitalium.

Now the good news: new tests for STIs are available or are coming! Based on nucleic acid amplification, these tests can be performed at the point of care, so that patients can leave the clinic with an accurate diagnosis and proper treatment for themselves and their sexual partners. Also, the tests can be run on samples collected by the patients themselves, either swabs or urine collections, eliminating the need for invasive sampling and making doctor-shy patients more likely to come in to be treated.1 We hope that by using these sensitive and accurate tests we can begin to bend the upward curve of STIs and be better antimicrobial stewards.2

This article reviews current issues surrounding STI control, and provides detailed guidance on recognizing, testing for, and treating gonorrhea, chlamydia, trichomoniasis, and M genitalium infection.

STI RATES ARE HIGH AND RISING

STIs are among the most common acute infectious diseases worldwide, with an estimated 1 million new curable cases every day.3 Further, STIs have major impacts on sexual, reproductive, and psychological health.

In the United States, rates of reportable STIs (chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis) are rising.4 In addition, more-sensitive tests for trichomoniasis, which is not a reportable infection in any state, have revealed it to be more prevalent than previously thought.5

BARRIERS AND CHALLENGES TO DIAGNOSIS

The medical system does not fully meet the needs of some populations, including young people and men who have sex with men, regarding their sexual and reproductive health. 

Ongoing barriers among young people include reluctance to use available health services, limited access to STI testing, worries about confidentiality, and the shame and stigma associated with STIs.6

Men who have sex with men have a higher incidence of STIs than other groups. Since STIs are associated with a higher risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, it is important to detect, diagnose, and manage STIs in this group—and in all high-risk groups. Rectal STIs are an independent risk factor for incident HIV infection.7 In addition, many men who have sex with men face challenges navigating the emotional, physical, and cognitive aspects of adolescence, a voyage further complicated by mental health issues, unprotected sexual encounters, and substance abuse in many, especially among minority youth.8 These same factors also impair their ability to access resources for preventing and treating HIV and other STIs.

STI diagnosis is often missed

Most people who have STIs feel no symptoms, which increases the importance of risk-based screening to detect these infections.9,10 In many other cases, STIs manifest with nonspecific genitourinary symptoms that are mistaken for urinary tract infection. Tomas et al11 found that of 264 women who presented to an emergency department with genitourinary symptoms or were being treated for urinary tract infection, 175 were given a diagnosis of a urinary tract infection. Of these, 100 (57%) were treated without performing a urine culture; 60 (23%) of the 264 women had 1 or more positive STI tests, 22 (37%) of whom did not receive treatment for an STI.

Poor follow-up of patients and partners

Patients with STIs need to be retested 3 months after treatment to make sure the treatment was effective. Another reason for follow-up is that these patients are at higher risk of another infection within a year.12

Although treating patients’ partners has been shown to reduce reinfection rates, fewer than one-third of STIs (including HIV infections) were recognized through partner notification between 2010 and 2012 in a Dutch study, in men who have sex with men and in women.13 Challenges included partners who could not be identified among men who have sex with men, failure of heterosexual men to notify their partners, and lower rates of partner notification for HIV.  

In the United States, “expedited partner therapy” allows healthcare providers to provide a prescription or medications to partners of patients diagnosed with chlamydia or gonorrhea without examining the partner.14 While this approach is legal in most states, implementation can be challenging.15

STI EVALUATION

History and physical examination

A complete sexual history helps in estimating the patient’s risk of an STI and applying appropriate risk-based screening. Factors such as sexual practices, use of barrier protection, and history of STIs should be discussed.

Physical examination is also important. Although some patients may experience discomfort during a genital or pelvic examination, omitting this step may lead to missed diagnoses in women with STIs.16

Laboratory testing

Laboratory testing for STIs helps ensure accurate diagnosis and treatment. Empiric treatment without testing could give a patient a false sense of health by missing an infection that is not currently causing symptoms but that could later worsen or have lasting complications. Failure to test patients also misses the opportunity for partner notification, linkage to services, and follow-up testing.

Many of the most common STIs, including gonorrhea, chlamydia, and trichomoniasis, can be detected using vaginal, cervical, or urethral swabs or first-catch urine (from the initial urine stream). In studies that compared various sampling methods,17 self-collected urine samples for gonorrhea in men were nearly as good as clinician-collected swabs of the urethra. In women, self-collected vaginal swabs for gonorrhea and chlamydia were nearly as good as clinician-collected vaginal swabs. While urine specimens are acceptable for chlamydia testing in women, their sensitivity may be slightly lower than with vaginal and endocervical swab specimens.18,19

A major advantage of urine specimens for STI testing is that collection is noninvasive and is therefore more likely to be acceptable to patients. Urine testing can also be conducted in a variety of nonclinical settings such as health fairs, pharmacy-based screening programs, and express STI testing sites, thus increasing availability.

735tbl1.jpg

To prevent further transmission and morbidity and to aid in public health efforts, it is critical to recognize the cause of infectious cervicitis and urethritis and to screen for STIs according to guidelines.12 Table 1 summarizes current screening and laboratory testing recommendations.

 

 

GONORRHEA AND CHLAMYDIA

Gonorrhea and chlamydia are the 2 most frequently reported STIs in the United States, with more than 550,000 cases of gonorrhea and 1.7 million cases of chlamydia reported in 2017.4

Both infections present similarly: cervicitis or urethritis characterized by discharge (mucopurulent discharge with gonorrhea) and dysuria. Untreated, they can lead to pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammation, and infertility.

Extragenital infections can be asymptomatic or cause exudative pharyngitis or proctitis. Most people in whom chlamydia is detected from pharyngeal specimens are asymptomatic. When pharyngeal symptoms exist secondary to gonorrheal infection, they typically include sore throat and pharyngeal exudates. However, Komaroff et al,20 in a study of 192 men and women who presented with sore throat, found that only 2 (1%) tested positive for N gonorrhoeae.

Screening for gonorrhea and chlamydia

Best practices include screening for gonorrhea and chlamydia as follows21–23:

  • Every year in sexually active women through age 25 (including during pregnancy) and in older women who have risk factors for infection12
  • At least every year in men who have sex with men, at all sites of sexual contact (urethra, pharynx, rectum), along with testing for HIV and syphilis
  • Every 3 to 6 months in men who have sex with men who have multiple or anonymous partners, who are sexually active and use illicit drugs, or who have partners who use illicit drugs
  • Possibly every year in young men who live in high-prevalence areas or who are seen in certain clinical settings, such as STI and adolescent clinics.

Specimens. A vaginal swab is preferred for screening in women. Several studies have shown that self-collected swabs have clinical sensitivity and specificity comparable to that of provider-collected samples.17,24 First-catch urine or endocervical swabs have similar performance characteristics and are also acceptable. In men, urethral swabs or first-catch urine samples are appropriate for screening for urogenital infections.

Testing methods. Testing for both pathogens should be done simultaneously with a nucleic acid amplification test (NAAT). Commercially available NAATs are more sensitive than culture and antigen testing for detecting gonorrhea and chlamydia.25–27

Most assays are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for testing vaginal, urethral, cervical, and urine specimens. Until recently, no commercial assay was cleared for testing extragenital sites, but recommendations for screening extragenital sites prompted many clinical laboratories to validate throat and rectal swabs for use with NAATs, which are more sensitive than culture at these sites.25,28 The recent FDA approval of extragenital specimen types for 2 commercially available assays may increase the availability of testing for these sites.

Data on the utility of NAATs for detecting chlamydia and gonorrhea in children are limited, and many clinical laboratories have not validated molecular methods for testing in children. Current guidelines specific to this population should be followed regarding test methods and preferred specimen types.12,29,30

Although gonococcal infection is usually diagnosed with culture-independent molecular methods, antimicrobial resistance is emerging. Thus, failure of the combination of ceftriaxone and azithromycin should prompt culture-based follow-up testing to determine antimicrobial susceptibility.

Strategies for treatment and control

Historically, people treated for gonorrhea have been treated for chlamydia at the same time, as these diseases tend to go together. This can be with a single intramuscular dose of ceftriaxone for the gonorrhea plus a single oral dose of azithromycin for the chlamydia.12 For patients who have only gonorrhea, this double regimen may help prevent the development of resistant gonorrhea strains.

737tbl2.jpg
Chlamydia treatment is also detailed in Table 2.12

All the patient’s sexual partners in the previous 60 days should be tested and treated, and expedited partner therapy should be offered if possible. Patients should be advised to have no sexual contact until they complete the treatment, or 7 days after single-dose treatment. Testing should be repeated 3 months after treatment.

 

 

M GENITALIUM IS EMERGING

A member of the Mycoplasmataceae family, M genitalium was originally identified as a pathogen in the early 1980s but has only recently emerged as an important cause of STI. Studies indicate that it is responsible for 10% to 20% of cases of nongonococcal urethritis and 10% to 30% of cases of cervicitis.31–33 Additionally, 2% to 22% of cases of pelvic inflammatory disease have evidence of M genitalium.34,35

However, data on M genitalium prevalence are suspect because the organism is hard to identify—lacking a cell wall, it is undetectable by Gram stain.36 Although it has been isolated in respiratory and synovial fluids, it has so far been recognized to be clinically important only in the urogenital tract. It can persist for years in infected patients by exploiting specialized cell-surface structures to invade cells.36 Once inside a cell, it triggers secretion of mycoplasmal toxins and destructive metabolites such as hydrogen peroxide, evading the host immune system as it does so.37

Testing guidelines for M genitalium

Current guidelines do not recommend routine screening for M genitalium, and no commercial test was available until recently.12 Although evidence suggests that M genitalium is independently associated with preterm birth and miscarriages,38 routine screening of pregnant women is not recommended.12

Testing for M genitalium should be considered in cases of persistent or recurrent nongonococcal urethritis in patients who test negative for gonorrhea and chlamydia or for whom treatment has failed.12 Many isolates exhibit genotypic resistance to macrolide antibiotics, which are often the first-line therapy for nongonococcal urethritis.39

Further study is needed to evaluate the potential impact of routine screening for M genitalium on the reproductive and sexual health of at-risk populations.

Diagnostic tests for M genitalium

Awareness of M genitalium as a cause of nongonococcal urethritis has been hampered by a dearth of diagnostic tests.40 The organism’s fastidious requirements and extremely slow growth preclude culture as a practical method of diagnosis.41 Serologic assays are dogged by cross-reactivity and poor sensitivity.42,43 Thus, molecular assays for detecting M genitalium and associated resistance markers are preferred for diagnosis.12

Several molecular tests are approved, available, and in use in Europe for diagnosing M genitalium infection,40 and in January 2019 the FDA approved a molecular test that can detect M genitalium in urine specimens and vaginal, endocervical, urethral, and penile meatal swabs. Although vaginal swabs are preferred for this assay because they have higher sensitivity (92% for provider-collected and 99% for patient-collected swabs), urine specimens are acceptable, with a sensitivity of 78%.44

At least 1 company is seeking FDA clearance for another molecular diagnostic assay for detecting M genitalium and markers of macrolide resistance in urine and genital swab specimens. Such assays may facilitate appropriate treatment.

Clinicians should stay abreast of diagnostic testing options, which are likely to become more readily available soon.

A high rate of macrolide resistance

Because M genitalium lacks a cell wall, antibiotics such as beta-lactams that target cell wall synthesis are ineffective.

Regimens for treating M genitalium are outlined in Table 2.12 Azithromycin is more effective than doxycycline. However, as many as 50% of strains were macrolide-resistant in a cohort of US female patients.45 Given the high incidence of treatment failure with azithromycin 1 g, it is thought that this regimen might select for resistance. For cases in which symptoms persist, a 1- to 2-week course of moxifloxacin is recommended.12 However, this has not been validated by clinical trials, and failures of the 7-day regimen have been reported.46

Partners of patients who test positive for M genitalium should also be tested and undergo clinically applicable screening for nongonococcal urethritis, cervicitis, and pelvic inflammatory disease.12

TRICHOMONIASIS

Trichomoniasis, caused by the parasite Trichomonas vaginalis, is the most prevalent nonviral STI in the United States. It disproportionately affects black women, in whom the prevalence is 13%, compared with 1% in non-Hispanic white women.47 It is also present in 26% of women with symptoms who are seen in STI clinics and is highly prevalent in incarcerated populations. It is uncommon in men who have sex with men.48

In men, trichomoniasis manifests as urethritis, epididymitis, or prostatitis. While most infected women have no symptoms, they may experience vaginitis with discharge that is diffuse, frothy, pruritic, malodorous, or yellow-green. Vaginal and cervical erythema (“strawberry cervix”) can also occur.

Screening for trichomoniasis

Current guidelines of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommend testing for T vaginalis in women who have symptoms and routinely screening in women who are HIV-positive, regardless of symptoms. There is no evidence to support routine screening of pregnant women without symptoms, and pregnant women who do have symptoms should be evaluated according to the same guidelines as for nonpregnant women.12 Testing can be considered in patients who have no symptoms but who engage in high-risk behaviors and in areas of high prevalence.

A lack of studies using sensitive methods for T vaginalis detection has hampered a true estimation of disease burden and at-risk populations. Screening recommendations may evolve in upcoming clinical guidelines as the field advances.

As infection can recur, women should be retested 3 months after initial diagnosis.12

NAAT is the preferred test for trichomoniasis

Commercially available diagnostic tests for trichomoniasis include culture, antigen testing, and NAAT.49 While many clinicians do their own wet-mount microscopy for a rapid result, this method has low sensitivity.50 Similarly, antigen testing and culture perform poorly compared with NAATs, which are the gold standard for detection.51,52 A major advantage of NAATs for T vaginalis detection is that they combine high sensitivity and fast results, facilitating diagnosis and appropriate treatment of patients and their partners.

In spite of these benefits, adoption of molecular diagnostic testing for T vaginalis has lagged behind that for chlamydia and gonorrhea.53 FDA-cleared NAATs are available for testing vaginal, cervical, or urine specimens from women, but until recently, there were no approved assays for testing in men. The Cepheid Xpert TV assay, which is valid for male urine specimens to diagnose other sexually transmitted diseases, has demonstrated excellent diagnostic sensitivity for T vaginalis in men and women.54 Interestingly, a large proportion of male patients in this study had no symptoms, suggesting that screening of men in high-risk groups may be warranted.

7-day metronidazole treatment beats single-dose treatment

The first-line treatment for trichomoniasis has been a single dose of metronidazole 2 g by mouth, but in a recent randomized controlled trial,55 a course of 500 mg by mouth twice a day for 7 days was 45% more effective at 4 weeks than a single dose, and it should now be the preferred regimen.

In clinical trials,56 a single dose of tinidazole 2 g orally was equivalent or superior to metronidazole 2 g and had fewer gastrointestinal side effects, but it is more expensive.

References
  1. Harding-Esch EM, Nori AV, Hegazi A, et al. Impact of deploying multiple point-of-care tests with a ‘sample first’ approach on a sexual health clinical care pathway. A service evaluation. Sex Transm Infect 2017; 93(6):424–429. doi:10.1136/sextrans-2016-052988
  2. Unemo M, Bradshaw CS, Hocking JS, et al. Sexually transmitted infections: challenges ahead. Lancet Infect Dis 2017; 17(8):e235–e279. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(17)30310-9
  3. Newman L, Rowley J, Vander Hoorn S, et al. Global estimates of the prevalence and incidence of four curable sexually transmitted infections in 2012 based on systematic review and global reporting. PLoS One 2015; 10(12):e0143304. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0143304
  4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted disease surveillance 2017. www.cdc.gov/std/stats17/toc.htm. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  5. Ginocchio CC, Chapin K, Smith JS, et al. Prevalence of Trichomonas vaginalis and coinfection with Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae in the United States as determined by the Aptima Trichomonas vaginalis nucleic acid amplification assay. J Clin Microbiol 2012; 50(8):2601–2608. doi:10.1128/JCM.00748-12
  6. Newton-Levinson A, Leichliter JS, Chandra-Mouli V. Sexually transmitted infection services for adolescents and youth in low- and middle-income countries: perceived and experienced barriers to accessing care. J Adolesc Health 2016; 59(1):7–16.
    doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2016.03.014
  7. Barbee LA, Khosropour CM, Dombrowksi JC, Golden MR. New human immunodeficiency virus diagnosis independently associated with rectal gonorrhea and chlamydia in men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2017; 44(7):385–389. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000614
  8. Halkitis PN, Kapadia F, Bub KL, Barton S, Moreira AD, Stults CB. A longitudinal investigation of syndemic conditions among young gay, bisexual, and other MSM: the P18 cohort study. AIDS Behav 2015; 19(6):970–980. doi:10.1007/s10461-014-0892-y
  9. Farley TA, Cohen DA, Elkins W. Asymptomatic sexually transmitted diseases: the case for screening. Prev Med 2003; 36(4):502–509. pmid:12649059
  10. Patel P, Bush T, Mayer K, et al; SUN Study Investigators. Routine brief risk-reduction counseling with biannual STD testing reduces STD incidence among HIV-infected men who have sex with men in care. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(6):470–474. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31824b3110
  11. Tomas ME, Getman D, Donskey CJ, Hecker MT. Overdiagnosis of urinary tract infection and underdiagnosis of sexually transmitted infection in adult women presenting to an emergency department. J Clin Microbiol 2015; 53(8):2686–2692. doi:10.1128/JCM.00670-15
  12. Workowski KA, Bolan GA; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2015. MMWR Recomm Rep 2015; 64(RR–03): 1–137. pmid:26042815
  13. van Aar F, van Weert Y, Spijker R, Gotz H, Op de Coul E; Partner Notification Group. Partner notification among men who have sex with men and heterosexuals with STI/HIV: different outcomes and challenges. Int J STD AIDS 2015; 26(8):565–573. doi:10.1177/0956462414547398
  14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases (STDa): expedited partner therapy. www.cdc.gov/std/ept/. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  15. Jamison CD, Chang T, Mmeje O. Expedited partner therapy: combating record high sexually transmitted infection rates. Am J Public Health 2018; 108(10):1325–1327. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2018.304570
  16. Singh RH, Zenilman JM, Brown KM, Madden T, Gaydos C, Ghanem KG. The role of physical examination in diagnosing common causes of vaginitis: a prospective study. Sex Transm Infect 2013; 89(3):185–190. doi:10.1136/sextrans-2012-050550
  17. Lunny C, Taylor D, Hoang L, et al. Self-collected versus clinician-collected sampling for chlamydia and gonorrhea screening: a systemic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One 2015; 10(7):e0132776. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0132776
  18. Michel CE, Sonnex C, Carne CA, et al. Chlamydia trachomatis load at matched anatomic sites: implications for screening strategies. J Clin Microbiol 2007; 45(5):1395–1402. doi:10.1128/JCM.00100-07
  19. Schachter J, Chernesky MA, Willis DE, et al. Vaginal swabs are the specimens of choice when screening for Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae: results from a multicenter evaluation of the APTIMA assays for both infections. Sex Transm Dis 2005; 32(12):725–728. pmid:16314767
  20. Komaroff AL, Aronson MD, Pass TM, Ervin CT. Prevalence of pharyngeal gonorrhea in general medical patients with sore throats. Sex Transm Dis 1980; 7(3):116–119. pmid:6777884
  21. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Clinic-based testing for rectal and pharyngeal Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis infections by community-based organizations—five cities, United States, 2007. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2009; 58(26):716–719. pmid:19590491
  22. Chesson HW, Bernstein KT, Gift TL, Marcus JL, Pipkin S, Kent CK. The cost-effectiveness of screening men who have sex with men for rectal chlamydial and gonococcal infection to prevent HIV Infection. Sex Transm Dis 2013; 40(5):366–471. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e318284e544
  23. Park J, Marcus JL, Pandori M, Snell A, Philip SS, Bernstein KT. Sentinel surveillance for pharyngeal chlamydia and gonorrhea among men who have sex with men—San Francisco, 2010. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(6):482–484. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e3182495e2f
  24. Masek BJ, Arora N, Quinn N, et al. Performance of three nucleic acid amplification tests for detection of Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae by use of self-collected vaginal swabs obtained via an internet-based screening program. J Clin Microbiol 2009; 47(6):1663–1667. doi:10.1128/JCM.02387-08
  25. Bachmann LH, Johnson RE, Cheng H, et al. Nucleic acid amplification tests for diagnosis of Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis rectal infections. J Clin Microbiol 2010; 48(5):1827–1832. doi:10.1128/JCM.02398-09
  26. Mimiaga MJ, Mayer KH, Reisner SL, et al. Asymptomatic gonorrhea and chlamydial infections detected by nucleic acid amplification tests among Boston area men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(5):495–498. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31816471ae
  27. Schachter J, Moncada J, Liska S, Shayevich C, Klausner JD. Nucleic acid amplification tests in the diagnosis of chlamydial and gonococcal infections of the oropharynx and rectum in men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(7):637–642. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31817bdd7e
  28. Cornelisse VJ, Chow EP, Huffam S, et al. Increased detection of pharyngeal and rectal gonorrhea in men who have sex with men after transition from culture to nucleic acid amplification testing. Sex Transm Dis 2017; 44(2):114–117. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000553
  29. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for the laboratory-based detection of Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae—2014. MMWR Recomm Rep 2014; 63(RR–02):1–19. pmid:24622331
  30. Hammerschlag MR, Gaydos CA. Guidelines for the use of molecular biological methods to detect sexually transmitted pathogens in cases of suspected sexual abuse in children. Methods Mol Biol 2012; 903:307–317. doi:10.1007/978-1-61779-937-2_21
  31. Huppert JS, Mortensen JE, Reed JL, Kahn JA, Rich KD, Hobbs MM. Mycoplasma genitalium detected by transcription-mediated amplification is associated with Chlamydia trachomatis in adolescent women. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(3):250–254. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31815abac6
  32. Pond MJ, Nori AV, Witney AA, Lopeman RC, Butcher PD, Sadiq ST. High prevalence of antibiotic-resistant Mycoplasma genitalium in nongonococcal urethritis: the need for routine testing and the inadequacy of current treatment options. Clin Infect Dis 2014; 58(5):631–637. doi:10.1093/cid/cit752
  33. Seña AC, Lee JY, Schwebke J, et al. A silent epidemic: the prevalence, incidence and persistence of Mycoplasma genitalium among young, asymptomatic high-risk women in the United States. Clin Infect Dis 2018; 67(1):73–79. doi:10.1093/cid/ciy025
  34. Bjartling C, Osser S, Persson K. The association between Mycoplasma genitalium and pelvic inflammatory disease after termination of pregnancy. BJOG 2010; 117(3):361–364. doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2009.02455.x
  35. Cohen CR, Manhart LE, Bukusi EA, et al. Association between Mycoplasma genitalium and acute endometritis. Lancet 2002; 359(9308):765–766. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(02)07848-0
  36. Taylor-Robinson D, Jensen JS. Mycoplasma genitalium: from chrysalis to multicolored butterfly. Clin Microbiol Rev 2011; 24(3):498–514. doi:10.1128/CMR.00006-11
  37. Ross JD, Jensen JS. Mycoplasma genitalium as a sexually transmitted infection: implications for screening, testing, and treatment. Sex Transm Infect 2006; 82(4):269–271. doi:10.1136/sti.2005.017368
  38. Donders GG, Ruban K, Bellen G, Petricevic L. Mycoplasma/ureaplasma infection in pregnancy: to screen or not to screen. J Perinat Med 2017; 45(5):505–515. doi:10.1515/jpm-2016-0111
  39. Allan-Blitz LT, Mokany E, Miller S, Wee R, Shannon C, Klausner JD. Prevalence of Mycoplasma genitalium and azithromycin-resistant infections among remnant clinical specimens, Los Angeles. Sex Transm Dis 2018; 45(9):632–635. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000829
  40. Munson E. Molecular diagnostics update for the emerging (if not already widespread) sexually transmitted infection agent Mycoplasma genitalium: just about ready for prime time. J Clin Microbio. 2017; 55(10):2894–2902. doi:10.1128/JCM.00818-17
  41. Waites KB, Taylor-Robinson D. Mycoplasma and ureaplasma. In: Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Carroll KC, American Society for Microbiology, eds. Manual of Clinical Microbiology. 11th ed. Washington, DC: ASM Press; 2015:1088–1105.
  42. Cimolai N, Bryan LE, To M, Woods DE. Immunological cross-reactivity of a Mycoplasma pneumoniae membrane-associated protein antigen with Mycoplasma genitalium and Acholeplasma laidlawii. J Clin Microbiol 1987; 25(11):2136–2139. pmid:2447119
  43. Ma L, Mancuso M, Williams JA, et al. Extensive variation and rapid shift of the MG192 sequence in Mycoplasma genitalium strains from patients with chronic infection. Infect Immun 2014; 82(3):1326–1334. doi:10.1128/IAI.01526-13
  44. Hologic. Aptima Mycoplasma genitalium assay.www.hologic.com/sites/default/files/package-insert/AW-14170-001_005_01.pdf. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  45. Getman D, Jiang A, O’Donnell M, Cohen S. Mycoplasma genitalium prevalence, coinfection, and macrolide antibiotic resistance frequency in a multicenter clinical study cohort in the United States. J Clin Microbiol 2016; 54(9):2278–2283. doi:10.1128/JCM.01053-16
  46. Li Y, Le WJ, Li S, Cao YP, Su XH. Meta-analysis of the efficacy of moxifloxacin in treating Mycoplasma genitalium infection. Int J STD AIDS 2017; 28(11):1106–1114. doi:10.1177/0956462416688562
  47. Sutton M, Sternberg M, Koumans EH, McQuillan G, Berman S, Markowitz L. The prevalence of Trichomonas vaginalis infection among reproductive-age women in the United States, 2001–2004. Clin Infect Dis 2007; 45(10):1319–1326. doi:10.1086/522532
  48. Kelley CF, Rosenberg ES, O’Hara BM, Sanchez T, del Rio C, Sullivan PS. Prevalence of urethral Trichomonas vaginalis in black and white men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(9):739. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e318264248b
  49. Van Der Pol B. Clinical and laboratory testing for T vaginalis infection. J Clin Microbiol 2016; 54(1):7–12. doi:10.1128/JCM.02025-15
  50. Nye MB, Schwebke JR, Body BA. Comparison of APTIMA Trichomonas vaginalis transcription-mediated amplification to wet mount microscopy, culture, and polymerase chain reaction for diagnosis of trichomoniasis in men and women. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2009; 200(2):188.e1–e7. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2008.10.005
  51. Andrea SB, Chapin KC. Comparison of Aptima Trichomonas vaginalis transcription-mediated amplification assay and BD affirm VPIII for detection of T. vaginalis in symptomatic women: performance parameters and epidemiological implications. J Clin Microbiol 2011; 49(3):866–869. doi:10.1128/JCM.02367-10
  52. Schwebke JR, Hobbs MM, Taylor SN, et al. Molecular testing for Trichomonas vaginalis in women: results from a prospective U.S. clinical trial. J Clin Microbiol 2011; 49(12):4106–4111. doi:10.1128/JCM.01291-11
  53. College of American Pathologists. CAP surveys, Trichomonas vaginalis molecular, set TVAG-A. https://documents.cap.org/documents/2018-surveys-anatomic-pathology-ed-programs-catalog.pdf. Accessed October 31, 2019.
  54. Schwebke JR, Gaydos CA, Davis T, et al. Clinical evaluation of the Cepheid Xpert TV assay for detection of Trichomonas vaginalis with prospectively collected specimens from men and women. J Clin Microbiol 2018; 56(2). doi:10.1128/JCM.01091-17
  55. Kissinger P, Muzny CA, Mena LA, et al. Single-dose versus 7-day-dose metronidazole for the treatment of trichomoniasis in women: an open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet Infect Dis 2018; 18(11):1251–1259. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(18)30423-7
  56. Forna F, Gulmezoglu AM. Interventions for treating trichomoniasis in women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; (2):CD000218. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD000218
References
  1. Harding-Esch EM, Nori AV, Hegazi A, et al. Impact of deploying multiple point-of-care tests with a ‘sample first’ approach on a sexual health clinical care pathway. A service evaluation. Sex Transm Infect 2017; 93(6):424–429. doi:10.1136/sextrans-2016-052988
  2. Unemo M, Bradshaw CS, Hocking JS, et al. Sexually transmitted infections: challenges ahead. Lancet Infect Dis 2017; 17(8):e235–e279. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(17)30310-9
  3. Newman L, Rowley J, Vander Hoorn S, et al. Global estimates of the prevalence and incidence of four curable sexually transmitted infections in 2012 based on systematic review and global reporting. PLoS One 2015; 10(12):e0143304. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0143304
  4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted disease surveillance 2017. www.cdc.gov/std/stats17/toc.htm. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  5. Ginocchio CC, Chapin K, Smith JS, et al. Prevalence of Trichomonas vaginalis and coinfection with Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae in the United States as determined by the Aptima Trichomonas vaginalis nucleic acid amplification assay. J Clin Microbiol 2012; 50(8):2601–2608. doi:10.1128/JCM.00748-12
  6. Newton-Levinson A, Leichliter JS, Chandra-Mouli V. Sexually transmitted infection services for adolescents and youth in low- and middle-income countries: perceived and experienced barriers to accessing care. J Adolesc Health 2016; 59(1):7–16.
    doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2016.03.014
  7. Barbee LA, Khosropour CM, Dombrowksi JC, Golden MR. New human immunodeficiency virus diagnosis independently associated with rectal gonorrhea and chlamydia in men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2017; 44(7):385–389. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000614
  8. Halkitis PN, Kapadia F, Bub KL, Barton S, Moreira AD, Stults CB. A longitudinal investigation of syndemic conditions among young gay, bisexual, and other MSM: the P18 cohort study. AIDS Behav 2015; 19(6):970–980. doi:10.1007/s10461-014-0892-y
  9. Farley TA, Cohen DA, Elkins W. Asymptomatic sexually transmitted diseases: the case for screening. Prev Med 2003; 36(4):502–509. pmid:12649059
  10. Patel P, Bush T, Mayer K, et al; SUN Study Investigators. Routine brief risk-reduction counseling with biannual STD testing reduces STD incidence among HIV-infected men who have sex with men in care. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(6):470–474. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31824b3110
  11. Tomas ME, Getman D, Donskey CJ, Hecker MT. Overdiagnosis of urinary tract infection and underdiagnosis of sexually transmitted infection in adult women presenting to an emergency department. J Clin Microbiol 2015; 53(8):2686–2692. doi:10.1128/JCM.00670-15
  12. Workowski KA, Bolan GA; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2015. MMWR Recomm Rep 2015; 64(RR–03): 1–137. pmid:26042815
  13. van Aar F, van Weert Y, Spijker R, Gotz H, Op de Coul E; Partner Notification Group. Partner notification among men who have sex with men and heterosexuals with STI/HIV: different outcomes and challenges. Int J STD AIDS 2015; 26(8):565–573. doi:10.1177/0956462414547398
  14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases (STDa): expedited partner therapy. www.cdc.gov/std/ept/. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  15. Jamison CD, Chang T, Mmeje O. Expedited partner therapy: combating record high sexually transmitted infection rates. Am J Public Health 2018; 108(10):1325–1327. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2018.304570
  16. Singh RH, Zenilman JM, Brown KM, Madden T, Gaydos C, Ghanem KG. The role of physical examination in diagnosing common causes of vaginitis: a prospective study. Sex Transm Infect 2013; 89(3):185–190. doi:10.1136/sextrans-2012-050550
  17. Lunny C, Taylor D, Hoang L, et al. Self-collected versus clinician-collected sampling for chlamydia and gonorrhea screening: a systemic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One 2015; 10(7):e0132776. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0132776
  18. Michel CE, Sonnex C, Carne CA, et al. Chlamydia trachomatis load at matched anatomic sites: implications for screening strategies. J Clin Microbiol 2007; 45(5):1395–1402. doi:10.1128/JCM.00100-07
  19. Schachter J, Chernesky MA, Willis DE, et al. Vaginal swabs are the specimens of choice when screening for Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae: results from a multicenter evaluation of the APTIMA assays for both infections. Sex Transm Dis 2005; 32(12):725–728. pmid:16314767
  20. Komaroff AL, Aronson MD, Pass TM, Ervin CT. Prevalence of pharyngeal gonorrhea in general medical patients with sore throats. Sex Transm Dis 1980; 7(3):116–119. pmid:6777884
  21. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Clinic-based testing for rectal and pharyngeal Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis infections by community-based organizations—five cities, United States, 2007. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2009; 58(26):716–719. pmid:19590491
  22. Chesson HW, Bernstein KT, Gift TL, Marcus JL, Pipkin S, Kent CK. The cost-effectiveness of screening men who have sex with men for rectal chlamydial and gonococcal infection to prevent HIV Infection. Sex Transm Dis 2013; 40(5):366–471. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e318284e544
  23. Park J, Marcus JL, Pandori M, Snell A, Philip SS, Bernstein KT. Sentinel surveillance for pharyngeal chlamydia and gonorrhea among men who have sex with men—San Francisco, 2010. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(6):482–484. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e3182495e2f
  24. Masek BJ, Arora N, Quinn N, et al. Performance of three nucleic acid amplification tests for detection of Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae by use of self-collected vaginal swabs obtained via an internet-based screening program. J Clin Microbiol 2009; 47(6):1663–1667. doi:10.1128/JCM.02387-08
  25. Bachmann LH, Johnson RE, Cheng H, et al. Nucleic acid amplification tests for diagnosis of Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis rectal infections. J Clin Microbiol 2010; 48(5):1827–1832. doi:10.1128/JCM.02398-09
  26. Mimiaga MJ, Mayer KH, Reisner SL, et al. Asymptomatic gonorrhea and chlamydial infections detected by nucleic acid amplification tests among Boston area men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(5):495–498. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31816471ae
  27. Schachter J, Moncada J, Liska S, Shayevich C, Klausner JD. Nucleic acid amplification tests in the diagnosis of chlamydial and gonococcal infections of the oropharynx and rectum in men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(7):637–642. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31817bdd7e
  28. Cornelisse VJ, Chow EP, Huffam S, et al. Increased detection of pharyngeal and rectal gonorrhea in men who have sex with men after transition from culture to nucleic acid amplification testing. Sex Transm Dis 2017; 44(2):114–117. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000553
  29. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for the laboratory-based detection of Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae—2014. MMWR Recomm Rep 2014; 63(RR–02):1–19. pmid:24622331
  30. Hammerschlag MR, Gaydos CA. Guidelines for the use of molecular biological methods to detect sexually transmitted pathogens in cases of suspected sexual abuse in children. Methods Mol Biol 2012; 903:307–317. doi:10.1007/978-1-61779-937-2_21
  31. Huppert JS, Mortensen JE, Reed JL, Kahn JA, Rich KD, Hobbs MM. Mycoplasma genitalium detected by transcription-mediated amplification is associated with Chlamydia trachomatis in adolescent women. Sex Transm Dis 2008; 35(3):250–254. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e31815abac6
  32. Pond MJ, Nori AV, Witney AA, Lopeman RC, Butcher PD, Sadiq ST. High prevalence of antibiotic-resistant Mycoplasma genitalium in nongonococcal urethritis: the need for routine testing and the inadequacy of current treatment options. Clin Infect Dis 2014; 58(5):631–637. doi:10.1093/cid/cit752
  33. Seña AC, Lee JY, Schwebke J, et al. A silent epidemic: the prevalence, incidence and persistence of Mycoplasma genitalium among young, asymptomatic high-risk women in the United States. Clin Infect Dis 2018; 67(1):73–79. doi:10.1093/cid/ciy025
  34. Bjartling C, Osser S, Persson K. The association between Mycoplasma genitalium and pelvic inflammatory disease after termination of pregnancy. BJOG 2010; 117(3):361–364. doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2009.02455.x
  35. Cohen CR, Manhart LE, Bukusi EA, et al. Association between Mycoplasma genitalium and acute endometritis. Lancet 2002; 359(9308):765–766. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(02)07848-0
  36. Taylor-Robinson D, Jensen JS. Mycoplasma genitalium: from chrysalis to multicolored butterfly. Clin Microbiol Rev 2011; 24(3):498–514. doi:10.1128/CMR.00006-11
  37. Ross JD, Jensen JS. Mycoplasma genitalium as a sexually transmitted infection: implications for screening, testing, and treatment. Sex Transm Infect 2006; 82(4):269–271. doi:10.1136/sti.2005.017368
  38. Donders GG, Ruban K, Bellen G, Petricevic L. Mycoplasma/ureaplasma infection in pregnancy: to screen or not to screen. J Perinat Med 2017; 45(5):505–515. doi:10.1515/jpm-2016-0111
  39. Allan-Blitz LT, Mokany E, Miller S, Wee R, Shannon C, Klausner JD. Prevalence of Mycoplasma genitalium and azithromycin-resistant infections among remnant clinical specimens, Los Angeles. Sex Transm Dis 2018; 45(9):632–635. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000829
  40. Munson E. Molecular diagnostics update for the emerging (if not already widespread) sexually transmitted infection agent Mycoplasma genitalium: just about ready for prime time. J Clin Microbio. 2017; 55(10):2894–2902. doi:10.1128/JCM.00818-17
  41. Waites KB, Taylor-Robinson D. Mycoplasma and ureaplasma. In: Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Carroll KC, American Society for Microbiology, eds. Manual of Clinical Microbiology. 11th ed. Washington, DC: ASM Press; 2015:1088–1105.
  42. Cimolai N, Bryan LE, To M, Woods DE. Immunological cross-reactivity of a Mycoplasma pneumoniae membrane-associated protein antigen with Mycoplasma genitalium and Acholeplasma laidlawii. J Clin Microbiol 1987; 25(11):2136–2139. pmid:2447119
  43. Ma L, Mancuso M, Williams JA, et al. Extensive variation and rapid shift of the MG192 sequence in Mycoplasma genitalium strains from patients with chronic infection. Infect Immun 2014; 82(3):1326–1334. doi:10.1128/IAI.01526-13
  44. Hologic. Aptima Mycoplasma genitalium assay.www.hologic.com/sites/default/files/package-insert/AW-14170-001_005_01.pdf. Accessed October 7, 2019.
  45. Getman D, Jiang A, O’Donnell M, Cohen S. Mycoplasma genitalium prevalence, coinfection, and macrolide antibiotic resistance frequency in a multicenter clinical study cohort in the United States. J Clin Microbiol 2016; 54(9):2278–2283. doi:10.1128/JCM.01053-16
  46. Li Y, Le WJ, Li S, Cao YP, Su XH. Meta-analysis of the efficacy of moxifloxacin in treating Mycoplasma genitalium infection. Int J STD AIDS 2017; 28(11):1106–1114. doi:10.1177/0956462416688562
  47. Sutton M, Sternberg M, Koumans EH, McQuillan G, Berman S, Markowitz L. The prevalence of Trichomonas vaginalis infection among reproductive-age women in the United States, 2001–2004. Clin Infect Dis 2007; 45(10):1319–1326. doi:10.1086/522532
  48. Kelley CF, Rosenberg ES, O’Hara BM, Sanchez T, del Rio C, Sullivan PS. Prevalence of urethral Trichomonas vaginalis in black and white men who have sex with men. Sex Transm Dis 2012; 39(9):739. doi:10.1097/OLQ.0b013e318264248b
  49. Van Der Pol B. Clinical and laboratory testing for T vaginalis infection. J Clin Microbiol 2016; 54(1):7–12. doi:10.1128/JCM.02025-15
  50. Nye MB, Schwebke JR, Body BA. Comparison of APTIMA Trichomonas vaginalis transcription-mediated amplification to wet mount microscopy, culture, and polymerase chain reaction for diagnosis of trichomoniasis in men and women. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2009; 200(2):188.e1–e7. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2008.10.005
  51. Andrea SB, Chapin KC. Comparison of Aptima Trichomonas vaginalis transcription-mediated amplification assay and BD affirm VPIII for detection of T. vaginalis in symptomatic women: performance parameters and epidemiological implications. J Clin Microbiol 2011; 49(3):866–869. doi:10.1128/JCM.02367-10
  52. Schwebke JR, Hobbs MM, Taylor SN, et al. Molecular testing for Trichomonas vaginalis in women: results from a prospective U.S. clinical trial. J Clin Microbiol 2011; 49(12):4106–4111. doi:10.1128/JCM.01291-11
  53. College of American Pathologists. CAP surveys, Trichomonas vaginalis molecular, set TVAG-A. https://documents.cap.org/documents/2018-surveys-anatomic-pathology-ed-programs-catalog.pdf. Accessed October 31, 2019.
  54. Schwebke JR, Gaydos CA, Davis T, et al. Clinical evaluation of the Cepheid Xpert TV assay for detection of Trichomonas vaginalis with prospectively collected specimens from men and women. J Clin Microbiol 2018; 56(2). doi:10.1128/JCM.01091-17
  55. Kissinger P, Muzny CA, Mena LA, et al. Single-dose versus 7-day-dose metronidazole for the treatment of trichomoniasis in women: an open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet Infect Dis 2018; 18(11):1251–1259. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(18)30423-7
  56. Forna F, Gulmezoglu AM. Interventions for treating trichomoniasis in women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; (2):CD000218. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD000218
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Page Number
733-740
Page Number
733-740
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
STI update: Testing, treatment, and emerging threats
Display Headline
STI update: Testing, treatment, and emerging threats
Legacy Keywords
sexually transmitted infection, STI, sexually transmitted disease, STD, gonorrhea, chlamydia, Chlamydia trachomatis, trichomoniasis, Trichomonas vaginalis, Mycoplasma genitalium, syphilis, testing, nucleic acid amplification test, NAAT, metronidazole, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, swab, urine test, human immunodeficiency virus, HIV, men who have sex with men, MSM, erythromycin, ofloxacin, levofloxacin, gentamycin, azithromycin, tinidazole, Matifadza Hlatshwayo, Hilary Reno, Melanie Yarbrough
Legacy Keywords
sexually transmitted infection, STI, sexually transmitted disease, STD, gonorrhea, chlamydia, Chlamydia trachomatis, trichomoniasis, Trichomonas vaginalis, Mycoplasma genitalium, syphilis, testing, nucleic acid amplification test, NAAT, metronidazole, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, swab, urine test, human immunodeficiency virus, HIV, men who have sex with men, MSM, erythromycin, ofloxacin, levofloxacin, gentamycin, azithromycin, tinidazole, Matifadza Hlatshwayo, Hilary Reno, Melanie Yarbrough
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Screen for gonorrhea and chlamydia annually—and more frequently for those at highest risk—in sexually active women age 25 and younger and in men who have sex with men, who should also be screened at the same time for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and syphilis.
  • Test for Trichomonas vaginalis in women who have symptoms suggesting it, and routinely screen for this pathogen in women who are HIV-positive.
  • Nucleic acid amplification is the preferred test for gonorrhea, chlamydia, trichomoniasis, and M genitalium infection; the use of urine specimens is acceptable.
  • Consider M genitalium if therapy for gonorrhea and chlamydia fails or tests for those diseases are negative.
  • Single-dose antibiotic therapy is preferred for chlamydia and uncomplicated gonorrhea. It is also available for trichomoniasis, although metronidazole 500 mg twice a day for 7 days has a higher cure rate.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 10/29/2019 - 13:15
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 10/29/2019 - 13:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 10/29/2019 - 13:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Current management of Barrett esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 11/01/2019 - 16:59
Display Headline
Current management of Barrett esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma

All cases of esophageal adenocarcinoma are thought to arise from Barrett esophagus.1 But most cases of Barrett esophagus go undiagnosed. And Barrett esophagus is seen in 5% to 15% of patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease.2 These facts clearly emphasize the need for screening. Here, we review the rationale and recommendations for screening and surveillance, as well as the range of treatment options.

SCOPE OF THE PROBLEM

The American Cancer Society estimated there were 17,290 new cases of esophageal cancer and 15,850 deaths from it in the United States in 2018.3 Of the 2 main histologic types of esophageal cancer, adenocarcinoma and squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma is more common in the United States.

The precursor lesion is Barrett esophagus, defined as an extension of salmon-colored mucosa at least 1 cm into the tubular esophagus proximal to the gastroesophageal junction, with biopsy confirmation of intestinal metaplasia.4

The natural course of progression to dysplasia and cancer in Barrett esophagus is unknown but is thought to be stepwise, from no dysplasia to low-grade dysplasia to high-grade dysplasia and cancer, and the cancer risk depends on the degree of dysplasia: the annual risk is 0.33% if there is no dysplasia, 0.54% with low-grade dysplasia, and 7% with high-grade dysplasia.4

Although all cases of esophageal adenocarcinoma are thought to arise from Barrett esophagus,1 more than 90% of patients with newly diagnosed esophageal adenocarcinoma do not have a prior diagnosis of Barrett esophagus.5 Therefore, there is a substantial unmet need to expand screening for Barrett esophagus in people at risk.

GASTROESOPHAGEAL REFLUX DISEASE IS A RISK FACTOR FOR CANCER

The rationale behind screening is that detecting Barrett esophagus early and intervening in a timely manner in patients at higher risk of developing adenocarcinoma will decrease mortality.

Chronic gastroesophageal reflux disease is a strong risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma (odds ratio [OR] 7.7, 95% confidence interval [CI] 5.3–11.4), and the risk increases when symptoms are long-standing (> 20 years) or severe (OR 43.5, 95% CI 18.3–103.5) or occur daily (OR 5.5, 95% CI 3.2–9.3).6

Reflux symptoms are scored as follows:

  • Heartburn only, 1 point
  • Regurgitation only, 1 point
  • Heartburn with regurgitation, 1.5 points
  • Nightly symptoms (2 points if yes, 0 if no)
  • Symptoms once a week, 0 points; 2 to 6 times a week, 1 point; 7 to 15 times a week, 2 points; more than 15 times a week, 3 points.6

A score of 4.5 or higher indicates severe reflux disease. However, it is worth noting that the annual incidence of esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with long-term gastroesophageal reflux disease is less than 0.001%.7

RISK FACTORS FOR BARRETT ESOPHAGUS

Risk factors for Barrett esophagus include:

Male sex. Barrett esophagus is more prevalent in men than in women, at a ratio of 2 to 1; but in individuals under age 50, the ratio is 4 to 1.8

Age 50 or older. Barrett esophagus is usually diagnosed in the sixth to seventh decade of life, and the prevalence increases from 2.1% in the third decade to 9.3% in the sixth decade.9

White race. It is more prevalent in whites than in blacks (5.0% vs 1.5%, P < .0001).10

Central obesity. Waist circumference is an independent risk factor: every 5-cm increase carries an OR of 1.14 (95% CI 1.03–1.27, P = .02).11

Cigarette smoking increases the risk of Barrett esophagus (OR 1.42; 95% CI 1.15–1.76).12

A family history of Barrett esophagus or esophageal adenocarcinoma is a strong risk factor (OR 12, 95% CI 3.3–44.8). In 1 study, the risk in first- and second-degree relatives of patients with Barrett esophagus was 24%, compared with 5% in a control population (P < .005).13

SCREENING GUIDELINES AND DRAWBACKS

726fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Four-quadrant%20biopsies%20are%20taken%20every%202%20cm%2C%20plus%20at%20any%20mucosal%20irregularities%20in%20salmon-colored%20mucosa%20above%20the%20gastroesophageal%20junction.%3C%2Fp%3E
American College of Gastroenterology guidelines recommend screening for Barrett esophagus in men who have chronic reflux disease (> 5 years) or frequent symptoms (weekly or more often), and 2 or more risk factors.4 In women, screening is recommended only in the presence of multiple risk factors.4

The standard screening method is esophagogastroduodenoscopy with sedation, with careful visual inspection and 4-quadrant biopsies every 2 cm using the Seattle protocol, ie, including biopsy of any mucosal irregularities in salmon-colored mucosa above the gastroesophageal junction (Figure 1).4

Endoscopic screening is cost-effective, costing $10,440 per quality-adjusted life-year saved, which is well below the accepted threshold of less than $100,000.14 However, it is still expensive, invasive, and not ideal for screening large populations.

Less-invasive methods under study

Less-invasive, less-expensive methods being tested for mass screening include:

Unsedated transnasal endoscopy. Done with only topical anesthesia, it has high diagnostic accuracy and is quicker and more cost-effective than standard esophagogastroduodenoscopy, with fewer adverse effects. However, the procedure has not yet gained widespread acceptance for regular use by gastroenterologists.15

A swallowable sponge. Another promising test is cell collection using the Cytosponge Cell Collection Device (Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN). An encapsulated compressed sponge with a string attached is swallowed; in the stomach, the capsule dissolves, and the sponge expands and is then withdrawn using the attached string. The obtained cytology sample from the lower esophagus is then tested for trefoil factor 3, a protein biomarker for Barrett esophagus.16

A retractable balloon. The EsoCheck Cell Collection Device is a retractable balloon attached to a string. When swallowed, it gathers distal esophageal cells for detecting methylated DNA markers for Barrett esophagus.17

Esophageal capsule endoscopy uses a camera to visualize the esophagus, but lacks the ability to obtain biopsy samples.

Other screening methods are being tested, although data are limited. Liquid biopsy uses a blood sample to detect microRNAs that are dysregulated in cancer. The “electronic nose” is a device that detects exhaled volatile organic compounds altered in Barrett esophagus. Another test involves taking an oral wash sample to study the oral microbiome for a pattern associated with adenocarcinoma.18–21

 

 

SURVEILLANCE: WHAT’S INVOLVED, WHAT’S AVAILABLE

Surveillance in Barrett esophagus aims to detect premalignant changes or early-stage adenocarcinoma to provide longer survival and lower cancer-related mortality. Recent evidence suggests that patients with esophageal adenocarcinoma that is diagnosed in a Barrett esophagus surveillance program have an earlier stage of disease and therefore a survival benefit.22

Patient education is essential

Before enrolling a patient in a surveillance program, the clinician should explain the risks, benefits, and limitations, the importance of periodic endoscopy, and the possible eventual need for endoscopic therapy or surgery.

The endoscopic procedure

727tbl1.jpg

Surveillance involves examination by high-definition white-light endoscopy, with random 4-quadrant biopsies every 2 cm (or every 1 cm in patients with a history of dysplasia) and biopsy of any mucosal irregularity (nodule, ulcer, or other visible lesion). The degree of dysplasia determines the frequency of follow-up surveillance intervals and the need for endoscopic eradication therapy, as presented in professional society guidelines (Table 1).4,23,24

Advanced methods for detecting dysplasia

Newer endoscopic surveillance techniques include dye-based chromoendoscopy, narrow-band imaging, confocal laser endomicroscopy, volumetric laser endomicroscopy, and wide-area transepithelial sampling with computer-assisted 3-dimensional analysis. All these techniques are used to increase the detection of dysplasia. Of these, dye-based chromoendoscopy, narrow-band imaging, and confocal laser endomicroscopy meet current criteria of the American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy for preservation and incorporation of valuable endoscopic innovations.23

MANAGEMENT OF NONDYSPLASTIC BARRETT ESOPHAGUS

A proton pump inhibitor (PPI) is recommended to control reflux symptoms in patients with nondysplastic Barrett esophagus. But it is important to counsel patients on additional ways to protect against esophageal adenocarcinoma, such as:

  • Low to moderate alcohol consumption
  • Regular physical activity
  • Increased dietary intake of fruits, vegetables, folate, fiber, beta-carotene, and vitamin C
  • Weight control
  • Smoking cessation.25

Surveillance endoscopy with 4-quadrant biopsies at 2-cm intervals is recommended every 3 to 5 years (Table 1).

DOES CHEMOPREVENTION HAVE A ROLE?

Chemoprevention is an exciting area of research in preventing progression to adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus. Various drugs such as aspirin, other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), PPIs, metformin, and statins have been studied.

Aspirin

Aspirin has been shown to prevent development of Barrett esophagus in patients with reflux disease,26 but more studies are needed to validate those findings.

PPIs

Gastroesophageal reflux disease is a primary risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma, and gastric acid suppression with PPIs reduces cancer risk. PPI therapy is associated with a 71% decrease in the risk of high-grade dysplasia and adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus (OR 0.29, 95% CI 0.12–0.79).27 Long-term therapy (> 2 to 3 years) has a higher protective effect (adjusted OR 0.45, 95% CI 0.19–1.06) than short-term therapy (< 2 to 3 years) (adjusted OR 1.09, 95% CI 0.47–2.56).27

NSAIDs

NSAIDs, including aspirin, have been associated with decreased risk of colon, stomach, lung, breast, and esophageal cancer due to their potential to inhibit cyclooxygenase 2 (COX-2) enzymes.

A meta-analysis demonstrated that aspirin and NSAIDs led to a 32% reduction in the risk of adenocarcinoma (OR 0.68, 95% CI 0.56–0.83). The benefit was even greater if the drug was taken daily or more frequently (OR 0.56, 95% CI 0.43–0.73, P < .001) or was taken for 10 or more years (OR 0.63, 95% CI 0.45–0.90, P = .04).28

PPI plus aspirin

The best evidence for the role of PPIs and aspirin in reducing the risk of dysplasia comes from the Aspirin and Esomeprazole Chemoprevention in Barrett’s Metaplasia Trial.29 This randomized, controlled trial compared 4 regimens consisting of esomeprazole (a PPI) in either a high dose (40 mg twice daily) or a low dose (20 mg once daily) plus either aspirin (300 or 320 mg per day) or no aspirin in 2,557 patients with Barrett esophagus. The composite end point was the time to all-cause mortality, adenocarcinoma, or high-grade dysplasia.

At a median follow-up of 8.9 years, the combination of high-dose esomeprazole plus aspirin had the strongest effect compared with low-dose esomeprazole without aspirin (time ratio 1.59, 95% CI 1.14–2.23, P = .0068). The number needed to treat was 34 for esomeprazole and 43 for aspirin.29

Based on these data, we can conclude that aspirin and PPIs can prevent dysplasia and all-cause mortality in Barrett esophagus.

Metformin: No evidence of benefit

Metformin was studied as a protective agent against obesity-associated cancers including esophageal adenocarcinoma, as it reduces insulin levels.

In a randomized controlled trial30 in 74 patients with Barrett esophagus, metformin (starting at 500 mg daily, increasing to 2,000 mg/day by week 4) was compared with placebo. At 12 weeks, the percent change in esophageal levels of the biomarker pS6K1—an intracellular mediator of insulin and insulin-like growth factor activation in Barrett epithelium—did not differ significantly between the 2 groups (1.4% with metformin vs −14.7% with placebo; 1-sided P = .80). This suggested that metformin did not significantly alter proliferation or apoptosis in Barrett epithelium, despite reducing serum insulin levels and insulin resistance. Thus, metformin did not demonstrate a chemoprotective effect in preventing the progression of Barrett esophagus to adenocarcinoma.

 

 

Vitamin D: No evidence of benefit

Vitamin D affects genes regulating proliferation, apoptosis, and differentiation, and has therefore been studied as a potential antineoplastic agent. Its deficiency has also been associated with increased risk of esophageal adenocarcinoma. However, its efficacy in chemoprevention is unclear.31

One study found no association between serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and prevalence of dysplasia in Barrett esophagus (P = .90). An increase in vitamin D levels had no effect on progression to dysplasia or cancer (for every 5-nmol/L increase from baseline, hazard ratio 0.98, P = .62).32

In another study, supplementation with vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol 50,000 IU weekly) plus a PPI for 12 weeks significantly improved the serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels without significant changes in gene expression from Barrett epithelium.33 These findings were confirmed in a meta-analysis that showed no consistent association between vitamin D exposure and risk of esophageal neoplasm.34

Thus, there is currently no evidence to support vitamin D for chemoprevention in Barrett esophagus or esophageal adenocarcinoma.

Statins

In addition to lowering cholesterol, statins have antiproliferative, pro-apoptotic, anti-angiogenic, and immunomodulatory effects that prevent cancer, leading to a 41% reduction in the risk of adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus in one study (adjusted OR 0.59, 95% CI 0.45–0.78); the number needed to treat with statins to prevent 1 case of adenocarcinoma was 389.35

A meta-analysis also showed that statin use was associated with a lower risk of progression of Barrett esophagus (OR 0.48, 95% CI 0.31–0.73).36

In general, statins appear promising for chemoprevention, but more study is needed.

When is chemoprevention appropriate?

Chemoprevention is not recommended for all patients with Barrett esophagus, given that the condition affects 1% to 2% of the US adult population, and very few patients have progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma. Rather, chemoprevention may be considered in patients with Barrett esophagus and multiple risk factors for adenocarcinoma.

INDEFINITE DYSPLASIA

In Barrett esophagus with indefinite dysplasia, either the epithelial abnormalities are insufficient for a diagnosis of dysplasia, or the nature of the epithelial abnormalities is uncertain due to inflammation or technical difficulties with specimen processing. The risk of high-grade dysplasia or cancer within 1 year of the diagnosis of indefinite dysplasia varies between 1.9% and 15%.37 The recommendation for management is to optimize acid-suppressive therapy for 3 to 6 months and then to repeat esophagogastroduodenoscopy. If indefinite dysplasia is noted again, repeat endoscopy in 12 months is recommended.2

ENDOSCOPIC ERADICATION: AN OVERVIEW

Because dysplasia in Barrett esophagus carries a high risk of progression to cancer, the standard of care is endoscopic mucosal resection of visible lesions, followed by ablation of the flat mucosa, with the aim of achieving complete eradication of intestinal metaplasia.4,38 The initial endoscopic treatment is followed by outpatient sessions every 8 to 10 weeks until the dysplasia is eradicated. A key part of treatment during this time is maximal acid suppression with a PPI twice daily and a histamine-2 blocker at night. In rare cases, fundoplication is required to control reflux refractory to medical therapy.

After eradication is confirmed, continued surveillance is necessary, as recurrences have been reported at a rate of 4.8% per year for intestinal metaplasia, and 2% per year for dysplasia.39

Current endoscopic resection techniques

729fig2.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%202.%20A%3A%20Endoscopic%20picture%20of%20Barrett%20esophagus%20with%20arrow%20pointing%20to%20nodule.%20B%3A%20After%20endoscopic%20mucosal%20resection%20of%20nodule.%20C%3A%20Barrett%20esophagus%20before%20radio%C2%ADfrequency%20ablation.%20D%3A%20Barrett%20esophagus%20after%20ablation.%3C%2Fp%3E

Endoscopic resection techniques include mucosal resection, submucosal dissection, radio­frequency ablation, cryotherapy, argon plasma coagulation, and photodynamic therapy (Figure 2).

In mucosal resection, the lesion is either suctioned into a band ligator, after which a band is placed around the lesion, or suctioned into a cap fitted at the end of the endoscope, after which the lesion is removed using a snare.

In submucosal dissection, a liquid is injected into the submucosa to lift the lesion, making it easier to remove. The procedure is technically complex and requires additional training.

In radiofrequency ablation, a special catheter is passed through the endoscope to ablate the affected epithelium by thermal injury. Argon plasma coagulation works in a similar way, but uses ionized argon gas to induce thermal coagulation of metaplastic epithelium.

Cryotherapy produces cellular injury by rapid freezing and thawing of tissue using a cryogen such as liquid nitrogen or nitrous oxide.

In photodynamic therapy, a photosensitizer (porfimer sodium) is administered and taken up preferentially by metaplastic epithelium; it is then activated by transmission of red light using the endoscope, leading to destruction of the metaplastic epithelium.

Of the different techniques, radiofrequency ablation has the most evidence for efficacy and hence is the most commonly used.

All of these procedures are generally well tolerated and have favorable side-effect profiles. After radiofrequency ablation with or without mucosal resection, esophageal strictures are noted in 5.6% of patients, and bleeding and perforation occur rarely (1% and 0.6% of patients, respectively).40 Submucosal dissection is associated with a higher rate of complications such as stricture formation (11% of patients) and bleeding or perforation (1.5% of patients).41

 

 

LOW-GRADE DYSPLASIA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

Most patients with low-grade dysplasia (73%) are down-staged to nondysplastic Barrett esophagus or to indefinite for dysplasia after review by expert pathologists.42 Patients with confirmed and persistent low-grade dysplasia are at higher risk of progression.43

Once low-grade dysplasia is confirmed by a second gastrointestinal pathologist, the patient should undergo endoscopic ablation. A landmark study by Shaheen et al44 demonstrated the benefit of radiofrequency ablation in achieving complete eradication of dysplasia (90.5% vs 22.7% for a sham procedure) and complete eradication of intestinal metaplasia (77.4% vs 2.3% for a sham procedure). In another trial of 136 patients with low-grade dysplasia followed for 3 years, Phoa et al45 demonstrated that radiofrequency ablation reduced the rate of progression to high-grade dysplasia by 25% and to adenocarcinoma by 7.4% compared with endoscopic surveillance.

Patients with confirmed low-grade dysplasia who do not undergo eradication therapy should have surveillance endoscopy every 6 to 12 months (Table 1).

HIGH-GRADE DYSPLASIA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

As with low-grade dysplasia, the diagnosis of high-grade dysplasia needs to be confirmed by a second pathologist with gastrointestinal expertise. In the past, the treatment was esophagectomy, but due to lower morbidity and equivalent efficacy of radiofrequency ablation,46 the current treatment of choice is endoscopic mucosal resection of raised lesions, followed by radiofrequency ablation of the entire affected segment.

In the study by Shaheen et al,44 42 patients with high-grade dysplasia were randomized to radiofrequency ablation and 21 to a sham procedure, and 81% of ablation patients achieved complete eradication of dysplasia vs 19% with the sham procedure. Eradication of intestinal metaplasia was achieved in 77% of ablation patients vs 2% of patients with the sham therapy. Results of 3-year follow-up from the same cohort showed complete eradication of dysplasia in 98% and of intestinal metaplasia in 91%.47

Endoscopic eradication therapy is recommended for all patients with Barrett esophagus and high-grade dysplasia without a life-limiting comorbidity. Alternatively, surveillance every 3 months is an option if the patient does not wish to undergo eradication therapy. Radiofrequency ablation is more cost-effective than esophagectomy or endoscopic surveillance followed by treatment once patients develop adenocarcinoma.48,49

EARLY ESOPHAGEAL ADENOCARCINOMA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

Adenocarcinoma limited to the mucosa and without evidence of nodal involvement can be resected endoscopically. In patients with localized cancer, mucosal resection is done not only for therapeutic purposes but also for staging. Ideal management is multidisciplinary, including a gastroenterologist, thoracic surgeon, oncologist, pathologist, and radiation oncologist.

If lesions have features suggesting submucosal invasion or are greater than 1.5 cm in size, or if it is difficult to separate (ie, lift) the mucosa from the submucosal layer with injection of saline, then submucosal dissection is recommended.50 Because of the risk of metachronous lesions, ablation of the remaining Barrett esophagus mucosa is recommended after resection of cancer.

Endoscopic eradication is highly effective and durable for the treatment of intramucosal esophageal adenocarcinoma. In a study of 1,000 patients, 963 patients (96.3%) had achieved a complete response; 12 patients (3.7%) underwent surgery after eradication failed during a follow-up of almost 5 years.51 Metachronous lesions or recurrence of cancer developed during the follow-up period in 140 patients (14.5%) but were successfully treated endoscopically in 115, resulting in a long-term complete remission rate of 93.8%.

POSTABLATION MANAGEMENT

Because of the risk of recurrence of dysplasia after ablation, long-term PPI therapy and surveillance are recommended.

Surveillance endoscopy involves 4-quadrant biopsies taken every 1 cm from the entire length of segment where Barrett esophagus had been seen before ablation.

The timing of surveillance intervals depends on the preablation grade of dysplasia. For low-grade dysplasia, the recommendation is every 6 months for the first year after ablation and, if there is no recurrence of dysplasia, annually after that.2 After treatment of high-grade dysplasia or intramucosal adenocarcinoma, the recommendation is every 3 months for the first year, every 6 months in the second year, and then annually.2

References
  1. Mendes de Almeida JC, Chaves P, Pereira AD, Altorki NK. Is Barrett’s esophagus the precursor of most adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and cardia? A biochemical study. Ann Surg 1997; 226(6):725–733. pmid:9409571
  2. Westhoff B, Brotze S, Weston A, et al. The frequency of Barrett’s esophagus in high-risk patients with chronic GERD. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61(2):226–231. pmid:15729230
  3. National Cancer Institute. Cancer stat facts: esophageal cancer. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/esoph.html. Accessed August 6, 2019.
  4. Shaheen NJ, Falk GW, Iyer PG, Gerson LB; American College of Gastroenterology. ACG clinical guideline: diagnosis and management of Barrett’s esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):30–50. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.322
  5. Dulai GS, Guha S, Kahn KL, Gornbein J, Weinstein WM. Preoperative prevalence of Barrett’s esophagus in esophageal adenocarcinoma: a systematic review. Gastroenterology 2002; 122(1):26–33. pmid:11781277
  6. Lagergren J, Bergström R, Lindgren A, Nyrén O. Symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux as a risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med 1999; 340(11):825–831. doi:10.1056/NEJM199903183401101
  7. Shaheen N, Ransohoff DF. Gastroesophageal reflux, Barrett esophagus, and esophageal cancer: scientific review. JAMA 2002; 287(15):1972–1981. pmid:11960540
  8. van Blankenstein M, Looman CW, Johnston BJ, Caygill CP. Age and sex distribution of the prevalence of Barrett’s esophagus found in a primary referral endoscopy center. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100(3):568–576.
  9. Rubenstein JH, Mattek N, Eisen G. Age- and sex-specific yield of Barrett’s esophagus by endoscopy indication. Gastrointest Endosc 2010; 71(1):21–27. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2009.06.035
  10. Wang A, Mattek NC, Holub JL, Lieberman DA, Eisen GM. Prevalence of complicated gastroesophageal reflux disease and Barrett’s esophagus among racial groups in a multi-center consortium. Dig Dis Sci 2009; 54(5):964–971. doi:10.1007/s10620-009-0742-3
  11. Kubo A, Cook MB, Shaheen NJ, et al. Sex-specific associations between body mass index, waist circumference and the risk of Barrett’s esophagus: a pooled analysis from the international BEACON consortium. Gut 2013; 62(12):1684–1691. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2012-303753
  12. Andrici J, Cox MR, Eslick GD. Cigarette smoking and the risk of Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2013; 28(8):1258–1273. doi:10.1111/jgh.12230
  13. Chak A, Lee T, Kinnard MF, et al. Familial aggregation of Barrett’s esophagus, esophageal adenocarcinoma, and esophagogastric junctional adenocarcinoma in Caucasian adults. Gut 2002; 51(3):323–328. pmid:12171951
  14. Inadomi JM, Sampliner R, Lagergren J, Lieberman D, Fendrick AM, Vakil N. Screening and surveillance for Barrett esophagus in high-risk groups: a cost-utility analysis. Ann Intern Med 2003; 138(3):176–186. pmid:12558356
  15. Jobe BA, Hunter JG, Chang EY, et al. Office-based unsedated small-caliber endoscopy is equivalent to conventional sedated endoscopy in screening and surveillance for Barrett’s esophagus: a randomized and blinded comparison. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101(12):2693–2703.
  16. Ross-Innes CS, Chettouh H, Achilleos A, et al; BEST2 study group. Risk stratification of Barrett’s esophagus using a non-endoscopic sampling method coupled with a biomarker panel: a cohort study. Lancet Gastroenterol Hepatol 2017; 2(1):23–31. doi:10.1016/S2468-1253(16)30118-2
  17. Moinova HR, LaFramboise T, Lutterbaugh JD, et al. Identifying DNA methylation biomarkers for non-endoscopic detection of Barrett’s esophagus. Sci Transl Med 2018; 10(424). pii:eaao5848. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.aao5848
  18. Chan DK, Zakko L, Visrodia KH, et al. Breath testing for Barrett’s esophagus using exhaled volatile organic compound profiling with an electronic nose device. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(1):24–26. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.11.001
  19. Kumar S, Huang J, Abbassi-Ghadi N, et al. Mass spectrometric analysis of exhaled breath for the identification of volatile organic compound biomarkers in esophageal and gastric adenocarcinoma. Ann Surg 2015; 262(6):981–990. doi:10.1097/SLA.0000000000001101
  20. Peters BA, Wu J, Pei Z, et al. Oral microbiome composition reflects prospective risk for esophageal cancers. Cancer Res 2017; 77(23):6777–6787. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-17-1296
  21. Mallick R, Patnaik SK, Wani S, Bansal A. A systematic review of esophageal microrna markers for diagnosis and monitoring of Barrett’s esophagus. Dig Dis Sci 2016; 61(4):1039–1050. doi:10.1007/s10620-015-3959-3
  22. Codipilly DC, Chandar AK, Singh S, et al. The effect of endoscopic surveillance in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterology 2018; 154(8):2068–2086.e5. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2018.02.022
  23. ASGE Technology Committee; Thosani N, Abu Dayyeh BK, Sharma P, et al. ASGE Technology Committee systematic review and meta-analysis assessing the ASGE preservation and incorporation of valuable endoscopic innovations thresholds for adopting real-time imaging-assisted endoscopic targeted biopsy during endoscopic surveillance of Barrett’s esophagus. Gastrointest Endosc 2016; 83(4):684–698.e7. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2016.01.007
  24. Spechler SJ, Sharma P, Souza RF, Inadomi JM, Shaheen NJ; American Gastroenterological Association. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the management of Barrett’s esophagus. Gastroenterology 2011; 140(3):e18–e52. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.01.031
  25. Castro C, Peleteiro B, Lunet N. Modifiable factors and esophageal cancer: a systematic review of published meta-analyses. J Gastroenterol 2018; 53(1):37–51. doi:10.1007/s00535-017-1375-5
  26. Omer ZB, Ananthakrishnan AN, Nattinger KJ, et al. Aspirin protects against Barrett’s esophagus in a multivariate logistic regression analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2012; 10(7):722–727. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2012.02.031
  27. Singh S, Garg SK, Singh PP, Iyer PG, El-Serag HB. Acid-suppressive medications and risk of esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gut 2014; 63(8):1229–1237. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2013-305997
  28. Liao LM, Vaughan TL, Corley DA, et al. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug use reduces risk of adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and esophagogastric junction in a pooled analysis. Gastroenterology 2012; 142(3):442–452.e5. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.11.019
  29. Jankowski JAZ, de Caestecker J, Love SB, et al; AspECT Trial Team. Esomeprazole and aspirin in Barrett’s esophagus (AspECT): a randomised factorial trial. Lancet 2018; 392(10145):400–408. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31388-6
  30. Chak A, Buttar NS, Foster NR, et al; Cancer Prevention Network. Metformin does not reduce markers of cell proliferation in esophageal tissues of patients with Barrett’s esophagus. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2015; 13(4):665–672.e1–e4. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2014.08.040
  31. Rouphael C, Kamal A, Sanaka MR, Thota PN. Vitamin D in esophageal cancer: is there a role for chemoprevention? World J Gastrointest Oncol 2018; 10(1):23–30. doi:10.4251/wjgo.v10.i1.23
  32. Thota PN, Kistangari G, Singh P, et al. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and the risk of dysplasia and esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett’s esophagus. Dig Dis Sci 2016; 61(1):247–254. doi:10.1007/s10620-015-3823-5
  33. Cummings LC, Thota PN, Willis JE, et al. A nonrandomized trial of vitamin D supplementation for Barrett’s esophagus. PLoS One 2017;1 2(9):e0184928. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0184928
  34. Zgaga L, O’Sullivan F, Cantwell MM, Murray LJ, Thota PN, Coleman HG. Markers of vitamin D exposure and esophageal cancer risk: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2016; 25(6):877–886. doi:10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-15-1162
  35. Singh S, Singh AG, Singh PP, Murad MH, Iyer PG. Statins are associated with reduced risk of esophageal cancer, particularly in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2013; 11(6):620–629. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2012.12.036
  36. Krishnamoorthi R, Singh S, Ragunathan K, et al. Factors associated with progression of Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2018; 6(7):1046–1055.e8. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2017.11.044
  37. Thota PN, Kistangari G, Esnakula AK, Gonzalo DH, Liu XL. Clinical significance and management of Barrett’s esophagus with epithelial changes indefinite for dysplasia. World J Gastrointest Pharmacol Ther 2016; 7(3):406–411. doi:10.4292/wjgpt.v7.i3.406
  38. Bennett C, Vakil N, Bergman J, et al. Consensus statements for management of Barrett’s dysplasia and early-stage esophageal adenocarcinoma, based on a Delphi process. Gastroenterology 2012; 143(2):336–346. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2012.04.032
  39. Desai M, Saligram S, Gupta N, et al. Efficacy and safety outcomes of multimodal endoscopic eradication therapy in Barrett’s esophagus-related neoplasia: a systematic review and pooled analysis. Gastrointest Endosc 2017; 85(3):482–495.e4. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2016.09.022
  40. Qumseya BJ, Wani S, Desai M, et al. Adverse events after radiofrequency ablation in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2016; 14(8):1086–1095.e6. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2016.04.001
  41. Yang D, Zou F, Xiong S, Forde JJ, Wang Y, Draganov PV. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for early Barrett’s neoplasia: a meta-analysis. Gastrointest Endosc 2018; 87(6):1383–1393. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2017.09.038
  42. Duits LC, Phoa KN, Curvers WL, et al. Barrett’s esophagus patients with low-grade dysplasia can be accurately risk-stratified after histological review by an expert pathology panel. Gut 2015; 64(5):700–706. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2014-307278
  43. Duits LC, van der Wel MJ, Cotton CC, et al. Patients with Barrett’s esophagus and confirmed persistent low-grade dysplasia are at increased risk for progression to neoplasia. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(5):993–1001.e1. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.12.008
  44. Shaheen NJ, Sharma P, Overholt BF, et al. Radiofrequency ablation in Barrett’s esophagus with dysplasia. N Engl J Med 2009; 360(22):2277–2288. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0808145
  45. Phoa KN, van Vilsteren FG, Weusten BL, et al. Radiofrequency ablation vs endoscopic surveillance for patients with Barrett esophagus and low-grade dysplasia: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2014; 311(12):1209–1217. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.2511
  46. Hu Y, Puri V, Shami VM, Stukenborg GJ, Kozower BD. Comparative effectiveness of esophagectomy versus endoscopic treatment for esophageal high-grade dysplasia. Ann Surg 2016; 263(4):719–726. doi:10.1097/SLA.0000000000001387
  47. Shaheen NJ, Overholt BF, Sampliner RE, et al. Durability of radiofrequency ablation in Barrett’s esophagus with dysplasia. Gastroenterology 2011; 141(2):460–468. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.04.061
  48. Hur C, Choi SE, Rubenstein JH, et al. The cost effectiveness of radiofrequency ablation for Barrett’s esophagus. Gastroenterology 2012; 143(3):567–575. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2012.05.010
  49. Boger PC, Turner D, Roderick P, Patel P. A UK-based cost-utility analysis of radiofrequency ablation or oesophagectomy for the management of high-grade dysplasia in Barrett’s esophagus. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2010; 32(11-12):1332–1342. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2010.04450.x
  50. Pimentel-Nunes P, Dinis-Ribeiro M, Ponchon T, et al. Endoscopic submucosal dissection: European Society of Gastrointestinal Endoscopy (ESGE) guideline. Endoscopy 2015; 47(9):829–854. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1392882
  51. Pech O, May A, Manner H, et al. Long-term efficacy and safety of endoscopic resection for patients with mucosal adenocarcinoma of the esophagus. Gastroenterology 2014; 146(3):652–660.e1. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2013.11.006
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Tavankit Singh, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Cleveland Clinic

Vedha Sanghi, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Prashanthi N. Thota, MD, FACG
Medical Director, Esophageal Center, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Prashanthi N. Thota, MD, FACG, Esophageal Center, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, A31, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; thotap@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
724-732
Legacy Keywords
Barrett esophagus, Barrett’s esophagus, esophageal adenocarcinoma, cancer of the esophagus, endoscopy, screening, gastroesophageal reflux disease, GERD, dysplasia, cancer precursor, proton pump inhibitor, PPI, aspirin, chemoprevention, mucosal resection, ablation, cryotherapy, Tavankit Singh, Vedha Sanghi, Prashanthi Thota
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Tavankit Singh, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Cleveland Clinic

Vedha Sanghi, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Prashanthi N. Thota, MD, FACG
Medical Director, Esophageal Center, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Prashanthi N. Thota, MD, FACG, Esophageal Center, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, A31, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; thotap@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Tavankit Singh, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Cleveland Clinic

Vedha Sanghi, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Prashanthi N. Thota, MD, FACG
Medical Director, Esophageal Center, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Prashanthi N. Thota, MD, FACG, Esophageal Center, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, A31, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; thotap@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

All cases of esophageal adenocarcinoma are thought to arise from Barrett esophagus.1 But most cases of Barrett esophagus go undiagnosed. And Barrett esophagus is seen in 5% to 15% of patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease.2 These facts clearly emphasize the need for screening. Here, we review the rationale and recommendations for screening and surveillance, as well as the range of treatment options.

SCOPE OF THE PROBLEM

The American Cancer Society estimated there were 17,290 new cases of esophageal cancer and 15,850 deaths from it in the United States in 2018.3 Of the 2 main histologic types of esophageal cancer, adenocarcinoma and squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma is more common in the United States.

The precursor lesion is Barrett esophagus, defined as an extension of salmon-colored mucosa at least 1 cm into the tubular esophagus proximal to the gastroesophageal junction, with biopsy confirmation of intestinal metaplasia.4

The natural course of progression to dysplasia and cancer in Barrett esophagus is unknown but is thought to be stepwise, from no dysplasia to low-grade dysplasia to high-grade dysplasia and cancer, and the cancer risk depends on the degree of dysplasia: the annual risk is 0.33% if there is no dysplasia, 0.54% with low-grade dysplasia, and 7% with high-grade dysplasia.4

Although all cases of esophageal adenocarcinoma are thought to arise from Barrett esophagus,1 more than 90% of patients with newly diagnosed esophageal adenocarcinoma do not have a prior diagnosis of Barrett esophagus.5 Therefore, there is a substantial unmet need to expand screening for Barrett esophagus in people at risk.

GASTROESOPHAGEAL REFLUX DISEASE IS A RISK FACTOR FOR CANCER

The rationale behind screening is that detecting Barrett esophagus early and intervening in a timely manner in patients at higher risk of developing adenocarcinoma will decrease mortality.

Chronic gastroesophageal reflux disease is a strong risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma (odds ratio [OR] 7.7, 95% confidence interval [CI] 5.3–11.4), and the risk increases when symptoms are long-standing (> 20 years) or severe (OR 43.5, 95% CI 18.3–103.5) or occur daily (OR 5.5, 95% CI 3.2–9.3).6

Reflux symptoms are scored as follows:

  • Heartburn only, 1 point
  • Regurgitation only, 1 point
  • Heartburn with regurgitation, 1.5 points
  • Nightly symptoms (2 points if yes, 0 if no)
  • Symptoms once a week, 0 points; 2 to 6 times a week, 1 point; 7 to 15 times a week, 2 points; more than 15 times a week, 3 points.6

A score of 4.5 or higher indicates severe reflux disease. However, it is worth noting that the annual incidence of esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with long-term gastroesophageal reflux disease is less than 0.001%.7

RISK FACTORS FOR BARRETT ESOPHAGUS

Risk factors for Barrett esophagus include:

Male sex. Barrett esophagus is more prevalent in men than in women, at a ratio of 2 to 1; but in individuals under age 50, the ratio is 4 to 1.8

Age 50 or older. Barrett esophagus is usually diagnosed in the sixth to seventh decade of life, and the prevalence increases from 2.1% in the third decade to 9.3% in the sixth decade.9

White race. It is more prevalent in whites than in blacks (5.0% vs 1.5%, P < .0001).10

Central obesity. Waist circumference is an independent risk factor: every 5-cm increase carries an OR of 1.14 (95% CI 1.03–1.27, P = .02).11

Cigarette smoking increases the risk of Barrett esophagus (OR 1.42; 95% CI 1.15–1.76).12

A family history of Barrett esophagus or esophageal adenocarcinoma is a strong risk factor (OR 12, 95% CI 3.3–44.8). In 1 study, the risk in first- and second-degree relatives of patients with Barrett esophagus was 24%, compared with 5% in a control population (P < .005).13

SCREENING GUIDELINES AND DRAWBACKS

726fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Four-quadrant%20biopsies%20are%20taken%20every%202%20cm%2C%20plus%20at%20any%20mucosal%20irregularities%20in%20salmon-colored%20mucosa%20above%20the%20gastroesophageal%20junction.%3C%2Fp%3E
American College of Gastroenterology guidelines recommend screening for Barrett esophagus in men who have chronic reflux disease (> 5 years) or frequent symptoms (weekly or more often), and 2 or more risk factors.4 In women, screening is recommended only in the presence of multiple risk factors.4

The standard screening method is esophagogastroduodenoscopy with sedation, with careful visual inspection and 4-quadrant biopsies every 2 cm using the Seattle protocol, ie, including biopsy of any mucosal irregularities in salmon-colored mucosa above the gastroesophageal junction (Figure 1).4

Endoscopic screening is cost-effective, costing $10,440 per quality-adjusted life-year saved, which is well below the accepted threshold of less than $100,000.14 However, it is still expensive, invasive, and not ideal for screening large populations.

Less-invasive methods under study

Less-invasive, less-expensive methods being tested for mass screening include:

Unsedated transnasal endoscopy. Done with only topical anesthesia, it has high diagnostic accuracy and is quicker and more cost-effective than standard esophagogastroduodenoscopy, with fewer adverse effects. However, the procedure has not yet gained widespread acceptance for regular use by gastroenterologists.15

A swallowable sponge. Another promising test is cell collection using the Cytosponge Cell Collection Device (Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN). An encapsulated compressed sponge with a string attached is swallowed; in the stomach, the capsule dissolves, and the sponge expands and is then withdrawn using the attached string. The obtained cytology sample from the lower esophagus is then tested for trefoil factor 3, a protein biomarker for Barrett esophagus.16

A retractable balloon. The EsoCheck Cell Collection Device is a retractable balloon attached to a string. When swallowed, it gathers distal esophageal cells for detecting methylated DNA markers for Barrett esophagus.17

Esophageal capsule endoscopy uses a camera to visualize the esophagus, but lacks the ability to obtain biopsy samples.

Other screening methods are being tested, although data are limited. Liquid biopsy uses a blood sample to detect microRNAs that are dysregulated in cancer. The “electronic nose” is a device that detects exhaled volatile organic compounds altered in Barrett esophagus. Another test involves taking an oral wash sample to study the oral microbiome for a pattern associated with adenocarcinoma.18–21

 

 

SURVEILLANCE: WHAT’S INVOLVED, WHAT’S AVAILABLE

Surveillance in Barrett esophagus aims to detect premalignant changes or early-stage adenocarcinoma to provide longer survival and lower cancer-related mortality. Recent evidence suggests that patients with esophageal adenocarcinoma that is diagnosed in a Barrett esophagus surveillance program have an earlier stage of disease and therefore a survival benefit.22

Patient education is essential

Before enrolling a patient in a surveillance program, the clinician should explain the risks, benefits, and limitations, the importance of periodic endoscopy, and the possible eventual need for endoscopic therapy or surgery.

The endoscopic procedure

727tbl1.jpg

Surveillance involves examination by high-definition white-light endoscopy, with random 4-quadrant biopsies every 2 cm (or every 1 cm in patients with a history of dysplasia) and biopsy of any mucosal irregularity (nodule, ulcer, or other visible lesion). The degree of dysplasia determines the frequency of follow-up surveillance intervals and the need for endoscopic eradication therapy, as presented in professional society guidelines (Table 1).4,23,24

Advanced methods for detecting dysplasia

Newer endoscopic surveillance techniques include dye-based chromoendoscopy, narrow-band imaging, confocal laser endomicroscopy, volumetric laser endomicroscopy, and wide-area transepithelial sampling with computer-assisted 3-dimensional analysis. All these techniques are used to increase the detection of dysplasia. Of these, dye-based chromoendoscopy, narrow-band imaging, and confocal laser endomicroscopy meet current criteria of the American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy for preservation and incorporation of valuable endoscopic innovations.23

MANAGEMENT OF NONDYSPLASTIC BARRETT ESOPHAGUS

A proton pump inhibitor (PPI) is recommended to control reflux symptoms in patients with nondysplastic Barrett esophagus. But it is important to counsel patients on additional ways to protect against esophageal adenocarcinoma, such as:

  • Low to moderate alcohol consumption
  • Regular physical activity
  • Increased dietary intake of fruits, vegetables, folate, fiber, beta-carotene, and vitamin C
  • Weight control
  • Smoking cessation.25

Surveillance endoscopy with 4-quadrant biopsies at 2-cm intervals is recommended every 3 to 5 years (Table 1).

DOES CHEMOPREVENTION HAVE A ROLE?

Chemoprevention is an exciting area of research in preventing progression to adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus. Various drugs such as aspirin, other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), PPIs, metformin, and statins have been studied.

Aspirin

Aspirin has been shown to prevent development of Barrett esophagus in patients with reflux disease,26 but more studies are needed to validate those findings.

PPIs

Gastroesophageal reflux disease is a primary risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma, and gastric acid suppression with PPIs reduces cancer risk. PPI therapy is associated with a 71% decrease in the risk of high-grade dysplasia and adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus (OR 0.29, 95% CI 0.12–0.79).27 Long-term therapy (> 2 to 3 years) has a higher protective effect (adjusted OR 0.45, 95% CI 0.19–1.06) than short-term therapy (< 2 to 3 years) (adjusted OR 1.09, 95% CI 0.47–2.56).27

NSAIDs

NSAIDs, including aspirin, have been associated with decreased risk of colon, stomach, lung, breast, and esophageal cancer due to their potential to inhibit cyclooxygenase 2 (COX-2) enzymes.

A meta-analysis demonstrated that aspirin and NSAIDs led to a 32% reduction in the risk of adenocarcinoma (OR 0.68, 95% CI 0.56–0.83). The benefit was even greater if the drug was taken daily or more frequently (OR 0.56, 95% CI 0.43–0.73, P < .001) or was taken for 10 or more years (OR 0.63, 95% CI 0.45–0.90, P = .04).28

PPI plus aspirin

The best evidence for the role of PPIs and aspirin in reducing the risk of dysplasia comes from the Aspirin and Esomeprazole Chemoprevention in Barrett’s Metaplasia Trial.29 This randomized, controlled trial compared 4 regimens consisting of esomeprazole (a PPI) in either a high dose (40 mg twice daily) or a low dose (20 mg once daily) plus either aspirin (300 or 320 mg per day) or no aspirin in 2,557 patients with Barrett esophagus. The composite end point was the time to all-cause mortality, adenocarcinoma, or high-grade dysplasia.

At a median follow-up of 8.9 years, the combination of high-dose esomeprazole plus aspirin had the strongest effect compared with low-dose esomeprazole without aspirin (time ratio 1.59, 95% CI 1.14–2.23, P = .0068). The number needed to treat was 34 for esomeprazole and 43 for aspirin.29

Based on these data, we can conclude that aspirin and PPIs can prevent dysplasia and all-cause mortality in Barrett esophagus.

Metformin: No evidence of benefit

Metformin was studied as a protective agent against obesity-associated cancers including esophageal adenocarcinoma, as it reduces insulin levels.

In a randomized controlled trial30 in 74 patients with Barrett esophagus, metformin (starting at 500 mg daily, increasing to 2,000 mg/day by week 4) was compared with placebo. At 12 weeks, the percent change in esophageal levels of the biomarker pS6K1—an intracellular mediator of insulin and insulin-like growth factor activation in Barrett epithelium—did not differ significantly between the 2 groups (1.4% with metformin vs −14.7% with placebo; 1-sided P = .80). This suggested that metformin did not significantly alter proliferation or apoptosis in Barrett epithelium, despite reducing serum insulin levels and insulin resistance. Thus, metformin did not demonstrate a chemoprotective effect in preventing the progression of Barrett esophagus to adenocarcinoma.

 

 

Vitamin D: No evidence of benefit

Vitamin D affects genes regulating proliferation, apoptosis, and differentiation, and has therefore been studied as a potential antineoplastic agent. Its deficiency has also been associated with increased risk of esophageal adenocarcinoma. However, its efficacy in chemoprevention is unclear.31

One study found no association between serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and prevalence of dysplasia in Barrett esophagus (P = .90). An increase in vitamin D levels had no effect on progression to dysplasia or cancer (for every 5-nmol/L increase from baseline, hazard ratio 0.98, P = .62).32

In another study, supplementation with vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol 50,000 IU weekly) plus a PPI for 12 weeks significantly improved the serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels without significant changes in gene expression from Barrett epithelium.33 These findings were confirmed in a meta-analysis that showed no consistent association between vitamin D exposure and risk of esophageal neoplasm.34

Thus, there is currently no evidence to support vitamin D for chemoprevention in Barrett esophagus or esophageal adenocarcinoma.

Statins

In addition to lowering cholesterol, statins have antiproliferative, pro-apoptotic, anti-angiogenic, and immunomodulatory effects that prevent cancer, leading to a 41% reduction in the risk of adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus in one study (adjusted OR 0.59, 95% CI 0.45–0.78); the number needed to treat with statins to prevent 1 case of adenocarcinoma was 389.35

A meta-analysis also showed that statin use was associated with a lower risk of progression of Barrett esophagus (OR 0.48, 95% CI 0.31–0.73).36

In general, statins appear promising for chemoprevention, but more study is needed.

When is chemoprevention appropriate?

Chemoprevention is not recommended for all patients with Barrett esophagus, given that the condition affects 1% to 2% of the US adult population, and very few patients have progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma. Rather, chemoprevention may be considered in patients with Barrett esophagus and multiple risk factors for adenocarcinoma.

INDEFINITE DYSPLASIA

In Barrett esophagus with indefinite dysplasia, either the epithelial abnormalities are insufficient for a diagnosis of dysplasia, or the nature of the epithelial abnormalities is uncertain due to inflammation or technical difficulties with specimen processing. The risk of high-grade dysplasia or cancer within 1 year of the diagnosis of indefinite dysplasia varies between 1.9% and 15%.37 The recommendation for management is to optimize acid-suppressive therapy for 3 to 6 months and then to repeat esophagogastroduodenoscopy. If indefinite dysplasia is noted again, repeat endoscopy in 12 months is recommended.2

ENDOSCOPIC ERADICATION: AN OVERVIEW

Because dysplasia in Barrett esophagus carries a high risk of progression to cancer, the standard of care is endoscopic mucosal resection of visible lesions, followed by ablation of the flat mucosa, with the aim of achieving complete eradication of intestinal metaplasia.4,38 The initial endoscopic treatment is followed by outpatient sessions every 8 to 10 weeks until the dysplasia is eradicated. A key part of treatment during this time is maximal acid suppression with a PPI twice daily and a histamine-2 blocker at night. In rare cases, fundoplication is required to control reflux refractory to medical therapy.

After eradication is confirmed, continued surveillance is necessary, as recurrences have been reported at a rate of 4.8% per year for intestinal metaplasia, and 2% per year for dysplasia.39

Current endoscopic resection techniques

729fig2.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%202.%20A%3A%20Endoscopic%20picture%20of%20Barrett%20esophagus%20with%20arrow%20pointing%20to%20nodule.%20B%3A%20After%20endoscopic%20mucosal%20resection%20of%20nodule.%20C%3A%20Barrett%20esophagus%20before%20radio%C2%ADfrequency%20ablation.%20D%3A%20Barrett%20esophagus%20after%20ablation.%3C%2Fp%3E

Endoscopic resection techniques include mucosal resection, submucosal dissection, radio­frequency ablation, cryotherapy, argon plasma coagulation, and photodynamic therapy (Figure 2).

In mucosal resection, the lesion is either suctioned into a band ligator, after which a band is placed around the lesion, or suctioned into a cap fitted at the end of the endoscope, after which the lesion is removed using a snare.

In submucosal dissection, a liquid is injected into the submucosa to lift the lesion, making it easier to remove. The procedure is technically complex and requires additional training.

In radiofrequency ablation, a special catheter is passed through the endoscope to ablate the affected epithelium by thermal injury. Argon plasma coagulation works in a similar way, but uses ionized argon gas to induce thermal coagulation of metaplastic epithelium.

Cryotherapy produces cellular injury by rapid freezing and thawing of tissue using a cryogen such as liquid nitrogen or nitrous oxide.

In photodynamic therapy, a photosensitizer (porfimer sodium) is administered and taken up preferentially by metaplastic epithelium; it is then activated by transmission of red light using the endoscope, leading to destruction of the metaplastic epithelium.

Of the different techniques, radiofrequency ablation has the most evidence for efficacy and hence is the most commonly used.

All of these procedures are generally well tolerated and have favorable side-effect profiles. After radiofrequency ablation with or without mucosal resection, esophageal strictures are noted in 5.6% of patients, and bleeding and perforation occur rarely (1% and 0.6% of patients, respectively).40 Submucosal dissection is associated with a higher rate of complications such as stricture formation (11% of patients) and bleeding or perforation (1.5% of patients).41

 

 

LOW-GRADE DYSPLASIA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

Most patients with low-grade dysplasia (73%) are down-staged to nondysplastic Barrett esophagus or to indefinite for dysplasia after review by expert pathologists.42 Patients with confirmed and persistent low-grade dysplasia are at higher risk of progression.43

Once low-grade dysplasia is confirmed by a second gastrointestinal pathologist, the patient should undergo endoscopic ablation. A landmark study by Shaheen et al44 demonstrated the benefit of radiofrequency ablation in achieving complete eradication of dysplasia (90.5% vs 22.7% for a sham procedure) and complete eradication of intestinal metaplasia (77.4% vs 2.3% for a sham procedure). In another trial of 136 patients with low-grade dysplasia followed for 3 years, Phoa et al45 demonstrated that radiofrequency ablation reduced the rate of progression to high-grade dysplasia by 25% and to adenocarcinoma by 7.4% compared with endoscopic surveillance.

Patients with confirmed low-grade dysplasia who do not undergo eradication therapy should have surveillance endoscopy every 6 to 12 months (Table 1).

HIGH-GRADE DYSPLASIA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

As with low-grade dysplasia, the diagnosis of high-grade dysplasia needs to be confirmed by a second pathologist with gastrointestinal expertise. In the past, the treatment was esophagectomy, but due to lower morbidity and equivalent efficacy of radiofrequency ablation,46 the current treatment of choice is endoscopic mucosal resection of raised lesions, followed by radiofrequency ablation of the entire affected segment.

In the study by Shaheen et al,44 42 patients with high-grade dysplasia were randomized to radiofrequency ablation and 21 to a sham procedure, and 81% of ablation patients achieved complete eradication of dysplasia vs 19% with the sham procedure. Eradication of intestinal metaplasia was achieved in 77% of ablation patients vs 2% of patients with the sham therapy. Results of 3-year follow-up from the same cohort showed complete eradication of dysplasia in 98% and of intestinal metaplasia in 91%.47

Endoscopic eradication therapy is recommended for all patients with Barrett esophagus and high-grade dysplasia without a life-limiting comorbidity. Alternatively, surveillance every 3 months is an option if the patient does not wish to undergo eradication therapy. Radiofrequency ablation is more cost-effective than esophagectomy or endoscopic surveillance followed by treatment once patients develop adenocarcinoma.48,49

EARLY ESOPHAGEAL ADENOCARCINOMA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

Adenocarcinoma limited to the mucosa and without evidence of nodal involvement can be resected endoscopically. In patients with localized cancer, mucosal resection is done not only for therapeutic purposes but also for staging. Ideal management is multidisciplinary, including a gastroenterologist, thoracic surgeon, oncologist, pathologist, and radiation oncologist.

If lesions have features suggesting submucosal invasion or are greater than 1.5 cm in size, or if it is difficult to separate (ie, lift) the mucosa from the submucosal layer with injection of saline, then submucosal dissection is recommended.50 Because of the risk of metachronous lesions, ablation of the remaining Barrett esophagus mucosa is recommended after resection of cancer.

Endoscopic eradication is highly effective and durable for the treatment of intramucosal esophageal adenocarcinoma. In a study of 1,000 patients, 963 patients (96.3%) had achieved a complete response; 12 patients (3.7%) underwent surgery after eradication failed during a follow-up of almost 5 years.51 Metachronous lesions or recurrence of cancer developed during the follow-up period in 140 patients (14.5%) but were successfully treated endoscopically in 115, resulting in a long-term complete remission rate of 93.8%.

POSTABLATION MANAGEMENT

Because of the risk of recurrence of dysplasia after ablation, long-term PPI therapy and surveillance are recommended.

Surveillance endoscopy involves 4-quadrant biopsies taken every 1 cm from the entire length of segment where Barrett esophagus had been seen before ablation.

The timing of surveillance intervals depends on the preablation grade of dysplasia. For low-grade dysplasia, the recommendation is every 6 months for the first year after ablation and, if there is no recurrence of dysplasia, annually after that.2 After treatment of high-grade dysplasia or intramucosal adenocarcinoma, the recommendation is every 3 months for the first year, every 6 months in the second year, and then annually.2

All cases of esophageal adenocarcinoma are thought to arise from Barrett esophagus.1 But most cases of Barrett esophagus go undiagnosed. And Barrett esophagus is seen in 5% to 15% of patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease.2 These facts clearly emphasize the need for screening. Here, we review the rationale and recommendations for screening and surveillance, as well as the range of treatment options.

SCOPE OF THE PROBLEM

The American Cancer Society estimated there were 17,290 new cases of esophageal cancer and 15,850 deaths from it in the United States in 2018.3 Of the 2 main histologic types of esophageal cancer, adenocarcinoma and squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma is more common in the United States.

The precursor lesion is Barrett esophagus, defined as an extension of salmon-colored mucosa at least 1 cm into the tubular esophagus proximal to the gastroesophageal junction, with biopsy confirmation of intestinal metaplasia.4

The natural course of progression to dysplasia and cancer in Barrett esophagus is unknown but is thought to be stepwise, from no dysplasia to low-grade dysplasia to high-grade dysplasia and cancer, and the cancer risk depends on the degree of dysplasia: the annual risk is 0.33% if there is no dysplasia, 0.54% with low-grade dysplasia, and 7% with high-grade dysplasia.4

Although all cases of esophageal adenocarcinoma are thought to arise from Barrett esophagus,1 more than 90% of patients with newly diagnosed esophageal adenocarcinoma do not have a prior diagnosis of Barrett esophagus.5 Therefore, there is a substantial unmet need to expand screening for Barrett esophagus in people at risk.

GASTROESOPHAGEAL REFLUX DISEASE IS A RISK FACTOR FOR CANCER

The rationale behind screening is that detecting Barrett esophagus early and intervening in a timely manner in patients at higher risk of developing adenocarcinoma will decrease mortality.

Chronic gastroesophageal reflux disease is a strong risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma (odds ratio [OR] 7.7, 95% confidence interval [CI] 5.3–11.4), and the risk increases when symptoms are long-standing (> 20 years) or severe (OR 43.5, 95% CI 18.3–103.5) or occur daily (OR 5.5, 95% CI 3.2–9.3).6

Reflux symptoms are scored as follows:

  • Heartburn only, 1 point
  • Regurgitation only, 1 point
  • Heartburn with regurgitation, 1.5 points
  • Nightly symptoms (2 points if yes, 0 if no)
  • Symptoms once a week, 0 points; 2 to 6 times a week, 1 point; 7 to 15 times a week, 2 points; more than 15 times a week, 3 points.6

A score of 4.5 or higher indicates severe reflux disease. However, it is worth noting that the annual incidence of esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with long-term gastroesophageal reflux disease is less than 0.001%.7

RISK FACTORS FOR BARRETT ESOPHAGUS

Risk factors for Barrett esophagus include:

Male sex. Barrett esophagus is more prevalent in men than in women, at a ratio of 2 to 1; but in individuals under age 50, the ratio is 4 to 1.8

Age 50 or older. Barrett esophagus is usually diagnosed in the sixth to seventh decade of life, and the prevalence increases from 2.1% in the third decade to 9.3% in the sixth decade.9

White race. It is more prevalent in whites than in blacks (5.0% vs 1.5%, P < .0001).10

Central obesity. Waist circumference is an independent risk factor: every 5-cm increase carries an OR of 1.14 (95% CI 1.03–1.27, P = .02).11

Cigarette smoking increases the risk of Barrett esophagus (OR 1.42; 95% CI 1.15–1.76).12

A family history of Barrett esophagus or esophageal adenocarcinoma is a strong risk factor (OR 12, 95% CI 3.3–44.8). In 1 study, the risk in first- and second-degree relatives of patients with Barrett esophagus was 24%, compared with 5% in a control population (P < .005).13

SCREENING GUIDELINES AND DRAWBACKS

726fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Four-quadrant%20biopsies%20are%20taken%20every%202%20cm%2C%20plus%20at%20any%20mucosal%20irregularities%20in%20salmon-colored%20mucosa%20above%20the%20gastroesophageal%20junction.%3C%2Fp%3E
American College of Gastroenterology guidelines recommend screening for Barrett esophagus in men who have chronic reflux disease (> 5 years) or frequent symptoms (weekly or more often), and 2 or more risk factors.4 In women, screening is recommended only in the presence of multiple risk factors.4

The standard screening method is esophagogastroduodenoscopy with sedation, with careful visual inspection and 4-quadrant biopsies every 2 cm using the Seattle protocol, ie, including biopsy of any mucosal irregularities in salmon-colored mucosa above the gastroesophageal junction (Figure 1).4

Endoscopic screening is cost-effective, costing $10,440 per quality-adjusted life-year saved, which is well below the accepted threshold of less than $100,000.14 However, it is still expensive, invasive, and not ideal for screening large populations.

Less-invasive methods under study

Less-invasive, less-expensive methods being tested for mass screening include:

Unsedated transnasal endoscopy. Done with only topical anesthesia, it has high diagnostic accuracy and is quicker and more cost-effective than standard esophagogastroduodenoscopy, with fewer adverse effects. However, the procedure has not yet gained widespread acceptance for regular use by gastroenterologists.15

A swallowable sponge. Another promising test is cell collection using the Cytosponge Cell Collection Device (Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN). An encapsulated compressed sponge with a string attached is swallowed; in the stomach, the capsule dissolves, and the sponge expands and is then withdrawn using the attached string. The obtained cytology sample from the lower esophagus is then tested for trefoil factor 3, a protein biomarker for Barrett esophagus.16

A retractable balloon. The EsoCheck Cell Collection Device is a retractable balloon attached to a string. When swallowed, it gathers distal esophageal cells for detecting methylated DNA markers for Barrett esophagus.17

Esophageal capsule endoscopy uses a camera to visualize the esophagus, but lacks the ability to obtain biopsy samples.

Other screening methods are being tested, although data are limited. Liquid biopsy uses a blood sample to detect microRNAs that are dysregulated in cancer. The “electronic nose” is a device that detects exhaled volatile organic compounds altered in Barrett esophagus. Another test involves taking an oral wash sample to study the oral microbiome for a pattern associated with adenocarcinoma.18–21

 

 

SURVEILLANCE: WHAT’S INVOLVED, WHAT’S AVAILABLE

Surveillance in Barrett esophagus aims to detect premalignant changes or early-stage adenocarcinoma to provide longer survival and lower cancer-related mortality. Recent evidence suggests that patients with esophageal adenocarcinoma that is diagnosed in a Barrett esophagus surveillance program have an earlier stage of disease and therefore a survival benefit.22

Patient education is essential

Before enrolling a patient in a surveillance program, the clinician should explain the risks, benefits, and limitations, the importance of periodic endoscopy, and the possible eventual need for endoscopic therapy or surgery.

The endoscopic procedure

727tbl1.jpg

Surveillance involves examination by high-definition white-light endoscopy, with random 4-quadrant biopsies every 2 cm (or every 1 cm in patients with a history of dysplasia) and biopsy of any mucosal irregularity (nodule, ulcer, or other visible lesion). The degree of dysplasia determines the frequency of follow-up surveillance intervals and the need for endoscopic eradication therapy, as presented in professional society guidelines (Table 1).4,23,24

Advanced methods for detecting dysplasia

Newer endoscopic surveillance techniques include dye-based chromoendoscopy, narrow-band imaging, confocal laser endomicroscopy, volumetric laser endomicroscopy, and wide-area transepithelial sampling with computer-assisted 3-dimensional analysis. All these techniques are used to increase the detection of dysplasia. Of these, dye-based chromoendoscopy, narrow-band imaging, and confocal laser endomicroscopy meet current criteria of the American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy for preservation and incorporation of valuable endoscopic innovations.23

MANAGEMENT OF NONDYSPLASTIC BARRETT ESOPHAGUS

A proton pump inhibitor (PPI) is recommended to control reflux symptoms in patients with nondysplastic Barrett esophagus. But it is important to counsel patients on additional ways to protect against esophageal adenocarcinoma, such as:

  • Low to moderate alcohol consumption
  • Regular physical activity
  • Increased dietary intake of fruits, vegetables, folate, fiber, beta-carotene, and vitamin C
  • Weight control
  • Smoking cessation.25

Surveillance endoscopy with 4-quadrant biopsies at 2-cm intervals is recommended every 3 to 5 years (Table 1).

DOES CHEMOPREVENTION HAVE A ROLE?

Chemoprevention is an exciting area of research in preventing progression to adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus. Various drugs such as aspirin, other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), PPIs, metformin, and statins have been studied.

Aspirin

Aspirin has been shown to prevent development of Barrett esophagus in patients with reflux disease,26 but more studies are needed to validate those findings.

PPIs

Gastroesophageal reflux disease is a primary risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma, and gastric acid suppression with PPIs reduces cancer risk. PPI therapy is associated with a 71% decrease in the risk of high-grade dysplasia and adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus (OR 0.29, 95% CI 0.12–0.79).27 Long-term therapy (> 2 to 3 years) has a higher protective effect (adjusted OR 0.45, 95% CI 0.19–1.06) than short-term therapy (< 2 to 3 years) (adjusted OR 1.09, 95% CI 0.47–2.56).27

NSAIDs

NSAIDs, including aspirin, have been associated with decreased risk of colon, stomach, lung, breast, and esophageal cancer due to their potential to inhibit cyclooxygenase 2 (COX-2) enzymes.

A meta-analysis demonstrated that aspirin and NSAIDs led to a 32% reduction in the risk of adenocarcinoma (OR 0.68, 95% CI 0.56–0.83). The benefit was even greater if the drug was taken daily or more frequently (OR 0.56, 95% CI 0.43–0.73, P < .001) or was taken for 10 or more years (OR 0.63, 95% CI 0.45–0.90, P = .04).28

PPI plus aspirin

The best evidence for the role of PPIs and aspirin in reducing the risk of dysplasia comes from the Aspirin and Esomeprazole Chemoprevention in Barrett’s Metaplasia Trial.29 This randomized, controlled trial compared 4 regimens consisting of esomeprazole (a PPI) in either a high dose (40 mg twice daily) or a low dose (20 mg once daily) plus either aspirin (300 or 320 mg per day) or no aspirin in 2,557 patients with Barrett esophagus. The composite end point was the time to all-cause mortality, adenocarcinoma, or high-grade dysplasia.

At a median follow-up of 8.9 years, the combination of high-dose esomeprazole plus aspirin had the strongest effect compared with low-dose esomeprazole without aspirin (time ratio 1.59, 95% CI 1.14–2.23, P = .0068). The number needed to treat was 34 for esomeprazole and 43 for aspirin.29

Based on these data, we can conclude that aspirin and PPIs can prevent dysplasia and all-cause mortality in Barrett esophagus.

Metformin: No evidence of benefit

Metformin was studied as a protective agent against obesity-associated cancers including esophageal adenocarcinoma, as it reduces insulin levels.

In a randomized controlled trial30 in 74 patients with Barrett esophagus, metformin (starting at 500 mg daily, increasing to 2,000 mg/day by week 4) was compared with placebo. At 12 weeks, the percent change in esophageal levels of the biomarker pS6K1—an intracellular mediator of insulin and insulin-like growth factor activation in Barrett epithelium—did not differ significantly between the 2 groups (1.4% with metformin vs −14.7% with placebo; 1-sided P = .80). This suggested that metformin did not significantly alter proliferation or apoptosis in Barrett epithelium, despite reducing serum insulin levels and insulin resistance. Thus, metformin did not demonstrate a chemoprotective effect in preventing the progression of Barrett esophagus to adenocarcinoma.

 

 

Vitamin D: No evidence of benefit

Vitamin D affects genes regulating proliferation, apoptosis, and differentiation, and has therefore been studied as a potential antineoplastic agent. Its deficiency has also been associated with increased risk of esophageal adenocarcinoma. However, its efficacy in chemoprevention is unclear.31

One study found no association between serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and prevalence of dysplasia in Barrett esophagus (P = .90). An increase in vitamin D levels had no effect on progression to dysplasia or cancer (for every 5-nmol/L increase from baseline, hazard ratio 0.98, P = .62).32

In another study, supplementation with vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol 50,000 IU weekly) plus a PPI for 12 weeks significantly improved the serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels without significant changes in gene expression from Barrett epithelium.33 These findings were confirmed in a meta-analysis that showed no consistent association between vitamin D exposure and risk of esophageal neoplasm.34

Thus, there is currently no evidence to support vitamin D for chemoprevention in Barrett esophagus or esophageal adenocarcinoma.

Statins

In addition to lowering cholesterol, statins have antiproliferative, pro-apoptotic, anti-angiogenic, and immunomodulatory effects that prevent cancer, leading to a 41% reduction in the risk of adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett esophagus in one study (adjusted OR 0.59, 95% CI 0.45–0.78); the number needed to treat with statins to prevent 1 case of adenocarcinoma was 389.35

A meta-analysis also showed that statin use was associated with a lower risk of progression of Barrett esophagus (OR 0.48, 95% CI 0.31–0.73).36

In general, statins appear promising for chemoprevention, but more study is needed.

When is chemoprevention appropriate?

Chemoprevention is not recommended for all patients with Barrett esophagus, given that the condition affects 1% to 2% of the US adult population, and very few patients have progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma. Rather, chemoprevention may be considered in patients with Barrett esophagus and multiple risk factors for adenocarcinoma.

INDEFINITE DYSPLASIA

In Barrett esophagus with indefinite dysplasia, either the epithelial abnormalities are insufficient for a diagnosis of dysplasia, or the nature of the epithelial abnormalities is uncertain due to inflammation or technical difficulties with specimen processing. The risk of high-grade dysplasia or cancer within 1 year of the diagnosis of indefinite dysplasia varies between 1.9% and 15%.37 The recommendation for management is to optimize acid-suppressive therapy for 3 to 6 months and then to repeat esophagogastroduodenoscopy. If indefinite dysplasia is noted again, repeat endoscopy in 12 months is recommended.2

ENDOSCOPIC ERADICATION: AN OVERVIEW

Because dysplasia in Barrett esophagus carries a high risk of progression to cancer, the standard of care is endoscopic mucosal resection of visible lesions, followed by ablation of the flat mucosa, with the aim of achieving complete eradication of intestinal metaplasia.4,38 The initial endoscopic treatment is followed by outpatient sessions every 8 to 10 weeks until the dysplasia is eradicated. A key part of treatment during this time is maximal acid suppression with a PPI twice daily and a histamine-2 blocker at night. In rare cases, fundoplication is required to control reflux refractory to medical therapy.

After eradication is confirmed, continued surveillance is necessary, as recurrences have been reported at a rate of 4.8% per year for intestinal metaplasia, and 2% per year for dysplasia.39

Current endoscopic resection techniques

729fig2.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%202.%20A%3A%20Endoscopic%20picture%20of%20Barrett%20esophagus%20with%20arrow%20pointing%20to%20nodule.%20B%3A%20After%20endoscopic%20mucosal%20resection%20of%20nodule.%20C%3A%20Barrett%20esophagus%20before%20radio%C2%ADfrequency%20ablation.%20D%3A%20Barrett%20esophagus%20after%20ablation.%3C%2Fp%3E

Endoscopic resection techniques include mucosal resection, submucosal dissection, radio­frequency ablation, cryotherapy, argon plasma coagulation, and photodynamic therapy (Figure 2).

In mucosal resection, the lesion is either suctioned into a band ligator, after which a band is placed around the lesion, or suctioned into a cap fitted at the end of the endoscope, after which the lesion is removed using a snare.

In submucosal dissection, a liquid is injected into the submucosa to lift the lesion, making it easier to remove. The procedure is technically complex and requires additional training.

In radiofrequency ablation, a special catheter is passed through the endoscope to ablate the affected epithelium by thermal injury. Argon plasma coagulation works in a similar way, but uses ionized argon gas to induce thermal coagulation of metaplastic epithelium.

Cryotherapy produces cellular injury by rapid freezing and thawing of tissue using a cryogen such as liquid nitrogen or nitrous oxide.

In photodynamic therapy, a photosensitizer (porfimer sodium) is administered and taken up preferentially by metaplastic epithelium; it is then activated by transmission of red light using the endoscope, leading to destruction of the metaplastic epithelium.

Of the different techniques, radiofrequency ablation has the most evidence for efficacy and hence is the most commonly used.

All of these procedures are generally well tolerated and have favorable side-effect profiles. After radiofrequency ablation with or without mucosal resection, esophageal strictures are noted in 5.6% of patients, and bleeding and perforation occur rarely (1% and 0.6% of patients, respectively).40 Submucosal dissection is associated with a higher rate of complications such as stricture formation (11% of patients) and bleeding or perforation (1.5% of patients).41

 

 

LOW-GRADE DYSPLASIA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

Most patients with low-grade dysplasia (73%) are down-staged to nondysplastic Barrett esophagus or to indefinite for dysplasia after review by expert pathologists.42 Patients with confirmed and persistent low-grade dysplasia are at higher risk of progression.43

Once low-grade dysplasia is confirmed by a second gastrointestinal pathologist, the patient should undergo endoscopic ablation. A landmark study by Shaheen et al44 demonstrated the benefit of radiofrequency ablation in achieving complete eradication of dysplasia (90.5% vs 22.7% for a sham procedure) and complete eradication of intestinal metaplasia (77.4% vs 2.3% for a sham procedure). In another trial of 136 patients with low-grade dysplasia followed for 3 years, Phoa et al45 demonstrated that radiofrequency ablation reduced the rate of progression to high-grade dysplasia by 25% and to adenocarcinoma by 7.4% compared with endoscopic surveillance.

Patients with confirmed low-grade dysplasia who do not undergo eradication therapy should have surveillance endoscopy every 6 to 12 months (Table 1).

HIGH-GRADE DYSPLASIA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

As with low-grade dysplasia, the diagnosis of high-grade dysplasia needs to be confirmed by a second pathologist with gastrointestinal expertise. In the past, the treatment was esophagectomy, but due to lower morbidity and equivalent efficacy of radiofrequency ablation,46 the current treatment of choice is endoscopic mucosal resection of raised lesions, followed by radiofrequency ablation of the entire affected segment.

In the study by Shaheen et al,44 42 patients with high-grade dysplasia were randomized to radiofrequency ablation and 21 to a sham procedure, and 81% of ablation patients achieved complete eradication of dysplasia vs 19% with the sham procedure. Eradication of intestinal metaplasia was achieved in 77% of ablation patients vs 2% of patients with the sham therapy. Results of 3-year follow-up from the same cohort showed complete eradication of dysplasia in 98% and of intestinal metaplasia in 91%.47

Endoscopic eradication therapy is recommended for all patients with Barrett esophagus and high-grade dysplasia without a life-limiting comorbidity. Alternatively, surveillance every 3 months is an option if the patient does not wish to undergo eradication therapy. Radiofrequency ablation is more cost-effective than esophagectomy or endoscopic surveillance followed by treatment once patients develop adenocarcinoma.48,49

EARLY ESOPHAGEAL ADENOCARCINOMA: RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT

Adenocarcinoma limited to the mucosa and without evidence of nodal involvement can be resected endoscopically. In patients with localized cancer, mucosal resection is done not only for therapeutic purposes but also for staging. Ideal management is multidisciplinary, including a gastroenterologist, thoracic surgeon, oncologist, pathologist, and radiation oncologist.

If lesions have features suggesting submucosal invasion or are greater than 1.5 cm in size, or if it is difficult to separate (ie, lift) the mucosa from the submucosal layer with injection of saline, then submucosal dissection is recommended.50 Because of the risk of metachronous lesions, ablation of the remaining Barrett esophagus mucosa is recommended after resection of cancer.

Endoscopic eradication is highly effective and durable for the treatment of intramucosal esophageal adenocarcinoma. In a study of 1,000 patients, 963 patients (96.3%) had achieved a complete response; 12 patients (3.7%) underwent surgery after eradication failed during a follow-up of almost 5 years.51 Metachronous lesions or recurrence of cancer developed during the follow-up period in 140 patients (14.5%) but were successfully treated endoscopically in 115, resulting in a long-term complete remission rate of 93.8%.

POSTABLATION MANAGEMENT

Because of the risk of recurrence of dysplasia after ablation, long-term PPI therapy and surveillance are recommended.

Surveillance endoscopy involves 4-quadrant biopsies taken every 1 cm from the entire length of segment where Barrett esophagus had been seen before ablation.

The timing of surveillance intervals depends on the preablation grade of dysplasia. For low-grade dysplasia, the recommendation is every 6 months for the first year after ablation and, if there is no recurrence of dysplasia, annually after that.2 After treatment of high-grade dysplasia or intramucosal adenocarcinoma, the recommendation is every 3 months for the first year, every 6 months in the second year, and then annually.2

References
  1. Mendes de Almeida JC, Chaves P, Pereira AD, Altorki NK. Is Barrett’s esophagus the precursor of most adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and cardia? A biochemical study. Ann Surg 1997; 226(6):725–733. pmid:9409571
  2. Westhoff B, Brotze S, Weston A, et al. The frequency of Barrett’s esophagus in high-risk patients with chronic GERD. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61(2):226–231. pmid:15729230
  3. National Cancer Institute. Cancer stat facts: esophageal cancer. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/esoph.html. Accessed August 6, 2019.
  4. Shaheen NJ, Falk GW, Iyer PG, Gerson LB; American College of Gastroenterology. ACG clinical guideline: diagnosis and management of Barrett’s esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):30–50. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.322
  5. Dulai GS, Guha S, Kahn KL, Gornbein J, Weinstein WM. Preoperative prevalence of Barrett’s esophagus in esophageal adenocarcinoma: a systematic review. Gastroenterology 2002; 122(1):26–33. pmid:11781277
  6. Lagergren J, Bergström R, Lindgren A, Nyrén O. Symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux as a risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med 1999; 340(11):825–831. doi:10.1056/NEJM199903183401101
  7. Shaheen N, Ransohoff DF. Gastroesophageal reflux, Barrett esophagus, and esophageal cancer: scientific review. JAMA 2002; 287(15):1972–1981. pmid:11960540
  8. van Blankenstein M, Looman CW, Johnston BJ, Caygill CP. Age and sex distribution of the prevalence of Barrett’s esophagus found in a primary referral endoscopy center. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100(3):568–576.
  9. Rubenstein JH, Mattek N, Eisen G. Age- and sex-specific yield of Barrett’s esophagus by endoscopy indication. Gastrointest Endosc 2010; 71(1):21–27. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2009.06.035
  10. Wang A, Mattek NC, Holub JL, Lieberman DA, Eisen GM. Prevalence of complicated gastroesophageal reflux disease and Barrett’s esophagus among racial groups in a multi-center consortium. Dig Dis Sci 2009; 54(5):964–971. doi:10.1007/s10620-009-0742-3
  11. Kubo A, Cook MB, Shaheen NJ, et al. Sex-specific associations between body mass index, waist circumference and the risk of Barrett’s esophagus: a pooled analysis from the international BEACON consortium. Gut 2013; 62(12):1684–1691. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2012-303753
  12. Andrici J, Cox MR, Eslick GD. Cigarette smoking and the risk of Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2013; 28(8):1258–1273. doi:10.1111/jgh.12230
  13. Chak A, Lee T, Kinnard MF, et al. Familial aggregation of Barrett’s esophagus, esophageal adenocarcinoma, and esophagogastric junctional adenocarcinoma in Caucasian adults. Gut 2002; 51(3):323–328. pmid:12171951
  14. Inadomi JM, Sampliner R, Lagergren J, Lieberman D, Fendrick AM, Vakil N. Screening and surveillance for Barrett esophagus in high-risk groups: a cost-utility analysis. Ann Intern Med 2003; 138(3):176–186. pmid:12558356
  15. Jobe BA, Hunter JG, Chang EY, et al. Office-based unsedated small-caliber endoscopy is equivalent to conventional sedated endoscopy in screening and surveillance for Barrett’s esophagus: a randomized and blinded comparison. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101(12):2693–2703.
  16. Ross-Innes CS, Chettouh H, Achilleos A, et al; BEST2 study group. Risk stratification of Barrett’s esophagus using a non-endoscopic sampling method coupled with a biomarker panel: a cohort study. Lancet Gastroenterol Hepatol 2017; 2(1):23–31. doi:10.1016/S2468-1253(16)30118-2
  17. Moinova HR, LaFramboise T, Lutterbaugh JD, et al. Identifying DNA methylation biomarkers for non-endoscopic detection of Barrett’s esophagus. Sci Transl Med 2018; 10(424). pii:eaao5848. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.aao5848
  18. Chan DK, Zakko L, Visrodia KH, et al. Breath testing for Barrett’s esophagus using exhaled volatile organic compound profiling with an electronic nose device. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(1):24–26. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.11.001
  19. Kumar S, Huang J, Abbassi-Ghadi N, et al. Mass spectrometric analysis of exhaled breath for the identification of volatile organic compound biomarkers in esophageal and gastric adenocarcinoma. Ann Surg 2015; 262(6):981–990. doi:10.1097/SLA.0000000000001101
  20. Peters BA, Wu J, Pei Z, et al. Oral microbiome composition reflects prospective risk for esophageal cancers. Cancer Res 2017; 77(23):6777–6787. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-17-1296
  21. Mallick R, Patnaik SK, Wani S, Bansal A. A systematic review of esophageal microrna markers for diagnosis and monitoring of Barrett’s esophagus. Dig Dis Sci 2016; 61(4):1039–1050. doi:10.1007/s10620-015-3959-3
  22. Codipilly DC, Chandar AK, Singh S, et al. The effect of endoscopic surveillance in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterology 2018; 154(8):2068–2086.e5. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2018.02.022
  23. ASGE Technology Committee; Thosani N, Abu Dayyeh BK, Sharma P, et al. ASGE Technology Committee systematic review and meta-analysis assessing the ASGE preservation and incorporation of valuable endoscopic innovations thresholds for adopting real-time imaging-assisted endoscopic targeted biopsy during endoscopic surveillance of Barrett’s esophagus. Gastrointest Endosc 2016; 83(4):684–698.e7. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2016.01.007
  24. Spechler SJ, Sharma P, Souza RF, Inadomi JM, Shaheen NJ; American Gastroenterological Association. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the management of Barrett’s esophagus. Gastroenterology 2011; 140(3):e18–e52. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.01.031
  25. Castro C, Peleteiro B, Lunet N. Modifiable factors and esophageal cancer: a systematic review of published meta-analyses. J Gastroenterol 2018; 53(1):37–51. doi:10.1007/s00535-017-1375-5
  26. Omer ZB, Ananthakrishnan AN, Nattinger KJ, et al. Aspirin protects against Barrett’s esophagus in a multivariate logistic regression analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2012; 10(7):722–727. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2012.02.031
  27. Singh S, Garg SK, Singh PP, Iyer PG, El-Serag HB. Acid-suppressive medications and risk of esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gut 2014; 63(8):1229–1237. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2013-305997
  28. Liao LM, Vaughan TL, Corley DA, et al. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug use reduces risk of adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and esophagogastric junction in a pooled analysis. Gastroenterology 2012; 142(3):442–452.e5. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.11.019
  29. Jankowski JAZ, de Caestecker J, Love SB, et al; AspECT Trial Team. Esomeprazole and aspirin in Barrett’s esophagus (AspECT): a randomised factorial trial. Lancet 2018; 392(10145):400–408. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31388-6
  30. Chak A, Buttar NS, Foster NR, et al; Cancer Prevention Network. Metformin does not reduce markers of cell proliferation in esophageal tissues of patients with Barrett’s esophagus. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2015; 13(4):665–672.e1–e4. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2014.08.040
  31. Rouphael C, Kamal A, Sanaka MR, Thota PN. Vitamin D in esophageal cancer: is there a role for chemoprevention? World J Gastrointest Oncol 2018; 10(1):23–30. doi:10.4251/wjgo.v10.i1.23
  32. Thota PN, Kistangari G, Singh P, et al. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and the risk of dysplasia and esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett’s esophagus. Dig Dis Sci 2016; 61(1):247–254. doi:10.1007/s10620-015-3823-5
  33. Cummings LC, Thota PN, Willis JE, et al. A nonrandomized trial of vitamin D supplementation for Barrett’s esophagus. PLoS One 2017;1 2(9):e0184928. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0184928
  34. Zgaga L, O’Sullivan F, Cantwell MM, Murray LJ, Thota PN, Coleman HG. Markers of vitamin D exposure and esophageal cancer risk: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2016; 25(6):877–886. doi:10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-15-1162
  35. Singh S, Singh AG, Singh PP, Murad MH, Iyer PG. Statins are associated with reduced risk of esophageal cancer, particularly in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2013; 11(6):620–629. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2012.12.036
  36. Krishnamoorthi R, Singh S, Ragunathan K, et al. Factors associated with progression of Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2018; 6(7):1046–1055.e8. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2017.11.044
  37. Thota PN, Kistangari G, Esnakula AK, Gonzalo DH, Liu XL. Clinical significance and management of Barrett’s esophagus with epithelial changes indefinite for dysplasia. World J Gastrointest Pharmacol Ther 2016; 7(3):406–411. doi:10.4292/wjgpt.v7.i3.406
  38. Bennett C, Vakil N, Bergman J, et al. Consensus statements for management of Barrett’s dysplasia and early-stage esophageal adenocarcinoma, based on a Delphi process. Gastroenterology 2012; 143(2):336–346. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2012.04.032
  39. Desai M, Saligram S, Gupta N, et al. Efficacy and safety outcomes of multimodal endoscopic eradication therapy in Barrett’s esophagus-related neoplasia: a systematic review and pooled analysis. Gastrointest Endosc 2017; 85(3):482–495.e4. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2016.09.022
  40. Qumseya BJ, Wani S, Desai M, et al. Adverse events after radiofrequency ablation in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2016; 14(8):1086–1095.e6. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2016.04.001
  41. Yang D, Zou F, Xiong S, Forde JJ, Wang Y, Draganov PV. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for early Barrett’s neoplasia: a meta-analysis. Gastrointest Endosc 2018; 87(6):1383–1393. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2017.09.038
  42. Duits LC, Phoa KN, Curvers WL, et al. Barrett’s esophagus patients with low-grade dysplasia can be accurately risk-stratified after histological review by an expert pathology panel. Gut 2015; 64(5):700–706. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2014-307278
  43. Duits LC, van der Wel MJ, Cotton CC, et al. Patients with Barrett’s esophagus and confirmed persistent low-grade dysplasia are at increased risk for progression to neoplasia. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(5):993–1001.e1. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.12.008
  44. Shaheen NJ, Sharma P, Overholt BF, et al. Radiofrequency ablation in Barrett’s esophagus with dysplasia. N Engl J Med 2009; 360(22):2277–2288. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0808145
  45. Phoa KN, van Vilsteren FG, Weusten BL, et al. Radiofrequency ablation vs endoscopic surveillance for patients with Barrett esophagus and low-grade dysplasia: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2014; 311(12):1209–1217. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.2511
  46. Hu Y, Puri V, Shami VM, Stukenborg GJ, Kozower BD. Comparative effectiveness of esophagectomy versus endoscopic treatment for esophageal high-grade dysplasia. Ann Surg 2016; 263(4):719–726. doi:10.1097/SLA.0000000000001387
  47. Shaheen NJ, Overholt BF, Sampliner RE, et al. Durability of radiofrequency ablation in Barrett’s esophagus with dysplasia. Gastroenterology 2011; 141(2):460–468. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.04.061
  48. Hur C, Choi SE, Rubenstein JH, et al. The cost effectiveness of radiofrequency ablation for Barrett’s esophagus. Gastroenterology 2012; 143(3):567–575. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2012.05.010
  49. Boger PC, Turner D, Roderick P, Patel P. A UK-based cost-utility analysis of radiofrequency ablation or oesophagectomy for the management of high-grade dysplasia in Barrett’s esophagus. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2010; 32(11-12):1332–1342. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2010.04450.x
  50. Pimentel-Nunes P, Dinis-Ribeiro M, Ponchon T, et al. Endoscopic submucosal dissection: European Society of Gastrointestinal Endoscopy (ESGE) guideline. Endoscopy 2015; 47(9):829–854. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1392882
  51. Pech O, May A, Manner H, et al. Long-term efficacy and safety of endoscopic resection for patients with mucosal adenocarcinoma of the esophagus. Gastroenterology 2014; 146(3):652–660.e1. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2013.11.006
References
  1. Mendes de Almeida JC, Chaves P, Pereira AD, Altorki NK. Is Barrett’s esophagus the precursor of most adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and cardia? A biochemical study. Ann Surg 1997; 226(6):725–733. pmid:9409571
  2. Westhoff B, Brotze S, Weston A, et al. The frequency of Barrett’s esophagus in high-risk patients with chronic GERD. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61(2):226–231. pmid:15729230
  3. National Cancer Institute. Cancer stat facts: esophageal cancer. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/esoph.html. Accessed August 6, 2019.
  4. Shaheen NJ, Falk GW, Iyer PG, Gerson LB; American College of Gastroenterology. ACG clinical guideline: diagnosis and management of Barrett’s esophagus. Am J Gastroenterol 2016; 111(1):30–50. doi:10.1038/ajg.2015.322
  5. Dulai GS, Guha S, Kahn KL, Gornbein J, Weinstein WM. Preoperative prevalence of Barrett’s esophagus in esophageal adenocarcinoma: a systematic review. Gastroenterology 2002; 122(1):26–33. pmid:11781277
  6. Lagergren J, Bergström R, Lindgren A, Nyrén O. Symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux as a risk factor for esophageal adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med 1999; 340(11):825–831. doi:10.1056/NEJM199903183401101
  7. Shaheen N, Ransohoff DF. Gastroesophageal reflux, Barrett esophagus, and esophageal cancer: scientific review. JAMA 2002; 287(15):1972–1981. pmid:11960540
  8. van Blankenstein M, Looman CW, Johnston BJ, Caygill CP. Age and sex distribution of the prevalence of Barrett’s esophagus found in a primary referral endoscopy center. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100(3):568–576.
  9. Rubenstein JH, Mattek N, Eisen G. Age- and sex-specific yield of Barrett’s esophagus by endoscopy indication. Gastrointest Endosc 2010; 71(1):21–27. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2009.06.035
  10. Wang A, Mattek NC, Holub JL, Lieberman DA, Eisen GM. Prevalence of complicated gastroesophageal reflux disease and Barrett’s esophagus among racial groups in a multi-center consortium. Dig Dis Sci 2009; 54(5):964–971. doi:10.1007/s10620-009-0742-3
  11. Kubo A, Cook MB, Shaheen NJ, et al. Sex-specific associations between body mass index, waist circumference and the risk of Barrett’s esophagus: a pooled analysis from the international BEACON consortium. Gut 2013; 62(12):1684–1691. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2012-303753
  12. Andrici J, Cox MR, Eslick GD. Cigarette smoking and the risk of Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2013; 28(8):1258–1273. doi:10.1111/jgh.12230
  13. Chak A, Lee T, Kinnard MF, et al. Familial aggregation of Barrett’s esophagus, esophageal adenocarcinoma, and esophagogastric junctional adenocarcinoma in Caucasian adults. Gut 2002; 51(3):323–328. pmid:12171951
  14. Inadomi JM, Sampliner R, Lagergren J, Lieberman D, Fendrick AM, Vakil N. Screening and surveillance for Barrett esophagus in high-risk groups: a cost-utility analysis. Ann Intern Med 2003; 138(3):176–186. pmid:12558356
  15. Jobe BA, Hunter JG, Chang EY, et al. Office-based unsedated small-caliber endoscopy is equivalent to conventional sedated endoscopy in screening and surveillance for Barrett’s esophagus: a randomized and blinded comparison. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101(12):2693–2703.
  16. Ross-Innes CS, Chettouh H, Achilleos A, et al; BEST2 study group. Risk stratification of Barrett’s esophagus using a non-endoscopic sampling method coupled with a biomarker panel: a cohort study. Lancet Gastroenterol Hepatol 2017; 2(1):23–31. doi:10.1016/S2468-1253(16)30118-2
  17. Moinova HR, LaFramboise T, Lutterbaugh JD, et al. Identifying DNA methylation biomarkers for non-endoscopic detection of Barrett’s esophagus. Sci Transl Med 2018; 10(424). pii:eaao5848. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.aao5848
  18. Chan DK, Zakko L, Visrodia KH, et al. Breath testing for Barrett’s esophagus using exhaled volatile organic compound profiling with an electronic nose device. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(1):24–26. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.11.001
  19. Kumar S, Huang J, Abbassi-Ghadi N, et al. Mass spectrometric analysis of exhaled breath for the identification of volatile organic compound biomarkers in esophageal and gastric adenocarcinoma. Ann Surg 2015; 262(6):981–990. doi:10.1097/SLA.0000000000001101
  20. Peters BA, Wu J, Pei Z, et al. Oral microbiome composition reflects prospective risk for esophageal cancers. Cancer Res 2017; 77(23):6777–6787. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-17-1296
  21. Mallick R, Patnaik SK, Wani S, Bansal A. A systematic review of esophageal microrna markers for diagnosis and monitoring of Barrett’s esophagus. Dig Dis Sci 2016; 61(4):1039–1050. doi:10.1007/s10620-015-3959-3
  22. Codipilly DC, Chandar AK, Singh S, et al. The effect of endoscopic surveillance in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterology 2018; 154(8):2068–2086.e5. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2018.02.022
  23. ASGE Technology Committee; Thosani N, Abu Dayyeh BK, Sharma P, et al. ASGE Technology Committee systematic review and meta-analysis assessing the ASGE preservation and incorporation of valuable endoscopic innovations thresholds for adopting real-time imaging-assisted endoscopic targeted biopsy during endoscopic surveillance of Barrett’s esophagus. Gastrointest Endosc 2016; 83(4):684–698.e7. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2016.01.007
  24. Spechler SJ, Sharma P, Souza RF, Inadomi JM, Shaheen NJ; American Gastroenterological Association. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the management of Barrett’s esophagus. Gastroenterology 2011; 140(3):e18–e52. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.01.031
  25. Castro C, Peleteiro B, Lunet N. Modifiable factors and esophageal cancer: a systematic review of published meta-analyses. J Gastroenterol 2018; 53(1):37–51. doi:10.1007/s00535-017-1375-5
  26. Omer ZB, Ananthakrishnan AN, Nattinger KJ, et al. Aspirin protects against Barrett’s esophagus in a multivariate logistic regression analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2012; 10(7):722–727. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2012.02.031
  27. Singh S, Garg SK, Singh PP, Iyer PG, El-Serag HB. Acid-suppressive medications and risk of esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gut 2014; 63(8):1229–1237. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2013-305997
  28. Liao LM, Vaughan TL, Corley DA, et al. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug use reduces risk of adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and esophagogastric junction in a pooled analysis. Gastroenterology 2012; 142(3):442–452.e5. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.11.019
  29. Jankowski JAZ, de Caestecker J, Love SB, et al; AspECT Trial Team. Esomeprazole and aspirin in Barrett’s esophagus (AspECT): a randomised factorial trial. Lancet 2018; 392(10145):400–408. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31388-6
  30. Chak A, Buttar NS, Foster NR, et al; Cancer Prevention Network. Metformin does not reduce markers of cell proliferation in esophageal tissues of patients with Barrett’s esophagus. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2015; 13(4):665–672.e1–e4. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2014.08.040
  31. Rouphael C, Kamal A, Sanaka MR, Thota PN. Vitamin D in esophageal cancer: is there a role for chemoprevention? World J Gastrointest Oncol 2018; 10(1):23–30. doi:10.4251/wjgo.v10.i1.23
  32. Thota PN, Kistangari G, Singh P, et al. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and the risk of dysplasia and esophageal adenocarcinoma in patients with Barrett’s esophagus. Dig Dis Sci 2016; 61(1):247–254. doi:10.1007/s10620-015-3823-5
  33. Cummings LC, Thota PN, Willis JE, et al. A nonrandomized trial of vitamin D supplementation for Barrett’s esophagus. PLoS One 2017;1 2(9):e0184928. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0184928
  34. Zgaga L, O’Sullivan F, Cantwell MM, Murray LJ, Thota PN, Coleman HG. Markers of vitamin D exposure and esophageal cancer risk: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2016; 25(6):877–886. doi:10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-15-1162
  35. Singh S, Singh AG, Singh PP, Murad MH, Iyer PG. Statins are associated with reduced risk of esophageal cancer, particularly in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2013; 11(6):620–629. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2012.12.036
  36. Krishnamoorthi R, Singh S, Ragunathan K, et al. Factors associated with progression of Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2018; 6(7):1046–1055.e8. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2017.11.044
  37. Thota PN, Kistangari G, Esnakula AK, Gonzalo DH, Liu XL. Clinical significance and management of Barrett’s esophagus with epithelial changes indefinite for dysplasia. World J Gastrointest Pharmacol Ther 2016; 7(3):406–411. doi:10.4292/wjgpt.v7.i3.406
  38. Bennett C, Vakil N, Bergman J, et al. Consensus statements for management of Barrett’s dysplasia and early-stage esophageal adenocarcinoma, based on a Delphi process. Gastroenterology 2012; 143(2):336–346. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2012.04.032
  39. Desai M, Saligram S, Gupta N, et al. Efficacy and safety outcomes of multimodal endoscopic eradication therapy in Barrett’s esophagus-related neoplasia: a systematic review and pooled analysis. Gastrointest Endosc 2017; 85(3):482–495.e4. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2016.09.022
  40. Qumseya BJ, Wani S, Desai M, et al. Adverse events after radiofrequency ablation in patients with Barrett’s esophagus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2016; 14(8):1086–1095.e6. doi:10.1016/j.cgh.2016.04.001
  41. Yang D, Zou F, Xiong S, Forde JJ, Wang Y, Draganov PV. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for early Barrett’s neoplasia: a meta-analysis. Gastrointest Endosc 2018; 87(6):1383–1393. doi:10.1016/j.gie.2017.09.038
  42. Duits LC, Phoa KN, Curvers WL, et al. Barrett’s esophagus patients with low-grade dysplasia can be accurately risk-stratified after histological review by an expert pathology panel. Gut 2015; 64(5):700–706. doi:10.1136/gutjnl-2014-307278
  43. Duits LC, van der Wel MJ, Cotton CC, et al. Patients with Barrett’s esophagus and confirmed persistent low-grade dysplasia are at increased risk for progression to neoplasia. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(5):993–1001.e1. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.12.008
  44. Shaheen NJ, Sharma P, Overholt BF, et al. Radiofrequency ablation in Barrett’s esophagus with dysplasia. N Engl J Med 2009; 360(22):2277–2288. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0808145
  45. Phoa KN, van Vilsteren FG, Weusten BL, et al. Radiofrequency ablation vs endoscopic surveillance for patients with Barrett esophagus and low-grade dysplasia: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2014; 311(12):1209–1217. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.2511
  46. Hu Y, Puri V, Shami VM, Stukenborg GJ, Kozower BD. Comparative effectiveness of esophagectomy versus endoscopic treatment for esophageal high-grade dysplasia. Ann Surg 2016; 263(4):719–726. doi:10.1097/SLA.0000000000001387
  47. Shaheen NJ, Overholt BF, Sampliner RE, et al. Durability of radiofrequency ablation in Barrett’s esophagus with dysplasia. Gastroenterology 2011; 141(2):460–468. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2011.04.061
  48. Hur C, Choi SE, Rubenstein JH, et al. The cost effectiveness of radiofrequency ablation for Barrett’s esophagus. Gastroenterology 2012; 143(3):567–575. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2012.05.010
  49. Boger PC, Turner D, Roderick P, Patel P. A UK-based cost-utility analysis of radiofrequency ablation or oesophagectomy for the management of high-grade dysplasia in Barrett’s esophagus. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2010; 32(11-12):1332–1342. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2010.04450.x
  50. Pimentel-Nunes P, Dinis-Ribeiro M, Ponchon T, et al. Endoscopic submucosal dissection: European Society of Gastrointestinal Endoscopy (ESGE) guideline. Endoscopy 2015; 47(9):829–854. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1392882
  51. Pech O, May A, Manner H, et al. Long-term efficacy and safety of endoscopic resection for patients with mucosal adenocarcinoma of the esophagus. Gastroenterology 2014; 146(3):652–660.e1. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2013.11.006
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Page Number
724-732
Page Number
724-732
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Current management of Barrett esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma
Display Headline
Current management of Barrett esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma
Legacy Keywords
Barrett esophagus, Barrett’s esophagus, esophageal adenocarcinoma, cancer of the esophagus, endoscopy, screening, gastroesophageal reflux disease, GERD, dysplasia, cancer precursor, proton pump inhibitor, PPI, aspirin, chemoprevention, mucosal resection, ablation, cryotherapy, Tavankit Singh, Vedha Sanghi, Prashanthi Thota
Legacy Keywords
Barrett esophagus, Barrett’s esophagus, esophageal adenocarcinoma, cancer of the esophagus, endoscopy, screening, gastroesophageal reflux disease, GERD, dysplasia, cancer precursor, proton pump inhibitor, PPI, aspirin, chemoprevention, mucosal resection, ablation, cryotherapy, Tavankit Singh, Vedha Sanghi, Prashanthi Thota
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Screening is recommended for patients with long-standing reflux symptoms (> 5 years) and 1 or more key risk factors: male sex, age over 50, white race, central obesity, and history of smoking.
  • In Barrett esophagus without dysplasia, surveillance endoscopy is recommended every 3 to 5 years to detect dysplasia and early esophageal adenocarcinoma.
  • The recommended treatment of dysplasia is endoscopic eradication followed by surveillance endoscopy.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 10/30/2019 - 08:45
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 10/30/2019 - 08:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 10/30/2019 - 08:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

SEEDS for success: Lifestyle management in migraine

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 11/08/2019 - 09:22
Display Headline
SEEDS for success: Lifestyle management in migraine

Migraine is the second leading cause of years of life lived with a disability globally.1 It affects people of all ages, but particularly during the years associated with the highest productivity in terms of work and family life.

Migraine is a genetic neurologic disease that can be influenced or triggered by environmental factors. However, triggers do not cause migraine. For example, stress does not cause migraine, but it can exacerbate it.

Primary care physicians can help patients reduce the likelihood of a migraine attack, the severity of symptoms, or both by offering lifestyle counseling centered around the mnemonic SEEDS: sleep, exercise, eat, diary, and stress. In this article, each factor is discussed individually for its current support in the literature along with best-practice recommendations.

S IS FOR SLEEP

742sidebar.jpg
Multiple sleep comorbidities are associated with migraine, including sleep apnea and insomnia.2 Poor sleep itself has been described as a migraine trigger. Those with both migraine and poor sleep report having lower quality of life, more mood disorders, lower socioeconomic status, higher stress, and higher tendency for poor lifestyle habits.3 The number needed to treat by initiating routine lifestyle behaviors including sleep, diet, and exercise is 2, indicating that every other person could benefit from this type of intervention.4

Before optimizing sleep hygiene, screen for sleep apnea, especially in those who have chronic daily headache upon awakening. An excellent tool is the STOP-Bang screening questionnaire5 (www.stopbang.ca/osa/screening.php). Patients respond “yes” or “no” to the following questions:

  • Snoring: Do you snore loudly (louder than talking or loud enough to be heard through closed doors)?
  • Tired: Do you often feel tired, fatigued, or sleepy during the daytime?
  • Observed: Has anyone observed you stop breathing during your sleep?
  • Pressure: Do you have or are you being treated for high blood pressure?
  • Body mass index greater than 35 kg/m2?
  • Age over 50?
  • Neck circumference larger than 40 cm (females) or  42 cm (males)?
  • Gender—male?

Each “yes” answer is scored as 1 point. A score less than 3 indicates low risk of obstructive sleep apnea; 3 to 4 indicates moderate risk; and 5 or more indicates high risk. Optimization of sleep apnea with continuous positive airway pressure therapy can improve sleep apnea headache.6 The improved sleep from reduced arousals may also mitigate migraine symptoms.

743tbl1.jpg

Behavioral modification for sleep hygiene can convert chronic migraine to episodic migraine.7 One such program is stimulus control therapy, which focuses on using cues to initiate sleep (Table 1). Patients are encouraged to keep the bedroom quiet, dark, and cool, and to go to sleep at the same time every night. Importantly, the bed should be associated only with sleep. If patients are unable to fall asleep within 20 to 30 minutes, they should leave the room so they do not associate the bed with frustration and anxiety. Use of phones, tablets, and television in the bedroom is discouraged as these devices may make it more difficult to fall asleep.8

The next option is sleep restriction, which is useful for comorbid insomnia. Patients keep a sleep diary to better understand their sleep-wake cycle. The goal is 90% sleep efficiency, meaning that 90% of the time in bed (TIB) is spent asleep. For example, if the patient is in bed 8 hours but asleep only 4 hours, sleep efficiency is 50%. The goal is to reduce TIB to match the time asleep and to agree on a prescribed daily wake-up time. When the patient is consistently sleeping 90% of the TIB, add 30-minute increments until he or she is appropriately sleeping 7 to 8 hours at night.9 Naps are not recommended.

Let patients know that their migraine may worsen until a new routine sleep pattern emerges. This method is not recommended for patients with untreated sleep apnea.

E IS FOR EXERCISE

Exercise is broadly recommended for a healthy lifestyle; some evidence suggests that it can also be useful in the management of migraine.10 Low levels of physical activity and a sedentary lifestyle are associated with migraine.11 It is unclear if patients with migraine are less likely to exercise because they want to avoid triggering a migraine or if a sedentary lifestyle increases their risk.

Exercise has been studied for its prophylactic benefits in migraine, and one hypothesis relates to beta-endorphins. Levels of beta-endorphins are reduced in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with migraine.12 Exercise programs may increase levels while reducing headache frequency and duration.13 One study showed that pain thresholds do not change with exercise programs, suggesting that it is avoidance behavior that is positively altered rather than the underlying pain pathways.14

A systematic review and meta-analysis based on 5 randomized controlled trials and 1 nonrandomized controlled clinical trial showed that exercise reduced monthly migraine days by only 0.6 (± 0.3) days, but the data also suggested that as the exercise intensity increased, so did the positive effects.10

Some data suggest that exercise may also reduce migraine duration and severity as well as the need for abortive medication.10 Two studies in this systematic review15,16 showed that exercise benefits were equivalent to those of migraine preventives such as amitriptyline and topiramate; the combination of amitriptyline and exercise was more beneficial than exercise alone. Multiple types of exercise were beneficial, including walking, jogging, cross-training, and cycling when done for least 6 weeks and for 30 to 50 minutes 3 to 5 times a week.

These findings are in line with the current recommendations for general health from the American College of Sports Medicine, ie, moderate to vigorous cardio­respiratory exercise for 30 to 60 minutes 3 to 5 times a week (or 150 minutes per week). The daily exercise can be continuous or done in intervals of less than 20 minutes. For those with a sedentary lifestyle, as is seen in a significant proportion of the migraine population, light to moderate exercise for less than 20 minutes is still beneficial.17

Based on this evidence, the best current recommendation for patients with migraine is to engage in graded moderate cardiorespiratory exercise, although any exercise is better than none. If a patient is sedentary or has poor exercise tolerance, or both, exercising once a week for shorter time periods may be a manageable place to start.

Some patients may identify exercise as a trigger or exacerbating factor in migraine. These patients may need appropriate prophylactic and abortive therapies before starting an exercise regimen.

 

 

THE SECOND E IS FOR EAT (FOOD AND DRINK)

Many patients believe that some foods trigger migraine attacks, but further study is needed. The most consistent food triggers appear to be red wine and caffeine (withdrawal).18,19 Interestingly, patients with migraine report low levels of alcohol consumption,20 but it is unclear if that is because alcohol has a protective effect or if patients avoid it.

Some patients may crave certain foods in the prodromal phase of an attack, eat the food, experience the attack, and falsely conclude that the food caused the attack.21 Premonitory symptoms include fatigue, cognitive changes, homeostatic changes, sensory hyperresponsiveness, and food cravings.21 It is difficult to distinguish between premonitory phase food cravings and true triggers because premonitory symptoms can precede headache by 48 to 72 hours, and the timing for a trigger to be considered causal is not known.22

Chocolate is often thought to be a migraine trigger, but the evidence argues against this and even suggests that sweet cravings are a part of the premonitory phase.23 Monosodium glutamate is often identified as a trigger as well, but the literature is inconsistent and does not support a causal relationship.24 Identifying true food triggers in migraine is difficult, and patients with migraine may have poor quality diets, with some foods acting as true triggers for certain patients.25 These possibilities have led to the development of many “migraine diets,” including elimination diets.

Elimination diets

Elimination diets involve avoiding specific food items over a period of time and then adding them back in one at a time to gauge whether they cause a reaction in the body. A number of these diets have been studied for their effects on headache and migraine:

Gluten-free diets restrict foods that contain wheat, rye, and barley. A systematic review of gluten-free diets in patients with celiac disease found that headache or migraine frequency decreased by 51.6% to 100% based on multiple cohort studies (N = 42,388).26 There are no studies on the use of a gluten-free diet for migraine in patients without celiac disease.

Immunoglobulin G-elimination diets restrict foods that serve as antigens for IgG. However, data supporting these diets are inconsistent. Two small randomized controlled trials found that the diets improved migraine symptoms, but a larger study found no improvement in the number of migraine days at 12 weeks, although there was an initially significant effect at 4 weeks.27–29

Antihistamine diets restrict foods that have high levels of histamines, including fermented dairy, vegetables, soy products,  wine, beer, alcohol, and those that cause histamine release regardless of IgE testing results. A prospective single-arm study of antihistamine diets in patients with chronic headache reported symptom improvement, which could be applied to certain comorbidities such as  mast cell activation syndrome.30 Another prospective nonrandomized controlled study eliminated foods based on positive IgE skin-prick testing for allergy in patients with recurrent migraine and found that it reduced headache frequency.31

Tyramine-free diets are often recommended due to the presumption that tyramine-containing foods (eg, aged cheese, cured or smoked meats and fish, and beer) are triggers. However, multiple studies have reviewed this theory with inconsistent results,32 and the only study of a tyramine-free diet was negative.33 In addition, commonly purported high-tyramine foods have lower tyramine levels than previously thought.34

Low-fat diets in migraine are supported by 2 small randomized controlled trials and a prospective study showing a decrease in symptom severity; the results for frequency are inconsistent.35–37

Low-glycemic index diets are supported in migraine by 1 randomized controlled trial that showed improvement in migraine frequency in a diet group and in a control group of patients who took a standard migraine-preventive medication to manage their symptoms.38

 

 

Other migraine diets

Diets high in certain foods or ingredient ratios, as opposed to elimination diets, have also been studied in patients with migraine. One promising diet containing high levels of omega-3 fatty acids and low levels of omega-6 fatty acids was shown in a systematic review to reduce the duration of migraine but not the frequency or severity.39 A more recent randomized controlled trial of this diet in chronic migraine also showed that it decreased migraine frequency.40

The ketogenic diet (high fat, low carbohydrate) had promising results in a randomized controlled trial in overweight women with migraine and in a prospective study.41,42 However, a prospective study of the Atkins diet in teenagers with chronic daily headaches showed no benefit.43 The ketogenic diet is difficult to follow and may work in part due to weight loss alone, although ketogenesis itself may also play a role.41,44

Sodium levels have been shown to be higher in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with migraine than in controls, particularly during an attack.45 For a prehypertensive population or an elderly population, a low-sodium diet may be beneficial based on 2 prospective trials.46,47 However, a younger female population without hypertension and low-to-normal body mass index had a reduced probability of migraine while consuming a high-sodium diet.48

Counseling about sodium intake should be tailored to specific patient populations. For example, a diet low in sodium may be appropriate for patients with vascular risk factors such as hypertension, whereas a high-sodium diet may be appropriate in patients with comorbidities like postural tachycardia syndrome or in those with a propensity for low blood pressure or low body mass index.

Encourage routine meals and hydration

The standard advice for patients with migraine is to consume regular meals. Headaches have been associated with fasting, and those with migraine are predisposed to attacks in the setting of fasting.49,50 Migraine is more common when meals are skipped, particularly breakfast.51

It is unclear how fasting lowers the migraine threshold. Nutritional studies show that skipping meals, particularly breakfast, increases low-grade inflammation and impairs  glucose metabolism by affecting insulin and fat oxidation metabolism.52 However, hypoglycemia itself is not a consistent cause of headache or migraine attacks.53 As described above, a randomized controlled trial of a low-glycemic index diet actually decreased migraine frequency and severity.38 Skipping meals also reduces energy and is associated with reduced physical activity, perhaps leading to multiple compounding triggers that further lower the migraine threshold.54,55

When counseling patients about the need to eat breakfast, consider what they normally consume (eg, is breakfast just a cup of coffee?). Replacing simple carbohydrates with protein, fats, and fiber may be beneficial for general health, but the effects on migraine are not known, nor is the optimal composition of breakfast foods.55

The optimal timing of breakfast relative to awakening is also unclear, but in general, it should be eaten within 30 to 60 minutes of rising. Also consider patients’ work hours—delayed-phase or shift workers have altered sleep cycles.

Recommendations vary in regard to hydration. Headache is associated with fluid restriction and dehydration,56,57 but only a few studies suggest that rehydration and increased hydration status can improve migraine.58 In fact, a single post hoc analysis of a metoclopramide study showed that intravenous fluid alone for patients with migraine in the emergency room did not improve pain outcomes.59

The amount of water patients should drink daily in the setting of migraine is also unknown, but a study showed benefit with 4 L, which equates to a daily intake of 16 eight-ounce glasses.60 One review on general health that could be extrapolated given the low risk of the intervention indicated that 1.8 L daily (7 to 8 eight-ounce glasses) promoted a euhydration status in most people, although many factors contribute to hydration status.61

Caffeine intake is also a major consideration. Caffeine is a nonspecific adenosine receptor antagonist that modulates adenosine receptors like the pronociceptive 2A receptor, leading to changes integral to the neuropathophysiology of migraine.62 Caffeine has analgesic properties at doses greater than 65 to 200 mg and augments the effects of analgesics such as acetaminophen and aspirin. Chronic caffeine use can lead to withdrawal symptoms when intake is stopped abruptly; this is thought to be due to upregulation of adenosine receptors, but the effect varies based on genetic predisposition.19

The risk of chronic daily headache may relate to high use of caffeine preceding the onset of chronification, and caffeine abstinence may improve response to acute migraine treatment.19,63 There is a dose-dependent risk of headache.64,65 Current recommendations suggest limiting caffeine consumption to less than 200 mg per day or stopping caffeine consumption altogether based on the quantity required for caffeine-withdrawal headache.66 Varying  the caffeine dose from day to day may also trigger headache due to the high sensitivity to caffeine withdrawal.

While many diets have shown potential benefit in patients with migraine, more studies are needed before any one “migraine diet” can be recommended. Caution should be taken, as there is risk of adverse effects from nutrient deficiencies or excess levels, especially if the patient is not under the care of a healthcare professional who is familiar with the diet.

Whether it is beneficial to avoid specific food triggers at this time is unclear and still controversial even within the migraine community because some of these foods may be misattributed as triggers instead of premonitory cravings driven by the hypothalamus. It is important to counsel patients with migraine to eat a healthy diet with consistent meals, to maintain adequate hydration, and to keep their caffeine intake low or at least consistent, although these teachings are predominantly based on limited studies with extrapolation from nutrition research.

 

 

D IS FOR DIARY

A headache diary is a recommended part of headache management and may enhance the accuracy of diagnosis and assist in treatment modifications. Paper and electronic diaries have been used. Electronic diaries may be more accurate for real-time use, but patients may be more likely to complete a paper one.67 Patients prefer electronic diaries over long paper forms,68 but a practical issue to consider is easy electronic access.

Patients can start keeping a headache diary before the initial consultation to assist with diagnosis, or early in their management. A first-appointment diary mailed with instructions is a feasible option.69 These types of diaries ask detailed questions to help diagnose all major primary headache types including menstrual migraine and to identify concomitant medication-overuse headache. Physicians and patients generally report improved communication with use of a diary.70

Some providers distinguish between a headache diary and a calendar. In standard practice, a headache diary is the general term referring to both, but the literature differentiates between the two. Both should at least include headache frequency, with possible inclusion of other factors such as headache duration, headache intensity, analgesic use, headache impact on function, and absenteeism. Potential triggers including menses can also be tracked. The calendar version can fit on a single page and can be used for simple tracking of headache frequency and analgesia use.

One of the simplest calendars to use is the “stoplight” calendar. Red days are when a patient is completely debilitated in bed. On a yellow day, function at work, school, or daily activities is significantly reduced by migraine, but the patient is not bedbound. A green day is when headache is present but function is not affected. No color is placed if the patient is 100% headache-free.

Acute treatment use can be written in or, to improve compliance, a checkmark can be placed on days of treatment. Patients who are tracking menses circle the days of menstruation. The calendar-diary should be brought to every appointment to track treatment response and medication use.

THE SECOND S IS FOR STRESS

747tbl2.jpg
Stress and anxiety are associated with migraine. Either may lead to avoidance and hypervigilance of perceived triggers, and this association may affect migraines.71,72 High stress and chronic migraine are associated with lifestyle factors such as medication overuse, smoking, sedentary habits, and obesity.73 Fortunately, many evidence-based techniques used for management of stress and mood disorders can also be used in migraine, including cognitive behavioral therapy, biofeedback, mindfulness, and relaxation techniques (Table 2).

Behavioral management such as cognitive behavioral therapy in migraine has been shown to decrease catastrophizing, migraine disability, and headache severity and frequency.74 Both depression and anxiety can improve along with migraine.75 Cognitive behavioral therapy can be provided in individualized sessions or group sessions, either in person or online.74,76,77 The effects become more prominent about 5 weeks into treatment.78

Biofeedback, which uses behavioral techniques paired with physiologic autonomic measures, has been extensively studied, and shows benefit in migraine, including in meta-analysis.79 The types of biofeedback measurements used include electromyography, electroencephalography, temperature, sweat sensors, heart rate, blood volume pulse feedback, and respiration bands. While biofeedback is generally done under the guidance of a therapist, it can still be useful with minimal therapist contact and supplemental audio.80

Mindfulness, or the awareness of thoughts, feelings, and sensations in the present moment without judgment, is a behavioral technique that can be done alone or paired with another technique. It is often taught through a mindfulness-based stress-reduction  program, which relies on a standardized approach. A meta-analysis showed that mindfulness improves pain intensity, headache frequency, disability, self-efficacy, and quality of life.81 It may work by encouraging pain acceptance.82

Relaxation techniques are also employed in migraine management, either alone or in conjunction with techniques mentioned  above, such as mindfulness. They include progressive muscle relaxation and deep breathing. Relaxation has been shown to be effective when done by professional trainers as well as lay trainers in both individual and group settings.83,84

In patients with intractable headache, more-intensive inpatient and outpatient programs have been tried. Inpatient admissions with multidisciplinary programs that include a focus on behavioral techniques often paired with lifestyle education and sometimes pharmacologic management can be beneficial.85,86 These programs have also been successfully conducted as multiple outpatient sessions.86–88

Stress management is an important aspect of migraine management. These treatments often involve homework and require active participation.

LIFESTYLE FOR ALL

All patients with migraine should initiate lifestyle modifications (see Advice to patients with migraine: SEEDS for success). Modifications with the highest level of evidence, specifically behavioral techniques, have had the most reproducible results. A headache diary is an essential tool to identify patterns and needs for optimization of acute or preventive treatment regimens. The strongest evidence is for the behavioral management techniques for stress reduction.

References
  1. GBD 2016 Disease and Injury Incidence and Prevalence Collaborators. Global, regional, and national incidence, prevalence, and years lived with disability for 328 diseases and injuries for 195 countries, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet 2017; 390(10100):1211–1259. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32154-2
  2. Vgontzas A, Pavlovic JM. Sleep diorders and migraine: review of literature and potential pathophysiology mechanisms. Headache 2018; 58(7):1030–1039. doi:10.1111/head.13358
  3. Lund N, Westergaard ML, Barloese M, Glumer C, Jensen RH. Epidemiology of concurrent headache and sleep problems in Denmark. Cephalalgia 2014; 34(10):833–845. doi:10.1177/0333102414543332
  4. Woldeamanuel YW, Cowan RP. The impact of regular lifestyle behavior in migraine: a prevalence case-referent study. J Neurol 2016; 263(4):669–676. doi:10.1007/s00415-016-8031-5
  5. Chung F, Abdullah HR, Liao P. STOP-Bang questionnaire: a practical approach to screen for obstructive sleep apnea. Chest 2016; 149(3):631–638. doi:10.1378/chest.15-0903
  6. Johnson KG, Ziemba AM, Garb JL. Improvement in headaches with continuous positive airway pressure for obstructive sleep apnea: a retrospective analysis. Headache 2013; 53(2):333–343. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2012.02251.x
  7. Calhoun AH, Ford S. Behavioral sleep modification may revert transformed migraine to episodic migraine. Headache 2007; 47(8):1178–1183. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2007.00780.x
  8. Calhoun AH, Ford S, Finkel AG, Kahn KA, Mann JD. The prevalence and spectrum of sleep problems in women with transformed migraine. Headache 2006; 46(4):604–610. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2006.00410.x
  9. Rains JC. Optimizing circadian cycles and behavioral insomnia treatment in migraine. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2008; 12(3):213–219. pmid:18796272
  10. Lemmens J, De Pauw J, Van Soom T, et al. The effect of aerobic exercise on the number of migraine days, duration and pain intensity in migraine: a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. J Headache Pain 2019; 20(1):16. doi:10.1186/s10194-019-0961-8
  11. Amin FM, Aristeidou S, Baraldi C, et al; European Headache Federation School of Advanced Studies (EHF-SAS). The association between migraine and physical exercise. J Headache Pain 2018; 19(1):83. doi:10.1186/s10194-018-0902-y
  12. Genazzani AR, Nappi G, Facchinetti F, et al. Progressive impairment of CSF beta-EP levels in migraine sufferers. Pain 1984; 18:127-133. pmid:6324056
  13. Hindiyeh NA, Krusz JC, Cowan RP. Does exercise make migraines worse and tension type headaches better? Curr Pain Headache Rep 2013;17:380. pmid:24234818
  14. Kroll LS, Sjodahl Hammarlund C, Gard G, Jensen RH, Bendtsen L. Has aerobic exercise effect on pain perception in persons with migraine and coexisting tension-type headache and neck pain? A randomized, controlled, clinical trial. Eur J Pain 2018; 10:10. pmid:29635806
  15. Santiago MD, Carvalho Dde S, Gabbai AA, Pinto MM, Moutran AR, Villa TR. Amitriptyline and aerobic exercise or amitriptyline alone in the treatment of chronic migraine: a randomized comparative study. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 2014; 72(11):851-855. pmid:25410451
  16. Varkey E, Cider A, Carlsson J, Linde M. Exercise as migraine prophylaxis: a randomized study using relaxation and topiramate as controls. Cephalalgia 2011; 31(14):1428-1438. pmid:21890526
  17. Garber CE, Blissmer B, Deschenes MR, et al. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: guidance for prescribing exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2011; 43(7):1334-1359. pmid:21694556
  18. Guarnieri P, Radnitz CL, Blanchard EB. Assessment of dietary risk factors in chronic headache. Biofeedback Self Regul 1990; 15(1):15–25. pmid:2361144
  19. Shapiro RE. Caffeine and headaches. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2008; 12(4):311–315. pmid:18625110
  20. Yokoyama M, Yokoyama T, Funazu K, et al. Associations between headache and stress, alcohol drinking, exercise, sleep, and comorbid health conditions in a Japanese population. J Headache Pain 2009; 10(3):177–185. doi:10.1007/s10194-009-0113-7
  21. Karsan N, Bose P, Goadsby PJ. The migraine premonitory phase. Continuum (Minneap Minn) 2018; 24(4, Headache):996–1008. doi:10.1212/CON.0000000000000624
  22. Pavlovic JM, Buse DC, Sollars CM, Haut S, Lipton RB. Trigger factors and premonitory features of migraine attacks: summary of studies. Headache 2014; 54(10):1670–1679. doi:10.1111/head.12468
  23. Marcus DA, Scharff L, Turk D, Gourley LM. A double-blind provocative study of chocolate as a trigger of headache. Cephalalgia 1997; 17(8):855–862. doi:10.1046/j.1468-2982.1997.1708855.x
  24. Obayashi Y, Nagamura Y. Does monosodium glutamate really cause headache? A systematic review of human studies. J Headache Pain 2016; 17:54. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0639-4
  25. Evans EW, Lipton RB, Peterlin BL, et al. Dietary intake patterns and diet quality in a nationally representative sample of women with and without severe headache or migraine. Headache 2015; 55(4):550–561. doi:10.1111/head.12527
  26. Zis P, Julian T, Hadjivassiliou M. Headache associated with coeliac disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Nutrients 2018; 10(10). doi:10.3390/nu10101445
  27. Alpay K, Ertas M, Orhan EK, Ustay DK, Lieners C, Baykan B. Diet restriction in migraine, based on IgG against foods: a clinical double-blind, randomised, cross-over trial. Cephalalgia 2010; 30(7):829–837. doi:10.1177/0333102410361404
  28. Aydinlar EI, Dikmen PY, Tiftikci A, et al. IgG-based elimination diet in migraine plus irritable bowel syndrome. Headache 2013; 53(3):514–525. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2012.02296.x
  29. Mitchell N, Hewitt CE, Jayakody S, et al. Randomised controlled trial of food elimination diet based on IgG antibodies for the prevention of migraine like headaches. Nutr J 2011; 10:85. doi:10.1186/1475-2891-10-85
  30. Wantke F, Gotz M, Jarisch R. Histamine-free diet: treatment of choice for histamine-induced food intolerance and supporting treatment for chronic headaches. Clin Exp Allergy 1993; 23(12):982–985. pmid:10779289
  31. Mansfield LE, Vaughan TR, Waller SF, Haverly RW, Ting S. Food allergy and adult migraine: double-blind and mediator confirmation of an allergic etiology. Ann Allergy 1985; 55(2):126–129. pmid:4025956
  32. Kohlenberg RJ. Tyramine sensitivity in dietary migraine: a critical review. Headache 1982; 22(1):30–34. pmid:17152742
  33. Medina JL, Diamond S. The role of diet in migraine. Headache 1978; 18(1):31–34. pmid:649377
  34. Mosnaim AD, Freitag F, Ignacio R, et al. Apparent lack of correlation between tyramine and phenylethylamine content and the occurrence of food-precipitated migraine. Reexamination of a variety of food products frequently consumed in the United States and commonly restricted in tyramine-free diets. Headache Quarterly. Current Treatment and Research 1996; 7(3):239–249.
  35. Ferrara LA, Pacioni D, Di Fronzo V, et al. Low-lipid diet reduces frequency and severity of acute migraine attacks. Nutr Metab Cardiovasc Dis 2015; 25(4):370–375. doi:10.1016/j.numecd.2014.12.006
  36. Bic Z, Blix GG, Hopp HP, Leslie FM, Schell MJ. The influence of a low-fat diet on incidence and severity of migraine headaches. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 1999; 8(5):623–630. doi:10.1089/jwh.1.1999.8.623
  37. Bunner AE, Agarwal U, Gonzales JF, Valente F, Barnard ND. Nutrition intervention for migraine: a randomized crossover trial. J Headache Pain 2014; 15:69. doi:10.1186/1129-2377-15-69
  38. Evcili G, Utku U, Ogun MN, Ozdemir G. Early and long period follow-up results of low glycemic index diet for migraine prophylaxis. Agri 2018; 30(1):8–11. doi:10.5505/agri.2017.62443
  39. Maghsoumi-Norouzabad L, Mansoori A, Abed R, Shishehbor F. Effects of omega-3 fatty acids on the frequency, severity, and duration of migraine attacks: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Nutr Neurosci 2018; 21(9):614–623. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2017.1344371
  40. Soares AA, Loucana PMC, Nasi EP, Sousa KMH, Sa OMS, Silva-Neto RP. A double- blind, randomized, and placebo-controlled clinical trial with omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (OPFA Ω-3) for the prevention of migraine in chronic migraine patients using amitriptyline. Nutr Neurosci 2018; 21(3):219–223. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2016.1266133
  41. Di Lorenzo C, Coppola G, Sirianni G, et al. Migraine improvement during short lasting ketogenesis: a proof-of-concept study. Eur J Neurol 2015; 22(1):170–177. doi:10.1111/ene.12550
  42. Di Lorenzo C, Coppola G, Bracaglia M, et al. Cortical functional correlates of responsiveness to short-lasting preventive intervention with ketogenic diet in migraine: a multimodal evoked potentials study. J Headache Pain 2016; 17:58. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0650-9
  43. Kossoff EH, Huffman J, Turner Z, Gladstein J. Use of the modified Atkins diet for adolescents with chronic daily headache. Cephalalgia 2010; 30(8):1014–1016. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1111/j.1468-2982.2009.02016.x
  44. Slavin M, Ailani J. A clinical approach to addressing diet with migraine patients. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2017; 17(2):17. doi:10.1007/s11910-017-0721-6
  45. Amer M, Woodward M, Appel LJ. Effects of dietary sodium and the DASH diet on the occurrence of headaches: results from randomised multicentre DASH-sodium clinical trial. BMJ Open 2014; 4(12):e006671. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2014-006671
  46. Chen L, Zhang Z, Chen W, Whelton PK, Appel LJ. Lower sodium intake and risk of headaches: results from the trial of nonpharmacologic interventions in the elderly. Am J Public Health 2016; 106(7):1270–1275. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2016.303143
  47. Pogoda JM, Gross NB, Arakaki X, Fonteh AN, Cowan RP, Harrington MG. Severe headache or migraine history is inversely correlated with dietary sodium intake: NHANES 1999–2004. Headache 2016; 56(4):688–698. doi:10.1111/head.12792
  48. Awada A, al Jumah M. The first-of-Ramadan headache. Headache 1999; 39(7):490–493. pmid:11279933
  49. Abu-Salameh I, Plakht Y, Ifergane G. Migraine exacerbation during Ramadan fasting. J Headache Pain 2010; 11(6):513–517. doi:10.1007/s10194-010-0242-z
  50. Nazari F, Safavi M, Mahmudi M. Migraine and its relation with lifestyle in women. Pain Pract 2010; 10(3):228–234. doi:10.1111/j.1533-2500.2009.00343.x
  51. Nas A, Mirza N, Hagele F, et al. Impact of breakfast skipping compared with dinner skipping on regulation of energy balance and metabolic risk. Am J Clin Nutr 2017; 105(6):1351–1361. doi:10.3945/ajcn.116.151332
  52. Torelli P, Manzoni GC. Fasting headache. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2010; 14(4):284–291. doi:10.1007/s11916-010-0119-5
  53. Yoshimura E, Hatamoto Y, Yonekura S, Tanaka H. Skipping breakfast reduces energy intake and physical activity in healthy women who are habitual breakfast eaters: a randomized crossover trial. Physiol Behav 2017; 174:89–94. doi:10.1016/j.physbeh.2017.03.008
  54. Pendergast FJ, Livingstone KM, Worsley A, McNaughton SA. Correlates of meal skipping in young adults: a systematic review. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Act 2016; 13(1):125. doi:10.1186/s12966-016-0451-1
  55. Maki KC, Phillips-Eakley AK, Smith KN. The effects of breakfast consumption and composition on metabolic wellness with a focus on carbohydrate metabolism. Adv Nutr 2016; 7(3):613S–621S. doi:10.3945/an.115.010314
  56. Shirreffs SM, Merson SJ, Fraser SM, Archer DT. The effects of fluid restriction on hydration status and subjective feelings in man. Br J Nutr 2004; 91(6):951–958. doi:10.1079/BJN20041149
  57. Blau JN. Water deprivation: a new migraine precipitant. Headache 2005; 45(6):757–759. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2005.05143_3.x
  58. Price A, Burls A. Increased water intake to reduce headache: learning from a critical appraisal. J Eval Clin Pract 2015; 21(6):1212–1218. doi:10.1111/jep.12413
  59. Balbin JE, Nerenberg R, Baratloo A, Friedman BW. Intravenous fluids for migraine: a post hoc analysis of clinical trial data. Am J Emerg Med 2016; 34(4):713–716. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2015.12.080
  60. Spigt M, Weerkamp N, Troost J, van Schayck CP, Knottnerus JA. A randomized trial on the effects of regular water intake in patients with recurrent headaches. Fam Pract 2012; 29(4):370–375. doi:10.1093/fampra/cmr112
  61. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC. Water intake, water balance, and the elusive daily water requirement. Nutrients 2018; 10(12). doi:10.3390/nu10121928
  62. Fried NT, Elliott MB, Oshinsky ML. The role of adenosine signaling in headache: a review. Brain Sci 2017; 7(3). doi:10.3390/brainsci7030030
  63. Lee MJ, Choi HA, Choi H, Chung CS. Caffeine discontinuation improves acute migraine treatment: a prospective clinic-based study. J Headache Pain 2016; 17(1):71. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0662-5
  64. Shirlow MJ, Mathers CD. A study of caffeine consumption and symptoms; indigestion, palpitations, tremor, headache and insomnia. Int J Epidemiol 1985; 14(2):239–248. doi:10.1093/ije/14.2.239
  65. Silverman K, Evans SM, Strain EC, Griffiths RR. Withdrawal syndrome after the double-blind cessation of caffeine consumption. N Engl J Med 1992; 327(16):1109–1114. doi:10.1056/NEJM199210153271601
  66. Headache Classification Committee of the International Headache Society (IHS). The International Classification of Headache Disorders, 3rd edition. Cephalalgia 2018; 38(1):1–211. doi:10.1177/0333102417738202
  67. Krogh AB, Larsson B, Salvesen O, Linde M. A comparison between prospective Internet-based and paper diary recordings of headache among adolescents in the general population. Cephalalgia 2016; 36(4):335–345. doi:10.1177/0333102415591506
  68. Bandarian-Balooch S, Martin PR, McNally B, Brunelli A, Mackenzie S. Electronic-diary for recording headaches, triggers, and medication use: development and evaluation. Headache 2017; 57(10):1551–1569. doi:10.1111/head.13184
  69. Tassorelli C, Sances G, Allena M, et al. The usefulness and applicability of a basic headache diary before first consultation: results of a pilot study conducted in two centres. Cephalalgia 2008; 28(10):1023–1030. doi:10.1111/j.1468-2982.2008.01639.x
  70. Baos V, Ester F, Castellanos A, et al. Use of a structured migraine diary improves patient and physician communication about migraine disability and treatment outcomes. Int J Clin Pract 2005; 59(3):281–286. doi:10.1111/j.1742-1241.2005.00469.x
  71. Martin PR, MacLeod C. Behavioral management of headache triggers: avoidance of triggers is an inadequate strategy. Clin Psychol Rev 2009; 29(6):483–495. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2009.05.002
  72. Giannini G, Zanigni S, Grimaldi D, et al. Cephalalgiaphobia as a feature of high-frequency migraine: a pilot study. J Headache Pain 2013; 14:49. doi:10.1186/1129-2377-14-49
  73. Westergaard ML, Glumer C, Hansen EH, Jensen RH. Medication overuse, healthy lifestyle behaviour and stress in chronic headache: results from a population-based representative survey. Cephalalgia 2016; 36(1):15–28. doi:10.1177/0333102415578430
  74. Christiansen S, Jurgens TP, Klinger R. Outpatient combined group and individual cognitive-behavioral treatment for patients with migraine and tension-type headache in a routine clinical setting. Headache 2015; 55(8):1072–1091. doi:10.1111/head.12626
  75. Martin PR, Aiello R, Gilson K, Meadows G, Milgrom J, Reece J. Cognitive behavior therapy for comorbid migraine and/or tension-type headache and major depressive disorder: an exploratory randomized controlled trial. Behav Res Ther 2015; 73:8–18. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2015.07.005
  76. Nash JM, Park ER, Walker BB, Gordon N, Nicholson RA. Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for disabling headache. Pain Med 2004; 5(2):178–186. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2004.04031.x
  77. Sorbi MJ, Balk Y, Kleiboer AM, Couturier EG. Follow-up over 20 months confirms gains of online behavioural training in frequent episodic migraine. Cephalalgia 2017; 37(3):236–250. doi:10.1177/0333102416657145
  78. Thorn BE, Pence LB, Ward LC, et al. A randomized clinical trial of targeted cognitive behavioral treatment to reduce catastrophizing in chronic headache sufferers. J Pain 2007; 8(12):938–949. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2007.06.010
  79. Nestoriuc Y, Martin A. Efficacy of biofeedback for migraine: a meta-analysis. Pain 2007; 128(1–2):111–127. doi:10.1016/j.pain.2006.09.007
  80. Blanchard EB, Appelbaum KA, Nicholson NL, et al. A controlled evaluation of the addition of cognitive therapy to a home-based biofeedback and relaxation treatment of vascular headache. Headache 1990; 30(6):371–376. pmid:2196240
  81. Gu Q, Hou JC, Fang XM. Mindfulness meditation for primary headache pain: a meta-analysis. Chin Med J (Engl) 2018; 131(7):829–838. doi:10.4103/0366-6999.228242
  82. Day MA, Thorn BE. The mediating role of pain acceptance during mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for headache. Complement Ther Med 2016; 25:51–54. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2016.01.002
  83. Williamson DA, Monguillot JE, Jarrell MP, Cohen RA, Pratt JM, Blouin DC. Relaxation for the treatment of headache. Controlled evaluation of two group programs. Behav Modif 1984; 8(3):407–424. doi:10.1177/01454455840083007
  84. Merelle SY, Sorbi MJ, Duivenvoorden HJ, Passchier J. Qualities and health of lay trainers with migraine for behavioral attack prevention. Headache 2010; 50(4):613–625. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2008.01241.x
  85. Gaul C, van Doorn C, Webering N, et al. Clinical outcome of a headache-specific multidisciplinary treatment program and adherence to treatment recommendations in a tertiary headache center: an observational study. J Headache Pain 2011; 12(4):475–483. doi:10.1007/s10194-011-0348-y
  86. Wallasch TM, Kropp P. Multidisciplinary integrated headache care: a prospective 12-month follow-up observational study. J Headache Pain 2012; 13(7):521–529. doi:10.1007/s10194-012-0469-y
  87. Lemstra M, Stewart B, Olszynski WP. Effectiveness of multidisciplinary intervention in the treatment of migraine: a randomized clinical trial. Headache 2002; 42(9):845–854. pmid:12390609
  88. Krause SJ, Stillman MJ, Tepper DE, Zajac D. A prospective cohort study of outpatient interdisciplinary rehabilitation of chronic headache patients. Headache 2017; 57(3):428–440. doi:10.1111/head.13020
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jennifer Robblee, MD, MSc
Headache Fellow, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, AZ

Amaal J. Starling, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, AZ

Address: Amaal J. Starling, MD, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, 13400 East Shea Boulevard, Scottsdale, AZ 85259; starling.amaal@mayo.edu

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
741-749
Legacy Keywords
migraine, headache, lifestyle, SEEDS, sleep, exercise, eat, diary, stress, sleep hygiene, STOP-Bang, behavioral modification, elimination diet, gluten-free diet, immunoglobulin G-elimination diet, antihistamine diet, tyramine-free diet, low-fat diet, low-glycemic index diet, ketogenic diet, hydration, caffeine, headache diary, biofeedback, mindfulness, relaxation, Jennifer Robblee, Amaal Starling
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jennifer Robblee, MD, MSc
Headache Fellow, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, AZ

Amaal J. Starling, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, AZ

Address: Amaal J. Starling, MD, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, 13400 East Shea Boulevard, Scottsdale, AZ 85259; starling.amaal@mayo.edu

Author and Disclosure Information

Jennifer Robblee, MD, MSc
Headache Fellow, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, AZ

Amaal J. Starling, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, AZ

Address: Amaal J. Starling, MD, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic Arizona, 13400 East Shea Boulevard, Scottsdale, AZ 85259; starling.amaal@mayo.edu

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Migraine is the second leading cause of years of life lived with a disability globally.1 It affects people of all ages, but particularly during the years associated with the highest productivity in terms of work and family life.

Migraine is a genetic neurologic disease that can be influenced or triggered by environmental factors. However, triggers do not cause migraine. For example, stress does not cause migraine, but it can exacerbate it.

Primary care physicians can help patients reduce the likelihood of a migraine attack, the severity of symptoms, or both by offering lifestyle counseling centered around the mnemonic SEEDS: sleep, exercise, eat, diary, and stress. In this article, each factor is discussed individually for its current support in the literature along with best-practice recommendations.

S IS FOR SLEEP

742sidebar.jpg
Multiple sleep comorbidities are associated with migraine, including sleep apnea and insomnia.2 Poor sleep itself has been described as a migraine trigger. Those with both migraine and poor sleep report having lower quality of life, more mood disorders, lower socioeconomic status, higher stress, and higher tendency for poor lifestyle habits.3 The number needed to treat by initiating routine lifestyle behaviors including sleep, diet, and exercise is 2, indicating that every other person could benefit from this type of intervention.4

Before optimizing sleep hygiene, screen for sleep apnea, especially in those who have chronic daily headache upon awakening. An excellent tool is the STOP-Bang screening questionnaire5 (www.stopbang.ca/osa/screening.php). Patients respond “yes” or “no” to the following questions:

  • Snoring: Do you snore loudly (louder than talking or loud enough to be heard through closed doors)?
  • Tired: Do you often feel tired, fatigued, or sleepy during the daytime?
  • Observed: Has anyone observed you stop breathing during your sleep?
  • Pressure: Do you have or are you being treated for high blood pressure?
  • Body mass index greater than 35 kg/m2?
  • Age over 50?
  • Neck circumference larger than 40 cm (females) or  42 cm (males)?
  • Gender—male?

Each “yes” answer is scored as 1 point. A score less than 3 indicates low risk of obstructive sleep apnea; 3 to 4 indicates moderate risk; and 5 or more indicates high risk. Optimization of sleep apnea with continuous positive airway pressure therapy can improve sleep apnea headache.6 The improved sleep from reduced arousals may also mitigate migraine symptoms.

743tbl1.jpg

Behavioral modification for sleep hygiene can convert chronic migraine to episodic migraine.7 One such program is stimulus control therapy, which focuses on using cues to initiate sleep (Table 1). Patients are encouraged to keep the bedroom quiet, dark, and cool, and to go to sleep at the same time every night. Importantly, the bed should be associated only with sleep. If patients are unable to fall asleep within 20 to 30 minutes, they should leave the room so they do not associate the bed with frustration and anxiety. Use of phones, tablets, and television in the bedroom is discouraged as these devices may make it more difficult to fall asleep.8

The next option is sleep restriction, which is useful for comorbid insomnia. Patients keep a sleep diary to better understand their sleep-wake cycle. The goal is 90% sleep efficiency, meaning that 90% of the time in bed (TIB) is spent asleep. For example, if the patient is in bed 8 hours but asleep only 4 hours, sleep efficiency is 50%. The goal is to reduce TIB to match the time asleep and to agree on a prescribed daily wake-up time. When the patient is consistently sleeping 90% of the TIB, add 30-minute increments until he or she is appropriately sleeping 7 to 8 hours at night.9 Naps are not recommended.

Let patients know that their migraine may worsen until a new routine sleep pattern emerges. This method is not recommended for patients with untreated sleep apnea.

E IS FOR EXERCISE

Exercise is broadly recommended for a healthy lifestyle; some evidence suggests that it can also be useful in the management of migraine.10 Low levels of physical activity and a sedentary lifestyle are associated with migraine.11 It is unclear if patients with migraine are less likely to exercise because they want to avoid triggering a migraine or if a sedentary lifestyle increases their risk.

Exercise has been studied for its prophylactic benefits in migraine, and one hypothesis relates to beta-endorphins. Levels of beta-endorphins are reduced in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with migraine.12 Exercise programs may increase levels while reducing headache frequency and duration.13 One study showed that pain thresholds do not change with exercise programs, suggesting that it is avoidance behavior that is positively altered rather than the underlying pain pathways.14

A systematic review and meta-analysis based on 5 randomized controlled trials and 1 nonrandomized controlled clinical trial showed that exercise reduced monthly migraine days by only 0.6 (± 0.3) days, but the data also suggested that as the exercise intensity increased, so did the positive effects.10

Some data suggest that exercise may also reduce migraine duration and severity as well as the need for abortive medication.10 Two studies in this systematic review15,16 showed that exercise benefits were equivalent to those of migraine preventives such as amitriptyline and topiramate; the combination of amitriptyline and exercise was more beneficial than exercise alone. Multiple types of exercise were beneficial, including walking, jogging, cross-training, and cycling when done for least 6 weeks and for 30 to 50 minutes 3 to 5 times a week.

These findings are in line with the current recommendations for general health from the American College of Sports Medicine, ie, moderate to vigorous cardio­respiratory exercise for 30 to 60 minutes 3 to 5 times a week (or 150 minutes per week). The daily exercise can be continuous or done in intervals of less than 20 minutes. For those with a sedentary lifestyle, as is seen in a significant proportion of the migraine population, light to moderate exercise for less than 20 minutes is still beneficial.17

Based on this evidence, the best current recommendation for patients with migraine is to engage in graded moderate cardiorespiratory exercise, although any exercise is better than none. If a patient is sedentary or has poor exercise tolerance, or both, exercising once a week for shorter time periods may be a manageable place to start.

Some patients may identify exercise as a trigger or exacerbating factor in migraine. These patients may need appropriate prophylactic and abortive therapies before starting an exercise regimen.

 

 

THE SECOND E IS FOR EAT (FOOD AND DRINK)

Many patients believe that some foods trigger migraine attacks, but further study is needed. The most consistent food triggers appear to be red wine and caffeine (withdrawal).18,19 Interestingly, patients with migraine report low levels of alcohol consumption,20 but it is unclear if that is because alcohol has a protective effect or if patients avoid it.

Some patients may crave certain foods in the prodromal phase of an attack, eat the food, experience the attack, and falsely conclude that the food caused the attack.21 Premonitory symptoms include fatigue, cognitive changes, homeostatic changes, sensory hyperresponsiveness, and food cravings.21 It is difficult to distinguish between premonitory phase food cravings and true triggers because premonitory symptoms can precede headache by 48 to 72 hours, and the timing for a trigger to be considered causal is not known.22

Chocolate is often thought to be a migraine trigger, but the evidence argues against this and even suggests that sweet cravings are a part of the premonitory phase.23 Monosodium glutamate is often identified as a trigger as well, but the literature is inconsistent and does not support a causal relationship.24 Identifying true food triggers in migraine is difficult, and patients with migraine may have poor quality diets, with some foods acting as true triggers for certain patients.25 These possibilities have led to the development of many “migraine diets,” including elimination diets.

Elimination diets

Elimination diets involve avoiding specific food items over a period of time and then adding them back in one at a time to gauge whether they cause a reaction in the body. A number of these diets have been studied for their effects on headache and migraine:

Gluten-free diets restrict foods that contain wheat, rye, and barley. A systematic review of gluten-free diets in patients with celiac disease found that headache or migraine frequency decreased by 51.6% to 100% based on multiple cohort studies (N = 42,388).26 There are no studies on the use of a gluten-free diet for migraine in patients without celiac disease.

Immunoglobulin G-elimination diets restrict foods that serve as antigens for IgG. However, data supporting these diets are inconsistent. Two small randomized controlled trials found that the diets improved migraine symptoms, but a larger study found no improvement in the number of migraine days at 12 weeks, although there was an initially significant effect at 4 weeks.27–29

Antihistamine diets restrict foods that have high levels of histamines, including fermented dairy, vegetables, soy products,  wine, beer, alcohol, and those that cause histamine release regardless of IgE testing results. A prospective single-arm study of antihistamine diets in patients with chronic headache reported symptom improvement, which could be applied to certain comorbidities such as  mast cell activation syndrome.30 Another prospective nonrandomized controlled study eliminated foods based on positive IgE skin-prick testing for allergy in patients with recurrent migraine and found that it reduced headache frequency.31

Tyramine-free diets are often recommended due to the presumption that tyramine-containing foods (eg, aged cheese, cured or smoked meats and fish, and beer) are triggers. However, multiple studies have reviewed this theory with inconsistent results,32 and the only study of a tyramine-free diet was negative.33 In addition, commonly purported high-tyramine foods have lower tyramine levels than previously thought.34

Low-fat diets in migraine are supported by 2 small randomized controlled trials and a prospective study showing a decrease in symptom severity; the results for frequency are inconsistent.35–37

Low-glycemic index diets are supported in migraine by 1 randomized controlled trial that showed improvement in migraine frequency in a diet group and in a control group of patients who took a standard migraine-preventive medication to manage their symptoms.38

 

 

Other migraine diets

Diets high in certain foods or ingredient ratios, as opposed to elimination diets, have also been studied in patients with migraine. One promising diet containing high levels of omega-3 fatty acids and low levels of omega-6 fatty acids was shown in a systematic review to reduce the duration of migraine but not the frequency or severity.39 A more recent randomized controlled trial of this diet in chronic migraine also showed that it decreased migraine frequency.40

The ketogenic diet (high fat, low carbohydrate) had promising results in a randomized controlled trial in overweight women with migraine and in a prospective study.41,42 However, a prospective study of the Atkins diet in teenagers with chronic daily headaches showed no benefit.43 The ketogenic diet is difficult to follow and may work in part due to weight loss alone, although ketogenesis itself may also play a role.41,44

Sodium levels have been shown to be higher in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with migraine than in controls, particularly during an attack.45 For a prehypertensive population or an elderly population, a low-sodium diet may be beneficial based on 2 prospective trials.46,47 However, a younger female population without hypertension and low-to-normal body mass index had a reduced probability of migraine while consuming a high-sodium diet.48

Counseling about sodium intake should be tailored to specific patient populations. For example, a diet low in sodium may be appropriate for patients with vascular risk factors such as hypertension, whereas a high-sodium diet may be appropriate in patients with comorbidities like postural tachycardia syndrome or in those with a propensity for low blood pressure or low body mass index.

Encourage routine meals and hydration

The standard advice for patients with migraine is to consume regular meals. Headaches have been associated with fasting, and those with migraine are predisposed to attacks in the setting of fasting.49,50 Migraine is more common when meals are skipped, particularly breakfast.51

It is unclear how fasting lowers the migraine threshold. Nutritional studies show that skipping meals, particularly breakfast, increases low-grade inflammation and impairs  glucose metabolism by affecting insulin and fat oxidation metabolism.52 However, hypoglycemia itself is not a consistent cause of headache or migraine attacks.53 As described above, a randomized controlled trial of a low-glycemic index diet actually decreased migraine frequency and severity.38 Skipping meals also reduces energy and is associated with reduced physical activity, perhaps leading to multiple compounding triggers that further lower the migraine threshold.54,55

When counseling patients about the need to eat breakfast, consider what they normally consume (eg, is breakfast just a cup of coffee?). Replacing simple carbohydrates with protein, fats, and fiber may be beneficial for general health, but the effects on migraine are not known, nor is the optimal composition of breakfast foods.55

The optimal timing of breakfast relative to awakening is also unclear, but in general, it should be eaten within 30 to 60 minutes of rising. Also consider patients’ work hours—delayed-phase or shift workers have altered sleep cycles.

Recommendations vary in regard to hydration. Headache is associated with fluid restriction and dehydration,56,57 but only a few studies suggest that rehydration and increased hydration status can improve migraine.58 In fact, a single post hoc analysis of a metoclopramide study showed that intravenous fluid alone for patients with migraine in the emergency room did not improve pain outcomes.59

The amount of water patients should drink daily in the setting of migraine is also unknown, but a study showed benefit with 4 L, which equates to a daily intake of 16 eight-ounce glasses.60 One review on general health that could be extrapolated given the low risk of the intervention indicated that 1.8 L daily (7 to 8 eight-ounce glasses) promoted a euhydration status in most people, although many factors contribute to hydration status.61

Caffeine intake is also a major consideration. Caffeine is a nonspecific adenosine receptor antagonist that modulates adenosine receptors like the pronociceptive 2A receptor, leading to changes integral to the neuropathophysiology of migraine.62 Caffeine has analgesic properties at doses greater than 65 to 200 mg and augments the effects of analgesics such as acetaminophen and aspirin. Chronic caffeine use can lead to withdrawal symptoms when intake is stopped abruptly; this is thought to be due to upregulation of adenosine receptors, but the effect varies based on genetic predisposition.19

The risk of chronic daily headache may relate to high use of caffeine preceding the onset of chronification, and caffeine abstinence may improve response to acute migraine treatment.19,63 There is a dose-dependent risk of headache.64,65 Current recommendations suggest limiting caffeine consumption to less than 200 mg per day or stopping caffeine consumption altogether based on the quantity required for caffeine-withdrawal headache.66 Varying  the caffeine dose from day to day may also trigger headache due to the high sensitivity to caffeine withdrawal.

While many diets have shown potential benefit in patients with migraine, more studies are needed before any one “migraine diet” can be recommended. Caution should be taken, as there is risk of adverse effects from nutrient deficiencies or excess levels, especially if the patient is not under the care of a healthcare professional who is familiar with the diet.

Whether it is beneficial to avoid specific food triggers at this time is unclear and still controversial even within the migraine community because some of these foods may be misattributed as triggers instead of premonitory cravings driven by the hypothalamus. It is important to counsel patients with migraine to eat a healthy diet with consistent meals, to maintain adequate hydration, and to keep their caffeine intake low or at least consistent, although these teachings are predominantly based on limited studies with extrapolation from nutrition research.

 

 

D IS FOR DIARY

A headache diary is a recommended part of headache management and may enhance the accuracy of diagnosis and assist in treatment modifications. Paper and electronic diaries have been used. Electronic diaries may be more accurate for real-time use, but patients may be more likely to complete a paper one.67 Patients prefer electronic diaries over long paper forms,68 but a practical issue to consider is easy electronic access.

Patients can start keeping a headache diary before the initial consultation to assist with diagnosis, or early in their management. A first-appointment diary mailed with instructions is a feasible option.69 These types of diaries ask detailed questions to help diagnose all major primary headache types including menstrual migraine and to identify concomitant medication-overuse headache. Physicians and patients generally report improved communication with use of a diary.70

Some providers distinguish between a headache diary and a calendar. In standard practice, a headache diary is the general term referring to both, but the literature differentiates between the two. Both should at least include headache frequency, with possible inclusion of other factors such as headache duration, headache intensity, analgesic use, headache impact on function, and absenteeism. Potential triggers including menses can also be tracked. The calendar version can fit on a single page and can be used for simple tracking of headache frequency and analgesia use.

One of the simplest calendars to use is the “stoplight” calendar. Red days are when a patient is completely debilitated in bed. On a yellow day, function at work, school, or daily activities is significantly reduced by migraine, but the patient is not bedbound. A green day is when headache is present but function is not affected. No color is placed if the patient is 100% headache-free.

Acute treatment use can be written in or, to improve compliance, a checkmark can be placed on days of treatment. Patients who are tracking menses circle the days of menstruation. The calendar-diary should be brought to every appointment to track treatment response and medication use.

THE SECOND S IS FOR STRESS

747tbl2.jpg
Stress and anxiety are associated with migraine. Either may lead to avoidance and hypervigilance of perceived triggers, and this association may affect migraines.71,72 High stress and chronic migraine are associated with lifestyle factors such as medication overuse, smoking, sedentary habits, and obesity.73 Fortunately, many evidence-based techniques used for management of stress and mood disorders can also be used in migraine, including cognitive behavioral therapy, biofeedback, mindfulness, and relaxation techniques (Table 2).

Behavioral management such as cognitive behavioral therapy in migraine has been shown to decrease catastrophizing, migraine disability, and headache severity and frequency.74 Both depression and anxiety can improve along with migraine.75 Cognitive behavioral therapy can be provided in individualized sessions or group sessions, either in person or online.74,76,77 The effects become more prominent about 5 weeks into treatment.78

Biofeedback, which uses behavioral techniques paired with physiologic autonomic measures, has been extensively studied, and shows benefit in migraine, including in meta-analysis.79 The types of biofeedback measurements used include electromyography, electroencephalography, temperature, sweat sensors, heart rate, blood volume pulse feedback, and respiration bands. While biofeedback is generally done under the guidance of a therapist, it can still be useful with minimal therapist contact and supplemental audio.80

Mindfulness, or the awareness of thoughts, feelings, and sensations in the present moment without judgment, is a behavioral technique that can be done alone or paired with another technique. It is often taught through a mindfulness-based stress-reduction  program, which relies on a standardized approach. A meta-analysis showed that mindfulness improves pain intensity, headache frequency, disability, self-efficacy, and quality of life.81 It may work by encouraging pain acceptance.82

Relaxation techniques are also employed in migraine management, either alone or in conjunction with techniques mentioned  above, such as mindfulness. They include progressive muscle relaxation and deep breathing. Relaxation has been shown to be effective when done by professional trainers as well as lay trainers in both individual and group settings.83,84

In patients with intractable headache, more-intensive inpatient and outpatient programs have been tried. Inpatient admissions with multidisciplinary programs that include a focus on behavioral techniques often paired with lifestyle education and sometimes pharmacologic management can be beneficial.85,86 These programs have also been successfully conducted as multiple outpatient sessions.86–88

Stress management is an important aspect of migraine management. These treatments often involve homework and require active participation.

LIFESTYLE FOR ALL

All patients with migraine should initiate lifestyle modifications (see Advice to patients with migraine: SEEDS for success). Modifications with the highest level of evidence, specifically behavioral techniques, have had the most reproducible results. A headache diary is an essential tool to identify patterns and needs for optimization of acute or preventive treatment regimens. The strongest evidence is for the behavioral management techniques for stress reduction.

Migraine is the second leading cause of years of life lived with a disability globally.1 It affects people of all ages, but particularly during the years associated with the highest productivity in terms of work and family life.

Migraine is a genetic neurologic disease that can be influenced or triggered by environmental factors. However, triggers do not cause migraine. For example, stress does not cause migraine, but it can exacerbate it.

Primary care physicians can help patients reduce the likelihood of a migraine attack, the severity of symptoms, or both by offering lifestyle counseling centered around the mnemonic SEEDS: sleep, exercise, eat, diary, and stress. In this article, each factor is discussed individually for its current support in the literature along with best-practice recommendations.

S IS FOR SLEEP

742sidebar.jpg
Multiple sleep comorbidities are associated with migraine, including sleep apnea and insomnia.2 Poor sleep itself has been described as a migraine trigger. Those with both migraine and poor sleep report having lower quality of life, more mood disorders, lower socioeconomic status, higher stress, and higher tendency for poor lifestyle habits.3 The number needed to treat by initiating routine lifestyle behaviors including sleep, diet, and exercise is 2, indicating that every other person could benefit from this type of intervention.4

Before optimizing sleep hygiene, screen for sleep apnea, especially in those who have chronic daily headache upon awakening. An excellent tool is the STOP-Bang screening questionnaire5 (www.stopbang.ca/osa/screening.php). Patients respond “yes” or “no” to the following questions:

  • Snoring: Do you snore loudly (louder than talking or loud enough to be heard through closed doors)?
  • Tired: Do you often feel tired, fatigued, or sleepy during the daytime?
  • Observed: Has anyone observed you stop breathing during your sleep?
  • Pressure: Do you have or are you being treated for high blood pressure?
  • Body mass index greater than 35 kg/m2?
  • Age over 50?
  • Neck circumference larger than 40 cm (females) or  42 cm (males)?
  • Gender—male?

Each “yes” answer is scored as 1 point. A score less than 3 indicates low risk of obstructive sleep apnea; 3 to 4 indicates moderate risk; and 5 or more indicates high risk. Optimization of sleep apnea with continuous positive airway pressure therapy can improve sleep apnea headache.6 The improved sleep from reduced arousals may also mitigate migraine symptoms.

743tbl1.jpg

Behavioral modification for sleep hygiene can convert chronic migraine to episodic migraine.7 One such program is stimulus control therapy, which focuses on using cues to initiate sleep (Table 1). Patients are encouraged to keep the bedroom quiet, dark, and cool, and to go to sleep at the same time every night. Importantly, the bed should be associated only with sleep. If patients are unable to fall asleep within 20 to 30 minutes, they should leave the room so they do not associate the bed with frustration and anxiety. Use of phones, tablets, and television in the bedroom is discouraged as these devices may make it more difficult to fall asleep.8

The next option is sleep restriction, which is useful for comorbid insomnia. Patients keep a sleep diary to better understand their sleep-wake cycle. The goal is 90% sleep efficiency, meaning that 90% of the time in bed (TIB) is spent asleep. For example, if the patient is in bed 8 hours but asleep only 4 hours, sleep efficiency is 50%. The goal is to reduce TIB to match the time asleep and to agree on a prescribed daily wake-up time. When the patient is consistently sleeping 90% of the TIB, add 30-minute increments until he or she is appropriately sleeping 7 to 8 hours at night.9 Naps are not recommended.

Let patients know that their migraine may worsen until a new routine sleep pattern emerges. This method is not recommended for patients with untreated sleep apnea.

E IS FOR EXERCISE

Exercise is broadly recommended for a healthy lifestyle; some evidence suggests that it can also be useful in the management of migraine.10 Low levels of physical activity and a sedentary lifestyle are associated with migraine.11 It is unclear if patients with migraine are less likely to exercise because they want to avoid triggering a migraine or if a sedentary lifestyle increases their risk.

Exercise has been studied for its prophylactic benefits in migraine, and one hypothesis relates to beta-endorphins. Levels of beta-endorphins are reduced in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with migraine.12 Exercise programs may increase levels while reducing headache frequency and duration.13 One study showed that pain thresholds do not change with exercise programs, suggesting that it is avoidance behavior that is positively altered rather than the underlying pain pathways.14

A systematic review and meta-analysis based on 5 randomized controlled trials and 1 nonrandomized controlled clinical trial showed that exercise reduced monthly migraine days by only 0.6 (± 0.3) days, but the data also suggested that as the exercise intensity increased, so did the positive effects.10

Some data suggest that exercise may also reduce migraine duration and severity as well as the need for abortive medication.10 Two studies in this systematic review15,16 showed that exercise benefits were equivalent to those of migraine preventives such as amitriptyline and topiramate; the combination of amitriptyline and exercise was more beneficial than exercise alone. Multiple types of exercise were beneficial, including walking, jogging, cross-training, and cycling when done for least 6 weeks and for 30 to 50 minutes 3 to 5 times a week.

These findings are in line with the current recommendations for general health from the American College of Sports Medicine, ie, moderate to vigorous cardio­respiratory exercise for 30 to 60 minutes 3 to 5 times a week (or 150 minutes per week). The daily exercise can be continuous or done in intervals of less than 20 minutes. For those with a sedentary lifestyle, as is seen in a significant proportion of the migraine population, light to moderate exercise for less than 20 minutes is still beneficial.17

Based on this evidence, the best current recommendation for patients with migraine is to engage in graded moderate cardiorespiratory exercise, although any exercise is better than none. If a patient is sedentary or has poor exercise tolerance, or both, exercising once a week for shorter time periods may be a manageable place to start.

Some patients may identify exercise as a trigger or exacerbating factor in migraine. These patients may need appropriate prophylactic and abortive therapies before starting an exercise regimen.

 

 

THE SECOND E IS FOR EAT (FOOD AND DRINK)

Many patients believe that some foods trigger migraine attacks, but further study is needed. The most consistent food triggers appear to be red wine and caffeine (withdrawal).18,19 Interestingly, patients with migraine report low levels of alcohol consumption,20 but it is unclear if that is because alcohol has a protective effect or if patients avoid it.

Some patients may crave certain foods in the prodromal phase of an attack, eat the food, experience the attack, and falsely conclude that the food caused the attack.21 Premonitory symptoms include fatigue, cognitive changes, homeostatic changes, sensory hyperresponsiveness, and food cravings.21 It is difficult to distinguish between premonitory phase food cravings and true triggers because premonitory symptoms can precede headache by 48 to 72 hours, and the timing for a trigger to be considered causal is not known.22

Chocolate is often thought to be a migraine trigger, but the evidence argues against this and even suggests that sweet cravings are a part of the premonitory phase.23 Monosodium glutamate is often identified as a trigger as well, but the literature is inconsistent and does not support a causal relationship.24 Identifying true food triggers in migraine is difficult, and patients with migraine may have poor quality diets, with some foods acting as true triggers for certain patients.25 These possibilities have led to the development of many “migraine diets,” including elimination diets.

Elimination diets

Elimination diets involve avoiding specific food items over a period of time and then adding them back in one at a time to gauge whether they cause a reaction in the body. A number of these diets have been studied for their effects on headache and migraine:

Gluten-free diets restrict foods that contain wheat, rye, and barley. A systematic review of gluten-free diets in patients with celiac disease found that headache or migraine frequency decreased by 51.6% to 100% based on multiple cohort studies (N = 42,388).26 There are no studies on the use of a gluten-free diet for migraine in patients without celiac disease.

Immunoglobulin G-elimination diets restrict foods that serve as antigens for IgG. However, data supporting these diets are inconsistent. Two small randomized controlled trials found that the diets improved migraine symptoms, but a larger study found no improvement in the number of migraine days at 12 weeks, although there was an initially significant effect at 4 weeks.27–29

Antihistamine diets restrict foods that have high levels of histamines, including fermented dairy, vegetables, soy products,  wine, beer, alcohol, and those that cause histamine release regardless of IgE testing results. A prospective single-arm study of antihistamine diets in patients with chronic headache reported symptom improvement, which could be applied to certain comorbidities such as  mast cell activation syndrome.30 Another prospective nonrandomized controlled study eliminated foods based on positive IgE skin-prick testing for allergy in patients with recurrent migraine and found that it reduced headache frequency.31

Tyramine-free diets are often recommended due to the presumption that tyramine-containing foods (eg, aged cheese, cured or smoked meats and fish, and beer) are triggers. However, multiple studies have reviewed this theory with inconsistent results,32 and the only study of a tyramine-free diet was negative.33 In addition, commonly purported high-tyramine foods have lower tyramine levels than previously thought.34

Low-fat diets in migraine are supported by 2 small randomized controlled trials and a prospective study showing a decrease in symptom severity; the results for frequency are inconsistent.35–37

Low-glycemic index diets are supported in migraine by 1 randomized controlled trial that showed improvement in migraine frequency in a diet group and in a control group of patients who took a standard migraine-preventive medication to manage their symptoms.38

 

 

Other migraine diets

Diets high in certain foods or ingredient ratios, as opposed to elimination diets, have also been studied in patients with migraine. One promising diet containing high levels of omega-3 fatty acids and low levels of omega-6 fatty acids was shown in a systematic review to reduce the duration of migraine but not the frequency or severity.39 A more recent randomized controlled trial of this diet in chronic migraine also showed that it decreased migraine frequency.40

The ketogenic diet (high fat, low carbohydrate) had promising results in a randomized controlled trial in overweight women with migraine and in a prospective study.41,42 However, a prospective study of the Atkins diet in teenagers with chronic daily headaches showed no benefit.43 The ketogenic diet is difficult to follow and may work in part due to weight loss alone, although ketogenesis itself may also play a role.41,44

Sodium levels have been shown to be higher in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with migraine than in controls, particularly during an attack.45 For a prehypertensive population or an elderly population, a low-sodium diet may be beneficial based on 2 prospective trials.46,47 However, a younger female population without hypertension and low-to-normal body mass index had a reduced probability of migraine while consuming a high-sodium diet.48

Counseling about sodium intake should be tailored to specific patient populations. For example, a diet low in sodium may be appropriate for patients with vascular risk factors such as hypertension, whereas a high-sodium diet may be appropriate in patients with comorbidities like postural tachycardia syndrome or in those with a propensity for low blood pressure or low body mass index.

Encourage routine meals and hydration

The standard advice for patients with migraine is to consume regular meals. Headaches have been associated with fasting, and those with migraine are predisposed to attacks in the setting of fasting.49,50 Migraine is more common when meals are skipped, particularly breakfast.51

It is unclear how fasting lowers the migraine threshold. Nutritional studies show that skipping meals, particularly breakfast, increases low-grade inflammation and impairs  glucose metabolism by affecting insulin and fat oxidation metabolism.52 However, hypoglycemia itself is not a consistent cause of headache or migraine attacks.53 As described above, a randomized controlled trial of a low-glycemic index diet actually decreased migraine frequency and severity.38 Skipping meals also reduces energy and is associated with reduced physical activity, perhaps leading to multiple compounding triggers that further lower the migraine threshold.54,55

When counseling patients about the need to eat breakfast, consider what they normally consume (eg, is breakfast just a cup of coffee?). Replacing simple carbohydrates with protein, fats, and fiber may be beneficial for general health, but the effects on migraine are not known, nor is the optimal composition of breakfast foods.55

The optimal timing of breakfast relative to awakening is also unclear, but in general, it should be eaten within 30 to 60 minutes of rising. Also consider patients’ work hours—delayed-phase or shift workers have altered sleep cycles.

Recommendations vary in regard to hydration. Headache is associated with fluid restriction and dehydration,56,57 but only a few studies suggest that rehydration and increased hydration status can improve migraine.58 In fact, a single post hoc analysis of a metoclopramide study showed that intravenous fluid alone for patients with migraine in the emergency room did not improve pain outcomes.59

The amount of water patients should drink daily in the setting of migraine is also unknown, but a study showed benefit with 4 L, which equates to a daily intake of 16 eight-ounce glasses.60 One review on general health that could be extrapolated given the low risk of the intervention indicated that 1.8 L daily (7 to 8 eight-ounce glasses) promoted a euhydration status in most people, although many factors contribute to hydration status.61

Caffeine intake is also a major consideration. Caffeine is a nonspecific adenosine receptor antagonist that modulates adenosine receptors like the pronociceptive 2A receptor, leading to changes integral to the neuropathophysiology of migraine.62 Caffeine has analgesic properties at doses greater than 65 to 200 mg and augments the effects of analgesics such as acetaminophen and aspirin. Chronic caffeine use can lead to withdrawal symptoms when intake is stopped abruptly; this is thought to be due to upregulation of adenosine receptors, but the effect varies based on genetic predisposition.19

The risk of chronic daily headache may relate to high use of caffeine preceding the onset of chronification, and caffeine abstinence may improve response to acute migraine treatment.19,63 There is a dose-dependent risk of headache.64,65 Current recommendations suggest limiting caffeine consumption to less than 200 mg per day or stopping caffeine consumption altogether based on the quantity required for caffeine-withdrawal headache.66 Varying  the caffeine dose from day to day may also trigger headache due to the high sensitivity to caffeine withdrawal.

While many diets have shown potential benefit in patients with migraine, more studies are needed before any one “migraine diet” can be recommended. Caution should be taken, as there is risk of adverse effects from nutrient deficiencies or excess levels, especially if the patient is not under the care of a healthcare professional who is familiar with the diet.

Whether it is beneficial to avoid specific food triggers at this time is unclear and still controversial even within the migraine community because some of these foods may be misattributed as triggers instead of premonitory cravings driven by the hypothalamus. It is important to counsel patients with migraine to eat a healthy diet with consistent meals, to maintain adequate hydration, and to keep their caffeine intake low or at least consistent, although these teachings are predominantly based on limited studies with extrapolation from nutrition research.

 

 

D IS FOR DIARY

A headache diary is a recommended part of headache management and may enhance the accuracy of diagnosis and assist in treatment modifications. Paper and electronic diaries have been used. Electronic diaries may be more accurate for real-time use, but patients may be more likely to complete a paper one.67 Patients prefer electronic diaries over long paper forms,68 but a practical issue to consider is easy electronic access.

Patients can start keeping a headache diary before the initial consultation to assist with diagnosis, or early in their management. A first-appointment diary mailed with instructions is a feasible option.69 These types of diaries ask detailed questions to help diagnose all major primary headache types including menstrual migraine and to identify concomitant medication-overuse headache. Physicians and patients generally report improved communication with use of a diary.70

Some providers distinguish between a headache diary and a calendar. In standard practice, a headache diary is the general term referring to both, but the literature differentiates between the two. Both should at least include headache frequency, with possible inclusion of other factors such as headache duration, headache intensity, analgesic use, headache impact on function, and absenteeism. Potential triggers including menses can also be tracked. The calendar version can fit on a single page and can be used for simple tracking of headache frequency and analgesia use.

One of the simplest calendars to use is the “stoplight” calendar. Red days are when a patient is completely debilitated in bed. On a yellow day, function at work, school, or daily activities is significantly reduced by migraine, but the patient is not bedbound. A green day is when headache is present but function is not affected. No color is placed if the patient is 100% headache-free.

Acute treatment use can be written in or, to improve compliance, a checkmark can be placed on days of treatment. Patients who are tracking menses circle the days of menstruation. The calendar-diary should be brought to every appointment to track treatment response and medication use.

THE SECOND S IS FOR STRESS

747tbl2.jpg
Stress and anxiety are associated with migraine. Either may lead to avoidance and hypervigilance of perceived triggers, and this association may affect migraines.71,72 High stress and chronic migraine are associated with lifestyle factors such as medication overuse, smoking, sedentary habits, and obesity.73 Fortunately, many evidence-based techniques used for management of stress and mood disorders can also be used in migraine, including cognitive behavioral therapy, biofeedback, mindfulness, and relaxation techniques (Table 2).

Behavioral management such as cognitive behavioral therapy in migraine has been shown to decrease catastrophizing, migraine disability, and headache severity and frequency.74 Both depression and anxiety can improve along with migraine.75 Cognitive behavioral therapy can be provided in individualized sessions or group sessions, either in person or online.74,76,77 The effects become more prominent about 5 weeks into treatment.78

Biofeedback, which uses behavioral techniques paired with physiologic autonomic measures, has been extensively studied, and shows benefit in migraine, including in meta-analysis.79 The types of biofeedback measurements used include electromyography, electroencephalography, temperature, sweat sensors, heart rate, blood volume pulse feedback, and respiration bands. While biofeedback is generally done under the guidance of a therapist, it can still be useful with minimal therapist contact and supplemental audio.80

Mindfulness, or the awareness of thoughts, feelings, and sensations in the present moment without judgment, is a behavioral technique that can be done alone or paired with another technique. It is often taught through a mindfulness-based stress-reduction  program, which relies on a standardized approach. A meta-analysis showed that mindfulness improves pain intensity, headache frequency, disability, self-efficacy, and quality of life.81 It may work by encouraging pain acceptance.82

Relaxation techniques are also employed in migraine management, either alone or in conjunction with techniques mentioned  above, such as mindfulness. They include progressive muscle relaxation and deep breathing. Relaxation has been shown to be effective when done by professional trainers as well as lay trainers in both individual and group settings.83,84

In patients with intractable headache, more-intensive inpatient and outpatient programs have been tried. Inpatient admissions with multidisciplinary programs that include a focus on behavioral techniques often paired with lifestyle education and sometimes pharmacologic management can be beneficial.85,86 These programs have also been successfully conducted as multiple outpatient sessions.86–88

Stress management is an important aspect of migraine management. These treatments often involve homework and require active participation.

LIFESTYLE FOR ALL

All patients with migraine should initiate lifestyle modifications (see Advice to patients with migraine: SEEDS for success). Modifications with the highest level of evidence, specifically behavioral techniques, have had the most reproducible results. A headache diary is an essential tool to identify patterns and needs for optimization of acute or preventive treatment regimens. The strongest evidence is for the behavioral management techniques for stress reduction.

References
  1. GBD 2016 Disease and Injury Incidence and Prevalence Collaborators. Global, regional, and national incidence, prevalence, and years lived with disability for 328 diseases and injuries for 195 countries, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet 2017; 390(10100):1211–1259. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32154-2
  2. Vgontzas A, Pavlovic JM. Sleep diorders and migraine: review of literature and potential pathophysiology mechanisms. Headache 2018; 58(7):1030–1039. doi:10.1111/head.13358
  3. Lund N, Westergaard ML, Barloese M, Glumer C, Jensen RH. Epidemiology of concurrent headache and sleep problems in Denmark. Cephalalgia 2014; 34(10):833–845. doi:10.1177/0333102414543332
  4. Woldeamanuel YW, Cowan RP. The impact of regular lifestyle behavior in migraine: a prevalence case-referent study. J Neurol 2016; 263(4):669–676. doi:10.1007/s00415-016-8031-5
  5. Chung F, Abdullah HR, Liao P. STOP-Bang questionnaire: a practical approach to screen for obstructive sleep apnea. Chest 2016; 149(3):631–638. doi:10.1378/chest.15-0903
  6. Johnson KG, Ziemba AM, Garb JL. Improvement in headaches with continuous positive airway pressure for obstructive sleep apnea: a retrospective analysis. Headache 2013; 53(2):333–343. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2012.02251.x
  7. Calhoun AH, Ford S. Behavioral sleep modification may revert transformed migraine to episodic migraine. Headache 2007; 47(8):1178–1183. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2007.00780.x
  8. Calhoun AH, Ford S, Finkel AG, Kahn KA, Mann JD. The prevalence and spectrum of sleep problems in women with transformed migraine. Headache 2006; 46(4):604–610. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2006.00410.x
  9. Rains JC. Optimizing circadian cycles and behavioral insomnia treatment in migraine. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2008; 12(3):213–219. pmid:18796272
  10. Lemmens J, De Pauw J, Van Soom T, et al. The effect of aerobic exercise on the number of migraine days, duration and pain intensity in migraine: a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. J Headache Pain 2019; 20(1):16. doi:10.1186/s10194-019-0961-8
  11. Amin FM, Aristeidou S, Baraldi C, et al; European Headache Federation School of Advanced Studies (EHF-SAS). The association between migraine and physical exercise. J Headache Pain 2018; 19(1):83. doi:10.1186/s10194-018-0902-y
  12. Genazzani AR, Nappi G, Facchinetti F, et al. Progressive impairment of CSF beta-EP levels in migraine sufferers. Pain 1984; 18:127-133. pmid:6324056
  13. Hindiyeh NA, Krusz JC, Cowan RP. Does exercise make migraines worse and tension type headaches better? Curr Pain Headache Rep 2013;17:380. pmid:24234818
  14. Kroll LS, Sjodahl Hammarlund C, Gard G, Jensen RH, Bendtsen L. Has aerobic exercise effect on pain perception in persons with migraine and coexisting tension-type headache and neck pain? A randomized, controlled, clinical trial. Eur J Pain 2018; 10:10. pmid:29635806
  15. Santiago MD, Carvalho Dde S, Gabbai AA, Pinto MM, Moutran AR, Villa TR. Amitriptyline and aerobic exercise or amitriptyline alone in the treatment of chronic migraine: a randomized comparative study. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 2014; 72(11):851-855. pmid:25410451
  16. Varkey E, Cider A, Carlsson J, Linde M. Exercise as migraine prophylaxis: a randomized study using relaxation and topiramate as controls. Cephalalgia 2011; 31(14):1428-1438. pmid:21890526
  17. Garber CE, Blissmer B, Deschenes MR, et al. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: guidance for prescribing exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2011; 43(7):1334-1359. pmid:21694556
  18. Guarnieri P, Radnitz CL, Blanchard EB. Assessment of dietary risk factors in chronic headache. Biofeedback Self Regul 1990; 15(1):15–25. pmid:2361144
  19. Shapiro RE. Caffeine and headaches. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2008; 12(4):311–315. pmid:18625110
  20. Yokoyama M, Yokoyama T, Funazu K, et al. Associations between headache and stress, alcohol drinking, exercise, sleep, and comorbid health conditions in a Japanese population. J Headache Pain 2009; 10(3):177–185. doi:10.1007/s10194-009-0113-7
  21. Karsan N, Bose P, Goadsby PJ. The migraine premonitory phase. Continuum (Minneap Minn) 2018; 24(4, Headache):996–1008. doi:10.1212/CON.0000000000000624
  22. Pavlovic JM, Buse DC, Sollars CM, Haut S, Lipton RB. Trigger factors and premonitory features of migraine attacks: summary of studies. Headache 2014; 54(10):1670–1679. doi:10.1111/head.12468
  23. Marcus DA, Scharff L, Turk D, Gourley LM. A double-blind provocative study of chocolate as a trigger of headache. Cephalalgia 1997; 17(8):855–862. doi:10.1046/j.1468-2982.1997.1708855.x
  24. Obayashi Y, Nagamura Y. Does monosodium glutamate really cause headache? A systematic review of human studies. J Headache Pain 2016; 17:54. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0639-4
  25. Evans EW, Lipton RB, Peterlin BL, et al. Dietary intake patterns and diet quality in a nationally representative sample of women with and without severe headache or migraine. Headache 2015; 55(4):550–561. doi:10.1111/head.12527
  26. Zis P, Julian T, Hadjivassiliou M. Headache associated with coeliac disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Nutrients 2018; 10(10). doi:10.3390/nu10101445
  27. Alpay K, Ertas M, Orhan EK, Ustay DK, Lieners C, Baykan B. Diet restriction in migraine, based on IgG against foods: a clinical double-blind, randomised, cross-over trial. Cephalalgia 2010; 30(7):829–837. doi:10.1177/0333102410361404
  28. Aydinlar EI, Dikmen PY, Tiftikci A, et al. IgG-based elimination diet in migraine plus irritable bowel syndrome. Headache 2013; 53(3):514–525. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2012.02296.x
  29. Mitchell N, Hewitt CE, Jayakody S, et al. Randomised controlled trial of food elimination diet based on IgG antibodies for the prevention of migraine like headaches. Nutr J 2011; 10:85. doi:10.1186/1475-2891-10-85
  30. Wantke F, Gotz M, Jarisch R. Histamine-free diet: treatment of choice for histamine-induced food intolerance and supporting treatment for chronic headaches. Clin Exp Allergy 1993; 23(12):982–985. pmid:10779289
  31. Mansfield LE, Vaughan TR, Waller SF, Haverly RW, Ting S. Food allergy and adult migraine: double-blind and mediator confirmation of an allergic etiology. Ann Allergy 1985; 55(2):126–129. pmid:4025956
  32. Kohlenberg RJ. Tyramine sensitivity in dietary migraine: a critical review. Headache 1982; 22(1):30–34. pmid:17152742
  33. Medina JL, Diamond S. The role of diet in migraine. Headache 1978; 18(1):31–34. pmid:649377
  34. Mosnaim AD, Freitag F, Ignacio R, et al. Apparent lack of correlation between tyramine and phenylethylamine content and the occurrence of food-precipitated migraine. Reexamination of a variety of food products frequently consumed in the United States and commonly restricted in tyramine-free diets. Headache Quarterly. Current Treatment and Research 1996; 7(3):239–249.
  35. Ferrara LA, Pacioni D, Di Fronzo V, et al. Low-lipid diet reduces frequency and severity of acute migraine attacks. Nutr Metab Cardiovasc Dis 2015; 25(4):370–375. doi:10.1016/j.numecd.2014.12.006
  36. Bic Z, Blix GG, Hopp HP, Leslie FM, Schell MJ. The influence of a low-fat diet on incidence and severity of migraine headaches. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 1999; 8(5):623–630. doi:10.1089/jwh.1.1999.8.623
  37. Bunner AE, Agarwal U, Gonzales JF, Valente F, Barnard ND. Nutrition intervention for migraine: a randomized crossover trial. J Headache Pain 2014; 15:69. doi:10.1186/1129-2377-15-69
  38. Evcili G, Utku U, Ogun MN, Ozdemir G. Early and long period follow-up results of low glycemic index diet for migraine prophylaxis. Agri 2018; 30(1):8–11. doi:10.5505/agri.2017.62443
  39. Maghsoumi-Norouzabad L, Mansoori A, Abed R, Shishehbor F. Effects of omega-3 fatty acids on the frequency, severity, and duration of migraine attacks: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Nutr Neurosci 2018; 21(9):614–623. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2017.1344371
  40. Soares AA, Loucana PMC, Nasi EP, Sousa KMH, Sa OMS, Silva-Neto RP. A double- blind, randomized, and placebo-controlled clinical trial with omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (OPFA Ω-3) for the prevention of migraine in chronic migraine patients using amitriptyline. Nutr Neurosci 2018; 21(3):219–223. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2016.1266133
  41. Di Lorenzo C, Coppola G, Sirianni G, et al. Migraine improvement during short lasting ketogenesis: a proof-of-concept study. Eur J Neurol 2015; 22(1):170–177. doi:10.1111/ene.12550
  42. Di Lorenzo C, Coppola G, Bracaglia M, et al. Cortical functional correlates of responsiveness to short-lasting preventive intervention with ketogenic diet in migraine: a multimodal evoked potentials study. J Headache Pain 2016; 17:58. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0650-9
  43. Kossoff EH, Huffman J, Turner Z, Gladstein J. Use of the modified Atkins diet for adolescents with chronic daily headache. Cephalalgia 2010; 30(8):1014–1016. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1111/j.1468-2982.2009.02016.x
  44. Slavin M, Ailani J. A clinical approach to addressing diet with migraine patients. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2017; 17(2):17. doi:10.1007/s11910-017-0721-6
  45. Amer M, Woodward M, Appel LJ. Effects of dietary sodium and the DASH diet on the occurrence of headaches: results from randomised multicentre DASH-sodium clinical trial. BMJ Open 2014; 4(12):e006671. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2014-006671
  46. Chen L, Zhang Z, Chen W, Whelton PK, Appel LJ. Lower sodium intake and risk of headaches: results from the trial of nonpharmacologic interventions in the elderly. Am J Public Health 2016; 106(7):1270–1275. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2016.303143
  47. Pogoda JM, Gross NB, Arakaki X, Fonteh AN, Cowan RP, Harrington MG. Severe headache or migraine history is inversely correlated with dietary sodium intake: NHANES 1999–2004. Headache 2016; 56(4):688–698. doi:10.1111/head.12792
  48. Awada A, al Jumah M. The first-of-Ramadan headache. Headache 1999; 39(7):490–493. pmid:11279933
  49. Abu-Salameh I, Plakht Y, Ifergane G. Migraine exacerbation during Ramadan fasting. J Headache Pain 2010; 11(6):513–517. doi:10.1007/s10194-010-0242-z
  50. Nazari F, Safavi M, Mahmudi M. Migraine and its relation with lifestyle in women. Pain Pract 2010; 10(3):228–234. doi:10.1111/j.1533-2500.2009.00343.x
  51. Nas A, Mirza N, Hagele F, et al. Impact of breakfast skipping compared with dinner skipping on regulation of energy balance and metabolic risk. Am J Clin Nutr 2017; 105(6):1351–1361. doi:10.3945/ajcn.116.151332
  52. Torelli P, Manzoni GC. Fasting headache. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2010; 14(4):284–291. doi:10.1007/s11916-010-0119-5
  53. Yoshimura E, Hatamoto Y, Yonekura S, Tanaka H. Skipping breakfast reduces energy intake and physical activity in healthy women who are habitual breakfast eaters: a randomized crossover trial. Physiol Behav 2017; 174:89–94. doi:10.1016/j.physbeh.2017.03.008
  54. Pendergast FJ, Livingstone KM, Worsley A, McNaughton SA. Correlates of meal skipping in young adults: a systematic review. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Act 2016; 13(1):125. doi:10.1186/s12966-016-0451-1
  55. Maki KC, Phillips-Eakley AK, Smith KN. The effects of breakfast consumption and composition on metabolic wellness with a focus on carbohydrate metabolism. Adv Nutr 2016; 7(3):613S–621S. doi:10.3945/an.115.010314
  56. Shirreffs SM, Merson SJ, Fraser SM, Archer DT. The effects of fluid restriction on hydration status and subjective feelings in man. Br J Nutr 2004; 91(6):951–958. doi:10.1079/BJN20041149
  57. Blau JN. Water deprivation: a new migraine precipitant. Headache 2005; 45(6):757–759. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2005.05143_3.x
  58. Price A, Burls A. Increased water intake to reduce headache: learning from a critical appraisal. J Eval Clin Pract 2015; 21(6):1212–1218. doi:10.1111/jep.12413
  59. Balbin JE, Nerenberg R, Baratloo A, Friedman BW. Intravenous fluids for migraine: a post hoc analysis of clinical trial data. Am J Emerg Med 2016; 34(4):713–716. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2015.12.080
  60. Spigt M, Weerkamp N, Troost J, van Schayck CP, Knottnerus JA. A randomized trial on the effects of regular water intake in patients with recurrent headaches. Fam Pract 2012; 29(4):370–375. doi:10.1093/fampra/cmr112
  61. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC. Water intake, water balance, and the elusive daily water requirement. Nutrients 2018; 10(12). doi:10.3390/nu10121928
  62. Fried NT, Elliott MB, Oshinsky ML. The role of adenosine signaling in headache: a review. Brain Sci 2017; 7(3). doi:10.3390/brainsci7030030
  63. Lee MJ, Choi HA, Choi H, Chung CS. Caffeine discontinuation improves acute migraine treatment: a prospective clinic-based study. J Headache Pain 2016; 17(1):71. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0662-5
  64. Shirlow MJ, Mathers CD. A study of caffeine consumption and symptoms; indigestion, palpitations, tremor, headache and insomnia. Int J Epidemiol 1985; 14(2):239–248. doi:10.1093/ije/14.2.239
  65. Silverman K, Evans SM, Strain EC, Griffiths RR. Withdrawal syndrome after the double-blind cessation of caffeine consumption. N Engl J Med 1992; 327(16):1109–1114. doi:10.1056/NEJM199210153271601
  66. Headache Classification Committee of the International Headache Society (IHS). The International Classification of Headache Disorders, 3rd edition. Cephalalgia 2018; 38(1):1–211. doi:10.1177/0333102417738202
  67. Krogh AB, Larsson B, Salvesen O, Linde M. A comparison between prospective Internet-based and paper diary recordings of headache among adolescents in the general population. Cephalalgia 2016; 36(4):335–345. doi:10.1177/0333102415591506
  68. Bandarian-Balooch S, Martin PR, McNally B, Brunelli A, Mackenzie S. Electronic-diary for recording headaches, triggers, and medication use: development and evaluation. Headache 2017; 57(10):1551–1569. doi:10.1111/head.13184
  69. Tassorelli C, Sances G, Allena M, et al. The usefulness and applicability of a basic headache diary before first consultation: results of a pilot study conducted in two centres. Cephalalgia 2008; 28(10):1023–1030. doi:10.1111/j.1468-2982.2008.01639.x
  70. Baos V, Ester F, Castellanos A, et al. Use of a structured migraine diary improves patient and physician communication about migraine disability and treatment outcomes. Int J Clin Pract 2005; 59(3):281–286. doi:10.1111/j.1742-1241.2005.00469.x
  71. Martin PR, MacLeod C. Behavioral management of headache triggers: avoidance of triggers is an inadequate strategy. Clin Psychol Rev 2009; 29(6):483–495. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2009.05.002
  72. Giannini G, Zanigni S, Grimaldi D, et al. Cephalalgiaphobia as a feature of high-frequency migraine: a pilot study. J Headache Pain 2013; 14:49. doi:10.1186/1129-2377-14-49
  73. Westergaard ML, Glumer C, Hansen EH, Jensen RH. Medication overuse, healthy lifestyle behaviour and stress in chronic headache: results from a population-based representative survey. Cephalalgia 2016; 36(1):15–28. doi:10.1177/0333102415578430
  74. Christiansen S, Jurgens TP, Klinger R. Outpatient combined group and individual cognitive-behavioral treatment for patients with migraine and tension-type headache in a routine clinical setting. Headache 2015; 55(8):1072–1091. doi:10.1111/head.12626
  75. Martin PR, Aiello R, Gilson K, Meadows G, Milgrom J, Reece J. Cognitive behavior therapy for comorbid migraine and/or tension-type headache and major depressive disorder: an exploratory randomized controlled trial. Behav Res Ther 2015; 73:8–18. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2015.07.005
  76. Nash JM, Park ER, Walker BB, Gordon N, Nicholson RA. Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for disabling headache. Pain Med 2004; 5(2):178–186. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2004.04031.x
  77. Sorbi MJ, Balk Y, Kleiboer AM, Couturier EG. Follow-up over 20 months confirms gains of online behavioural training in frequent episodic migraine. Cephalalgia 2017; 37(3):236–250. doi:10.1177/0333102416657145
  78. Thorn BE, Pence LB, Ward LC, et al. A randomized clinical trial of targeted cognitive behavioral treatment to reduce catastrophizing in chronic headache sufferers. J Pain 2007; 8(12):938–949. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2007.06.010
  79. Nestoriuc Y, Martin A. Efficacy of biofeedback for migraine: a meta-analysis. Pain 2007; 128(1–2):111–127. doi:10.1016/j.pain.2006.09.007
  80. Blanchard EB, Appelbaum KA, Nicholson NL, et al. A controlled evaluation of the addition of cognitive therapy to a home-based biofeedback and relaxation treatment of vascular headache. Headache 1990; 30(6):371–376. pmid:2196240
  81. Gu Q, Hou JC, Fang XM. Mindfulness meditation for primary headache pain: a meta-analysis. Chin Med J (Engl) 2018; 131(7):829–838. doi:10.4103/0366-6999.228242
  82. Day MA, Thorn BE. The mediating role of pain acceptance during mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for headache. Complement Ther Med 2016; 25:51–54. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2016.01.002
  83. Williamson DA, Monguillot JE, Jarrell MP, Cohen RA, Pratt JM, Blouin DC. Relaxation for the treatment of headache. Controlled evaluation of two group programs. Behav Modif 1984; 8(3):407–424. doi:10.1177/01454455840083007
  84. Merelle SY, Sorbi MJ, Duivenvoorden HJ, Passchier J. Qualities and health of lay trainers with migraine for behavioral attack prevention. Headache 2010; 50(4):613–625. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2008.01241.x
  85. Gaul C, van Doorn C, Webering N, et al. Clinical outcome of a headache-specific multidisciplinary treatment program and adherence to treatment recommendations in a tertiary headache center: an observational study. J Headache Pain 2011; 12(4):475–483. doi:10.1007/s10194-011-0348-y
  86. Wallasch TM, Kropp P. Multidisciplinary integrated headache care: a prospective 12-month follow-up observational study. J Headache Pain 2012; 13(7):521–529. doi:10.1007/s10194-012-0469-y
  87. Lemstra M, Stewart B, Olszynski WP. Effectiveness of multidisciplinary intervention in the treatment of migraine: a randomized clinical trial. Headache 2002; 42(9):845–854. pmid:12390609
  88. Krause SJ, Stillman MJ, Tepper DE, Zajac D. A prospective cohort study of outpatient interdisciplinary rehabilitation of chronic headache patients. Headache 2017; 57(3):428–440. doi:10.1111/head.13020
References
  1. GBD 2016 Disease and Injury Incidence and Prevalence Collaborators. Global, regional, and national incidence, prevalence, and years lived with disability for 328 diseases and injuries for 195 countries, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet 2017; 390(10100):1211–1259. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32154-2
  2. Vgontzas A, Pavlovic JM. Sleep diorders and migraine: review of literature and potential pathophysiology mechanisms. Headache 2018; 58(7):1030–1039. doi:10.1111/head.13358
  3. Lund N, Westergaard ML, Barloese M, Glumer C, Jensen RH. Epidemiology of concurrent headache and sleep problems in Denmark. Cephalalgia 2014; 34(10):833–845. doi:10.1177/0333102414543332
  4. Woldeamanuel YW, Cowan RP. The impact of regular lifestyle behavior in migraine: a prevalence case-referent study. J Neurol 2016; 263(4):669–676. doi:10.1007/s00415-016-8031-5
  5. Chung F, Abdullah HR, Liao P. STOP-Bang questionnaire: a practical approach to screen for obstructive sleep apnea. Chest 2016; 149(3):631–638. doi:10.1378/chest.15-0903
  6. Johnson KG, Ziemba AM, Garb JL. Improvement in headaches with continuous positive airway pressure for obstructive sleep apnea: a retrospective analysis. Headache 2013; 53(2):333–343. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2012.02251.x
  7. Calhoun AH, Ford S. Behavioral sleep modification may revert transformed migraine to episodic migraine. Headache 2007; 47(8):1178–1183. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2007.00780.x
  8. Calhoun AH, Ford S, Finkel AG, Kahn KA, Mann JD. The prevalence and spectrum of sleep problems in women with transformed migraine. Headache 2006; 46(4):604–610. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2006.00410.x
  9. Rains JC. Optimizing circadian cycles and behavioral insomnia treatment in migraine. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2008; 12(3):213–219. pmid:18796272
  10. Lemmens J, De Pauw J, Van Soom T, et al. The effect of aerobic exercise on the number of migraine days, duration and pain intensity in migraine: a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. J Headache Pain 2019; 20(1):16. doi:10.1186/s10194-019-0961-8
  11. Amin FM, Aristeidou S, Baraldi C, et al; European Headache Federation School of Advanced Studies (EHF-SAS). The association between migraine and physical exercise. J Headache Pain 2018; 19(1):83. doi:10.1186/s10194-018-0902-y
  12. Genazzani AR, Nappi G, Facchinetti F, et al. Progressive impairment of CSF beta-EP levels in migraine sufferers. Pain 1984; 18:127-133. pmid:6324056
  13. Hindiyeh NA, Krusz JC, Cowan RP. Does exercise make migraines worse and tension type headaches better? Curr Pain Headache Rep 2013;17:380. pmid:24234818
  14. Kroll LS, Sjodahl Hammarlund C, Gard G, Jensen RH, Bendtsen L. Has aerobic exercise effect on pain perception in persons with migraine and coexisting tension-type headache and neck pain? A randomized, controlled, clinical trial. Eur J Pain 2018; 10:10. pmid:29635806
  15. Santiago MD, Carvalho Dde S, Gabbai AA, Pinto MM, Moutran AR, Villa TR. Amitriptyline and aerobic exercise or amitriptyline alone in the treatment of chronic migraine: a randomized comparative study. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 2014; 72(11):851-855. pmid:25410451
  16. Varkey E, Cider A, Carlsson J, Linde M. Exercise as migraine prophylaxis: a randomized study using relaxation and topiramate as controls. Cephalalgia 2011; 31(14):1428-1438. pmid:21890526
  17. Garber CE, Blissmer B, Deschenes MR, et al. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: guidance for prescribing exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2011; 43(7):1334-1359. pmid:21694556
  18. Guarnieri P, Radnitz CL, Blanchard EB. Assessment of dietary risk factors in chronic headache. Biofeedback Self Regul 1990; 15(1):15–25. pmid:2361144
  19. Shapiro RE. Caffeine and headaches. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2008; 12(4):311–315. pmid:18625110
  20. Yokoyama M, Yokoyama T, Funazu K, et al. Associations between headache and stress, alcohol drinking, exercise, sleep, and comorbid health conditions in a Japanese population. J Headache Pain 2009; 10(3):177–185. doi:10.1007/s10194-009-0113-7
  21. Karsan N, Bose P, Goadsby PJ. The migraine premonitory phase. Continuum (Minneap Minn) 2018; 24(4, Headache):996–1008. doi:10.1212/CON.0000000000000624
  22. Pavlovic JM, Buse DC, Sollars CM, Haut S, Lipton RB. Trigger factors and premonitory features of migraine attacks: summary of studies. Headache 2014; 54(10):1670–1679. doi:10.1111/head.12468
  23. Marcus DA, Scharff L, Turk D, Gourley LM. A double-blind provocative study of chocolate as a trigger of headache. Cephalalgia 1997; 17(8):855–862. doi:10.1046/j.1468-2982.1997.1708855.x
  24. Obayashi Y, Nagamura Y. Does monosodium glutamate really cause headache? A systematic review of human studies. J Headache Pain 2016; 17:54. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0639-4
  25. Evans EW, Lipton RB, Peterlin BL, et al. Dietary intake patterns and diet quality in a nationally representative sample of women with and without severe headache or migraine. Headache 2015; 55(4):550–561. doi:10.1111/head.12527
  26. Zis P, Julian T, Hadjivassiliou M. Headache associated with coeliac disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Nutrients 2018; 10(10). doi:10.3390/nu10101445
  27. Alpay K, Ertas M, Orhan EK, Ustay DK, Lieners C, Baykan B. Diet restriction in migraine, based on IgG against foods: a clinical double-blind, randomised, cross-over trial. Cephalalgia 2010; 30(7):829–837. doi:10.1177/0333102410361404
  28. Aydinlar EI, Dikmen PY, Tiftikci A, et al. IgG-based elimination diet in migraine plus irritable bowel syndrome. Headache 2013; 53(3):514–525. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2012.02296.x
  29. Mitchell N, Hewitt CE, Jayakody S, et al. Randomised controlled trial of food elimination diet based on IgG antibodies for the prevention of migraine like headaches. Nutr J 2011; 10:85. doi:10.1186/1475-2891-10-85
  30. Wantke F, Gotz M, Jarisch R. Histamine-free diet: treatment of choice for histamine-induced food intolerance and supporting treatment for chronic headaches. Clin Exp Allergy 1993; 23(12):982–985. pmid:10779289
  31. Mansfield LE, Vaughan TR, Waller SF, Haverly RW, Ting S. Food allergy and adult migraine: double-blind and mediator confirmation of an allergic etiology. Ann Allergy 1985; 55(2):126–129. pmid:4025956
  32. Kohlenberg RJ. Tyramine sensitivity in dietary migraine: a critical review. Headache 1982; 22(1):30–34. pmid:17152742
  33. Medina JL, Diamond S. The role of diet in migraine. Headache 1978; 18(1):31–34. pmid:649377
  34. Mosnaim AD, Freitag F, Ignacio R, et al. Apparent lack of correlation between tyramine and phenylethylamine content and the occurrence of food-precipitated migraine. Reexamination of a variety of food products frequently consumed in the United States and commonly restricted in tyramine-free diets. Headache Quarterly. Current Treatment and Research 1996; 7(3):239–249.
  35. Ferrara LA, Pacioni D, Di Fronzo V, et al. Low-lipid diet reduces frequency and severity of acute migraine attacks. Nutr Metab Cardiovasc Dis 2015; 25(4):370–375. doi:10.1016/j.numecd.2014.12.006
  36. Bic Z, Blix GG, Hopp HP, Leslie FM, Schell MJ. The influence of a low-fat diet on incidence and severity of migraine headaches. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 1999; 8(5):623–630. doi:10.1089/jwh.1.1999.8.623
  37. Bunner AE, Agarwal U, Gonzales JF, Valente F, Barnard ND. Nutrition intervention for migraine: a randomized crossover trial. J Headache Pain 2014; 15:69. doi:10.1186/1129-2377-15-69
  38. Evcili G, Utku U, Ogun MN, Ozdemir G. Early and long period follow-up results of low glycemic index diet for migraine prophylaxis. Agri 2018; 30(1):8–11. doi:10.5505/agri.2017.62443
  39. Maghsoumi-Norouzabad L, Mansoori A, Abed R, Shishehbor F. Effects of omega-3 fatty acids on the frequency, severity, and duration of migraine attacks: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Nutr Neurosci 2018; 21(9):614–623. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2017.1344371
  40. Soares AA, Loucana PMC, Nasi EP, Sousa KMH, Sa OMS, Silva-Neto RP. A double- blind, randomized, and placebo-controlled clinical trial with omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (OPFA Ω-3) for the prevention of migraine in chronic migraine patients using amitriptyline. Nutr Neurosci 2018; 21(3):219–223. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2016.1266133
  41. Di Lorenzo C, Coppola G, Sirianni G, et al. Migraine improvement during short lasting ketogenesis: a proof-of-concept study. Eur J Neurol 2015; 22(1):170–177. doi:10.1111/ene.12550
  42. Di Lorenzo C, Coppola G, Bracaglia M, et al. Cortical functional correlates of responsiveness to short-lasting preventive intervention with ketogenic diet in migraine: a multimodal evoked potentials study. J Headache Pain 2016; 17:58. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0650-9
  43. Kossoff EH, Huffman J, Turner Z, Gladstein J. Use of the modified Atkins diet for adolescents with chronic daily headache. Cephalalgia 2010; 30(8):1014–1016. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1111/j.1468-2982.2009.02016.x
  44. Slavin M, Ailani J. A clinical approach to addressing diet with migraine patients. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2017; 17(2):17. doi:10.1007/s11910-017-0721-6
  45. Amer M, Woodward M, Appel LJ. Effects of dietary sodium and the DASH diet on the occurrence of headaches: results from randomised multicentre DASH-sodium clinical trial. BMJ Open 2014; 4(12):e006671. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2014-006671
  46. Chen L, Zhang Z, Chen W, Whelton PK, Appel LJ. Lower sodium intake and risk of headaches: results from the trial of nonpharmacologic interventions in the elderly. Am J Public Health 2016; 106(7):1270–1275. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2016.303143
  47. Pogoda JM, Gross NB, Arakaki X, Fonteh AN, Cowan RP, Harrington MG. Severe headache or migraine history is inversely correlated with dietary sodium intake: NHANES 1999–2004. Headache 2016; 56(4):688–698. doi:10.1111/head.12792
  48. Awada A, al Jumah M. The first-of-Ramadan headache. Headache 1999; 39(7):490–493. pmid:11279933
  49. Abu-Salameh I, Plakht Y, Ifergane G. Migraine exacerbation during Ramadan fasting. J Headache Pain 2010; 11(6):513–517. doi:10.1007/s10194-010-0242-z
  50. Nazari F, Safavi M, Mahmudi M. Migraine and its relation with lifestyle in women. Pain Pract 2010; 10(3):228–234. doi:10.1111/j.1533-2500.2009.00343.x
  51. Nas A, Mirza N, Hagele F, et al. Impact of breakfast skipping compared with dinner skipping on regulation of energy balance and metabolic risk. Am J Clin Nutr 2017; 105(6):1351–1361. doi:10.3945/ajcn.116.151332
  52. Torelli P, Manzoni GC. Fasting headache. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2010; 14(4):284–291. doi:10.1007/s11916-010-0119-5
  53. Yoshimura E, Hatamoto Y, Yonekura S, Tanaka H. Skipping breakfast reduces energy intake and physical activity in healthy women who are habitual breakfast eaters: a randomized crossover trial. Physiol Behav 2017; 174:89–94. doi:10.1016/j.physbeh.2017.03.008
  54. Pendergast FJ, Livingstone KM, Worsley A, McNaughton SA. Correlates of meal skipping in young adults: a systematic review. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Act 2016; 13(1):125. doi:10.1186/s12966-016-0451-1
  55. Maki KC, Phillips-Eakley AK, Smith KN. The effects of breakfast consumption and composition on metabolic wellness with a focus on carbohydrate metabolism. Adv Nutr 2016; 7(3):613S–621S. doi:10.3945/an.115.010314
  56. Shirreffs SM, Merson SJ, Fraser SM, Archer DT. The effects of fluid restriction on hydration status and subjective feelings in man. Br J Nutr 2004; 91(6):951–958. doi:10.1079/BJN20041149
  57. Blau JN. Water deprivation: a new migraine precipitant. Headache 2005; 45(6):757–759. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2005.05143_3.x
  58. Price A, Burls A. Increased water intake to reduce headache: learning from a critical appraisal. J Eval Clin Pract 2015; 21(6):1212–1218. doi:10.1111/jep.12413
  59. Balbin JE, Nerenberg R, Baratloo A, Friedman BW. Intravenous fluids for migraine: a post hoc analysis of clinical trial data. Am J Emerg Med 2016; 34(4):713–716. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2015.12.080
  60. Spigt M, Weerkamp N, Troost J, van Schayck CP, Knottnerus JA. A randomized trial on the effects of regular water intake in patients with recurrent headaches. Fam Pract 2012; 29(4):370–375. doi:10.1093/fampra/cmr112
  61. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC. Water intake, water balance, and the elusive daily water requirement. Nutrients 2018; 10(12). doi:10.3390/nu10121928
  62. Fried NT, Elliott MB, Oshinsky ML. The role of adenosine signaling in headache: a review. Brain Sci 2017; 7(3). doi:10.3390/brainsci7030030
  63. Lee MJ, Choi HA, Choi H, Chung CS. Caffeine discontinuation improves acute migraine treatment: a prospective clinic-based study. J Headache Pain 2016; 17(1):71. doi:10.1186/s10194-016-0662-5
  64. Shirlow MJ, Mathers CD. A study of caffeine consumption and symptoms; indigestion, palpitations, tremor, headache and insomnia. Int J Epidemiol 1985; 14(2):239–248. doi:10.1093/ije/14.2.239
  65. Silverman K, Evans SM, Strain EC, Griffiths RR. Withdrawal syndrome after the double-blind cessation of caffeine consumption. N Engl J Med 1992; 327(16):1109–1114. doi:10.1056/NEJM199210153271601
  66. Headache Classification Committee of the International Headache Society (IHS). The International Classification of Headache Disorders, 3rd edition. Cephalalgia 2018; 38(1):1–211. doi:10.1177/0333102417738202
  67. Krogh AB, Larsson B, Salvesen O, Linde M. A comparison between prospective Internet-based and paper diary recordings of headache among adolescents in the general population. Cephalalgia 2016; 36(4):335–345. doi:10.1177/0333102415591506
  68. Bandarian-Balooch S, Martin PR, McNally B, Brunelli A, Mackenzie S. Electronic-diary for recording headaches, triggers, and medication use: development and evaluation. Headache 2017; 57(10):1551–1569. doi:10.1111/head.13184
  69. Tassorelli C, Sances G, Allena M, et al. The usefulness and applicability of a basic headache diary before first consultation: results of a pilot study conducted in two centres. Cephalalgia 2008; 28(10):1023–1030. doi:10.1111/j.1468-2982.2008.01639.x
  70. Baos V, Ester F, Castellanos A, et al. Use of a structured migraine diary improves patient and physician communication about migraine disability and treatment outcomes. Int J Clin Pract 2005; 59(3):281–286. doi:10.1111/j.1742-1241.2005.00469.x
  71. Martin PR, MacLeod C. Behavioral management of headache triggers: avoidance of triggers is an inadequate strategy. Clin Psychol Rev 2009; 29(6):483–495. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2009.05.002
  72. Giannini G, Zanigni S, Grimaldi D, et al. Cephalalgiaphobia as a feature of high-frequency migraine: a pilot study. J Headache Pain 2013; 14:49. doi:10.1186/1129-2377-14-49
  73. Westergaard ML, Glumer C, Hansen EH, Jensen RH. Medication overuse, healthy lifestyle behaviour and stress in chronic headache: results from a population-based representative survey. Cephalalgia 2016; 36(1):15–28. doi:10.1177/0333102415578430
  74. Christiansen S, Jurgens TP, Klinger R. Outpatient combined group and individual cognitive-behavioral treatment for patients with migraine and tension-type headache in a routine clinical setting. Headache 2015; 55(8):1072–1091. doi:10.1111/head.12626
  75. Martin PR, Aiello R, Gilson K, Meadows G, Milgrom J, Reece J. Cognitive behavior therapy for comorbid migraine and/or tension-type headache and major depressive disorder: an exploratory randomized controlled trial. Behav Res Ther 2015; 73:8–18. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2015.07.005
  76. Nash JM, Park ER, Walker BB, Gordon N, Nicholson RA. Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for disabling headache. Pain Med 2004; 5(2):178–186. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2004.04031.x
  77. Sorbi MJ, Balk Y, Kleiboer AM, Couturier EG. Follow-up over 20 months confirms gains of online behavioural training in frequent episodic migraine. Cephalalgia 2017; 37(3):236–250. doi:10.1177/0333102416657145
  78. Thorn BE, Pence LB, Ward LC, et al. A randomized clinical trial of targeted cognitive behavioral treatment to reduce catastrophizing in chronic headache sufferers. J Pain 2007; 8(12):938–949. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2007.06.010
  79. Nestoriuc Y, Martin A. Efficacy of biofeedback for migraine: a meta-analysis. Pain 2007; 128(1–2):111–127. doi:10.1016/j.pain.2006.09.007
  80. Blanchard EB, Appelbaum KA, Nicholson NL, et al. A controlled evaluation of the addition of cognitive therapy to a home-based biofeedback and relaxation treatment of vascular headache. Headache 1990; 30(6):371–376. pmid:2196240
  81. Gu Q, Hou JC, Fang XM. Mindfulness meditation for primary headache pain: a meta-analysis. Chin Med J (Engl) 2018; 131(7):829–838. doi:10.4103/0366-6999.228242
  82. Day MA, Thorn BE. The mediating role of pain acceptance during mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for headache. Complement Ther Med 2016; 25:51–54. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2016.01.002
  83. Williamson DA, Monguillot JE, Jarrell MP, Cohen RA, Pratt JM, Blouin DC. Relaxation for the treatment of headache. Controlled evaluation of two group programs. Behav Modif 1984; 8(3):407–424. doi:10.1177/01454455840083007
  84. Merelle SY, Sorbi MJ, Duivenvoorden HJ, Passchier J. Qualities and health of lay trainers with migraine for behavioral attack prevention. Headache 2010; 50(4):613–625. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4610.2008.01241.x
  85. Gaul C, van Doorn C, Webering N, et al. Clinical outcome of a headache-specific multidisciplinary treatment program and adherence to treatment recommendations in a tertiary headache center: an observational study. J Headache Pain 2011; 12(4):475–483. doi:10.1007/s10194-011-0348-y
  86. Wallasch TM, Kropp P. Multidisciplinary integrated headache care: a prospective 12-month follow-up observational study. J Headache Pain 2012; 13(7):521–529. doi:10.1007/s10194-012-0469-y
  87. Lemstra M, Stewart B, Olszynski WP. Effectiveness of multidisciplinary intervention in the treatment of migraine: a randomized clinical trial. Headache 2002; 42(9):845–854. pmid:12390609
  88. Krause SJ, Stillman MJ, Tepper DE, Zajac D. A prospective cohort study of outpatient interdisciplinary rehabilitation of chronic headache patients. Headache 2017; 57(3):428–440. doi:10.1111/head.13020
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Page Number
741-749
Page Number
741-749
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
SEEDS for success: Lifestyle management in migraine
Display Headline
SEEDS for success: Lifestyle management in migraine
Legacy Keywords
migraine, headache, lifestyle, SEEDS, sleep, exercise, eat, diary, stress, sleep hygiene, STOP-Bang, behavioral modification, elimination diet, gluten-free diet, immunoglobulin G-elimination diet, antihistamine diet, tyramine-free diet, low-fat diet, low-glycemic index diet, ketogenic diet, hydration, caffeine, headache diary, biofeedback, mindfulness, relaxation, Jennifer Robblee, Amaal Starling
Legacy Keywords
migraine, headache, lifestyle, SEEDS, sleep, exercise, eat, diary, stress, sleep hygiene, STOP-Bang, behavioral modification, elimination diet, gluten-free diet, immunoglobulin G-elimination diet, antihistamine diet, tyramine-free diet, low-fat diet, low-glycemic index diet, ketogenic diet, hydration, caffeine, headache diary, biofeedback, mindfulness, relaxation, Jennifer Robblee, Amaal Starling
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Sleep: Standard sleep hygiene recommendations to maximize sleep quantity and quality.
  • Exercise: 30 to 60 minutes 3 to 5 times a week.
  • Eat: Regular healthy meals, adequate hydration, and low or stable caffeine intake.
  • Diary: Establish a baseline pattern, assess response to treatment, and monitor analgesia to improve accuracy of migraine diagnosis.
  • Stress: Cognitive behavioral therapy, mindfulness, relaxation, biofeedback, and provider-patient trust to minimize anxiety.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 10/30/2019 - 07:45
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 10/30/2019 - 07:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 10/30/2019 - 07:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Appropriate laboratory testing in Lyme disease

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 11/01/2019 - 08:04
Display Headline
Appropriate laboratory testing in Lyme disease

Lyme disease is a complex multisystem bacterial infection affecting the skin, joints, heart, and nervous system. The full spectrum of disease was first recognized and the disease was named in the 1970s during an outbreak of arthritis in children in the town of Lyme, Connecticut.1

This review describes the epidemiology and pathogenesis of Lyme disease, the advantages and disadvantages of current diagnostic methods, and diagnostic algorithms.

THE MOST COMMON TICK-BORNE INFECTION IN NORTH AMERICA

Lyme disease is the most common tick-borne infection in North America.2,3 In the United States, more than 30,000 cases are reported annually. In fact, in 2017, the number of cases was about 42,000, a 16% increase from the previous year, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

752fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20%3Cem%3EIxodes%20scapularis%3C%2Fem%3E%20is%20the%20vector%20of%20Lyme%20disease%20in%20the%20eastern%20United%20States.%3Cbr%3EInfected%20nymphs%20account%20for%20most%20cases.%3C%2Fp%3E

The infection is caused by Borrelia burgdorferi, a particularly arthritogenic spirochete transmitted by Ixodes scapularis (the black-legged deer tick, (Figure 1) and Ixodes pacificus (the Western black-legged tick). Although the infection can occur at any time of the year, its peak incidence is in May to late September, coinciding with increased outdoor recreational activity in areas where ticks live.3,4 The typical tick habitat consists of deciduous woodland with sufficient humidity provided by a good layer of decaying vegetation. However, people can contract Lyme disease in their own backyard.3

753tbl1.jpg

Most cases of Lyme disease are seen in the northeastern United States, mainly in suburban and rural areas.2,3 Other areas affected include the midwestern states of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan, as well as northern California.4 Fourteen states and the District of Columbia report a high average incidence (> 10 cases per 100,000 persons) (Table 1).2

FIRST COMES IgM, THEN IgG

The pathogenesis and the different stages of infection should inform laboratory testing in Lyme disease.

It is estimated that only 5% of infected ticks that bite people actually transmit their spirochetes to the human host.5 However, once infected, the patient’s innate immune system mounts a response that results in the classic erythema migrans rash at the bite site. A rash develops in only about 85% of patients who are infected and can appear at any time between 3 and 30 days, but most commonly after 7 days. Hence, a rash occurring within the first few hours of tick contact is not erythema migrans and does not indicate infection, but rather an early reaction to tick salivary antigens.5

Antibody levels remain below the detection limits of currently available serologic tests in the first 7 days after exposure. Immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibody titers peak between 8 and 14 days after tick contact, but IgM antibodies may never develop if the patient is started on early appropriate antimicrobial therapy.5

If the infection is not treated, the spirochete may disseminate through the blood from the bite site to different tissues.3 Both cell-mediated and antibody-mediated immunity swing into action to kill the spirochetes at this stage. The IgM antibody response occurs in 1 to 2 weeks, followed by a robust IgG response in 2 to 4 weeks.6

Because IgM can also cross-react with antigens other than those associated with B burgdorferi, the IgM test is less specific than the IgG test for Lyme disease.

Once a patient is exposed and mounts an antibody-mediated response to the spirochete, the antibody profile may persist for months to years, even after successful antibiotic treatment and cure of the disease.5

Despite the immune system’s robust series of defenses, untreated B burgdorferi infection can persist, as the organism has a bag of tricks to evade destruction. It can decrease its expression of specific immunogenic surface-exposed proteins, change its antigenic properties through recombination, and bind to the patient’s extracellular matrix proteins to facilitate further dissemination.3

Certain host-genetic factors also play a role in the pathogenesis of Lyme disease, such as the HLA-DR4 allele, which has been associated with antibiotic-refractory Lyme-related arthritis.3

LYME DISEASE EVOLVES THROUGH STAGES

Lyme disease evolves through stages broadly classified as early and late infection, with significant variability in its presentation.7

Early infection

Early disease is further subdivided into “localized” infection (stage 1), characterized by a single erythema migrans lesion and local lymphadenopathy, and “disseminated” infection (stage 2), associated with multiple erythema migrans lesions distant from the bite site, facial nerve palsy, radiculoneuritis, meningitis, carditis, or migratory arthritis or arthralgia.8

Highly specific physical findings include erythema migrans, cranial nerve palsy, high-grade or progressive conduction block, and recurrent migratory polyarthritis. Less specific symptoms and signs of Lyme disease include arthralgia, myalgia, neck stiffness, palpitations, and myocarditis.5

Erythema migrans lesions are evident in at least 85% of patients with early disease.9 If they are not apparent on physical examination, they may be located at hidden sites and may be atypical in appearance or transient.5

If treatment is not started in the initial stage of the disease, 60% of infected patients may develop disseminated infection.5 Progressive, untreated infection can manifest with Lyme arthritis and neuroborreliosis.7

Noncutaneous manifestations are less common now than in the past due to increased awareness of the disease and early initiation of treatment.10

Late infection

Manifestations of late (stage 3) infection include oligoarthritis (affecting any joint but often the knee) and neuroborreliosis. Clinical signs and symptoms of Lyme disease may take months to resolve even after appropriate antimicrobial therapy is completed. This should not be interpreted as ongoing, persistent infection, but as related to host immune-mediated activity.5

 

 

INTERPRET LABORATORY RESULTS BASED ON PRETEST PROBABILITY

The usefulness of a laboratory test depends on the individual patient’s pretest probability of infection, which in turn depends on the patient’s epidemiologic risk of exposure and clinical features of Lyme disease. Patients with a high pretest probability—eg, a history of a tick bite followed by the classic erythema migrans rash—do not need testing and can start antimicrobial therapy right away.11

Serologic tests are the gold standard

Prompt diagnosis is important, as early Lyme disease is easily treatable without any future sequelae.11

754tbl2.jpg

Tests for Lyme disease can be divided into direct methods, which detect the spirochete itself by culture or by polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and indirect methods, which detect antibodies (Table 2). Direct tests lack sensitivity for Lyme disease; hence, serologic tests remain the gold standard. Currently recommended is a standard 2-tier testing strategy using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) followed by Western blot for confirmation.

DIRECT METHODS

Culture lacks sensitivity

A number of factors limit the sensitivity of direct culture for diagnosing Lyme disease. B burgdorferi does not grow easily in culture, requiring special media, low temperatures, and long periods of incubation. Only a relatively few spirochetes are present in human tissues and body fluids to begin with, and bacterial counts are further reduced with duration and dissemination of infection.5 All of these limit the possibility of detecting this organism.

Polymerase chain reaction may help in some situations

Molecular assays are not part of the standard evaluation and should be used only in conjunction with serologic testing.7 These tests have high specificity but lack consistent sensitivity.

That said, PCR testing may be useful:

  • In early infection, before antibody responses develop
  • In reinfection, when serologic tests are not reliable because the antibodies persist for many years after an infection in many patients
  • In endemic areas where serologic testing has high false-positive rates due to high baseline population seropositivity for anti-Borrelia antibodies caused by subclinical infection.3

PCR assays that target plasmid-borne genes encoding outer surface proteins A and C (OspA and OspC) and VisE (variable major protein-like sequence, expressed) are more sensitive than those that detect chromosomal 16s ribosomal ribonucleic acid (rRNA) genes, as plasmid-rich “blebs” are shed in larger concentrations than chromosomal DNA during active infection.7 However, these plasmid-contained genes persist in body tissues and fluids even after the infection is cleared, and their detection may not necessarily correlate with ongoing disease.8 Detection of chromosomal 16s rRNA genes is a better predictor of true organism viability.

The sensitivity of PCR for borrelial DNA depends on the type of sample. If a skin biopsy sample is taken of the leading edge of an erythema migrans lesion, the sensitivity is 69% and the specificity is 100%. In patients with Lyme arthritis, PCR of the synovial fluid has a sensitivity of up to 80%. However, the sensitivity of PCR of the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with neurologic manifestations of Lyme disease is only 19%.7 PCR of other clinical samples, including blood and urine, is not recommended, as spirochetes are primarily confined to tissues, and very few are present in these body fluids.3,12

The disadvantage of PCR is that a positive result does not always mean active infection, as the DNA of the dead microbe persists for several months even after successful treatment.8

INDIRECT METHODS

Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay

ELISAs detect anti-Borrelia antibodies. Early-generation ELISAs, still used in many laboratories, use whole-cell extracts of B burgdorferi. Examples are the Vidas Lyme screen (Biomérieux, biomerieux-usa.com) and the Wampole B burgdorferi IgG/M EIA II assay (Alere, www.alere.com). Newer ELISAs use recombinant proteins.13

Three major targets for ELISA antibodies are flagellin (Fla), outer surface protein C (OspC), and VisE, especially the invariable region 6 (IR6). Among these, VisE-IR6 is the most conserved region in B burgdorferi.

755tbl3.jpg

Early-generation assays have a sensitivity of 89% and specificity of 72%.11 However, the patient’s serum may have antibodies that cross-react with unrelated bacterial antigens, leading to false-positive results (Table 3). Whole-cell sonicate assays are not recommended as an independent test and must be confirmed with Western blot testing when assay results are indeterminate or positive.11

Newer-generation ELISAs detect antibodies targeting recombinant proteins of VisE, especially a synthetic peptide C6, within IR6.13 VisE-IR6 is the most conserved region of the B burgdorferi complex, and its detection is a highly specific finding, supporting the diagnosis of Lyme disease. Antibodies against VisE-IR6 antigen are the earliest to develop.5 An example of a newer-generation serologic test is the VisE C6 Lyme EIA kit, approved as a first-tier test by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2001. This test has a specificity of 99%,14,15 and its specificity is further increased when used in conjunction with Western blot (99.5%).15 The advantage of the C6 antibody test is that it is more sensitive than 2-tier testing during early infection (sensitivity 29%–74% vs 17%–40% in early localized infection, and 56%–90% vs 27%–78% in early disseminated infection).6

During early infection, older and newer ELISAs are less sensitive because of the limited number of antigens expressed at this stage.13 All patients suspected of having early Lyme disease who are seronegative at initial testing should have follow-up testing to look for seroconversion.13

Western blot

755tbl4.jpg

Western blot (immunoblot) testing identifies IgM and IgG antibodies against specific B burgdorferi antigens. It is considered positive if it detects at least 2 of a possible 3 specific IgM bands in the first 4 weeks of disease or at least 5 of 10 specific IgG bands after 4 weeks of disease (Table 4 and Figure 2).16

756fig2.jpg
%3Cp%20style%3D%22margin%3A0in%200in%208pt%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22font-size%3A11pt%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22line-height%3A107%25%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22font-family%3A%26quot%3BCalibri%26quot%3B%2Csans-serif%22%3EFigure%202.%20%3Cspan%20style%3D%22letter-spacing%3A-.2pt%22%3EPositive%20Western%20blot%20test%20(Borrelia%20B31%20ViraStripe%20%5BViramed%20Diagnostics%5D)%20in%20a%20patient%20who%20presented%20with%20rash%20and%20arthritis.%20This%20test%20uses%20purified%20specific%20antigens%20of%20strain%20B31%20of%20%3Ci%3EBorrelia%20burgdorferi%3C%2Fi%3E%20sensu%20stricto.%20Note%20that%20the%20patient%20has%203%20of%203%20IgM%20bands%20and%2010%20of%2010%20IgG%20bands%20(arrows).%3C%2Fspan%3E%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fp%3E

The nature of the bands indicates the duration of infection: Western blot bands against 23-kD OspC and 41-kD FlaB are seen in early localized infection, whereas bands against all 3 B burgdorferi proteins will be seen after several weeks of disease.17 The IgM result should be interpreted carefully, as only 2 bands are required for the test to be positive, and IgM binds to antigen less specifically than IgG.12

 

 

Interpreting the IgM Western blot test: The ‘1-month rule’

If clinical symptoms and signs of Lyme disease have been present for more than 1 month, IgM reactivity alone should not be used to support the diagnosis, in view of the likelihood of a false-positive test result in this situation.18 This is called the “1-month rule” in the diagnosis of Lyme disease.13

In early localized infection, Western blot is only half as sensitive as ELISA testing. Since the overall sensitivity of a 2-step algorithm is equal to that of its least sensitive component, 2-tiered testing is not useful in early disease.13

Although currently considered the most specific test for confirmation of Lyme disease, Western blot has limitations. It is technically and interpretively complex and is thus not universally available.13 The blots are scored by visual examination, compromising the reproducibility of the test, although densitometric blot analysis techniques and automated scanning and scoring attempt to address some of these limitations.13 Like the ELISA, Western blot can have false-positive results in healthy individuals without tick exposure, as nonspecific IgM immunoblots develop faint bands. This is because of cross-reaction between B burgdorferi antigens and antigens from other microorganisms. Around 50% of healthy adults show low-level serum IgG reactivity against the FlaB antigen, leading to false-positive results as well. In cases in which the Western blot result is indeterminate, other etiologies must be considered.

False-positive IgM Western blots are a significant problem. In a 5-year retrospective study done at 63 US Air Force healthcare facilities, 113 (53.3%) of 212 IgM Western blots were falsely positive.19 A false-positive test was defined as one that failed to meet seropositivity (a first-tier test omitted or negative, > 30 days of symptoms with negative IgG blot), lack of exposure including residing in areas without documented tick habitats, patients having atypical or no symptoms, and negative serology within 30 days of a positive test.

In a similar study done in a highly endemic area, 50 (27.5%) of 182 patients had a false-positive test.20 Physicians need to be careful when interpreting IgM Western blots. It is always important to consider locale, epidemiology, and symptoms when interpreting the test.

Limitations of serologic tests for Lyme disease

Currently available serologic tests have inherent limitations:

  • Antibodies against B burgdorferi take at least 1 week to develop
  • The background rate of seropositivity in endemic areas can be up to 4%, affecting the utility of a positive test result
  • Serologic tests cannot be used as tests of cure because antibodies can persist for months to years even after appropriate antimicrobial therapy and cure of disease; thus, a positive serologic result could represent active infection or remote exposure21
  • Antibodies can cross-react with related bacteria, including other borrelial or treponemal spirochetes
  • False-positive serologic test results can also occur in association with other medical conditions such as polyclonal gammopathies and systemic lupus erythematosus.12

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TESTING

Standard 2-tier testing

757fig3.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%203.%20Standard%202-tier%20testing%20for%20Lyme%20disease.%20Ig%20%3D%20immunoglobulin.%3C%2Fp%3E

The CDC released recommendations for diagnosing Lyme disease after a second national conference of serologic diagnosis of Lyme disease in October 1994.18 The 2-tiered testing method, involving a sensitive ELISA followed by the Western blot to confirm positive and indeterminate ELISA results, was suggested as the gold standard for diagnosis (Figure 3). Of note, negative ELISA results do not require further testing.11

The sensitivity of 2-tiered testing depends on the stage of the disease. Unfortunately, this method has a wide range of sensitivity (17% to 78%) in stage 1 disease. In the same stage, the sensitivity increases from 14.1% in patients with a single erythema migrans lesion and early localized infection to 65.4% in those with multiple lesions. The algorithm has excellent sensitivity in late stage 3 infection (96% to 100%).5

A 2-step ELISA algorithm

A 2-step ELISA algorithm (without the Western blot) that includes the whole-cell sonicate assay followed by the VisE C6 peptide assay actually showed higher sensitivity and comparable specificity compared with 2-tiered testing in early localized disease (sensitivity 61%–74% vs 29%–48%, respectively; specificity 99.5% for both methods).22 This higher sensitivity was even more pronounced in early disseminated infection (sensitivity 100% vs 40%, respectively). By late infection, the sensitivities of both testing strategies reached 100%. Compared with the Western blot, the 2-step ELISA algorithm was simpler to execute in a reproducible fashion.5

The Infectious Diseases Society of America is revising its current guidelines, with an update expected late this year, which may shift the recommendation from 2-tiered testing to the 2-step ELISA algorithm.

Multiplex testing

To overcome the intrinsic problems of protein-based assays, a multiplexed, array-based assay for the diagnosis of tick-borne infections called Tick-Borne Disease Serochip (TBD-Serochip) was established using recombinant antigens that identify key immunodominant epitopes.8 More studies are needed to establish the validity and usefulness of these tests in clinical practice.

Who should not be tested?

The American College of Physicians6 recommends against testing in patients:

  • Presenting with nonspecific symptoms (eg, headache, myalgia, fatigue, arthralgia) without objective signs of Lyme disease
  • With low pretest probability of infection based on epidemiologic exposures and clinical features
  • Living in Lyme-endemic areas with no history of tick exposure6
  • Presenting less than 1 week after tick exposure5
  • Seeking a test of cure for treated Lyme disease.

DIAGNOSIS IN SPECIAL SITUATIONS

Early Lyme disease

The classic erythema migrans lesion on physical examination of a patient with suspected Lyme disease is diagnostic and does not require laboratory confirmation.10

In ambiguous cases, 2-tiered testing of a serum sample during the acute presentation and again 4 to 6 weeks later can be useful. In patients who remain seronegative on paired serum samples despite symptoms lasting longer than 6 weeks and no antibiotic treatment in the interim, the diagnosis of Lyme disease is unlikely, and another diagnosis should be sought.3

Antimicrobial therapy may block the serologic response; hence, negative serologic testing in patients started on empiric antibiotics should not rule out Lyme disease.6

PCR or bacterial culture testing is not recommended in the evaluation of suspected early Lyme disease.

Central nervous system Lyme disease

Central nervous system Lyme disease is diagnosed by 2-tiered testing using peripheral blood samples because all patients with this infectious manifestation should have mounted an adequate IgG response in the blood.11

B cells migrate to and proliferate inside the central nervous system, leading to intrathecal production of anti-Borrelia antibodies. An index of cerebrospinal fluid to serum antibody greater than 1 is thus also indicative of neuroborreliosis.12 Thus, performing lumbar puncture to detect intrathecal production of antibodies may support the diagnosis of central nervous system Lyme disease; however, it is not necessary.11

Antibodies persist in the central nervous system for many years after appropriate antimicrobial treatment.

Lyme arthritis

758tbl5.jpg

Articular involvement in Lyme disease is characterized by a robust humoral response such that a negative IgG serologic test virtually rules out Lyme arthritis.23 PCR testing of synovial fluid for borrelial DNA has a sensitivity of 80% but may become falsely negative after 1 to 2 months of antibiotic treatment.24,25 In an algorithm suggested by Puius et al,23 PCR testing of synovial fluid should be done in patients who have minimal to no response after 2 months of appropriate oral antimicrobial therapy to determine whether intravenous antibiotics are merited.

Table 5 summarizes the tests of choice in different clinical stages of infection.

Acknowledgment: The authors would like to acknowledge Anita Modi, MD, and Ceena N. Jacob, MD, for reviewing the manuscript and providing valuable suggestions, and Belinda Yen-Lieberman, PhD, for contributing pictures of the Western blot test results.

References
  1. Steere AC, Malawista SE, Snydman DR, et al. Lyme arthritis: an epidemic of oligoarticular arthritis in children and adults in three Connecticut communities. Arthritis Rheum 1977; 20(1):7–17. doi:10.1002/art.1780200102
  2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Lyme disease: recent surveillance data. https://www.cdc.gov/lyme/datasurveillance/recent-surveillance-data.html. Accessed August 12, 2019.
  3. Stanek G, Wormser GP, Gray J, Strle F. Lyme borreliosis. Lancet 2012; 379(9814):461–473. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60103-7
  4. Arvikar SL, Steere AC. Diagnosis and treatment of Lyme arthritis. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2015; 29(2):269–280. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2015.02.004
  5. Schriefer ME. Lyme disease diagnosis: serology. Clin Lab Med 2015; 35(4):797–814. doi:10.1016/j.cll.2015.08.001
  6. Hu LT. Lyme disease. Ann Intern Med 2016; 164(9):ITC65–ITC80. doi:10.7326/AITC201605030
  7. Alby K, Capraro GA. Alternatives to serologic testing for diagnosis of Lyme disease. Clin Lab Med 2015; 35(4):815–825. doi:10.1016/j.cll.2015.07.005
  8. Dumler JS. Molecular diagnosis of Lyme disease: review and meta-analysis. Mol Diagn 2001; 6(1):1–11. doi:10.1054/modi.2001.21898
  9. Wormser GP, McKenna D, Carlin J, et al. Brief communication: hematogenous dissemination in early Lyme disease. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142(9):751–755. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-142-9-200505030-00011
  10. Wormser GP, Dattwyler RJ, Shapiro ED, et al. The clinical assessment, treatment, and prevention of Lyme disease, human granulocytic anaplasmosis, and babesiosis: clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis 2006; 43(9):1089–1134. doi:10.1086/508667
  11. Guidelines for laboratory evaluation in the diagnosis of Lyme disease. American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 1997; 127(12):1106–1108. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-127-12-199712150-00010
  12. Halperin JJ. Lyme disease: a multisystem infection that affects the nervous system. Continuum (Minneap Minn) 2012; 18(6 Infectious Disease):1338–1350. doi:10.1212/01.CON.0000423850.24900.3a
  13. Branda JA, Body BA, Boyle J, et al. Advances in serodiagnostic testing for Lyme disease are at hand. Clin Infect Dis 2018; 66(7):1133–1139. doi:10.1093/cid/cix943
  14. Immunetics. Immunetics® C6 Lyme ELISA™ Kit. http://www.oxfordimmunotec.com/international/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/CF-E601-096A-C6-Pkg-Insrt.pdf. Accessed August 12, 2019.
  15. Civelek M, Lusis AJ. Systems genetics approaches to understand complex traits. Nat Rev Genet 2014; 15(1):34–48. doi:10.1038/nrg3575
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Recommendations for test performance and interpretation from the Second National Conference on Serologic Diagnosis of Lyme Disease. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1995; 44(31):590–591. pmid:7623762
  17. Steere AC, Mchugh G, Damle N, Sikand VK. Prospective study of serologic tests for Lyme disease. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 47(2):188–195. doi:10.1086/589242
  18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for test performance and interpretation from the Second National Conference on Serologic Diagnosis of Lyme Disease. JAMA 1995; 274(12):937. pmid:7674514
  19. Webber BJ, Burganowski RP, Colton L, Escobar JD, Pathak SR, Gambino-Shirley KJ. Lyme disease overdiagnosis in a large healthcare system: a population-based, retrospective study. Clin Microbiol Infect 2019. doi:10.1016/j.cmi.2019.02.020. Epub ahead of print.
  20. Seriburi V, Ndukwe N, Chang Z, Cox ME, Wormser GP. High frequency of false positive IgM immunoblots for Borrelia burgdorferi in clinical practice. Clin Microbiol Infect 2012; 18(12):1236–1240. doi:10.1111/j.1469-0691.2011.03749.x
  21. Hilton E, DeVoti J, Benach JL, et al. Seroprevalence and seroconversion for tick-borne diseases in a high-risk population in the northeast United States. Am J Med 1999; 106(4):404–409. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(99)00046-7
  22. Branda JA, Linskey K, Kim YA, Steere AC, Ferraro MJ. Two-tiered antibody testing for Lyme disease with use of 2 enzyme immunoassays, a whole-cell sonicate enzyme immunoassay followed by a VlsE C6 peptide enzyme immunoassay. Clin Infect Dis 2011; 53(6):541–547. doi:10.1093/cid/cir464
  23. Puius YA, Kalish RA. Lyme arthritis: pathogenesis, clinical presentation, and management. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2008; 22(2):289–300. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2007.12.014
  24. Nocton JJ, Dressler F, Rutledge BJ, Rys PN, Persing DH, Steere AC. Detection of Borrelia burgdorferi DNA by polymerase chain reaction in synovial fluid from patients with Lyme arthritis. N Engl J Med 1994; 330(4):229–234. doi:10.1056/NEJM199401273300401
  25. Liebling MR, Nishio MJ, Rodriguez A, Sigal LH, Jin T, Louie JS. The polymerase chain reaction for the detection of Borrelia burgdorferi in human body fluids. Arthritis Rheum 1993; 36(5):665–975. doi:10.1002/art.1780360514
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Teny M. John, MD
Assistant Professor, Infectious Disease, Infection Control and Employee Health, University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX

Alan J. Taege, MD
Department of Infectious Disease, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Alan J. Taege, MD, Department of Infectious Disease, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH; taegea@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
751-759
Legacy Keywords
Lyme disease, laboratory testing, Borrelia burgdorferi, spirochete, tick, Ixodes scapularis, Ixodes pacificus, black-legged tick, erythema migrans, immunoglobulin M, IgM, immunoglobulin G, IgG, Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, ELISA, EIA, polymerase chain reaction PCR, 2-tier testing, Teny John, Alan Taege
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Teny M. John, MD
Assistant Professor, Infectious Disease, Infection Control and Employee Health, University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX

Alan J. Taege, MD
Department of Infectious Disease, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Alan J. Taege, MD, Department of Infectious Disease, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH; taegea@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Teny M. John, MD
Assistant Professor, Infectious Disease, Infection Control and Employee Health, University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX

Alan J. Taege, MD
Department of Infectious Disease, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Alan J. Taege, MD, Department of Infectious Disease, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH; taegea@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Lyme disease is a complex multisystem bacterial infection affecting the skin, joints, heart, and nervous system. The full spectrum of disease was first recognized and the disease was named in the 1970s during an outbreak of arthritis in children in the town of Lyme, Connecticut.1

This review describes the epidemiology and pathogenesis of Lyme disease, the advantages and disadvantages of current diagnostic methods, and diagnostic algorithms.

THE MOST COMMON TICK-BORNE INFECTION IN NORTH AMERICA

Lyme disease is the most common tick-borne infection in North America.2,3 In the United States, more than 30,000 cases are reported annually. In fact, in 2017, the number of cases was about 42,000, a 16% increase from the previous year, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

752fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20%3Cem%3EIxodes%20scapularis%3C%2Fem%3E%20is%20the%20vector%20of%20Lyme%20disease%20in%20the%20eastern%20United%20States.%3Cbr%3EInfected%20nymphs%20account%20for%20most%20cases.%3C%2Fp%3E

The infection is caused by Borrelia burgdorferi, a particularly arthritogenic spirochete transmitted by Ixodes scapularis (the black-legged deer tick, (Figure 1) and Ixodes pacificus (the Western black-legged tick). Although the infection can occur at any time of the year, its peak incidence is in May to late September, coinciding with increased outdoor recreational activity in areas where ticks live.3,4 The typical tick habitat consists of deciduous woodland with sufficient humidity provided by a good layer of decaying vegetation. However, people can contract Lyme disease in their own backyard.3

753tbl1.jpg

Most cases of Lyme disease are seen in the northeastern United States, mainly in suburban and rural areas.2,3 Other areas affected include the midwestern states of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan, as well as northern California.4 Fourteen states and the District of Columbia report a high average incidence (> 10 cases per 100,000 persons) (Table 1).2

FIRST COMES IgM, THEN IgG

The pathogenesis and the different stages of infection should inform laboratory testing in Lyme disease.

It is estimated that only 5% of infected ticks that bite people actually transmit their spirochetes to the human host.5 However, once infected, the patient’s innate immune system mounts a response that results in the classic erythema migrans rash at the bite site. A rash develops in only about 85% of patients who are infected and can appear at any time between 3 and 30 days, but most commonly after 7 days. Hence, a rash occurring within the first few hours of tick contact is not erythema migrans and does not indicate infection, but rather an early reaction to tick salivary antigens.5

Antibody levels remain below the detection limits of currently available serologic tests in the first 7 days after exposure. Immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibody titers peak between 8 and 14 days after tick contact, but IgM antibodies may never develop if the patient is started on early appropriate antimicrobial therapy.5

If the infection is not treated, the spirochete may disseminate through the blood from the bite site to different tissues.3 Both cell-mediated and antibody-mediated immunity swing into action to kill the spirochetes at this stage. The IgM antibody response occurs in 1 to 2 weeks, followed by a robust IgG response in 2 to 4 weeks.6

Because IgM can also cross-react with antigens other than those associated with B burgdorferi, the IgM test is less specific than the IgG test for Lyme disease.

Once a patient is exposed and mounts an antibody-mediated response to the spirochete, the antibody profile may persist for months to years, even after successful antibiotic treatment and cure of the disease.5

Despite the immune system’s robust series of defenses, untreated B burgdorferi infection can persist, as the organism has a bag of tricks to evade destruction. It can decrease its expression of specific immunogenic surface-exposed proteins, change its antigenic properties through recombination, and bind to the patient’s extracellular matrix proteins to facilitate further dissemination.3

Certain host-genetic factors also play a role in the pathogenesis of Lyme disease, such as the HLA-DR4 allele, which has been associated with antibiotic-refractory Lyme-related arthritis.3

LYME DISEASE EVOLVES THROUGH STAGES

Lyme disease evolves through stages broadly classified as early and late infection, with significant variability in its presentation.7

Early infection

Early disease is further subdivided into “localized” infection (stage 1), characterized by a single erythema migrans lesion and local lymphadenopathy, and “disseminated” infection (stage 2), associated with multiple erythema migrans lesions distant from the bite site, facial nerve palsy, radiculoneuritis, meningitis, carditis, or migratory arthritis or arthralgia.8

Highly specific physical findings include erythema migrans, cranial nerve palsy, high-grade or progressive conduction block, and recurrent migratory polyarthritis. Less specific symptoms and signs of Lyme disease include arthralgia, myalgia, neck stiffness, palpitations, and myocarditis.5

Erythema migrans lesions are evident in at least 85% of patients with early disease.9 If they are not apparent on physical examination, they may be located at hidden sites and may be atypical in appearance or transient.5

If treatment is not started in the initial stage of the disease, 60% of infected patients may develop disseminated infection.5 Progressive, untreated infection can manifest with Lyme arthritis and neuroborreliosis.7

Noncutaneous manifestations are less common now than in the past due to increased awareness of the disease and early initiation of treatment.10

Late infection

Manifestations of late (stage 3) infection include oligoarthritis (affecting any joint but often the knee) and neuroborreliosis. Clinical signs and symptoms of Lyme disease may take months to resolve even after appropriate antimicrobial therapy is completed. This should not be interpreted as ongoing, persistent infection, but as related to host immune-mediated activity.5

 

 

INTERPRET LABORATORY RESULTS BASED ON PRETEST PROBABILITY

The usefulness of a laboratory test depends on the individual patient’s pretest probability of infection, which in turn depends on the patient’s epidemiologic risk of exposure and clinical features of Lyme disease. Patients with a high pretest probability—eg, a history of a tick bite followed by the classic erythema migrans rash—do not need testing and can start antimicrobial therapy right away.11

Serologic tests are the gold standard

Prompt diagnosis is important, as early Lyme disease is easily treatable without any future sequelae.11

754tbl2.jpg

Tests for Lyme disease can be divided into direct methods, which detect the spirochete itself by culture or by polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and indirect methods, which detect antibodies (Table 2). Direct tests lack sensitivity for Lyme disease; hence, serologic tests remain the gold standard. Currently recommended is a standard 2-tier testing strategy using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) followed by Western blot for confirmation.

DIRECT METHODS

Culture lacks sensitivity

A number of factors limit the sensitivity of direct culture for diagnosing Lyme disease. B burgdorferi does not grow easily in culture, requiring special media, low temperatures, and long periods of incubation. Only a relatively few spirochetes are present in human tissues and body fluids to begin with, and bacterial counts are further reduced with duration and dissemination of infection.5 All of these limit the possibility of detecting this organism.

Polymerase chain reaction may help in some situations

Molecular assays are not part of the standard evaluation and should be used only in conjunction with serologic testing.7 These tests have high specificity but lack consistent sensitivity.

That said, PCR testing may be useful:

  • In early infection, before antibody responses develop
  • In reinfection, when serologic tests are not reliable because the antibodies persist for many years after an infection in many patients
  • In endemic areas where serologic testing has high false-positive rates due to high baseline population seropositivity for anti-Borrelia antibodies caused by subclinical infection.3

PCR assays that target plasmid-borne genes encoding outer surface proteins A and C (OspA and OspC) and VisE (variable major protein-like sequence, expressed) are more sensitive than those that detect chromosomal 16s ribosomal ribonucleic acid (rRNA) genes, as plasmid-rich “blebs” are shed in larger concentrations than chromosomal DNA during active infection.7 However, these plasmid-contained genes persist in body tissues and fluids even after the infection is cleared, and their detection may not necessarily correlate with ongoing disease.8 Detection of chromosomal 16s rRNA genes is a better predictor of true organism viability.

The sensitivity of PCR for borrelial DNA depends on the type of sample. If a skin biopsy sample is taken of the leading edge of an erythema migrans lesion, the sensitivity is 69% and the specificity is 100%. In patients with Lyme arthritis, PCR of the synovial fluid has a sensitivity of up to 80%. However, the sensitivity of PCR of the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with neurologic manifestations of Lyme disease is only 19%.7 PCR of other clinical samples, including blood and urine, is not recommended, as spirochetes are primarily confined to tissues, and very few are present in these body fluids.3,12

The disadvantage of PCR is that a positive result does not always mean active infection, as the DNA of the dead microbe persists for several months even after successful treatment.8

INDIRECT METHODS

Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay

ELISAs detect anti-Borrelia antibodies. Early-generation ELISAs, still used in many laboratories, use whole-cell extracts of B burgdorferi. Examples are the Vidas Lyme screen (Biomérieux, biomerieux-usa.com) and the Wampole B burgdorferi IgG/M EIA II assay (Alere, www.alere.com). Newer ELISAs use recombinant proteins.13

Three major targets for ELISA antibodies are flagellin (Fla), outer surface protein C (OspC), and VisE, especially the invariable region 6 (IR6). Among these, VisE-IR6 is the most conserved region in B burgdorferi.

755tbl3.jpg

Early-generation assays have a sensitivity of 89% and specificity of 72%.11 However, the patient’s serum may have antibodies that cross-react with unrelated bacterial antigens, leading to false-positive results (Table 3). Whole-cell sonicate assays are not recommended as an independent test and must be confirmed with Western blot testing when assay results are indeterminate or positive.11

Newer-generation ELISAs detect antibodies targeting recombinant proteins of VisE, especially a synthetic peptide C6, within IR6.13 VisE-IR6 is the most conserved region of the B burgdorferi complex, and its detection is a highly specific finding, supporting the diagnosis of Lyme disease. Antibodies against VisE-IR6 antigen are the earliest to develop.5 An example of a newer-generation serologic test is the VisE C6 Lyme EIA kit, approved as a first-tier test by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2001. This test has a specificity of 99%,14,15 and its specificity is further increased when used in conjunction with Western blot (99.5%).15 The advantage of the C6 antibody test is that it is more sensitive than 2-tier testing during early infection (sensitivity 29%–74% vs 17%–40% in early localized infection, and 56%–90% vs 27%–78% in early disseminated infection).6

During early infection, older and newer ELISAs are less sensitive because of the limited number of antigens expressed at this stage.13 All patients suspected of having early Lyme disease who are seronegative at initial testing should have follow-up testing to look for seroconversion.13

Western blot

755tbl4.jpg

Western blot (immunoblot) testing identifies IgM and IgG antibodies against specific B burgdorferi antigens. It is considered positive if it detects at least 2 of a possible 3 specific IgM bands in the first 4 weeks of disease or at least 5 of 10 specific IgG bands after 4 weeks of disease (Table 4 and Figure 2).16

756fig2.jpg
%3Cp%20style%3D%22margin%3A0in%200in%208pt%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22font-size%3A11pt%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22line-height%3A107%25%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22font-family%3A%26quot%3BCalibri%26quot%3B%2Csans-serif%22%3EFigure%202.%20%3Cspan%20style%3D%22letter-spacing%3A-.2pt%22%3EPositive%20Western%20blot%20test%20(Borrelia%20B31%20ViraStripe%20%5BViramed%20Diagnostics%5D)%20in%20a%20patient%20who%20presented%20with%20rash%20and%20arthritis.%20This%20test%20uses%20purified%20specific%20antigens%20of%20strain%20B31%20of%20%3Ci%3EBorrelia%20burgdorferi%3C%2Fi%3E%20sensu%20stricto.%20Note%20that%20the%20patient%20has%203%20of%203%20IgM%20bands%20and%2010%20of%2010%20IgG%20bands%20(arrows).%3C%2Fspan%3E%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fp%3E

The nature of the bands indicates the duration of infection: Western blot bands against 23-kD OspC and 41-kD FlaB are seen in early localized infection, whereas bands against all 3 B burgdorferi proteins will be seen after several weeks of disease.17 The IgM result should be interpreted carefully, as only 2 bands are required for the test to be positive, and IgM binds to antigen less specifically than IgG.12

 

 

Interpreting the IgM Western blot test: The ‘1-month rule’

If clinical symptoms and signs of Lyme disease have been present for more than 1 month, IgM reactivity alone should not be used to support the diagnosis, in view of the likelihood of a false-positive test result in this situation.18 This is called the “1-month rule” in the diagnosis of Lyme disease.13

In early localized infection, Western blot is only half as sensitive as ELISA testing. Since the overall sensitivity of a 2-step algorithm is equal to that of its least sensitive component, 2-tiered testing is not useful in early disease.13

Although currently considered the most specific test for confirmation of Lyme disease, Western blot has limitations. It is technically and interpretively complex and is thus not universally available.13 The blots are scored by visual examination, compromising the reproducibility of the test, although densitometric blot analysis techniques and automated scanning and scoring attempt to address some of these limitations.13 Like the ELISA, Western blot can have false-positive results in healthy individuals without tick exposure, as nonspecific IgM immunoblots develop faint bands. This is because of cross-reaction between B burgdorferi antigens and antigens from other microorganisms. Around 50% of healthy adults show low-level serum IgG reactivity against the FlaB antigen, leading to false-positive results as well. In cases in which the Western blot result is indeterminate, other etiologies must be considered.

False-positive IgM Western blots are a significant problem. In a 5-year retrospective study done at 63 US Air Force healthcare facilities, 113 (53.3%) of 212 IgM Western blots were falsely positive.19 A false-positive test was defined as one that failed to meet seropositivity (a first-tier test omitted or negative, > 30 days of symptoms with negative IgG blot), lack of exposure including residing in areas without documented tick habitats, patients having atypical or no symptoms, and negative serology within 30 days of a positive test.

In a similar study done in a highly endemic area, 50 (27.5%) of 182 patients had a false-positive test.20 Physicians need to be careful when interpreting IgM Western blots. It is always important to consider locale, epidemiology, and symptoms when interpreting the test.

Limitations of serologic tests for Lyme disease

Currently available serologic tests have inherent limitations:

  • Antibodies against B burgdorferi take at least 1 week to develop
  • The background rate of seropositivity in endemic areas can be up to 4%, affecting the utility of a positive test result
  • Serologic tests cannot be used as tests of cure because antibodies can persist for months to years even after appropriate antimicrobial therapy and cure of disease; thus, a positive serologic result could represent active infection or remote exposure21
  • Antibodies can cross-react with related bacteria, including other borrelial or treponemal spirochetes
  • False-positive serologic test results can also occur in association with other medical conditions such as polyclonal gammopathies and systemic lupus erythematosus.12

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TESTING

Standard 2-tier testing

757fig3.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%203.%20Standard%202-tier%20testing%20for%20Lyme%20disease.%20Ig%20%3D%20immunoglobulin.%3C%2Fp%3E

The CDC released recommendations for diagnosing Lyme disease after a second national conference of serologic diagnosis of Lyme disease in October 1994.18 The 2-tiered testing method, involving a sensitive ELISA followed by the Western blot to confirm positive and indeterminate ELISA results, was suggested as the gold standard for diagnosis (Figure 3). Of note, negative ELISA results do not require further testing.11

The sensitivity of 2-tiered testing depends on the stage of the disease. Unfortunately, this method has a wide range of sensitivity (17% to 78%) in stage 1 disease. In the same stage, the sensitivity increases from 14.1% in patients with a single erythema migrans lesion and early localized infection to 65.4% in those with multiple lesions. The algorithm has excellent sensitivity in late stage 3 infection (96% to 100%).5

A 2-step ELISA algorithm

A 2-step ELISA algorithm (without the Western blot) that includes the whole-cell sonicate assay followed by the VisE C6 peptide assay actually showed higher sensitivity and comparable specificity compared with 2-tiered testing in early localized disease (sensitivity 61%–74% vs 29%–48%, respectively; specificity 99.5% for both methods).22 This higher sensitivity was even more pronounced in early disseminated infection (sensitivity 100% vs 40%, respectively). By late infection, the sensitivities of both testing strategies reached 100%. Compared with the Western blot, the 2-step ELISA algorithm was simpler to execute in a reproducible fashion.5

The Infectious Diseases Society of America is revising its current guidelines, with an update expected late this year, which may shift the recommendation from 2-tiered testing to the 2-step ELISA algorithm.

Multiplex testing

To overcome the intrinsic problems of protein-based assays, a multiplexed, array-based assay for the diagnosis of tick-borne infections called Tick-Borne Disease Serochip (TBD-Serochip) was established using recombinant antigens that identify key immunodominant epitopes.8 More studies are needed to establish the validity and usefulness of these tests in clinical practice.

Who should not be tested?

The American College of Physicians6 recommends against testing in patients:

  • Presenting with nonspecific symptoms (eg, headache, myalgia, fatigue, arthralgia) without objective signs of Lyme disease
  • With low pretest probability of infection based on epidemiologic exposures and clinical features
  • Living in Lyme-endemic areas with no history of tick exposure6
  • Presenting less than 1 week after tick exposure5
  • Seeking a test of cure for treated Lyme disease.

DIAGNOSIS IN SPECIAL SITUATIONS

Early Lyme disease

The classic erythema migrans lesion on physical examination of a patient with suspected Lyme disease is diagnostic and does not require laboratory confirmation.10

In ambiguous cases, 2-tiered testing of a serum sample during the acute presentation and again 4 to 6 weeks later can be useful. In patients who remain seronegative on paired serum samples despite symptoms lasting longer than 6 weeks and no antibiotic treatment in the interim, the diagnosis of Lyme disease is unlikely, and another diagnosis should be sought.3

Antimicrobial therapy may block the serologic response; hence, negative serologic testing in patients started on empiric antibiotics should not rule out Lyme disease.6

PCR or bacterial culture testing is not recommended in the evaluation of suspected early Lyme disease.

Central nervous system Lyme disease

Central nervous system Lyme disease is diagnosed by 2-tiered testing using peripheral blood samples because all patients with this infectious manifestation should have mounted an adequate IgG response in the blood.11

B cells migrate to and proliferate inside the central nervous system, leading to intrathecal production of anti-Borrelia antibodies. An index of cerebrospinal fluid to serum antibody greater than 1 is thus also indicative of neuroborreliosis.12 Thus, performing lumbar puncture to detect intrathecal production of antibodies may support the diagnosis of central nervous system Lyme disease; however, it is not necessary.11

Antibodies persist in the central nervous system for many years after appropriate antimicrobial treatment.

Lyme arthritis

758tbl5.jpg

Articular involvement in Lyme disease is characterized by a robust humoral response such that a negative IgG serologic test virtually rules out Lyme arthritis.23 PCR testing of synovial fluid for borrelial DNA has a sensitivity of 80% but may become falsely negative after 1 to 2 months of antibiotic treatment.24,25 In an algorithm suggested by Puius et al,23 PCR testing of synovial fluid should be done in patients who have minimal to no response after 2 months of appropriate oral antimicrobial therapy to determine whether intravenous antibiotics are merited.

Table 5 summarizes the tests of choice in different clinical stages of infection.

Acknowledgment: The authors would like to acknowledge Anita Modi, MD, and Ceena N. Jacob, MD, for reviewing the manuscript and providing valuable suggestions, and Belinda Yen-Lieberman, PhD, for contributing pictures of the Western blot test results.

Lyme disease is a complex multisystem bacterial infection affecting the skin, joints, heart, and nervous system. The full spectrum of disease was first recognized and the disease was named in the 1970s during an outbreak of arthritis in children in the town of Lyme, Connecticut.1

This review describes the epidemiology and pathogenesis of Lyme disease, the advantages and disadvantages of current diagnostic methods, and diagnostic algorithms.

THE MOST COMMON TICK-BORNE INFECTION IN NORTH AMERICA

Lyme disease is the most common tick-borne infection in North America.2,3 In the United States, more than 30,000 cases are reported annually. In fact, in 2017, the number of cases was about 42,000, a 16% increase from the previous year, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

752fig1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20%3Cem%3EIxodes%20scapularis%3C%2Fem%3E%20is%20the%20vector%20of%20Lyme%20disease%20in%20the%20eastern%20United%20States.%3Cbr%3EInfected%20nymphs%20account%20for%20most%20cases.%3C%2Fp%3E

The infection is caused by Borrelia burgdorferi, a particularly arthritogenic spirochete transmitted by Ixodes scapularis (the black-legged deer tick, (Figure 1) and Ixodes pacificus (the Western black-legged tick). Although the infection can occur at any time of the year, its peak incidence is in May to late September, coinciding with increased outdoor recreational activity in areas where ticks live.3,4 The typical tick habitat consists of deciduous woodland with sufficient humidity provided by a good layer of decaying vegetation. However, people can contract Lyme disease in their own backyard.3

753tbl1.jpg

Most cases of Lyme disease are seen in the northeastern United States, mainly in suburban and rural areas.2,3 Other areas affected include the midwestern states of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan, as well as northern California.4 Fourteen states and the District of Columbia report a high average incidence (> 10 cases per 100,000 persons) (Table 1).2

FIRST COMES IgM, THEN IgG

The pathogenesis and the different stages of infection should inform laboratory testing in Lyme disease.

It is estimated that only 5% of infected ticks that bite people actually transmit their spirochetes to the human host.5 However, once infected, the patient’s innate immune system mounts a response that results in the classic erythema migrans rash at the bite site. A rash develops in only about 85% of patients who are infected and can appear at any time between 3 and 30 days, but most commonly after 7 days. Hence, a rash occurring within the first few hours of tick contact is not erythema migrans and does not indicate infection, but rather an early reaction to tick salivary antigens.5

Antibody levels remain below the detection limits of currently available serologic tests in the first 7 days after exposure. Immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibody titers peak between 8 and 14 days after tick contact, but IgM antibodies may never develop if the patient is started on early appropriate antimicrobial therapy.5

If the infection is not treated, the spirochete may disseminate through the blood from the bite site to different tissues.3 Both cell-mediated and antibody-mediated immunity swing into action to kill the spirochetes at this stage. The IgM antibody response occurs in 1 to 2 weeks, followed by a robust IgG response in 2 to 4 weeks.6

Because IgM can also cross-react with antigens other than those associated with B burgdorferi, the IgM test is less specific than the IgG test for Lyme disease.

Once a patient is exposed and mounts an antibody-mediated response to the spirochete, the antibody profile may persist for months to years, even after successful antibiotic treatment and cure of the disease.5

Despite the immune system’s robust series of defenses, untreated B burgdorferi infection can persist, as the organism has a bag of tricks to evade destruction. It can decrease its expression of specific immunogenic surface-exposed proteins, change its antigenic properties through recombination, and bind to the patient’s extracellular matrix proteins to facilitate further dissemination.3

Certain host-genetic factors also play a role in the pathogenesis of Lyme disease, such as the HLA-DR4 allele, which has been associated with antibiotic-refractory Lyme-related arthritis.3

LYME DISEASE EVOLVES THROUGH STAGES

Lyme disease evolves through stages broadly classified as early and late infection, with significant variability in its presentation.7

Early infection

Early disease is further subdivided into “localized” infection (stage 1), characterized by a single erythema migrans lesion and local lymphadenopathy, and “disseminated” infection (stage 2), associated with multiple erythema migrans lesions distant from the bite site, facial nerve palsy, radiculoneuritis, meningitis, carditis, or migratory arthritis or arthralgia.8

Highly specific physical findings include erythema migrans, cranial nerve palsy, high-grade or progressive conduction block, and recurrent migratory polyarthritis. Less specific symptoms and signs of Lyme disease include arthralgia, myalgia, neck stiffness, palpitations, and myocarditis.5

Erythema migrans lesions are evident in at least 85% of patients with early disease.9 If they are not apparent on physical examination, they may be located at hidden sites and may be atypical in appearance or transient.5

If treatment is not started in the initial stage of the disease, 60% of infected patients may develop disseminated infection.5 Progressive, untreated infection can manifest with Lyme arthritis and neuroborreliosis.7

Noncutaneous manifestations are less common now than in the past due to increased awareness of the disease and early initiation of treatment.10

Late infection

Manifestations of late (stage 3) infection include oligoarthritis (affecting any joint but often the knee) and neuroborreliosis. Clinical signs and symptoms of Lyme disease may take months to resolve even after appropriate antimicrobial therapy is completed. This should not be interpreted as ongoing, persistent infection, but as related to host immune-mediated activity.5

 

 

INTERPRET LABORATORY RESULTS BASED ON PRETEST PROBABILITY

The usefulness of a laboratory test depends on the individual patient’s pretest probability of infection, which in turn depends on the patient’s epidemiologic risk of exposure and clinical features of Lyme disease. Patients with a high pretest probability—eg, a history of a tick bite followed by the classic erythema migrans rash—do not need testing and can start antimicrobial therapy right away.11

Serologic tests are the gold standard

Prompt diagnosis is important, as early Lyme disease is easily treatable without any future sequelae.11

754tbl2.jpg

Tests for Lyme disease can be divided into direct methods, which detect the spirochete itself by culture or by polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and indirect methods, which detect antibodies (Table 2). Direct tests lack sensitivity for Lyme disease; hence, serologic tests remain the gold standard. Currently recommended is a standard 2-tier testing strategy using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) followed by Western blot for confirmation.

DIRECT METHODS

Culture lacks sensitivity

A number of factors limit the sensitivity of direct culture for diagnosing Lyme disease. B burgdorferi does not grow easily in culture, requiring special media, low temperatures, and long periods of incubation. Only a relatively few spirochetes are present in human tissues and body fluids to begin with, and bacterial counts are further reduced with duration and dissemination of infection.5 All of these limit the possibility of detecting this organism.

Polymerase chain reaction may help in some situations

Molecular assays are not part of the standard evaluation and should be used only in conjunction with serologic testing.7 These tests have high specificity but lack consistent sensitivity.

That said, PCR testing may be useful:

  • In early infection, before antibody responses develop
  • In reinfection, when serologic tests are not reliable because the antibodies persist for many years after an infection in many patients
  • In endemic areas where serologic testing has high false-positive rates due to high baseline population seropositivity for anti-Borrelia antibodies caused by subclinical infection.3

PCR assays that target plasmid-borne genes encoding outer surface proteins A and C (OspA and OspC) and VisE (variable major protein-like sequence, expressed) are more sensitive than those that detect chromosomal 16s ribosomal ribonucleic acid (rRNA) genes, as plasmid-rich “blebs” are shed in larger concentrations than chromosomal DNA during active infection.7 However, these plasmid-contained genes persist in body tissues and fluids even after the infection is cleared, and their detection may not necessarily correlate with ongoing disease.8 Detection of chromosomal 16s rRNA genes is a better predictor of true organism viability.

The sensitivity of PCR for borrelial DNA depends on the type of sample. If a skin biopsy sample is taken of the leading edge of an erythema migrans lesion, the sensitivity is 69% and the specificity is 100%. In patients with Lyme arthritis, PCR of the synovial fluid has a sensitivity of up to 80%. However, the sensitivity of PCR of the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with neurologic manifestations of Lyme disease is only 19%.7 PCR of other clinical samples, including blood and urine, is not recommended, as spirochetes are primarily confined to tissues, and very few are present in these body fluids.3,12

The disadvantage of PCR is that a positive result does not always mean active infection, as the DNA of the dead microbe persists for several months even after successful treatment.8

INDIRECT METHODS

Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay

ELISAs detect anti-Borrelia antibodies. Early-generation ELISAs, still used in many laboratories, use whole-cell extracts of B burgdorferi. Examples are the Vidas Lyme screen (Biomérieux, biomerieux-usa.com) and the Wampole B burgdorferi IgG/M EIA II assay (Alere, www.alere.com). Newer ELISAs use recombinant proteins.13

Three major targets for ELISA antibodies are flagellin (Fla), outer surface protein C (OspC), and VisE, especially the invariable region 6 (IR6). Among these, VisE-IR6 is the most conserved region in B burgdorferi.

755tbl3.jpg

Early-generation assays have a sensitivity of 89% and specificity of 72%.11 However, the patient’s serum may have antibodies that cross-react with unrelated bacterial antigens, leading to false-positive results (Table 3). Whole-cell sonicate assays are not recommended as an independent test and must be confirmed with Western blot testing when assay results are indeterminate or positive.11

Newer-generation ELISAs detect antibodies targeting recombinant proteins of VisE, especially a synthetic peptide C6, within IR6.13 VisE-IR6 is the most conserved region of the B burgdorferi complex, and its detection is a highly specific finding, supporting the diagnosis of Lyme disease. Antibodies against VisE-IR6 antigen are the earliest to develop.5 An example of a newer-generation serologic test is the VisE C6 Lyme EIA kit, approved as a first-tier test by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2001. This test has a specificity of 99%,14,15 and its specificity is further increased when used in conjunction with Western blot (99.5%).15 The advantage of the C6 antibody test is that it is more sensitive than 2-tier testing during early infection (sensitivity 29%–74% vs 17%–40% in early localized infection, and 56%–90% vs 27%–78% in early disseminated infection).6

During early infection, older and newer ELISAs are less sensitive because of the limited number of antigens expressed at this stage.13 All patients suspected of having early Lyme disease who are seronegative at initial testing should have follow-up testing to look for seroconversion.13

Western blot

755tbl4.jpg

Western blot (immunoblot) testing identifies IgM and IgG antibodies against specific B burgdorferi antigens. It is considered positive if it detects at least 2 of a possible 3 specific IgM bands in the first 4 weeks of disease or at least 5 of 10 specific IgG bands after 4 weeks of disease (Table 4 and Figure 2).16

756fig2.jpg
%3Cp%20style%3D%22margin%3A0in%200in%208pt%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22font-size%3A11pt%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22line-height%3A107%25%22%3E%3Cspan%20style%3D%22font-family%3A%26quot%3BCalibri%26quot%3B%2Csans-serif%22%3EFigure%202.%20%3Cspan%20style%3D%22letter-spacing%3A-.2pt%22%3EPositive%20Western%20blot%20test%20(Borrelia%20B31%20ViraStripe%20%5BViramed%20Diagnostics%5D)%20in%20a%20patient%20who%20presented%20with%20rash%20and%20arthritis.%20This%20test%20uses%20purified%20specific%20antigens%20of%20strain%20B31%20of%20%3Ci%3EBorrelia%20burgdorferi%3C%2Fi%3E%20sensu%20stricto.%20Note%20that%20the%20patient%20has%203%20of%203%20IgM%20bands%20and%2010%20of%2010%20IgG%20bands%20(arrows).%3C%2Fspan%3E%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fp%3E

The nature of the bands indicates the duration of infection: Western blot bands against 23-kD OspC and 41-kD FlaB are seen in early localized infection, whereas bands against all 3 B burgdorferi proteins will be seen after several weeks of disease.17 The IgM result should be interpreted carefully, as only 2 bands are required for the test to be positive, and IgM binds to antigen less specifically than IgG.12

 

 

Interpreting the IgM Western blot test: The ‘1-month rule’

If clinical symptoms and signs of Lyme disease have been present for more than 1 month, IgM reactivity alone should not be used to support the diagnosis, in view of the likelihood of a false-positive test result in this situation.18 This is called the “1-month rule” in the diagnosis of Lyme disease.13

In early localized infection, Western blot is only half as sensitive as ELISA testing. Since the overall sensitivity of a 2-step algorithm is equal to that of its least sensitive component, 2-tiered testing is not useful in early disease.13

Although currently considered the most specific test for confirmation of Lyme disease, Western blot has limitations. It is technically and interpretively complex and is thus not universally available.13 The blots are scored by visual examination, compromising the reproducibility of the test, although densitometric blot analysis techniques and automated scanning and scoring attempt to address some of these limitations.13 Like the ELISA, Western blot can have false-positive results in healthy individuals without tick exposure, as nonspecific IgM immunoblots develop faint bands. This is because of cross-reaction between B burgdorferi antigens and antigens from other microorganisms. Around 50% of healthy adults show low-level serum IgG reactivity against the FlaB antigen, leading to false-positive results as well. In cases in which the Western blot result is indeterminate, other etiologies must be considered.

False-positive IgM Western blots are a significant problem. In a 5-year retrospective study done at 63 US Air Force healthcare facilities, 113 (53.3%) of 212 IgM Western blots were falsely positive.19 A false-positive test was defined as one that failed to meet seropositivity (a first-tier test omitted or negative, > 30 days of symptoms with negative IgG blot), lack of exposure including residing in areas without documented tick habitats, patients having atypical or no symptoms, and negative serology within 30 days of a positive test.

In a similar study done in a highly endemic area, 50 (27.5%) of 182 patients had a false-positive test.20 Physicians need to be careful when interpreting IgM Western blots. It is always important to consider locale, epidemiology, and symptoms when interpreting the test.

Limitations of serologic tests for Lyme disease

Currently available serologic tests have inherent limitations:

  • Antibodies against B burgdorferi take at least 1 week to develop
  • The background rate of seropositivity in endemic areas can be up to 4%, affecting the utility of a positive test result
  • Serologic tests cannot be used as tests of cure because antibodies can persist for months to years even after appropriate antimicrobial therapy and cure of disease; thus, a positive serologic result could represent active infection or remote exposure21
  • Antibodies can cross-react with related bacteria, including other borrelial or treponemal spirochetes
  • False-positive serologic test results can also occur in association with other medical conditions such as polyclonal gammopathies and systemic lupus erythematosus.12

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TESTING

Standard 2-tier testing

757fig3.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%203.%20Standard%202-tier%20testing%20for%20Lyme%20disease.%20Ig%20%3D%20immunoglobulin.%3C%2Fp%3E

The CDC released recommendations for diagnosing Lyme disease after a second national conference of serologic diagnosis of Lyme disease in October 1994.18 The 2-tiered testing method, involving a sensitive ELISA followed by the Western blot to confirm positive and indeterminate ELISA results, was suggested as the gold standard for diagnosis (Figure 3). Of note, negative ELISA results do not require further testing.11

The sensitivity of 2-tiered testing depends on the stage of the disease. Unfortunately, this method has a wide range of sensitivity (17% to 78%) in stage 1 disease. In the same stage, the sensitivity increases from 14.1% in patients with a single erythema migrans lesion and early localized infection to 65.4% in those with multiple lesions. The algorithm has excellent sensitivity in late stage 3 infection (96% to 100%).5

A 2-step ELISA algorithm

A 2-step ELISA algorithm (without the Western blot) that includes the whole-cell sonicate assay followed by the VisE C6 peptide assay actually showed higher sensitivity and comparable specificity compared with 2-tiered testing in early localized disease (sensitivity 61%–74% vs 29%–48%, respectively; specificity 99.5% for both methods).22 This higher sensitivity was even more pronounced in early disseminated infection (sensitivity 100% vs 40%, respectively). By late infection, the sensitivities of both testing strategies reached 100%. Compared with the Western blot, the 2-step ELISA algorithm was simpler to execute in a reproducible fashion.5

The Infectious Diseases Society of America is revising its current guidelines, with an update expected late this year, which may shift the recommendation from 2-tiered testing to the 2-step ELISA algorithm.

Multiplex testing

To overcome the intrinsic problems of protein-based assays, a multiplexed, array-based assay for the diagnosis of tick-borne infections called Tick-Borne Disease Serochip (TBD-Serochip) was established using recombinant antigens that identify key immunodominant epitopes.8 More studies are needed to establish the validity and usefulness of these tests in clinical practice.

Who should not be tested?

The American College of Physicians6 recommends against testing in patients:

  • Presenting with nonspecific symptoms (eg, headache, myalgia, fatigue, arthralgia) without objective signs of Lyme disease
  • With low pretest probability of infection based on epidemiologic exposures and clinical features
  • Living in Lyme-endemic areas with no history of tick exposure6
  • Presenting less than 1 week after tick exposure5
  • Seeking a test of cure for treated Lyme disease.

DIAGNOSIS IN SPECIAL SITUATIONS

Early Lyme disease

The classic erythema migrans lesion on physical examination of a patient with suspected Lyme disease is diagnostic and does not require laboratory confirmation.10

In ambiguous cases, 2-tiered testing of a serum sample during the acute presentation and again 4 to 6 weeks later can be useful. In patients who remain seronegative on paired serum samples despite symptoms lasting longer than 6 weeks and no antibiotic treatment in the interim, the diagnosis of Lyme disease is unlikely, and another diagnosis should be sought.3

Antimicrobial therapy may block the serologic response; hence, negative serologic testing in patients started on empiric antibiotics should not rule out Lyme disease.6

PCR or bacterial culture testing is not recommended in the evaluation of suspected early Lyme disease.

Central nervous system Lyme disease

Central nervous system Lyme disease is diagnosed by 2-tiered testing using peripheral blood samples because all patients with this infectious manifestation should have mounted an adequate IgG response in the blood.11

B cells migrate to and proliferate inside the central nervous system, leading to intrathecal production of anti-Borrelia antibodies. An index of cerebrospinal fluid to serum antibody greater than 1 is thus also indicative of neuroborreliosis.12 Thus, performing lumbar puncture to detect intrathecal production of antibodies may support the diagnosis of central nervous system Lyme disease; however, it is not necessary.11

Antibodies persist in the central nervous system for many years after appropriate antimicrobial treatment.

Lyme arthritis

758tbl5.jpg

Articular involvement in Lyme disease is characterized by a robust humoral response such that a negative IgG serologic test virtually rules out Lyme arthritis.23 PCR testing of synovial fluid for borrelial DNA has a sensitivity of 80% but may become falsely negative after 1 to 2 months of antibiotic treatment.24,25 In an algorithm suggested by Puius et al,23 PCR testing of synovial fluid should be done in patients who have minimal to no response after 2 months of appropriate oral antimicrobial therapy to determine whether intravenous antibiotics are merited.

Table 5 summarizes the tests of choice in different clinical stages of infection.

Acknowledgment: The authors would like to acknowledge Anita Modi, MD, and Ceena N. Jacob, MD, for reviewing the manuscript and providing valuable suggestions, and Belinda Yen-Lieberman, PhD, for contributing pictures of the Western blot test results.

References
  1. Steere AC, Malawista SE, Snydman DR, et al. Lyme arthritis: an epidemic of oligoarticular arthritis in children and adults in three Connecticut communities. Arthritis Rheum 1977; 20(1):7–17. doi:10.1002/art.1780200102
  2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Lyme disease: recent surveillance data. https://www.cdc.gov/lyme/datasurveillance/recent-surveillance-data.html. Accessed August 12, 2019.
  3. Stanek G, Wormser GP, Gray J, Strle F. Lyme borreliosis. Lancet 2012; 379(9814):461–473. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60103-7
  4. Arvikar SL, Steere AC. Diagnosis and treatment of Lyme arthritis. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2015; 29(2):269–280. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2015.02.004
  5. Schriefer ME. Lyme disease diagnosis: serology. Clin Lab Med 2015; 35(4):797–814. doi:10.1016/j.cll.2015.08.001
  6. Hu LT. Lyme disease. Ann Intern Med 2016; 164(9):ITC65–ITC80. doi:10.7326/AITC201605030
  7. Alby K, Capraro GA. Alternatives to serologic testing for diagnosis of Lyme disease. Clin Lab Med 2015; 35(4):815–825. doi:10.1016/j.cll.2015.07.005
  8. Dumler JS. Molecular diagnosis of Lyme disease: review and meta-analysis. Mol Diagn 2001; 6(1):1–11. doi:10.1054/modi.2001.21898
  9. Wormser GP, McKenna D, Carlin J, et al. Brief communication: hematogenous dissemination in early Lyme disease. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142(9):751–755. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-142-9-200505030-00011
  10. Wormser GP, Dattwyler RJ, Shapiro ED, et al. The clinical assessment, treatment, and prevention of Lyme disease, human granulocytic anaplasmosis, and babesiosis: clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis 2006; 43(9):1089–1134. doi:10.1086/508667
  11. Guidelines for laboratory evaluation in the diagnosis of Lyme disease. American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 1997; 127(12):1106–1108. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-127-12-199712150-00010
  12. Halperin JJ. Lyme disease: a multisystem infection that affects the nervous system. Continuum (Minneap Minn) 2012; 18(6 Infectious Disease):1338–1350. doi:10.1212/01.CON.0000423850.24900.3a
  13. Branda JA, Body BA, Boyle J, et al. Advances in serodiagnostic testing for Lyme disease are at hand. Clin Infect Dis 2018; 66(7):1133–1139. doi:10.1093/cid/cix943
  14. Immunetics. Immunetics® C6 Lyme ELISA™ Kit. http://www.oxfordimmunotec.com/international/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/CF-E601-096A-C6-Pkg-Insrt.pdf. Accessed August 12, 2019.
  15. Civelek M, Lusis AJ. Systems genetics approaches to understand complex traits. Nat Rev Genet 2014; 15(1):34–48. doi:10.1038/nrg3575
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Recommendations for test performance and interpretation from the Second National Conference on Serologic Diagnosis of Lyme Disease. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1995; 44(31):590–591. pmid:7623762
  17. Steere AC, Mchugh G, Damle N, Sikand VK. Prospective study of serologic tests for Lyme disease. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 47(2):188–195. doi:10.1086/589242
  18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for test performance and interpretation from the Second National Conference on Serologic Diagnosis of Lyme Disease. JAMA 1995; 274(12):937. pmid:7674514
  19. Webber BJ, Burganowski RP, Colton L, Escobar JD, Pathak SR, Gambino-Shirley KJ. Lyme disease overdiagnosis in a large healthcare system: a population-based, retrospective study. Clin Microbiol Infect 2019. doi:10.1016/j.cmi.2019.02.020. Epub ahead of print.
  20. Seriburi V, Ndukwe N, Chang Z, Cox ME, Wormser GP. High frequency of false positive IgM immunoblots for Borrelia burgdorferi in clinical practice. Clin Microbiol Infect 2012; 18(12):1236–1240. doi:10.1111/j.1469-0691.2011.03749.x
  21. Hilton E, DeVoti J, Benach JL, et al. Seroprevalence and seroconversion for tick-borne diseases in a high-risk population in the northeast United States. Am J Med 1999; 106(4):404–409. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(99)00046-7
  22. Branda JA, Linskey K, Kim YA, Steere AC, Ferraro MJ. Two-tiered antibody testing for Lyme disease with use of 2 enzyme immunoassays, a whole-cell sonicate enzyme immunoassay followed by a VlsE C6 peptide enzyme immunoassay. Clin Infect Dis 2011; 53(6):541–547. doi:10.1093/cid/cir464
  23. Puius YA, Kalish RA. Lyme arthritis: pathogenesis, clinical presentation, and management. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2008; 22(2):289–300. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2007.12.014
  24. Nocton JJ, Dressler F, Rutledge BJ, Rys PN, Persing DH, Steere AC. Detection of Borrelia burgdorferi DNA by polymerase chain reaction in synovial fluid from patients with Lyme arthritis. N Engl J Med 1994; 330(4):229–234. doi:10.1056/NEJM199401273300401
  25. Liebling MR, Nishio MJ, Rodriguez A, Sigal LH, Jin T, Louie JS. The polymerase chain reaction for the detection of Borrelia burgdorferi in human body fluids. Arthritis Rheum 1993; 36(5):665–975. doi:10.1002/art.1780360514
References
  1. Steere AC, Malawista SE, Snydman DR, et al. Lyme arthritis: an epidemic of oligoarticular arthritis in children and adults in three Connecticut communities. Arthritis Rheum 1977; 20(1):7–17. doi:10.1002/art.1780200102
  2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Lyme disease: recent surveillance data. https://www.cdc.gov/lyme/datasurveillance/recent-surveillance-data.html. Accessed August 12, 2019.
  3. Stanek G, Wormser GP, Gray J, Strle F. Lyme borreliosis. Lancet 2012; 379(9814):461–473. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60103-7
  4. Arvikar SL, Steere AC. Diagnosis and treatment of Lyme arthritis. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2015; 29(2):269–280. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2015.02.004
  5. Schriefer ME. Lyme disease diagnosis: serology. Clin Lab Med 2015; 35(4):797–814. doi:10.1016/j.cll.2015.08.001
  6. Hu LT. Lyme disease. Ann Intern Med 2016; 164(9):ITC65–ITC80. doi:10.7326/AITC201605030
  7. Alby K, Capraro GA. Alternatives to serologic testing for diagnosis of Lyme disease. Clin Lab Med 2015; 35(4):815–825. doi:10.1016/j.cll.2015.07.005
  8. Dumler JS. Molecular diagnosis of Lyme disease: review and meta-analysis. Mol Diagn 2001; 6(1):1–11. doi:10.1054/modi.2001.21898
  9. Wormser GP, McKenna D, Carlin J, et al. Brief communication: hematogenous dissemination in early Lyme disease. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142(9):751–755. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-142-9-200505030-00011
  10. Wormser GP, Dattwyler RJ, Shapiro ED, et al. The clinical assessment, treatment, and prevention of Lyme disease, human granulocytic anaplasmosis, and babesiosis: clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis 2006; 43(9):1089–1134. doi:10.1086/508667
  11. Guidelines for laboratory evaluation in the diagnosis of Lyme disease. American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 1997; 127(12):1106–1108. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-127-12-199712150-00010
  12. Halperin JJ. Lyme disease: a multisystem infection that affects the nervous system. Continuum (Minneap Minn) 2012; 18(6 Infectious Disease):1338–1350. doi:10.1212/01.CON.0000423850.24900.3a
  13. Branda JA, Body BA, Boyle J, et al. Advances in serodiagnostic testing for Lyme disease are at hand. Clin Infect Dis 2018; 66(7):1133–1139. doi:10.1093/cid/cix943
  14. Immunetics. Immunetics® C6 Lyme ELISA™ Kit. http://www.oxfordimmunotec.com/international/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/CF-E601-096A-C6-Pkg-Insrt.pdf. Accessed August 12, 2019.
  15. Civelek M, Lusis AJ. Systems genetics approaches to understand complex traits. Nat Rev Genet 2014; 15(1):34–48. doi:10.1038/nrg3575
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Recommendations for test performance and interpretation from the Second National Conference on Serologic Diagnosis of Lyme Disease. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1995; 44(31):590–591. pmid:7623762
  17. Steere AC, Mchugh G, Damle N, Sikand VK. Prospective study of serologic tests for Lyme disease. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 47(2):188–195. doi:10.1086/589242
  18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for test performance and interpretation from the Second National Conference on Serologic Diagnosis of Lyme Disease. JAMA 1995; 274(12):937. pmid:7674514
  19. Webber BJ, Burganowski RP, Colton L, Escobar JD, Pathak SR, Gambino-Shirley KJ. Lyme disease overdiagnosis in a large healthcare system: a population-based, retrospective study. Clin Microbiol Infect 2019. doi:10.1016/j.cmi.2019.02.020. Epub ahead of print.
  20. Seriburi V, Ndukwe N, Chang Z, Cox ME, Wormser GP. High frequency of false positive IgM immunoblots for Borrelia burgdorferi in clinical practice. Clin Microbiol Infect 2012; 18(12):1236–1240. doi:10.1111/j.1469-0691.2011.03749.x
  21. Hilton E, DeVoti J, Benach JL, et al. Seroprevalence and seroconversion for tick-borne diseases in a high-risk population in the northeast United States. Am J Med 1999; 106(4):404–409. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(99)00046-7
  22. Branda JA, Linskey K, Kim YA, Steere AC, Ferraro MJ. Two-tiered antibody testing for Lyme disease with use of 2 enzyme immunoassays, a whole-cell sonicate enzyme immunoassay followed by a VlsE C6 peptide enzyme immunoassay. Clin Infect Dis 2011; 53(6):541–547. doi:10.1093/cid/cir464
  23. Puius YA, Kalish RA. Lyme arthritis: pathogenesis, clinical presentation, and management. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2008; 22(2):289–300. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2007.12.014
  24. Nocton JJ, Dressler F, Rutledge BJ, Rys PN, Persing DH, Steere AC. Detection of Borrelia burgdorferi DNA by polymerase chain reaction in synovial fluid from patients with Lyme arthritis. N Engl J Med 1994; 330(4):229–234. doi:10.1056/NEJM199401273300401
  25. Liebling MR, Nishio MJ, Rodriguez A, Sigal LH, Jin T, Louie JS. The polymerase chain reaction for the detection of Borrelia burgdorferi in human body fluids. Arthritis Rheum 1993; 36(5):665–975. doi:10.1002/art.1780360514
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(11)
Page Number
751-759
Page Number
751-759
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Appropriate laboratory testing in Lyme disease
Display Headline
Appropriate laboratory testing in Lyme disease
Legacy Keywords
Lyme disease, laboratory testing, Borrelia burgdorferi, spirochete, tick, Ixodes scapularis, Ixodes pacificus, black-legged tick, erythema migrans, immunoglobulin M, IgM, immunoglobulin G, IgG, Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, ELISA, EIA, polymerase chain reaction PCR, 2-tier testing, Teny John, Alan Taege
Legacy Keywords
Lyme disease, laboratory testing, Borrelia burgdorferi, spirochete, tick, Ixodes scapularis, Ixodes pacificus, black-legged tick, erythema migrans, immunoglobulin M, IgM, immunoglobulin G, IgG, Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, ELISA, EIA, polymerase chain reaction PCR, 2-tier testing, Teny John, Alan Taege
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Lyme disease, the most common tick-borne infection in North America, is a complex multisystem bacterial disease caused by Borrelia burgdorferi.
  • Lyme disease preferably affects the skin, joints, and nervous system and presents with typical and atypical features. Certain clinical features are diagnostic. Its diagnosis is mainly clinical and epidemiologic and, when doubtful, is supported by serologic testing.
  • Standard 2-tiered testing is the diagnostic testing method of choice—enzyme-linked immunoassay followed by Western blot. Interpretation of the bands depends on the duration of infection.
  • When interpreting the test results, be aware of false-positives and the reasons for them.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Thu, 10/31/2019 - 08:15
Un-Gate On Date
Thu, 10/31/2019 - 08:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Thu, 10/31/2019 - 08:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis: What to look for

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 10/04/2019 - 15:13
Display Headline
Cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis: What to look for

Autoimmune rheumatic diseases increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. In rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus, the risk is driven primarily by the inflammatory milieu, leading to accelerated coronary and cerebrovascular atherosclerosis independent of traditional atherosclerotic risk factors.1–3 The extent of cardiovascular involvement in other rheumatologic diseases has been less well characterized but is an area of growing interest.

In this review, we focus on the cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis and review recommendations for monitoring these patients in clinical practice.

SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS, AN AUTOIMMUNE RHEUMATIC DISEASE

Systemic sclerosis is an autoimmune rheumatic disease characterized by excessive extracellular matrix deposition leading to diffuse fibrosis, endothelial dysfunction, and microvascular injury. It is most common in North America, Southern Europe, and Australia,4,5 and it affects women more than men in ratios ranging from 3:1 to 14:1.6 The mean age at diagnosis is around 50. 

The disease can affect the lungs (interstitial lung disease and pulmonary hypertension), the heart, the kidneys, and the gastrointestinal tract.

Systemic sclerosis has 2 main subtypes: limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis, formerly called CREST syndrome) and diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis. The limited cutaneous subtype is characterized by tightening of the skin of the distal extremities (below the elbows and knees) and face, while diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis can manifest as more extensive skin tightening also involving proximal extremities and the trunk. Both subtypes can have an effect on the cardiovascular system.

Some cardiovascular risk factors such as dyslipidemia, diabetes mellitus, and high body mass index are less common in patients with systemic sclerosis than in patients with rheumatoid arthritis, while the rates of arterial hypertension, smoking, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, osteoporosis, and neoplasms are similar between the 2 groups.7

HEART INVOLVEMENT HAS SERIOUS CONSEQUENCES

Overt cardiac involvement in systemic sclerosis is associated with a mortality rate of up to 70% over 5 years,8,9 and about one-fourth of deaths in patients with systemic sclerosis are from cardiac causes.10,11 Studies in Europe10,12 showed that many patients with systemic sclerosis have cardiac involvement detectable by magnetic resonance imaging even if they do not have clinical disease. Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a complication of both subtypes of systemic sclerosis and portends a higher risk of death.8

Thus, it is critical for clinicians to understand the potential comorbid conditions associated with systemic sclerosis, particularly the cardiovascular ones, and to work closely with cardiologists to help optimize the evaluation and management.

MECHANISMS OF CARDIAC DISEASE IN SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS

mani_cvcomplicationssystemicsclerosis_f1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Mechanisms%20of%20cardiac%20and%20vascular%20involvement%20in%20systemic%20sclerosis.%3C%2Fp%3E
Microvascular disease in systemic sclerosis is primarily driven by endothelial cell activation and injury, leading to overexpression of adhesion molecules, recruitment of immune cells, intimal fibrosis, and fibroblast proliferation (Figure 1).13

Abnormal vasoreactivity, a consequence of an imbalance between endothelium-derived vasoconstrictors and vasodilators, defective angiogenesis, and endothelial injury, leads to tissue ischemia and vascular endothelial growth factor expression, which initiates injury and fibrosis in the myocardium and in other organs.14–17 Fibrosis involves the myocardium, pericardium, and conduction system.13,18

Myocardial involvement in systemic sclerosis is thought to be due mainly to abnormal vasoreactivity and microvascular abnormalities such as transient coronary artery spasm leading to repeated focal ischemia.19,20 Abnormal vasoreactivity has been demonstrated during cardiac catheterization21: while mean coronary sinus blood flow in systemic sclerosis patients was normal at rest, vasodilator reserve was significantly reduced in patients with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis after maximal vasodilation with dipyridamole. Additionally, endomyocardial biopsy showed fibrosis and concentric intimal hypertrophy with normal epicardial coronary arteries.21

More research into other mechanisms of cardiovascular disease in systemic sclerosis is needed to allow for better preventive care for these patients.

 

 

PULMONARY ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION

Systemic sclerosis can be associated with World Health Organization (WHO) groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 pulmonary hypertension. WHO group 1, called pulmonary arterial hypertension or PAH, is one of the most common cardiac complications of systemic sclerosis, with a reported prevalence as high as 12%.22 Systemic sclerosis-associated PAH carries a high mortality rate, with a mean survival of only 3 years.23

With advances in treatments for other complications of systemic sclerosis, the percentage of systemic sclerosis patients who die of PAH has increased from 6% to 33%.24

Compared with patients with idiopathic PAH, those with systemic sclerosis get less of a response from therapy and have poorer outcomes despite lower mean pulmonary artery pressures and similar reductions in cardiac index. However, recent studies have suggested that with aggressive treatment, patients with systemic sclerosis-related PAH can achieve outcomes similar to those with idiopathic PAH.25 Thus, recognizing this condition early is imperative.

Pulmonary arterial hypertension defined

PAH is defined as the combination of all of the following26:

  • Mean pulmonary artery pressure > 20 mm Hg at rest
  • Normal pulmonary capillary wedge pressure (≤ 15 mm Hg)
  • Pulmonary vascular resistance ≥ 3 Wood units on right heart catheterization.

Other causes of pulmonary hypertension such as interstitial lung disease, chronic pulmonary thromboembolic disease, and left heart disease must be excluded.24,27

Remodeling in the pulmonary arteries

The events that lead to PAH in systemic sclerosis remain unclear but are believed to involve initial inflammation or endothelial injury that leads to a dysequilibrium between proliferative mediators and antiproliferative vasodilators. This dysequilibrium, along with endothelial dysfunction, causes an obliterative vasculopathy in the pulmonary artery branches and arterioles. Sympathetic overactivity, hypoxemia, and ischemia-reperfusion injury additionally promote vascular proliferation, fibrosis, and remodeling, leading to increased pulmonary vascular resistance, PAH, and increased right ventricular pressures.23,27

The subtype of systemic sclerosis is an important factor in the development and progression of PAH. PAH appears to be the major cause of death in limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis, while interstitial lung disease is the major cause of death in diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis.28

Pulmonary arterial hypertension is a late complication of systemic sclerosis

Data from the South Australian Scleroderma Registry29 revealed that PAH tends to be a late complication of systemic sclerosis, occurring around 20 years after disease onset. In this study of 608 patients, no patient with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis developed PAH.

Systemic sclerosis-related PAH initially follows an indolent course with few symptoms until right ventricular function deteriorates. Early in the disease, patients may experience nonspecific symptoms of fatigue, lightheadedness, and dyspnea on exertion.23 As it progresses, they tend to have worsening dyspnea and may experience exertional syncope, palpitations, and chest pain.

Physical findings may suggest elevated right ventricular pressure and right ventricular failure; these include a loud P2, a prominent jugular a wave, a tricuspid regurgitant murmur, jugular venous distention, and lower-extremity edema.27

Screening for pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis

Significant signs and symptoms usually occur late in the disease; thus, it is important to appropriately screen patients who are at risk so that they can begin aggressive treatment.

Doppler echocardiography is recommended by European and American guidelines to screen for PAH in patients who have systemic sclerosis, and most agree that screening is appropriate even if the patient has no symptoms.30 European consensus documents recommend that transthoracic echocardiography be done annually for the first 5 years of disease and be continued every year in patients at high risk, ie, those with anticentromere antibodies, anti-Th/To antibodies, or interstitial lung disease. Patients not at high risk of developing pulmonary hypertension should also have regular transthoracic echocardiography, though the exact timing is not defined.31 While American societies have not issued corresponding recommendations, many experts follow the European recommendations.

Worrisome features on echocardiography in asymptomatic patients should be followed up with right heart catheterization to assess mean right ventricular pressure. These include:

  • Estimated right ventricular systolic pressure ≥ 40 mm Hg
  • Tricuspid regurgitant jet velocity > 2.8 m/s
  • Right atrial enlargement > 53 mm
  • Right ventricular enlargement (mid-cavity dimension > 35 mm).32

Although echocardiography is the most common form of screening, it gives only an estimate of right ventricular systolic pressure, which is imprecise. Other noninvasive markers are helpful and necessary to appropriately screen this population.

Diffusion capacity. The Itinerair study33 found that a diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide (DLCO) of 60% or higher has a high specificity in excluding PAH.

Uric acid has been found to be elevated in patients with systemic sclerosis-related PAH, and levels inversely correlate with 6-minute walking distance.34

Other predictors. N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP), left atrial volume, and the right ventricular myocardial performance index have also been shown to be independent predictors of PAH in patients with systemic sclerosis.35

An algorithm. The DETECT study36 enrolled patients at increased risk who had had systemic sclerosis longer than 3 years and a DLCO less than 60%. The investigators developed a 2-step algorithm to determine which patients should be referred for right heart catheterization to try to detect PAH earlier while minimizing the number of missed diagnoses and optimizing the use of invasive diagnostic right heart catheterization.

The first step was to assess serum values of anticentromere antibodies, NT-proBNP, and urate, and clinical features (telangiectasias), forced vital capacity, and electrocardiographic changes of right axis deviation to derive a prediction score. The second step was to assess surface echocardiographic features of the right atrial area and tricuspid regurgitation velocity.

This approach led to right heart catheterization in 62% of patients and was associated with a false-negative rate of 4%. Importantly, of the patients with PAH, 1 in 5 had no symptoms, and 33% had tricuspid regurgitation velocity less than 2.8 m/s. No single measurement performed well in isolation in this study.37

Thus, we recommend that, in addition to routine surface echocardiography, a multimodal approach be used that includes laboratory testing, clinical features, and electrocardiographic findings when screening this high-risk patient population.

 

 

ATHEROSCLEROTIC DISEASES

Although macrovascular disease has not typically been regarded as a significant systemic feature in systemic sclerosis, myocardial infarction and stroke are more common in patients with systemic sclerosis than in controls.38,39

Coronary artery disease in systemic sclerosis

Man et al38 reported that the incidence of myocardial infarction in patients with systemic sclerosis was 4.4 per 1,000 persons per year, and the incidence of stroke was 4.8 per 1,000 persons per year, compared with 2.5 per 1,000 persons per year for both myocardial infarction and stroke in healthy controls matched for age, sex, and time of entry.

The Australian Scleroderma Cohort Study39 found a 3-fold higher prevalence of coronary artery disease in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls after factoring in traditional risk factors.

Aviña-Zubieta et al,40 in a cohort of 1,239 systemic sclerosis patients, estimated a hazard ratio (HR) of 3.49 for myocardial infarction and 2.35 for stroke compared with age- and sex-matched controls. Not all of these events were related to macrovascular atherosclerosis—vasospasm and microvascular ischemia may have played significant roles in the etiology of clinical manifestations.

Studies of coronary atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis are limited. An autopsy study41 of 58 patients with systemic sclerosis and 58 controls matched for age, sex, and ethnicity found that the prevalence of atherosclerosis of small coronary arteries and arterioles was significantly higher in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls (17% vs 2%, P < .01). However, the prevalence of medium-vessel coronary atherosclerosis was similar (48% vs 43%).

Why patients with systemic sclerosis develop atherosclerosis has not yet been determined. Traditional risk factors such as hypertension, dyslipidemia, diabetes mellitus, and obesity are typically no more prevalent in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls,38,42 and thus do not explain the increased risk of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. There is some evidence that novel markers of atherosclerotic risk such as homocysteine,43 lipoprotein[a],44 and oxidized low-density lipoprotein45 are more prevalent in systemic sclerosis, but these results have not been substantiated in more extensive studies.

Peripheral artery disease

It remains unclear whether peripheral artery disease is more prevalent in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls.

Individual studies have shown mixed results in comparing carotid artery stenosis between systemic sclerosis patients and controls using carotid duplex ultrasonography,46 the ankle-brachial index,46–48 carotid intima-media thickness,49–54 and brachial flow-mediated dilation.51,53,55–58 A meta-analysis found that the carotid intima and media are significantly thicker in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls,59 and the magnitude of difference is similar to that in other groups at increased cardiovascular risk, such as those with rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes, and familial hypercholesterolemia.60–63

A meta-analysis of brachial artery findings showed significantly lower flow-mediated dilation in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls.64

Overall, given the inconsistency of study results, systemic sclerosis patients should be screened and managed as in other patients with peripheral artery disease, but the clinician should be aware that there may be a higher risk of peripheral artery disease in these patients.

RIGHT AND LEFT VENTRICULAR DYSFUNCTION

Many patients with systemic sclerosis have right ventricular dysfunction as a consequence of PAH.65 It is important to detect diastolic dysfunction in this population, as it may be an even stronger predictor of death than pulmonary hypertension on right heart catheterization (HR 3.7 vs 2.0).66

Fewer patients have left ventricular dysfunction. In a multicenter study of 570 systemic sclerosis patients, only 1.4% had left ventricular systolic dysfunction on echocardiography, though 22.6% had left ventricular hypertrophy and 17.7% had left ventricular diastolic dysfunction.67 In the European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) database, the prevalence of reduced left ventricular ejection fraction was 5.4%.68

Though traditional echocardiographic screening suggests the prevalence of left ventricular dysfunction in systemic sclerosis patients is low, cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) may be more sensitive than echocardiography for detecting subclinical myocardial involvement. Cardiac MRI has been shown to detect evidence of myocardial pathology (increased T2 signal, left ventricular thinning, pericardial effusion, reduced left ventricular and right ventricular ejection fraction, left ventricular diastolic dysfunction, and delayed myocardial contrast enhancement) in up to 75% of systemic sclerosis cases studied.69

Patients with systemic sclerosis should already be undergoing echocardiography every year to screen for PAH, and screening should also include tissue Doppler imaging to detect various forms of left and right ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction that may not be clinically apparent.

Though cardiac MRI can provide useful additional information, it is not currently recommended for routine screening in patients with systemic sclerosis.

 

 

ARRHYTHMIAS AND CONDUCTION DEFECTS

Patients with systemic sclerosis are prone to arrhythmias due to both conduction system fibrosis and myocardial damage.

Arrhythmias accounted for 6% of the deaths in the EULAR Scleroderma Trials and Research (EUSTAR) database.11

In the Genetics Versus Environment in Scleroderma Outcome Study (GENISOS),70  250 patients who had had systemic sclerosis for at least 3 years were studied during a period of approximately 6 years, during which there were 52 deaths, 29 of which were directly attributable to systemic sclerosis. Multivariable Cox modeling showed that 7 variables predicted mortality:

  • Body mass index < 18.5 kg/m2
  • Age ≥ 65
  • Forced vital capacity < 50% predicted
  • Systolic blood pressure ≥ 140 or diastolic blood pressure ≥ 90 mm Hg
  • Pulmonary fibrosis
  • Positive anticentromere antibodies
  • Cardiac arrhythmias.

The hazard ratio for death in patients with arrhythmias in this model was 2.18 (95% CI 1.05–4.50, P = .035). Thus, finding arrhythmias in systemic sclerosis patients can provide important prognostic information.

While resting electrocardiography in patients with systemic sclerosis  most commonly shows sinus rhythm, 24-hour electrocardiographic monitoring has revealed nonsustained supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias in a significant percentage.71,72 Although difficult to quantify in routine practice, parameters controlled by the autonomic nervous system including heart rate variability and heart rate turbulence have been shown to be impaired in systemic sclerosis, and these measures are associated with an increased risk of malignant arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death.73,74

Conduction abnormalities

Conduction abnormalities occur in one-fifth to one-third of patients with systemic sclerosis.75,76 The most common abnormal conduction finding is left bundle branch block, followed by first-degree atrioventricular block. High-degree atrioventricular block is uncommon,76 though a few case reports of complete heart block thought to be related to systemic sclerosis have been published.77–79 An autopsy study showed that the conduction system is relatively spared from myocardial changes seen in systemic sclerosis patients, and thus it is speculated that the conduction disturbances are a consequence of damaged myocardium rather than damage to conduction tissue.80

Given the array of electrophysiologic abnormalities that systemic sclerosis patients can have, it is critical to monitor all patients with routine (annual or biannual) electrocardiography; to take possible arrhythmia-related symptoms seriously; and to evaluate them with further workup such as Holter monitoring for 24 hours or even longer, event monitoring, exercise testing, or tilt-table testing.

PERICARDIAL DISEASE

Pericardial disease is clinically apparent in 5% to 16% of patients with systemic sclerosis81; patients with limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis have more pericardial disease than those with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis (30% vs 16%).82 Forty-one percent of systemic sclerosis patients have been shown to have pericardial effusion by echocardiography,81 but the effusions are typically small and rarely cause tamponade, though tamponade is associated with a poor prognosis.

Large pericardial effusions can develop before skin thickening and diagnosis of systemic sclerosis.81,83,84 Thus, systemic sclerosis should be considered in patients with pericardial effusions of unknown etiology.

In a small study,85 the pericardial fluid in systemic sclerosis was typically exudative, with lactate dehydrogenase greater than 200 U/L, a fluid-serum lactate dehydrogenase ratio greater than 0.6, and a fluid-serum total protein ratio greater than 0.5.

Pericardial effusion can be a sign of impending scleroderma renal crisis,86 and thus renal function should be carefully monitored in systemic sclerosis patients with pericardial effusion. Constrictive pericarditis and restrictive cardiomyopathy can rarely occur in systemic sclerosis and may more commonly present with symptoms.

Pericardial disease in systemic sclerosis should be treated in a standard fashion with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Corticosteroids are generally of limited benefit and should be avoided, especially in the setting of scleroderma renal crisis.81

VALVULAR HEART DISEASE

Based on limited studies, the prevalence of significant valvular heart disease in systemic sclerosis patients does not seem to be higher than that in the general population. While patients with systemic sclerosis and CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia) have been shown to have a higher frequency of mitral valve prolapse and mild mitral regurgitation,87,88 these abnormalities do not often progress in severity, and thus their clinical significance is limited.

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CARE OF SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS PATIENTS

It is important for physicians caring for patients with systemic sclerosis to be aware of its most common cardiac manifestations, including left and right ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction, pulmonary hypertension, conduction abnormalities, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathy.

Look for volume overload

On clinical examination, assess for clinical markers of volume overload such as distended neck veins, peripheral edema, or an abnormal blood pressure response to the Valsalva maneuver. These findings should prompt measurement of NT-proBNP,89 and may warrant prescription of a diuretic.

Electrocardiography to investigate arrhythmias

Electrocardiography should be done if patients describe symptoms of palpitations, and should also include continuous rhythm monitoring with Holter or event monitoring, depending on the frequency of symptoms. Otherwise, patients should routinely undergo electrocardiography once or twice a year.

Q waves are common in systemic sclerosis patients (especially those with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis), notably in the precordial leads, and can occur without coronary artery disease.90 Symptoms such as presyncope should be further investigated with Holter monitoring and tilt-table testing.

Assess, modify traditional risk factors

Subclinical atherosclerosis as detected by carotid intima-media thickness is as common in systemic sclerosis as in rheumatoid arthritis.61 However, traditional risk indices such as SCORE (Systematic Coronary Risk Evaluation), QRISK2, and the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association indices may underestimate risk in patients who have systemic sclerosis.

Strict hypertension control should be the goal for all systemic sclerosis patients. Though there are no specific guidelines on which antihypertensive medications are preferred, calcium channel blockers or angiotensin II receptor blockers, which are typically used to treat systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud phenomenon, may be appropriate.

Statins reduce vascular complications and are generally well tolerated in patients with systemic sclerosis.91,92 

Aspirin is not recommended for routine primary prevention in view of data suggesting that its benefits in diabetic patients are counterbalanced by increased bleeding risk.93

Echocardiography to detect pulmonary arterial hypertension

At this time, guidelines for monitoring for cardiovascular manifestations in systemic sclerosis patients are limited. The only well-defined ones are European consensus guidelines, which suggest annual transthoracic echocardiography for the first 5 years after systemic sclerosis is diagnosed and continued annual screening in patients at risk of developing PAH.31

We support this strategy, with annual screening for the first 5 years followed by surveillance echocardiography every 2 to 3 years unless there is a high risk of PAH. Specific attention should be paid to right ventricular diastolic function, right atrial volume, and right ventricular myocardial performance index.

Emerging data suggest that the addition of global longitudinal strain of ventricles to  routine echocardiography can help detect subclinical cardiac risk.94 Although further study is needed into the predictive value of global longitudinal strain, it is a low-cost and noninvasive addition to standard echocardiography that can help guide risk stratification, and thus we recommend that it be part of the echocardiographic examination for all systemic sclerosis patients.

Pulmonary function testing. In addition to screening for PAH with echocardiography, we recommend obtaining baseline pulmonary function tests, including DLCO, at the time systemic sclerosis is diagnosed, with repeat testing annually.

Magnetic resonance imaging

While echocardiography is the gold standard for monitoring systemic sclerosis patients, cardiovascular MRI may have a role in identifying those at higher risk of dangerous arrhythmias such as ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation. In addition to assessing ventricular function, MRI can detect myocardial inflammation, ischemia, and fibrosis that may predispose a patient to develop ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.95 Variables such as T1/T2 mapping, extracellular volume fraction, T2 signal ratio, and early vs late gadolinium enhancement can help identify patients who had past ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.96

Finding an increased risk of arrhythmias may prompt a conversation between the patient and the physician about the need for an implantable cardiac defibrillator.

If cardiac MRI is available and is reimbursed by the patient’s insurance carrier, physicians should strongly consider obtaining at least one baseline scan in systemic sclerosis patients to identify those at risk of highly fatal arrhythmias.

Teamwork is needed

Systemic sclerosis has not traditionally been associated with cardiovascular disease to the extent of other rheumatic conditions, but the cardiovascular system can be affected in various ways that can ultimately lead to an early death. These manifestations may be asymptomatic for long periods, and overt clinical disease portends a poorer prognosis.

Primary care physicians managing these patients should be aware of the cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis and should implement appropriate screening tests in conjunction with rheumatologists and cardiologists. It is also essential for general and subspecialty cardiologists to understand the broad spectrum of organ system involvement that can affect systemic sclerosis patients and to tailor their investigation and management recommendations accordingly. By designing a multidisciplinary approach to the treatment of systemic sclerosis patients, physicians can help to optimize cardiovascular risk modification in this vulnerable population.

References
  1. Maradit-Kremers H, Crowson CS, Nicola PJ, et al. Increased unrecognized coronary heart disease and sudden deaths in rheumatoid arthritis: a population-based cohort study. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52(2):402–411. doi:10.1002/art.20853
  2. Naranjo A, Sokka T, Descalzo MA, et al; QUEST-RA Group. Cardiovascular disease in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: results from the QUEST-RA study. Arthritis Res Ther 2008; 10(2):R30. doi:10.1186/ar2383
  3. Innala L, Möller B, Ljung L, et al. Cardiovascular events in early RA are a result of inflammatory burden and traditional risk factors: a five year prospective study. Arthritis Res Ther 2011; 13(4):R131. doi:10.1186/ar3442
  4. Barnes J, Mayes MD. Epidemiology of systemic sclerosis: incidence, prevalence, survival, risk factors, malignancy, and environmental triggers. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2012; 24(2):165–170. doi:10.1097/BOR.0b013e32834ff2e8
  5. Chifflot H, Fautrel B, Sordet C, Chatelus E, Sibilia J. Incidence and prevalence of systemic sclerosis: a systematic literature review. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2008; 37(4):223–235 doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2007.05.003
  6. Gabrielli A, Avvedimento EV, Krieg T. Scleroderma. N Engl J Med 2009; 360(19):1989–2003. doi:10.1056/NEJMra0806188
  7. Panopoulos S, Tektonidou M, Drosos AA, et al. Prevalence of comorbidities in systemic sclerosis versus rheumatoid arthritis: a comparative, multicenter, matched-cohort study. Arthritis Res Ther 2018; 20(1):267. doi:10.1186/s13075-018-1771-0
  8. Ferri C, Valentini G, Cozzi F, et al. Systemic sclerosis: demographic, clinical, and serologic features and survival in 1,012 Italian patients. Medicine (Baltimore) 2002; 81(8):139–153. doi:10.1097/00005792-200203000-00004
  9. Steen VD, Medsger TA Jr. Severe organ involvement in systemic sclerosis with diffuse scleroderma. Arthritis Rheum 2000; 43(11):2437–2444. doi:10.1002/1529-0131(200011)43:11<2437::AID-ANR10>3.0.CO;2-U
  10. Hachulla AL, Launay D, Gaxotte V, et al. Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in systemic sclerosis: a cross-sectional observational study of 52 patients. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68(12):1878–1884. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.095836
  11. Tyndall AJ, Bannert B, Vonk M, et al. Causes and risk factors for death in systemic sclerosis: a study from the EULAR Scleroderma Trials and Research (EUSTAR) database. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69(10):1809–1815. doi:10.1136/ard.2009.114264
  12. Nassenstein K, Breuckmann F, Huger M, et al. Detection of myocardial fibrosis in systemic sclerosis by contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging. Rofo 2008; 180(12):1054–1060. doi:10.1055/s-2008-1027864
  13. Psarras A, Soulaidopoulos S, Garyfallos A, Kitas G, Dimitroulas T. A critical view on cardiovascular risk in systemic sclerosis. Rheumatol Int 2017; 37(1):85–95. doi:10.1007/s00296-016-3530-3
  14. Lekakis J, Mavrikakis M, Emmanuel M, et al. Cold-induced coronary Raynaud’s phenomenon in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Exp Rheumatol 1998; 16(2):135–140. pmid:9536388
  15. Altorok N, Wang Y, Kahaleh B. Endothelial dysfunction in systemic sclerosis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2014; 26(6):615–620. doi:10.1097/BOR.0000000000000112
  16. Fleming JN, Nash RA, Mahoney WM Jr, Schwartz SM. Is scleroderma a vasculopathy? Curr Rheumatol Rep 2009; 11(2):103–110. pmid:19296882
  17. Maurer B, Distler A, Suliman YA, et al. Vascular endothelial growth factor aggravates fibrosis and vasculopathy in experimental models of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2014; 73(10):1880–1887. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2013-203535
  18. Meune C, Vignaux O, Kahan A, Allanore Y. Heart involvement in systemic sclerosis: evolving concept and diagnostic methodologies. Arch Cardiovasc Dis 2010; 103(1):46–52. doi:10.1016/j.acvd.2009.06.009
  19. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Karvounis H, Garyfallos A, Settas L, Kitas GD. Micro- and macrovascular treatment targets in scleroderma heart disease. Curr Pharm Des 2014; 20(4):536–544. pmid:23565639
  20. Allanore Y, Meune C. Primary myocardial involvement in systemic sclerosis: evidence for a microvascular origin. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2010; 28(5 suppl 62):S48–S53. pmid:21050545
  21. Kahan A, Nitenberg A, Foult JM, et al. Decreased coronary reserve in primary scleroderma myocardial disease. Arthritis Rheum 1985; 28(6):637–646. pmid:4004974
  22. Morrisroe K, Stevens W, Sahhar J, et al. Epidemiology and disease characteristics of systemic sclerosis-related pulmonary arterial hypertension: results from a real-life screening program. Arthritis Res Ther 2017; 19(1):42. doi:10.1186/s13075-017-1250-z
  23. Chaisson NF, Hassoun PM. Systemic sclerosis-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2013; 144(4):1346–1356. doi:10.1378/chest.12-2396
  24. Steen VD, Medsger TA. Changes in causes of death in systemic sclerosis, 1972–2002. Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66(7):940–944. doi:10.1136/ard.2006.066068
  25. Coghlan JG, Galiè N, Barberà JA, et al; AMBITION investigators. Initial combination therapy with ambrisentan and tadalafil in connective tissue disease-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension (CTD-PAH): subgroup analysis from the AMBITION trial. Ann Rheum Dis 2017; 76(7):1219–1227. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2016-210236
  26. Simonneau G, Montani D, Celermajer DS, et al. Haemodynamic definitions and updated clinical classification of pulmonary hypertension. Eur Respir J 2019; 53(1):1801913. doi:10.1183/13993003.01913-2018
  27. Chatterjee S. Pulmonary hypertension in systemic sclerosis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2011; 41(1):19–37. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2010.08.004
  28. Sweiss NJ, Hushaw L, Thenappan T, et al. Diagnosis and management of pulmonary hypertension in systemic sclerosis. Curr Rheumatol Rep 2010; 12(1):8–18. doi:10.1007/s11926-009-0078-1
  29. Cox SR, Walker JG, Coleman M, et al. Isolated pulmonary hypertension in scleroderma. Intern Med J 2005; 35(1):28–33. doi:10.1111/j.1445-5994.2004.00646.x
  30. Sánchez-Román J, Opitz CF, Kowal-Bielecka O, García-Hernández FJ, Castillo-Palma MJ, Pittrow D; EPOSS-OMERACT Group. Screening for PAH in patients with systemic sclerosis: focus on Doppler echocardiography. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2008; 47(suppl 5):v33–v35. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/ken306
  31. Walker KM, Pope J; Scleroderma Clinical Trials Consortium; Canadian Scleroderma Research Group. Expert agreement on EULAR/EUSTAR recommendations for the management of systemic sclerosis. J Rheumatol 2011; 38(7):1326–1328. doi:10.3899/jrheum.101262
  32. Khanna D, Gladue H, Channick R, et al; Scleroderma Foundation and Pulmonary Hypertension Association. Recommendations for screening and detection of connective tissue disease-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension. Arthritis Rheum 2013; 65(12):3194–3201. doi:10.1002/art.38172
  33. Hachulla E, Gressin V, Guillevin L, et al. Early detection of pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis: a French nationwide prospective multicenter study. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52(12):3792–3800. doi:10.1002/art.21433
  34. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Dimitroula H, et al. Significance of serum uric acid in pulmonary hypertension due to systemic sclerosis: a pilot study. Rheumatol Int 2011; 31(2):263–267. doi:10.1007/s00296-010-1557-4
  35. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Papadopoulou K, et al. Left atrial volume and N-terminal pro-B type natriuretic peptide are associated with elevated pulmonary artery pressure in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Rheumatol 2010; 29(9):957–964. doi:10.1007/s10067-010-1494-3
  36. Coghlan JG, Denton CP, Grünig E, et al; DETECT study group. Evidence-based detection of pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis: the DETECT study. Ann Rheum Dis 2014; 73(7):1340–1349. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2013-203301
  37. Schwaiger JP, Khanna D, Gerry Coghlan J. Screening patients with scleroderma for pulmonary arterial hypertension and implications for other at-risk populations. Eur Respir Rev 2013; 22(130):515–525. doi:10.1183/09059180.00006013
  38. Man A, Zhu Y, Zhang Y, et al. The risk of cardiovascular disease in systemic sclerosis: a population-based cohort study. Ann Rheum Dis 2013; 72(7):1188–1193. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2012-202007
  39. Ngian G-S, Sahhar J, Proudman SM, Stevens W, Wicks IP, Van Doornum S. Prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular risk factors in a national cross-sectional cohort study of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(12):1980–1983. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201176
  40. Aviña-Zubieta JA, Man A, Yurkovich M, Huang K, Sayre EC, Choi HK. Early cardiovascular disease after the diagnosis of systemic sclerosis. Am J Med 2016; 29(3):324–331. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.10.037
  41. D’Angelo WA, Fries JF, Masi AT, Shulman LE. Pathologic observations in systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). A study of fifty-eight autopsy cases and fifty-eight matched controls. Am J Med 1969; 46(3):428–440. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(69)90044-8
  42. Ngian GS, Sahhar J, Proudman SM, Stevens W, Wicks IP, Van Doornum S. Prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular risk factors in a national cross-sectional cohort study of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(12):1980–1983. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201176
  43. Khurma V, Meyer C, Park GS, et al. A pilot study of subclinical coronary atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: coronary artery calcification in cases and controls. Arthritis Rheum 2008; 59(4):591–597. doi:10.1002/art.23540
  44. Lippi G, Caramaschi P, Montagnana M, Salvagno GL, Volpe A, Guidi G. Lipoprotein[a] and the lipid profile in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Chim Acta 2006; 364(1–2):345–348. doi:10.1016/j.cca.2005.07.015
  45. Palinski W, Hörkkö S, Miller E, et al. Cloning of monoclonal autoantibodies to epitopes of oxidized lipoproteins from apolipoprotein E-deficient mice. Demonstration of epitopes of oxidized low density lipoprotein in human plasma. J Clin Invest 1996; 98(3):800–814. doi:10.1172/JCI118853
  46. Ho M, Veale D, Eastmond C, Nuki G, Belch J. Macrovascular disease and systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2000; 59(1):39–43. doi:10.1136/ard.59.1.39
  47. Kaloudi O, Basta G, Perfetto F, et al. Circulating levels of Ne-(carboxymethyl)lysine are increased in systemic sclerosis. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46(3):412–416. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kel076
  48. Muro Y, Sugiura K, Morita Y, Tomita Y. An evaluation of the efficacy of the toe brachial index measuring vascular involvement in systemic sclerosis and other connective tissue diseases. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2009; 27(3 suppl 54):26–31. pmid:19796558
  49. Cheng K-S, Tiwari A, Boutin A, et al. Differentiation of primary and secondary Raynaud’s disease by carotid arterial stiffness. Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg 2003; 25(4):336–341. doi:10.1053/ejvs.2002.1845
  50. Kawasaki M, Ito Y, Yokoyama H, et al. Assessment of arterial medial characteristics in human carotid arteries using integrated backscatter ultrasound and its histological implications. Atherosclerosis 2005; 180(1):145–154. doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2004.11.018
  51. Szucs G, Tímár O, Szekanecz Z, et al. Endothelial dysfunction precedes atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis—relevance for prevention of vascular complications. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46(5):759–762. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kel426
  52. Hettema ME, Zhang D, de Leeuw K, et al. Early atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis and its relation to disease or traditional risk factors. Arthritis Res Ther 2008;10(2):R49. doi:10.1186/ar2408
  53. Roustit M, Simmons GH, Baguet JP, Carpentier P, Cracowski JL. Discrepancy between simultaneous digital skin microvascular and brachial artery macrovascular post-occlusive hyperemia in systemic sclerosis. J Rheumatol 2008; 35(8):1576–1583. pmid:18597404
  54. Vettori S, Maresca L, Cuomo G, Abbadessa S, Leonardo G, Valentini G. Clinical and subclinical atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: consequences of previous corticosteroid treatment. Scand J Rheumatol 2010; 39(6):485–489. doi:10.3109/03009741003781985
  55. Lekakis J, Mavrikakis M, Papamichael C, et al. Short-term estrogen administration improves abnormal endothelial function in women with systemic sclerosis and Raynaud’s phenomenon. Am Heart J 1998; 136(5):905–912. doi:10.1016/s0002-8703(98)70137-1
  56. Bartoli F, Blagojevic J, Bacci M, et al. Flow-mediated vasodilation and carotid intima-media thickness in systemic sclerosis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2007; 1108:283–290. doi:10.1196/annals.1422.030
  57. Rollando D, Bezante GP, Sulli A, et al. Brachial artery endothelial-dependent flow-mediated dilation identifies early-stage endothelial dysfunction in systemic sclerosis and correlates with nailfold microvascular impairment. J Rheumatol 2010; 37(6):1168–1173. doi:10.3899/jrheum.091116
  58. Andersen GN, Mincheva-Nilsson L, Kazzam E, et al. Assessment of vascular function in systemic sclerosis: indications of the development of nitrate tolerance as a result of enhanced endothelial nitric oxide production. Arthritis Rheum 2002; 46(5):1324–1332. doi:10.1002/art.10191
  59. Au K, Singh MK, Bodukam V, et al. Atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Arthritis Rheum 2011; 63(7):2078–2090. doi:10.1002/art.30380
  60. van Sijl AM, Peters MJ, Knol DK, et al. Carotid intima media thickness in rheumatoid arthritis as compared to control subjects: a meta-analysis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2011; 40(5):389–397. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2010.06.006
  61. Brohall G, Odén A, Fagerberg B. Carotid artery intima-media thickness in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and impaired glucose tolerance: a systematic review. Diabet Med 2006; 23(6):609–616. doi:10.1111/j.1464-5491.2005.01725.x
  62. Masoura C, Pitsavos C, Aznaouridis K, Skoumas I, Vlachopoulos C, Stefanadis C. Arterial endothelial function and wall thickness in familial hypercholesterolemia and familial combined hyperlipidemia and the effect of statins. A systematic review and meta-analysis. Atherosclerosis 2011; 214(1):129–138. doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2010.10.008
  63. Ozen G, Inanc N, Unal AU, et al. Subclinical atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: not less frequent than rheumatoid arthritis and not detected with cardiovascular risk indices. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken) 2016; 68(10):1538–1546. doi:10.1002/acr.22852
  64. Inaba Y, Chen JA, Bergmann SR. Prediction of future cardiovascular outcomes by flow-mediated vasodilatation of brachial artery: a meta-analysis. Int J Cardiovasc Imaging 2010; 26(6):631–640. doi:10.1007/s10554-010-9616-1
  65. Meune C, Avouac J, Wahbi K, et al. Cardiac involvement in systemic sclerosis assessed by tissue-doppler echocardiography during routine care: a controlled study of 100 consecutive patients. Arthritis Rheum 2008; 58(6):1803–1809. doi:10.1002/art.23463
  66. Tennøe AH, Murbræch K, Andreassen JC, et al. Left ventricular diastolic dysfunction predicts mortality in patients with systemic sclerosis. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(15):1804–1813. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.068
  67. de Groote P, Gressin V, Hachulla E, et al; ItinerAIR-Scleroderma Investigators. Evaluation of cardiac abnormalities by Doppler echocardiography in a large nationwide multicentric cohort of patients with systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2008; 67(1):31–36. doi:10.1136/ard.2006.057760
  68. Allanore Y, Meune C, Vonk MC, et al; EUSTAR co-authors. Prevalence and factors associated with left ventricular dysfunction in the EULAR Scleroderma Trial and Research group (EUSTAR) database of patients with systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69(1):218–221. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.103382
  69. Hachulla AL, Launay D, Gaxotte V, et al. Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in systemic sclerosis: a cross-sectional observational study of 52 patients. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68(12):1878–1884. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.095836
  70. Assassi S, Del Junco D, Sutter K, et al. Clinical and genetic factors predictive of mortality in early systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 61(10):1403–1411. doi:10.1002/art.24734
  71. Rokas S, Mavrikakis M, Agrios N, Mylonas D, Antoniadou L, Moulopoulos S. Electrophysiologic abnormalities of cardiac function in progressive systemic sclerosis. J Electrocardiol 1996; 29(1):17–25. pmid:8808521
  72. Kostis JB, Seibold JR, Turkevich D, et al. Prognostic importance of cardiac arrhythmias in systemic sclerosis. Am J Med 1988; 84(6):1007–1015. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(88)90305-1
  73. Biełous-Wilk A, Poreba M, Staniszewska-Marszałek E, et al. Electrocardiographic evaluation in patients with systemic scleroderma and without clinically evident heart disease. Ann Noninvasive Electrocardiol 2009; 14(3):251–257. doi:10.1111/j.1542-474X.2009.00306.x
  74. Bienias P, Ciurzynski M, Glinska-Wielochowska M, et al. Heart rate turbulence assessment in systemic sclerosis: the role for the detection of cardiac autonomic nervous system dysfunction. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2010; 49(2):355–360. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kep394
  75. Ferri C, Bernini L, Bongiorni MG, et al. Noninvasive evaluation of cardiac dysrhythmias, and their relationship with multisystemic symptoms, in progressive systemic sclerosis patients. Arthritis Rheum 1985; 28(11):1259–1266. pmid:4063000
  76. Roberts NK, Cabeen WR, Moss J, Clements PJ, Furst DE. The prevalence of conduction defects and cardiac arrhythmias in progressive systemic sclerosis. Ann Intern Med 1981; 94(1):38–40. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-94-1-38
  77. Wang Q, Shang Y, Li S, Wu Y, Wang C, Yan X. Complete heart block in systemic sclerosis: a case report and literature review. Medicine (Baltimore) 2018; 97(46):e13226. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000013226
  78. Summerfield BJ. Progressive systemic sclerosis with complete heart block. Br Heart J 1975; 37(12):1308–1310. doi:10.1136/hrt.37.12.1308
  79. Moyssakis I, Papadopoulos DP, Tzioufas AG, Votteas V. Complete heart block in a patient with systemic sclerosis. Clin Rheumatol 2006; 25(4):551–552. doi:10.1007/s10067-005-0068-2
  80. Ridolfi RL, Bulkley BH, Hutchins GM. The cardiac conduction system in progressive systemic sclerosis. Clinical and pathologic features of 35 patients. Am J Med 1976; 61(3):361–366. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(76)90373-9
  81. Champion HC. The heart in scleroderma. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2008; 34(1):181–190. doi:10.1016/j.rdc.2007.12.002
  82. Gowda RM, Khan IA, Sacchi TJ, Vasavada BC. Scleroderma pericardial disease presented with a large pericardial effusion—a case report. Angiology 2001; 52(1):59–62. doi:10.1177/000331970105200108
  83. Meier FMP, Frommer KW, Dinser R, et al; EUSTAR Co-authors. Update on the profile of the EUSTAR cohort: an analysis of the EULAR scleroderma trials and research group database. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(8):1355–1360. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-200742
  84. Subramanian SR, Akram R, Velayati A, Chadow H. New development of cardiac tamponade on underlying effusive-constrictive pericarditis: an uncommon initial presentation of scleroderma. BMJ Case Rep 2013; 2013. doi:10.1136/bcr-2013-010254
  85. Kitchongcharoenying P, Foocharoen C, Mahakkanukrauh A, Suwannaroj S, Nanagara R. Pericardial fluid profiles of pericardial effusion in systemic sclerosis patients. Asian Pac J Allergy Immunol 2013; 31(4):314–319. doi:10.12932/AP0305.31.4.2013
  86. McWhorter JE, LeRoy EC. Pericardial disease in scleroderma (systemic sclerosis). Am J Med 1974; 57(4):566–575. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(74)90008-4
  87. Comens SM, Alpert MA, Sharp GC, et al. Frequency of mitral valve prolapse in systemic lupus erythematosus, progressive systemic sclerosis and mixed connective tissue disease. Am J Cardiol 1989; 63(5):369–370. doi:10.1016/0002-9149(89)90351-2
  88. Candell-Riera J, Armadans-Gil L, Simeón CP, et al. Comprehensive noninvasive assessment of cardiac involvement in limited systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 1996; 39(7):1138–1145. pmid:8670322
  89. Caforio ALP, Adler Y, Agostini C, et al. Diagnosis and management of myocardial involvement in systemic immune-mediated diseases: a position statement of the European Society of Cardiology Working Group on Myocardial and Pericardial Disease. Eur Heart J 2017; 38(35):2649–2662. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehx321
  90. Mavrogeni S, Karabela G, Koutsogeorgopoulou L, et al. Pseudo-infarction pattern in diffuse systemic sclerosis. Evaluation using cardiovascular magnetic resonance. Int J Cardiol 2016; 214:465–468. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2016.03.235
  91. Ladak K, Pope JE. A review of the effects of statins in systemic sclerosis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2016; 45(6):698–705. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2015.10.013
  92. Abou-Raya A, Abou-Raya S, Helmii M. Statins: potentially useful in therapy of systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud’s phenomenon and digital ulcers. J Rheumatol 2008; 35(9):1801–1808. pmid:18709692
  93. ASCEND Study Collaborative Group; Bowman L, Mafham M, Wallendszus K, et al. Effects of aspirin for primary prevention in persons with diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2018; 379(16):1529–1539. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1804988
  94. Guerra F, Stronati G, Fischietti C, et al. Global longitudinal strain measured by speckle tracking identifies subclinical heart involvement in patients with systemic sclerosis. Eur J Prev Cardiol 2018; 25(15):1598–1606. doi:10.1177/2047487318786315
  95. Mavrogeni SI, Sfikakis PP, Dimitroulas T, et al. Prospects of using cardiovascular magnetic resonance in the identification of arrhythmogenic substrate in autoimmune rheumatic diseases. Rheumatol Int 2018; 38(9):1615–1621. doi:10.1007/s00296-018-4110-5
  96. Mavrogeni SI, Sfikakis PP, Markousis-Mavrogenis G, et al. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging pattern in patients with autoimmune rheumatic diseases and ventricular tachycardia with preserved ejection fraction. Int J Cardiol 2019; 284:105–109. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2018.10.067
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Preethi Mani, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 

Danny Gonzalez, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic 

Soumya Chatterjee, MD, MS, FRCP
Department of Rheumatic and Immunologic Diseases, Cleveland Clinic; Associate Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Michael D. Faulx, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 

Address: Preethi Mani, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; manip@ccf.org; pmani87@gmail.com

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
685-695
Legacy Keywords
systemic sclerosis, heart, cardiovascular complications, pulmonary hypertension, PH, pulmonary arterial hypertension, PAH, atherosclerosis, heart failure, arrhythmias, pericardial disease, valvular heart disease, CREST syndrome, fibrosis, fibroblast, echocardiography, NT-proBNP, right heart catheterization, DLCO, coronary artery disease, ventricular dysfunction, vasospasm, ischemia, conduction defects, GENISOS, Preethi Mani, Danny Gonzalez, Soumya Chatterjee, Michael Faulx
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Preethi Mani, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 

Danny Gonzalez, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic 

Soumya Chatterjee, MD, MS, FRCP
Department of Rheumatic and Immunologic Diseases, Cleveland Clinic; Associate Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Michael D. Faulx, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 

Address: Preethi Mani, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; manip@ccf.org; pmani87@gmail.com

Author and Disclosure Information

Preethi Mani, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 

Danny Gonzalez, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic 

Soumya Chatterjee, MD, MS, FRCP
Department of Rheumatic and Immunologic Diseases, Cleveland Clinic; Associate Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Michael D. Faulx, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 

Address: Preethi Mani, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; manip@ccf.org; pmani87@gmail.com

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Autoimmune rheumatic diseases increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. In rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus, the risk is driven primarily by the inflammatory milieu, leading to accelerated coronary and cerebrovascular atherosclerosis independent of traditional atherosclerotic risk factors.1–3 The extent of cardiovascular involvement in other rheumatologic diseases has been less well characterized but is an area of growing interest.

In this review, we focus on the cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis and review recommendations for monitoring these patients in clinical practice.

SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS, AN AUTOIMMUNE RHEUMATIC DISEASE

Systemic sclerosis is an autoimmune rheumatic disease characterized by excessive extracellular matrix deposition leading to diffuse fibrosis, endothelial dysfunction, and microvascular injury. It is most common in North America, Southern Europe, and Australia,4,5 and it affects women more than men in ratios ranging from 3:1 to 14:1.6 The mean age at diagnosis is around 50. 

The disease can affect the lungs (interstitial lung disease and pulmonary hypertension), the heart, the kidneys, and the gastrointestinal tract.

Systemic sclerosis has 2 main subtypes: limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis, formerly called CREST syndrome) and diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis. The limited cutaneous subtype is characterized by tightening of the skin of the distal extremities (below the elbows and knees) and face, while diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis can manifest as more extensive skin tightening also involving proximal extremities and the trunk. Both subtypes can have an effect on the cardiovascular system.

Some cardiovascular risk factors such as dyslipidemia, diabetes mellitus, and high body mass index are less common in patients with systemic sclerosis than in patients with rheumatoid arthritis, while the rates of arterial hypertension, smoking, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, osteoporosis, and neoplasms are similar between the 2 groups.7

HEART INVOLVEMENT HAS SERIOUS CONSEQUENCES

Overt cardiac involvement in systemic sclerosis is associated with a mortality rate of up to 70% over 5 years,8,9 and about one-fourth of deaths in patients with systemic sclerosis are from cardiac causes.10,11 Studies in Europe10,12 showed that many patients with systemic sclerosis have cardiac involvement detectable by magnetic resonance imaging even if they do not have clinical disease. Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a complication of both subtypes of systemic sclerosis and portends a higher risk of death.8

Thus, it is critical for clinicians to understand the potential comorbid conditions associated with systemic sclerosis, particularly the cardiovascular ones, and to work closely with cardiologists to help optimize the evaluation and management.

MECHANISMS OF CARDIAC DISEASE IN SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS

mani_cvcomplicationssystemicsclerosis_f1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Mechanisms%20of%20cardiac%20and%20vascular%20involvement%20in%20systemic%20sclerosis.%3C%2Fp%3E
Microvascular disease in systemic sclerosis is primarily driven by endothelial cell activation and injury, leading to overexpression of adhesion molecules, recruitment of immune cells, intimal fibrosis, and fibroblast proliferation (Figure 1).13

Abnormal vasoreactivity, a consequence of an imbalance between endothelium-derived vasoconstrictors and vasodilators, defective angiogenesis, and endothelial injury, leads to tissue ischemia and vascular endothelial growth factor expression, which initiates injury and fibrosis in the myocardium and in other organs.14–17 Fibrosis involves the myocardium, pericardium, and conduction system.13,18

Myocardial involvement in systemic sclerosis is thought to be due mainly to abnormal vasoreactivity and microvascular abnormalities such as transient coronary artery spasm leading to repeated focal ischemia.19,20 Abnormal vasoreactivity has been demonstrated during cardiac catheterization21: while mean coronary sinus blood flow in systemic sclerosis patients was normal at rest, vasodilator reserve was significantly reduced in patients with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis after maximal vasodilation with dipyridamole. Additionally, endomyocardial biopsy showed fibrosis and concentric intimal hypertrophy with normal epicardial coronary arteries.21

More research into other mechanisms of cardiovascular disease in systemic sclerosis is needed to allow for better preventive care for these patients.

 

 

PULMONARY ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION

Systemic sclerosis can be associated with World Health Organization (WHO) groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 pulmonary hypertension. WHO group 1, called pulmonary arterial hypertension or PAH, is one of the most common cardiac complications of systemic sclerosis, with a reported prevalence as high as 12%.22 Systemic sclerosis-associated PAH carries a high mortality rate, with a mean survival of only 3 years.23

With advances in treatments for other complications of systemic sclerosis, the percentage of systemic sclerosis patients who die of PAH has increased from 6% to 33%.24

Compared with patients with idiopathic PAH, those with systemic sclerosis get less of a response from therapy and have poorer outcomes despite lower mean pulmonary artery pressures and similar reductions in cardiac index. However, recent studies have suggested that with aggressive treatment, patients with systemic sclerosis-related PAH can achieve outcomes similar to those with idiopathic PAH.25 Thus, recognizing this condition early is imperative.

Pulmonary arterial hypertension defined

PAH is defined as the combination of all of the following26:

  • Mean pulmonary artery pressure > 20 mm Hg at rest
  • Normal pulmonary capillary wedge pressure (≤ 15 mm Hg)
  • Pulmonary vascular resistance ≥ 3 Wood units on right heart catheterization.

Other causes of pulmonary hypertension such as interstitial lung disease, chronic pulmonary thromboembolic disease, and left heart disease must be excluded.24,27

Remodeling in the pulmonary arteries

The events that lead to PAH in systemic sclerosis remain unclear but are believed to involve initial inflammation or endothelial injury that leads to a dysequilibrium between proliferative mediators and antiproliferative vasodilators. This dysequilibrium, along with endothelial dysfunction, causes an obliterative vasculopathy in the pulmonary artery branches and arterioles. Sympathetic overactivity, hypoxemia, and ischemia-reperfusion injury additionally promote vascular proliferation, fibrosis, and remodeling, leading to increased pulmonary vascular resistance, PAH, and increased right ventricular pressures.23,27

The subtype of systemic sclerosis is an important factor in the development and progression of PAH. PAH appears to be the major cause of death in limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis, while interstitial lung disease is the major cause of death in diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis.28

Pulmonary arterial hypertension is a late complication of systemic sclerosis

Data from the South Australian Scleroderma Registry29 revealed that PAH tends to be a late complication of systemic sclerosis, occurring around 20 years after disease onset. In this study of 608 patients, no patient with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis developed PAH.

Systemic sclerosis-related PAH initially follows an indolent course with few symptoms until right ventricular function deteriorates. Early in the disease, patients may experience nonspecific symptoms of fatigue, lightheadedness, and dyspnea on exertion.23 As it progresses, they tend to have worsening dyspnea and may experience exertional syncope, palpitations, and chest pain.

Physical findings may suggest elevated right ventricular pressure and right ventricular failure; these include a loud P2, a prominent jugular a wave, a tricuspid regurgitant murmur, jugular venous distention, and lower-extremity edema.27

Screening for pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis

Significant signs and symptoms usually occur late in the disease; thus, it is important to appropriately screen patients who are at risk so that they can begin aggressive treatment.

Doppler echocardiography is recommended by European and American guidelines to screen for PAH in patients who have systemic sclerosis, and most agree that screening is appropriate even if the patient has no symptoms.30 European consensus documents recommend that transthoracic echocardiography be done annually for the first 5 years of disease and be continued every year in patients at high risk, ie, those with anticentromere antibodies, anti-Th/To antibodies, or interstitial lung disease. Patients not at high risk of developing pulmonary hypertension should also have regular transthoracic echocardiography, though the exact timing is not defined.31 While American societies have not issued corresponding recommendations, many experts follow the European recommendations.

Worrisome features on echocardiography in asymptomatic patients should be followed up with right heart catheterization to assess mean right ventricular pressure. These include:

  • Estimated right ventricular systolic pressure ≥ 40 mm Hg
  • Tricuspid regurgitant jet velocity > 2.8 m/s
  • Right atrial enlargement > 53 mm
  • Right ventricular enlargement (mid-cavity dimension > 35 mm).32

Although echocardiography is the most common form of screening, it gives only an estimate of right ventricular systolic pressure, which is imprecise. Other noninvasive markers are helpful and necessary to appropriately screen this population.

Diffusion capacity. The Itinerair study33 found that a diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide (DLCO) of 60% or higher has a high specificity in excluding PAH.

Uric acid has been found to be elevated in patients with systemic sclerosis-related PAH, and levels inversely correlate with 6-minute walking distance.34

Other predictors. N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP), left atrial volume, and the right ventricular myocardial performance index have also been shown to be independent predictors of PAH in patients with systemic sclerosis.35

An algorithm. The DETECT study36 enrolled patients at increased risk who had had systemic sclerosis longer than 3 years and a DLCO less than 60%. The investigators developed a 2-step algorithm to determine which patients should be referred for right heart catheterization to try to detect PAH earlier while minimizing the number of missed diagnoses and optimizing the use of invasive diagnostic right heart catheterization.

The first step was to assess serum values of anticentromere antibodies, NT-proBNP, and urate, and clinical features (telangiectasias), forced vital capacity, and electrocardiographic changes of right axis deviation to derive a prediction score. The second step was to assess surface echocardiographic features of the right atrial area and tricuspid regurgitation velocity.

This approach led to right heart catheterization in 62% of patients and was associated with a false-negative rate of 4%. Importantly, of the patients with PAH, 1 in 5 had no symptoms, and 33% had tricuspid regurgitation velocity less than 2.8 m/s. No single measurement performed well in isolation in this study.37

Thus, we recommend that, in addition to routine surface echocardiography, a multimodal approach be used that includes laboratory testing, clinical features, and electrocardiographic findings when screening this high-risk patient population.

 

 

ATHEROSCLEROTIC DISEASES

Although macrovascular disease has not typically been regarded as a significant systemic feature in systemic sclerosis, myocardial infarction and stroke are more common in patients with systemic sclerosis than in controls.38,39

Coronary artery disease in systemic sclerosis

Man et al38 reported that the incidence of myocardial infarction in patients with systemic sclerosis was 4.4 per 1,000 persons per year, and the incidence of stroke was 4.8 per 1,000 persons per year, compared with 2.5 per 1,000 persons per year for both myocardial infarction and stroke in healthy controls matched for age, sex, and time of entry.

The Australian Scleroderma Cohort Study39 found a 3-fold higher prevalence of coronary artery disease in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls after factoring in traditional risk factors.

Aviña-Zubieta et al,40 in a cohort of 1,239 systemic sclerosis patients, estimated a hazard ratio (HR) of 3.49 for myocardial infarction and 2.35 for stroke compared with age- and sex-matched controls. Not all of these events were related to macrovascular atherosclerosis—vasospasm and microvascular ischemia may have played significant roles in the etiology of clinical manifestations.

Studies of coronary atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis are limited. An autopsy study41 of 58 patients with systemic sclerosis and 58 controls matched for age, sex, and ethnicity found that the prevalence of atherosclerosis of small coronary arteries and arterioles was significantly higher in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls (17% vs 2%, P < .01). However, the prevalence of medium-vessel coronary atherosclerosis was similar (48% vs 43%).

Why patients with systemic sclerosis develop atherosclerosis has not yet been determined. Traditional risk factors such as hypertension, dyslipidemia, diabetes mellitus, and obesity are typically no more prevalent in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls,38,42 and thus do not explain the increased risk of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. There is some evidence that novel markers of atherosclerotic risk such as homocysteine,43 lipoprotein[a],44 and oxidized low-density lipoprotein45 are more prevalent in systemic sclerosis, but these results have not been substantiated in more extensive studies.

Peripheral artery disease

It remains unclear whether peripheral artery disease is more prevalent in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls.

Individual studies have shown mixed results in comparing carotid artery stenosis between systemic sclerosis patients and controls using carotid duplex ultrasonography,46 the ankle-brachial index,46–48 carotid intima-media thickness,49–54 and brachial flow-mediated dilation.51,53,55–58 A meta-analysis found that the carotid intima and media are significantly thicker in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls,59 and the magnitude of difference is similar to that in other groups at increased cardiovascular risk, such as those with rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes, and familial hypercholesterolemia.60–63

A meta-analysis of brachial artery findings showed significantly lower flow-mediated dilation in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls.64

Overall, given the inconsistency of study results, systemic sclerosis patients should be screened and managed as in other patients with peripheral artery disease, but the clinician should be aware that there may be a higher risk of peripheral artery disease in these patients.

RIGHT AND LEFT VENTRICULAR DYSFUNCTION

Many patients with systemic sclerosis have right ventricular dysfunction as a consequence of PAH.65 It is important to detect diastolic dysfunction in this population, as it may be an even stronger predictor of death than pulmonary hypertension on right heart catheterization (HR 3.7 vs 2.0).66

Fewer patients have left ventricular dysfunction. In a multicenter study of 570 systemic sclerosis patients, only 1.4% had left ventricular systolic dysfunction on echocardiography, though 22.6% had left ventricular hypertrophy and 17.7% had left ventricular diastolic dysfunction.67 In the European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) database, the prevalence of reduced left ventricular ejection fraction was 5.4%.68

Though traditional echocardiographic screening suggests the prevalence of left ventricular dysfunction in systemic sclerosis patients is low, cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) may be more sensitive than echocardiography for detecting subclinical myocardial involvement. Cardiac MRI has been shown to detect evidence of myocardial pathology (increased T2 signal, left ventricular thinning, pericardial effusion, reduced left ventricular and right ventricular ejection fraction, left ventricular diastolic dysfunction, and delayed myocardial contrast enhancement) in up to 75% of systemic sclerosis cases studied.69

Patients with systemic sclerosis should already be undergoing echocardiography every year to screen for PAH, and screening should also include tissue Doppler imaging to detect various forms of left and right ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction that may not be clinically apparent.

Though cardiac MRI can provide useful additional information, it is not currently recommended for routine screening in patients with systemic sclerosis.

 

 

ARRHYTHMIAS AND CONDUCTION DEFECTS

Patients with systemic sclerosis are prone to arrhythmias due to both conduction system fibrosis and myocardial damage.

Arrhythmias accounted for 6% of the deaths in the EULAR Scleroderma Trials and Research (EUSTAR) database.11

In the Genetics Versus Environment in Scleroderma Outcome Study (GENISOS),70  250 patients who had had systemic sclerosis for at least 3 years were studied during a period of approximately 6 years, during which there were 52 deaths, 29 of which were directly attributable to systemic sclerosis. Multivariable Cox modeling showed that 7 variables predicted mortality:

  • Body mass index < 18.5 kg/m2
  • Age ≥ 65
  • Forced vital capacity < 50% predicted
  • Systolic blood pressure ≥ 140 or diastolic blood pressure ≥ 90 mm Hg
  • Pulmonary fibrosis
  • Positive anticentromere antibodies
  • Cardiac arrhythmias.

The hazard ratio for death in patients with arrhythmias in this model was 2.18 (95% CI 1.05–4.50, P = .035). Thus, finding arrhythmias in systemic sclerosis patients can provide important prognostic information.

While resting electrocardiography in patients with systemic sclerosis  most commonly shows sinus rhythm, 24-hour electrocardiographic monitoring has revealed nonsustained supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias in a significant percentage.71,72 Although difficult to quantify in routine practice, parameters controlled by the autonomic nervous system including heart rate variability and heart rate turbulence have been shown to be impaired in systemic sclerosis, and these measures are associated with an increased risk of malignant arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death.73,74

Conduction abnormalities

Conduction abnormalities occur in one-fifth to one-third of patients with systemic sclerosis.75,76 The most common abnormal conduction finding is left bundle branch block, followed by first-degree atrioventricular block. High-degree atrioventricular block is uncommon,76 though a few case reports of complete heart block thought to be related to systemic sclerosis have been published.77–79 An autopsy study showed that the conduction system is relatively spared from myocardial changes seen in systemic sclerosis patients, and thus it is speculated that the conduction disturbances are a consequence of damaged myocardium rather than damage to conduction tissue.80

Given the array of electrophysiologic abnormalities that systemic sclerosis patients can have, it is critical to monitor all patients with routine (annual or biannual) electrocardiography; to take possible arrhythmia-related symptoms seriously; and to evaluate them with further workup such as Holter monitoring for 24 hours or even longer, event monitoring, exercise testing, or tilt-table testing.

PERICARDIAL DISEASE

Pericardial disease is clinically apparent in 5% to 16% of patients with systemic sclerosis81; patients with limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis have more pericardial disease than those with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis (30% vs 16%).82 Forty-one percent of systemic sclerosis patients have been shown to have pericardial effusion by echocardiography,81 but the effusions are typically small and rarely cause tamponade, though tamponade is associated with a poor prognosis.

Large pericardial effusions can develop before skin thickening and diagnosis of systemic sclerosis.81,83,84 Thus, systemic sclerosis should be considered in patients with pericardial effusions of unknown etiology.

In a small study,85 the pericardial fluid in systemic sclerosis was typically exudative, with lactate dehydrogenase greater than 200 U/L, a fluid-serum lactate dehydrogenase ratio greater than 0.6, and a fluid-serum total protein ratio greater than 0.5.

Pericardial effusion can be a sign of impending scleroderma renal crisis,86 and thus renal function should be carefully monitored in systemic sclerosis patients with pericardial effusion. Constrictive pericarditis and restrictive cardiomyopathy can rarely occur in systemic sclerosis and may more commonly present with symptoms.

Pericardial disease in systemic sclerosis should be treated in a standard fashion with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Corticosteroids are generally of limited benefit and should be avoided, especially in the setting of scleroderma renal crisis.81

VALVULAR HEART DISEASE

Based on limited studies, the prevalence of significant valvular heart disease in systemic sclerosis patients does not seem to be higher than that in the general population. While patients with systemic sclerosis and CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia) have been shown to have a higher frequency of mitral valve prolapse and mild mitral regurgitation,87,88 these abnormalities do not often progress in severity, and thus their clinical significance is limited.

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CARE OF SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS PATIENTS

It is important for physicians caring for patients with systemic sclerosis to be aware of its most common cardiac manifestations, including left and right ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction, pulmonary hypertension, conduction abnormalities, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathy.

Look for volume overload

On clinical examination, assess for clinical markers of volume overload such as distended neck veins, peripheral edema, or an abnormal blood pressure response to the Valsalva maneuver. These findings should prompt measurement of NT-proBNP,89 and may warrant prescription of a diuretic.

Electrocardiography to investigate arrhythmias

Electrocardiography should be done if patients describe symptoms of palpitations, and should also include continuous rhythm monitoring with Holter or event monitoring, depending on the frequency of symptoms. Otherwise, patients should routinely undergo electrocardiography once or twice a year.

Q waves are common in systemic sclerosis patients (especially those with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis), notably in the precordial leads, and can occur without coronary artery disease.90 Symptoms such as presyncope should be further investigated with Holter monitoring and tilt-table testing.

Assess, modify traditional risk factors

Subclinical atherosclerosis as detected by carotid intima-media thickness is as common in systemic sclerosis as in rheumatoid arthritis.61 However, traditional risk indices such as SCORE (Systematic Coronary Risk Evaluation), QRISK2, and the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association indices may underestimate risk in patients who have systemic sclerosis.

Strict hypertension control should be the goal for all systemic sclerosis patients. Though there are no specific guidelines on which antihypertensive medications are preferred, calcium channel blockers or angiotensin II receptor blockers, which are typically used to treat systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud phenomenon, may be appropriate.

Statins reduce vascular complications and are generally well tolerated in patients with systemic sclerosis.91,92 

Aspirin is not recommended for routine primary prevention in view of data suggesting that its benefits in diabetic patients are counterbalanced by increased bleeding risk.93

Echocardiography to detect pulmonary arterial hypertension

At this time, guidelines for monitoring for cardiovascular manifestations in systemic sclerosis patients are limited. The only well-defined ones are European consensus guidelines, which suggest annual transthoracic echocardiography for the first 5 years after systemic sclerosis is diagnosed and continued annual screening in patients at risk of developing PAH.31

We support this strategy, with annual screening for the first 5 years followed by surveillance echocardiography every 2 to 3 years unless there is a high risk of PAH. Specific attention should be paid to right ventricular diastolic function, right atrial volume, and right ventricular myocardial performance index.

Emerging data suggest that the addition of global longitudinal strain of ventricles to  routine echocardiography can help detect subclinical cardiac risk.94 Although further study is needed into the predictive value of global longitudinal strain, it is a low-cost and noninvasive addition to standard echocardiography that can help guide risk stratification, and thus we recommend that it be part of the echocardiographic examination for all systemic sclerosis patients.

Pulmonary function testing. In addition to screening for PAH with echocardiography, we recommend obtaining baseline pulmonary function tests, including DLCO, at the time systemic sclerosis is diagnosed, with repeat testing annually.

Magnetic resonance imaging

While echocardiography is the gold standard for monitoring systemic sclerosis patients, cardiovascular MRI may have a role in identifying those at higher risk of dangerous arrhythmias such as ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation. In addition to assessing ventricular function, MRI can detect myocardial inflammation, ischemia, and fibrosis that may predispose a patient to develop ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.95 Variables such as T1/T2 mapping, extracellular volume fraction, T2 signal ratio, and early vs late gadolinium enhancement can help identify patients who had past ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.96

Finding an increased risk of arrhythmias may prompt a conversation between the patient and the physician about the need for an implantable cardiac defibrillator.

If cardiac MRI is available and is reimbursed by the patient’s insurance carrier, physicians should strongly consider obtaining at least one baseline scan in systemic sclerosis patients to identify those at risk of highly fatal arrhythmias.

Teamwork is needed

Systemic sclerosis has not traditionally been associated with cardiovascular disease to the extent of other rheumatic conditions, but the cardiovascular system can be affected in various ways that can ultimately lead to an early death. These manifestations may be asymptomatic for long periods, and overt clinical disease portends a poorer prognosis.

Primary care physicians managing these patients should be aware of the cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis and should implement appropriate screening tests in conjunction with rheumatologists and cardiologists. It is also essential for general and subspecialty cardiologists to understand the broad spectrum of organ system involvement that can affect systemic sclerosis patients and to tailor their investigation and management recommendations accordingly. By designing a multidisciplinary approach to the treatment of systemic sclerosis patients, physicians can help to optimize cardiovascular risk modification in this vulnerable population.

Autoimmune rheumatic diseases increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. In rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus, the risk is driven primarily by the inflammatory milieu, leading to accelerated coronary and cerebrovascular atherosclerosis independent of traditional atherosclerotic risk factors.1–3 The extent of cardiovascular involvement in other rheumatologic diseases has been less well characterized but is an area of growing interest.

In this review, we focus on the cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis and review recommendations for monitoring these patients in clinical practice.

SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS, AN AUTOIMMUNE RHEUMATIC DISEASE

Systemic sclerosis is an autoimmune rheumatic disease characterized by excessive extracellular matrix deposition leading to diffuse fibrosis, endothelial dysfunction, and microvascular injury. It is most common in North America, Southern Europe, and Australia,4,5 and it affects women more than men in ratios ranging from 3:1 to 14:1.6 The mean age at diagnosis is around 50. 

The disease can affect the lungs (interstitial lung disease and pulmonary hypertension), the heart, the kidneys, and the gastrointestinal tract.

Systemic sclerosis has 2 main subtypes: limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis, formerly called CREST syndrome) and diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis. The limited cutaneous subtype is characterized by tightening of the skin of the distal extremities (below the elbows and knees) and face, while diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis can manifest as more extensive skin tightening also involving proximal extremities and the trunk. Both subtypes can have an effect on the cardiovascular system.

Some cardiovascular risk factors such as dyslipidemia, diabetes mellitus, and high body mass index are less common in patients with systemic sclerosis than in patients with rheumatoid arthritis, while the rates of arterial hypertension, smoking, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, osteoporosis, and neoplasms are similar between the 2 groups.7

HEART INVOLVEMENT HAS SERIOUS CONSEQUENCES

Overt cardiac involvement in systemic sclerosis is associated with a mortality rate of up to 70% over 5 years,8,9 and about one-fourth of deaths in patients with systemic sclerosis are from cardiac causes.10,11 Studies in Europe10,12 showed that many patients with systemic sclerosis have cardiac involvement detectable by magnetic resonance imaging even if they do not have clinical disease. Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a complication of both subtypes of systemic sclerosis and portends a higher risk of death.8

Thus, it is critical for clinicians to understand the potential comorbid conditions associated with systemic sclerosis, particularly the cardiovascular ones, and to work closely with cardiologists to help optimize the evaluation and management.

MECHANISMS OF CARDIAC DISEASE IN SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS

mani_cvcomplicationssystemicsclerosis_f1.jpg
%3Cp%3EFigure%201.%20Mechanisms%20of%20cardiac%20and%20vascular%20involvement%20in%20systemic%20sclerosis.%3C%2Fp%3E
Microvascular disease in systemic sclerosis is primarily driven by endothelial cell activation and injury, leading to overexpression of adhesion molecules, recruitment of immune cells, intimal fibrosis, and fibroblast proliferation (Figure 1).13

Abnormal vasoreactivity, a consequence of an imbalance between endothelium-derived vasoconstrictors and vasodilators, defective angiogenesis, and endothelial injury, leads to tissue ischemia and vascular endothelial growth factor expression, which initiates injury and fibrosis in the myocardium and in other organs.14–17 Fibrosis involves the myocardium, pericardium, and conduction system.13,18

Myocardial involvement in systemic sclerosis is thought to be due mainly to abnormal vasoreactivity and microvascular abnormalities such as transient coronary artery spasm leading to repeated focal ischemia.19,20 Abnormal vasoreactivity has been demonstrated during cardiac catheterization21: while mean coronary sinus blood flow in systemic sclerosis patients was normal at rest, vasodilator reserve was significantly reduced in patients with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis after maximal vasodilation with dipyridamole. Additionally, endomyocardial biopsy showed fibrosis and concentric intimal hypertrophy with normal epicardial coronary arteries.21

More research into other mechanisms of cardiovascular disease in systemic sclerosis is needed to allow for better preventive care for these patients.

 

 

PULMONARY ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION

Systemic sclerosis can be associated with World Health Organization (WHO) groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 pulmonary hypertension. WHO group 1, called pulmonary arterial hypertension or PAH, is one of the most common cardiac complications of systemic sclerosis, with a reported prevalence as high as 12%.22 Systemic sclerosis-associated PAH carries a high mortality rate, with a mean survival of only 3 years.23

With advances in treatments for other complications of systemic sclerosis, the percentage of systemic sclerosis patients who die of PAH has increased from 6% to 33%.24

Compared with patients with idiopathic PAH, those with systemic sclerosis get less of a response from therapy and have poorer outcomes despite lower mean pulmonary artery pressures and similar reductions in cardiac index. However, recent studies have suggested that with aggressive treatment, patients with systemic sclerosis-related PAH can achieve outcomes similar to those with idiopathic PAH.25 Thus, recognizing this condition early is imperative.

Pulmonary arterial hypertension defined

PAH is defined as the combination of all of the following26:

  • Mean pulmonary artery pressure > 20 mm Hg at rest
  • Normal pulmonary capillary wedge pressure (≤ 15 mm Hg)
  • Pulmonary vascular resistance ≥ 3 Wood units on right heart catheterization.

Other causes of pulmonary hypertension such as interstitial lung disease, chronic pulmonary thromboembolic disease, and left heart disease must be excluded.24,27

Remodeling in the pulmonary arteries

The events that lead to PAH in systemic sclerosis remain unclear but are believed to involve initial inflammation or endothelial injury that leads to a dysequilibrium between proliferative mediators and antiproliferative vasodilators. This dysequilibrium, along with endothelial dysfunction, causes an obliterative vasculopathy in the pulmonary artery branches and arterioles. Sympathetic overactivity, hypoxemia, and ischemia-reperfusion injury additionally promote vascular proliferation, fibrosis, and remodeling, leading to increased pulmonary vascular resistance, PAH, and increased right ventricular pressures.23,27

The subtype of systemic sclerosis is an important factor in the development and progression of PAH. PAH appears to be the major cause of death in limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis, while interstitial lung disease is the major cause of death in diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis.28

Pulmonary arterial hypertension is a late complication of systemic sclerosis

Data from the South Australian Scleroderma Registry29 revealed that PAH tends to be a late complication of systemic sclerosis, occurring around 20 years after disease onset. In this study of 608 patients, no patient with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis developed PAH.

Systemic sclerosis-related PAH initially follows an indolent course with few symptoms until right ventricular function deteriorates. Early in the disease, patients may experience nonspecific symptoms of fatigue, lightheadedness, and dyspnea on exertion.23 As it progresses, they tend to have worsening dyspnea and may experience exertional syncope, palpitations, and chest pain.

Physical findings may suggest elevated right ventricular pressure and right ventricular failure; these include a loud P2, a prominent jugular a wave, a tricuspid regurgitant murmur, jugular venous distention, and lower-extremity edema.27

Screening for pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis

Significant signs and symptoms usually occur late in the disease; thus, it is important to appropriately screen patients who are at risk so that they can begin aggressive treatment.

Doppler echocardiography is recommended by European and American guidelines to screen for PAH in patients who have systemic sclerosis, and most agree that screening is appropriate even if the patient has no symptoms.30 European consensus documents recommend that transthoracic echocardiography be done annually for the first 5 years of disease and be continued every year in patients at high risk, ie, those with anticentromere antibodies, anti-Th/To antibodies, or interstitial lung disease. Patients not at high risk of developing pulmonary hypertension should also have regular transthoracic echocardiography, though the exact timing is not defined.31 While American societies have not issued corresponding recommendations, many experts follow the European recommendations.

Worrisome features on echocardiography in asymptomatic patients should be followed up with right heart catheterization to assess mean right ventricular pressure. These include:

  • Estimated right ventricular systolic pressure ≥ 40 mm Hg
  • Tricuspid regurgitant jet velocity > 2.8 m/s
  • Right atrial enlargement > 53 mm
  • Right ventricular enlargement (mid-cavity dimension > 35 mm).32

Although echocardiography is the most common form of screening, it gives only an estimate of right ventricular systolic pressure, which is imprecise. Other noninvasive markers are helpful and necessary to appropriately screen this population.

Diffusion capacity. The Itinerair study33 found that a diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide (DLCO) of 60% or higher has a high specificity in excluding PAH.

Uric acid has been found to be elevated in patients with systemic sclerosis-related PAH, and levels inversely correlate with 6-minute walking distance.34

Other predictors. N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP), left atrial volume, and the right ventricular myocardial performance index have also been shown to be independent predictors of PAH in patients with systemic sclerosis.35

An algorithm. The DETECT study36 enrolled patients at increased risk who had had systemic sclerosis longer than 3 years and a DLCO less than 60%. The investigators developed a 2-step algorithm to determine which patients should be referred for right heart catheterization to try to detect PAH earlier while minimizing the number of missed diagnoses and optimizing the use of invasive diagnostic right heart catheterization.

The first step was to assess serum values of anticentromere antibodies, NT-proBNP, and urate, and clinical features (telangiectasias), forced vital capacity, and electrocardiographic changes of right axis deviation to derive a prediction score. The second step was to assess surface echocardiographic features of the right atrial area and tricuspid regurgitation velocity.

This approach led to right heart catheterization in 62% of patients and was associated with a false-negative rate of 4%. Importantly, of the patients with PAH, 1 in 5 had no symptoms, and 33% had tricuspid regurgitation velocity less than 2.8 m/s. No single measurement performed well in isolation in this study.37

Thus, we recommend that, in addition to routine surface echocardiography, a multimodal approach be used that includes laboratory testing, clinical features, and electrocardiographic findings when screening this high-risk patient population.

 

 

ATHEROSCLEROTIC DISEASES

Although macrovascular disease has not typically been regarded as a significant systemic feature in systemic sclerosis, myocardial infarction and stroke are more common in patients with systemic sclerosis than in controls.38,39

Coronary artery disease in systemic sclerosis

Man et al38 reported that the incidence of myocardial infarction in patients with systemic sclerosis was 4.4 per 1,000 persons per year, and the incidence of stroke was 4.8 per 1,000 persons per year, compared with 2.5 per 1,000 persons per year for both myocardial infarction and stroke in healthy controls matched for age, sex, and time of entry.

The Australian Scleroderma Cohort Study39 found a 3-fold higher prevalence of coronary artery disease in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls after factoring in traditional risk factors.

Aviña-Zubieta et al,40 in a cohort of 1,239 systemic sclerosis patients, estimated a hazard ratio (HR) of 3.49 for myocardial infarction and 2.35 for stroke compared with age- and sex-matched controls. Not all of these events were related to macrovascular atherosclerosis—vasospasm and microvascular ischemia may have played significant roles in the etiology of clinical manifestations.

Studies of coronary atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis are limited. An autopsy study41 of 58 patients with systemic sclerosis and 58 controls matched for age, sex, and ethnicity found that the prevalence of atherosclerosis of small coronary arteries and arterioles was significantly higher in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls (17% vs 2%, P < .01). However, the prevalence of medium-vessel coronary atherosclerosis was similar (48% vs 43%).

Why patients with systemic sclerosis develop atherosclerosis has not yet been determined. Traditional risk factors such as hypertension, dyslipidemia, diabetes mellitus, and obesity are typically no more prevalent in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls,38,42 and thus do not explain the increased risk of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. There is some evidence that novel markers of atherosclerotic risk such as homocysteine,43 lipoprotein[a],44 and oxidized low-density lipoprotein45 are more prevalent in systemic sclerosis, but these results have not been substantiated in more extensive studies.

Peripheral artery disease

It remains unclear whether peripheral artery disease is more prevalent in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls.

Individual studies have shown mixed results in comparing carotid artery stenosis between systemic sclerosis patients and controls using carotid duplex ultrasonography,46 the ankle-brachial index,46–48 carotid intima-media thickness,49–54 and brachial flow-mediated dilation.51,53,55–58 A meta-analysis found that the carotid intima and media are significantly thicker in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls,59 and the magnitude of difference is similar to that in other groups at increased cardiovascular risk, such as those with rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes, and familial hypercholesterolemia.60–63

A meta-analysis of brachial artery findings showed significantly lower flow-mediated dilation in systemic sclerosis patients than in controls.64

Overall, given the inconsistency of study results, systemic sclerosis patients should be screened and managed as in other patients with peripheral artery disease, but the clinician should be aware that there may be a higher risk of peripheral artery disease in these patients.

RIGHT AND LEFT VENTRICULAR DYSFUNCTION

Many patients with systemic sclerosis have right ventricular dysfunction as a consequence of PAH.65 It is important to detect diastolic dysfunction in this population, as it may be an even stronger predictor of death than pulmonary hypertension on right heart catheterization (HR 3.7 vs 2.0).66

Fewer patients have left ventricular dysfunction. In a multicenter study of 570 systemic sclerosis patients, only 1.4% had left ventricular systolic dysfunction on echocardiography, though 22.6% had left ventricular hypertrophy and 17.7% had left ventricular diastolic dysfunction.67 In the European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) database, the prevalence of reduced left ventricular ejection fraction was 5.4%.68

Though traditional echocardiographic screening suggests the prevalence of left ventricular dysfunction in systemic sclerosis patients is low, cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) may be more sensitive than echocardiography for detecting subclinical myocardial involvement. Cardiac MRI has been shown to detect evidence of myocardial pathology (increased T2 signal, left ventricular thinning, pericardial effusion, reduced left ventricular and right ventricular ejection fraction, left ventricular diastolic dysfunction, and delayed myocardial contrast enhancement) in up to 75% of systemic sclerosis cases studied.69

Patients with systemic sclerosis should already be undergoing echocardiography every year to screen for PAH, and screening should also include tissue Doppler imaging to detect various forms of left and right ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction that may not be clinically apparent.

Though cardiac MRI can provide useful additional information, it is not currently recommended for routine screening in patients with systemic sclerosis.

 

 

ARRHYTHMIAS AND CONDUCTION DEFECTS

Patients with systemic sclerosis are prone to arrhythmias due to both conduction system fibrosis and myocardial damage.

Arrhythmias accounted for 6% of the deaths in the EULAR Scleroderma Trials and Research (EUSTAR) database.11

In the Genetics Versus Environment in Scleroderma Outcome Study (GENISOS),70  250 patients who had had systemic sclerosis for at least 3 years were studied during a period of approximately 6 years, during which there were 52 deaths, 29 of which were directly attributable to systemic sclerosis. Multivariable Cox modeling showed that 7 variables predicted mortality:

  • Body mass index < 18.5 kg/m2
  • Age ≥ 65
  • Forced vital capacity < 50% predicted
  • Systolic blood pressure ≥ 140 or diastolic blood pressure ≥ 90 mm Hg
  • Pulmonary fibrosis
  • Positive anticentromere antibodies
  • Cardiac arrhythmias.

The hazard ratio for death in patients with arrhythmias in this model was 2.18 (95% CI 1.05–4.50, P = .035). Thus, finding arrhythmias in systemic sclerosis patients can provide important prognostic information.

While resting electrocardiography in patients with systemic sclerosis  most commonly shows sinus rhythm, 24-hour electrocardiographic monitoring has revealed nonsustained supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias in a significant percentage.71,72 Although difficult to quantify in routine practice, parameters controlled by the autonomic nervous system including heart rate variability and heart rate turbulence have been shown to be impaired in systemic sclerosis, and these measures are associated with an increased risk of malignant arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death.73,74

Conduction abnormalities

Conduction abnormalities occur in one-fifth to one-third of patients with systemic sclerosis.75,76 The most common abnormal conduction finding is left bundle branch block, followed by first-degree atrioventricular block. High-degree atrioventricular block is uncommon,76 though a few case reports of complete heart block thought to be related to systemic sclerosis have been published.77–79 An autopsy study showed that the conduction system is relatively spared from myocardial changes seen in systemic sclerosis patients, and thus it is speculated that the conduction disturbances are a consequence of damaged myocardium rather than damage to conduction tissue.80

Given the array of electrophysiologic abnormalities that systemic sclerosis patients can have, it is critical to monitor all patients with routine (annual or biannual) electrocardiography; to take possible arrhythmia-related symptoms seriously; and to evaluate them with further workup such as Holter monitoring for 24 hours or even longer, event monitoring, exercise testing, or tilt-table testing.

PERICARDIAL DISEASE

Pericardial disease is clinically apparent in 5% to 16% of patients with systemic sclerosis81; patients with limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis have more pericardial disease than those with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis (30% vs 16%).82 Forty-one percent of systemic sclerosis patients have been shown to have pericardial effusion by echocardiography,81 but the effusions are typically small and rarely cause tamponade, though tamponade is associated with a poor prognosis.

Large pericardial effusions can develop before skin thickening and diagnosis of systemic sclerosis.81,83,84 Thus, systemic sclerosis should be considered in patients with pericardial effusions of unknown etiology.

In a small study,85 the pericardial fluid in systemic sclerosis was typically exudative, with lactate dehydrogenase greater than 200 U/L, a fluid-serum lactate dehydrogenase ratio greater than 0.6, and a fluid-serum total protein ratio greater than 0.5.

Pericardial effusion can be a sign of impending scleroderma renal crisis,86 and thus renal function should be carefully monitored in systemic sclerosis patients with pericardial effusion. Constrictive pericarditis and restrictive cardiomyopathy can rarely occur in systemic sclerosis and may more commonly present with symptoms.

Pericardial disease in systemic sclerosis should be treated in a standard fashion with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Corticosteroids are generally of limited benefit and should be avoided, especially in the setting of scleroderma renal crisis.81

VALVULAR HEART DISEASE

Based on limited studies, the prevalence of significant valvular heart disease in systemic sclerosis patients does not seem to be higher than that in the general population. While patients with systemic sclerosis and CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia) have been shown to have a higher frequency of mitral valve prolapse and mild mitral regurgitation,87,88 these abnormalities do not often progress in severity, and thus their clinical significance is limited.

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CARE OF SYSTEMIC SCLEROSIS PATIENTS

It is important for physicians caring for patients with systemic sclerosis to be aware of its most common cardiac manifestations, including left and right ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction, pulmonary hypertension, conduction abnormalities, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathy.

Look for volume overload

On clinical examination, assess for clinical markers of volume overload such as distended neck veins, peripheral edema, or an abnormal blood pressure response to the Valsalva maneuver. These findings should prompt measurement of NT-proBNP,89 and may warrant prescription of a diuretic.

Electrocardiography to investigate arrhythmias

Electrocardiography should be done if patients describe symptoms of palpitations, and should also include continuous rhythm monitoring with Holter or event monitoring, depending on the frequency of symptoms. Otherwise, patients should routinely undergo electrocardiography once or twice a year.

Q waves are common in systemic sclerosis patients (especially those with diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis), notably in the precordial leads, and can occur without coronary artery disease.90 Symptoms such as presyncope should be further investigated with Holter monitoring and tilt-table testing.

Assess, modify traditional risk factors

Subclinical atherosclerosis as detected by carotid intima-media thickness is as common in systemic sclerosis as in rheumatoid arthritis.61 However, traditional risk indices such as SCORE (Systematic Coronary Risk Evaluation), QRISK2, and the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association indices may underestimate risk in patients who have systemic sclerosis.

Strict hypertension control should be the goal for all systemic sclerosis patients. Though there are no specific guidelines on which antihypertensive medications are preferred, calcium channel blockers or angiotensin II receptor blockers, which are typically used to treat systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud phenomenon, may be appropriate.

Statins reduce vascular complications and are generally well tolerated in patients with systemic sclerosis.91,92 

Aspirin is not recommended for routine primary prevention in view of data suggesting that its benefits in diabetic patients are counterbalanced by increased bleeding risk.93

Echocardiography to detect pulmonary arterial hypertension

At this time, guidelines for monitoring for cardiovascular manifestations in systemic sclerosis patients are limited. The only well-defined ones are European consensus guidelines, which suggest annual transthoracic echocardiography for the first 5 years after systemic sclerosis is diagnosed and continued annual screening in patients at risk of developing PAH.31

We support this strategy, with annual screening for the first 5 years followed by surveillance echocardiography every 2 to 3 years unless there is a high risk of PAH. Specific attention should be paid to right ventricular diastolic function, right atrial volume, and right ventricular myocardial performance index.

Emerging data suggest that the addition of global longitudinal strain of ventricles to  routine echocardiography can help detect subclinical cardiac risk.94 Although further study is needed into the predictive value of global longitudinal strain, it is a low-cost and noninvasive addition to standard echocardiography that can help guide risk stratification, and thus we recommend that it be part of the echocardiographic examination for all systemic sclerosis patients.

Pulmonary function testing. In addition to screening for PAH with echocardiography, we recommend obtaining baseline pulmonary function tests, including DLCO, at the time systemic sclerosis is diagnosed, with repeat testing annually.

Magnetic resonance imaging

While echocardiography is the gold standard for monitoring systemic sclerosis patients, cardiovascular MRI may have a role in identifying those at higher risk of dangerous arrhythmias such as ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation. In addition to assessing ventricular function, MRI can detect myocardial inflammation, ischemia, and fibrosis that may predispose a patient to develop ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.95 Variables such as T1/T2 mapping, extracellular volume fraction, T2 signal ratio, and early vs late gadolinium enhancement can help identify patients who had past ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.96

Finding an increased risk of arrhythmias may prompt a conversation between the patient and the physician about the need for an implantable cardiac defibrillator.

If cardiac MRI is available and is reimbursed by the patient’s insurance carrier, physicians should strongly consider obtaining at least one baseline scan in systemic sclerosis patients to identify those at risk of highly fatal arrhythmias.

Teamwork is needed

Systemic sclerosis has not traditionally been associated with cardiovascular disease to the extent of other rheumatic conditions, but the cardiovascular system can be affected in various ways that can ultimately lead to an early death. These manifestations may be asymptomatic for long periods, and overt clinical disease portends a poorer prognosis.

Primary care physicians managing these patients should be aware of the cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis and should implement appropriate screening tests in conjunction with rheumatologists and cardiologists. It is also essential for general and subspecialty cardiologists to understand the broad spectrum of organ system involvement that can affect systemic sclerosis patients and to tailor their investigation and management recommendations accordingly. By designing a multidisciplinary approach to the treatment of systemic sclerosis patients, physicians can help to optimize cardiovascular risk modification in this vulnerable population.

References
  1. Maradit-Kremers H, Crowson CS, Nicola PJ, et al. Increased unrecognized coronary heart disease and sudden deaths in rheumatoid arthritis: a population-based cohort study. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52(2):402–411. doi:10.1002/art.20853
  2. Naranjo A, Sokka T, Descalzo MA, et al; QUEST-RA Group. Cardiovascular disease in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: results from the QUEST-RA study. Arthritis Res Ther 2008; 10(2):R30. doi:10.1186/ar2383
  3. Innala L, Möller B, Ljung L, et al. Cardiovascular events in early RA are a result of inflammatory burden and traditional risk factors: a five year prospective study. Arthritis Res Ther 2011; 13(4):R131. doi:10.1186/ar3442
  4. Barnes J, Mayes MD. Epidemiology of systemic sclerosis: incidence, prevalence, survival, risk factors, malignancy, and environmental triggers. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2012; 24(2):165–170. doi:10.1097/BOR.0b013e32834ff2e8
  5. Chifflot H, Fautrel B, Sordet C, Chatelus E, Sibilia J. Incidence and prevalence of systemic sclerosis: a systematic literature review. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2008; 37(4):223–235 doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2007.05.003
  6. Gabrielli A, Avvedimento EV, Krieg T. Scleroderma. N Engl J Med 2009; 360(19):1989–2003. doi:10.1056/NEJMra0806188
  7. Panopoulos S, Tektonidou M, Drosos AA, et al. Prevalence of comorbidities in systemic sclerosis versus rheumatoid arthritis: a comparative, multicenter, matched-cohort study. Arthritis Res Ther 2018; 20(1):267. doi:10.1186/s13075-018-1771-0
  8. Ferri C, Valentini G, Cozzi F, et al. Systemic sclerosis: demographic, clinical, and serologic features and survival in 1,012 Italian patients. Medicine (Baltimore) 2002; 81(8):139–153. doi:10.1097/00005792-200203000-00004
  9. Steen VD, Medsger TA Jr. Severe organ involvement in systemic sclerosis with diffuse scleroderma. Arthritis Rheum 2000; 43(11):2437–2444. doi:10.1002/1529-0131(200011)43:11<2437::AID-ANR10>3.0.CO;2-U
  10. Hachulla AL, Launay D, Gaxotte V, et al. Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in systemic sclerosis: a cross-sectional observational study of 52 patients. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68(12):1878–1884. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.095836
  11. Tyndall AJ, Bannert B, Vonk M, et al. Causes and risk factors for death in systemic sclerosis: a study from the EULAR Scleroderma Trials and Research (EUSTAR) database. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69(10):1809–1815. doi:10.1136/ard.2009.114264
  12. Nassenstein K, Breuckmann F, Huger M, et al. Detection of myocardial fibrosis in systemic sclerosis by contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging. Rofo 2008; 180(12):1054–1060. doi:10.1055/s-2008-1027864
  13. Psarras A, Soulaidopoulos S, Garyfallos A, Kitas G, Dimitroulas T. A critical view on cardiovascular risk in systemic sclerosis. Rheumatol Int 2017; 37(1):85–95. doi:10.1007/s00296-016-3530-3
  14. Lekakis J, Mavrikakis M, Emmanuel M, et al. Cold-induced coronary Raynaud’s phenomenon in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Exp Rheumatol 1998; 16(2):135–140. pmid:9536388
  15. Altorok N, Wang Y, Kahaleh B. Endothelial dysfunction in systemic sclerosis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2014; 26(6):615–620. doi:10.1097/BOR.0000000000000112
  16. Fleming JN, Nash RA, Mahoney WM Jr, Schwartz SM. Is scleroderma a vasculopathy? Curr Rheumatol Rep 2009; 11(2):103–110. pmid:19296882
  17. Maurer B, Distler A, Suliman YA, et al. Vascular endothelial growth factor aggravates fibrosis and vasculopathy in experimental models of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2014; 73(10):1880–1887. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2013-203535
  18. Meune C, Vignaux O, Kahan A, Allanore Y. Heart involvement in systemic sclerosis: evolving concept and diagnostic methodologies. Arch Cardiovasc Dis 2010; 103(1):46–52. doi:10.1016/j.acvd.2009.06.009
  19. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Karvounis H, Garyfallos A, Settas L, Kitas GD. Micro- and macrovascular treatment targets in scleroderma heart disease. Curr Pharm Des 2014; 20(4):536–544. pmid:23565639
  20. Allanore Y, Meune C. Primary myocardial involvement in systemic sclerosis: evidence for a microvascular origin. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2010; 28(5 suppl 62):S48–S53. pmid:21050545
  21. Kahan A, Nitenberg A, Foult JM, et al. Decreased coronary reserve in primary scleroderma myocardial disease. Arthritis Rheum 1985; 28(6):637–646. pmid:4004974
  22. Morrisroe K, Stevens W, Sahhar J, et al. Epidemiology and disease characteristics of systemic sclerosis-related pulmonary arterial hypertension: results from a real-life screening program. Arthritis Res Ther 2017; 19(1):42. doi:10.1186/s13075-017-1250-z
  23. Chaisson NF, Hassoun PM. Systemic sclerosis-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2013; 144(4):1346–1356. doi:10.1378/chest.12-2396
  24. Steen VD, Medsger TA. Changes in causes of death in systemic sclerosis, 1972–2002. Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66(7):940–944. doi:10.1136/ard.2006.066068
  25. Coghlan JG, Galiè N, Barberà JA, et al; AMBITION investigators. Initial combination therapy with ambrisentan and tadalafil in connective tissue disease-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension (CTD-PAH): subgroup analysis from the AMBITION trial. Ann Rheum Dis 2017; 76(7):1219–1227. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2016-210236
  26. Simonneau G, Montani D, Celermajer DS, et al. Haemodynamic definitions and updated clinical classification of pulmonary hypertension. Eur Respir J 2019; 53(1):1801913. doi:10.1183/13993003.01913-2018
  27. Chatterjee S. Pulmonary hypertension in systemic sclerosis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2011; 41(1):19–37. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2010.08.004
  28. Sweiss NJ, Hushaw L, Thenappan T, et al. Diagnosis and management of pulmonary hypertension in systemic sclerosis. Curr Rheumatol Rep 2010; 12(1):8–18. doi:10.1007/s11926-009-0078-1
  29. Cox SR, Walker JG, Coleman M, et al. Isolated pulmonary hypertension in scleroderma. Intern Med J 2005; 35(1):28–33. doi:10.1111/j.1445-5994.2004.00646.x
  30. Sánchez-Román J, Opitz CF, Kowal-Bielecka O, García-Hernández FJ, Castillo-Palma MJ, Pittrow D; EPOSS-OMERACT Group. Screening for PAH in patients with systemic sclerosis: focus on Doppler echocardiography. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2008; 47(suppl 5):v33–v35. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/ken306
  31. Walker KM, Pope J; Scleroderma Clinical Trials Consortium; Canadian Scleroderma Research Group. Expert agreement on EULAR/EUSTAR recommendations for the management of systemic sclerosis. J Rheumatol 2011; 38(7):1326–1328. doi:10.3899/jrheum.101262
  32. Khanna D, Gladue H, Channick R, et al; Scleroderma Foundation and Pulmonary Hypertension Association. Recommendations for screening and detection of connective tissue disease-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension. Arthritis Rheum 2013; 65(12):3194–3201. doi:10.1002/art.38172
  33. Hachulla E, Gressin V, Guillevin L, et al. Early detection of pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis: a French nationwide prospective multicenter study. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52(12):3792–3800. doi:10.1002/art.21433
  34. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Dimitroula H, et al. Significance of serum uric acid in pulmonary hypertension due to systemic sclerosis: a pilot study. Rheumatol Int 2011; 31(2):263–267. doi:10.1007/s00296-010-1557-4
  35. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Papadopoulou K, et al. Left atrial volume and N-terminal pro-B type natriuretic peptide are associated with elevated pulmonary artery pressure in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Rheumatol 2010; 29(9):957–964. doi:10.1007/s10067-010-1494-3
  36. Coghlan JG, Denton CP, Grünig E, et al; DETECT study group. Evidence-based detection of pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis: the DETECT study. Ann Rheum Dis 2014; 73(7):1340–1349. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2013-203301
  37. Schwaiger JP, Khanna D, Gerry Coghlan J. Screening patients with scleroderma for pulmonary arterial hypertension and implications for other at-risk populations. Eur Respir Rev 2013; 22(130):515–525. doi:10.1183/09059180.00006013
  38. Man A, Zhu Y, Zhang Y, et al. The risk of cardiovascular disease in systemic sclerosis: a population-based cohort study. Ann Rheum Dis 2013; 72(7):1188–1193. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2012-202007
  39. Ngian G-S, Sahhar J, Proudman SM, Stevens W, Wicks IP, Van Doornum S. Prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular risk factors in a national cross-sectional cohort study of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(12):1980–1983. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201176
  40. Aviña-Zubieta JA, Man A, Yurkovich M, Huang K, Sayre EC, Choi HK. Early cardiovascular disease after the diagnosis of systemic sclerosis. Am J Med 2016; 29(3):324–331. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.10.037
  41. D’Angelo WA, Fries JF, Masi AT, Shulman LE. Pathologic observations in systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). A study of fifty-eight autopsy cases and fifty-eight matched controls. Am J Med 1969; 46(3):428–440. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(69)90044-8
  42. Ngian GS, Sahhar J, Proudman SM, Stevens W, Wicks IP, Van Doornum S. Prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular risk factors in a national cross-sectional cohort study of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(12):1980–1983. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201176
  43. Khurma V, Meyer C, Park GS, et al. A pilot study of subclinical coronary atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: coronary artery calcification in cases and controls. Arthritis Rheum 2008; 59(4):591–597. doi:10.1002/art.23540
  44. Lippi G, Caramaschi P, Montagnana M, Salvagno GL, Volpe A, Guidi G. Lipoprotein[a] and the lipid profile in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Chim Acta 2006; 364(1–2):345–348. doi:10.1016/j.cca.2005.07.015
  45. Palinski W, Hörkkö S, Miller E, et al. Cloning of monoclonal autoantibodies to epitopes of oxidized lipoproteins from apolipoprotein E-deficient mice. Demonstration of epitopes of oxidized low density lipoprotein in human plasma. J Clin Invest 1996; 98(3):800–814. doi:10.1172/JCI118853
  46. Ho M, Veale D, Eastmond C, Nuki G, Belch J. Macrovascular disease and systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2000; 59(1):39–43. doi:10.1136/ard.59.1.39
  47. Kaloudi O, Basta G, Perfetto F, et al. Circulating levels of Ne-(carboxymethyl)lysine are increased in systemic sclerosis. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46(3):412–416. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kel076
  48. Muro Y, Sugiura K, Morita Y, Tomita Y. An evaluation of the efficacy of the toe brachial index measuring vascular involvement in systemic sclerosis and other connective tissue diseases. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2009; 27(3 suppl 54):26–31. pmid:19796558
  49. Cheng K-S, Tiwari A, Boutin A, et al. Differentiation of primary and secondary Raynaud’s disease by carotid arterial stiffness. Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg 2003; 25(4):336–341. doi:10.1053/ejvs.2002.1845
  50. Kawasaki M, Ito Y, Yokoyama H, et al. Assessment of arterial medial characteristics in human carotid arteries using integrated backscatter ultrasound and its histological implications. Atherosclerosis 2005; 180(1):145–154. doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2004.11.018
  51. Szucs G, Tímár O, Szekanecz Z, et al. Endothelial dysfunction precedes atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis—relevance for prevention of vascular complications. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46(5):759–762. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kel426
  52. Hettema ME, Zhang D, de Leeuw K, et al. Early atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis and its relation to disease or traditional risk factors. Arthritis Res Ther 2008;10(2):R49. doi:10.1186/ar2408
  53. Roustit M, Simmons GH, Baguet JP, Carpentier P, Cracowski JL. Discrepancy between simultaneous digital skin microvascular and brachial artery macrovascular post-occlusive hyperemia in systemic sclerosis. J Rheumatol 2008; 35(8):1576–1583. pmid:18597404
  54. Vettori S, Maresca L, Cuomo G, Abbadessa S, Leonardo G, Valentini G. Clinical and subclinical atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: consequences of previous corticosteroid treatment. Scand J Rheumatol 2010; 39(6):485–489. doi:10.3109/03009741003781985
  55. Lekakis J, Mavrikakis M, Papamichael C, et al. Short-term estrogen administration improves abnormal endothelial function in women with systemic sclerosis and Raynaud’s phenomenon. Am Heart J 1998; 136(5):905–912. doi:10.1016/s0002-8703(98)70137-1
  56. Bartoli F, Blagojevic J, Bacci M, et al. Flow-mediated vasodilation and carotid intima-media thickness in systemic sclerosis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2007; 1108:283–290. doi:10.1196/annals.1422.030
  57. Rollando D, Bezante GP, Sulli A, et al. Brachial artery endothelial-dependent flow-mediated dilation identifies early-stage endothelial dysfunction in systemic sclerosis and correlates with nailfold microvascular impairment. J Rheumatol 2010; 37(6):1168–1173. doi:10.3899/jrheum.091116
  58. Andersen GN, Mincheva-Nilsson L, Kazzam E, et al. Assessment of vascular function in systemic sclerosis: indications of the development of nitrate tolerance as a result of enhanced endothelial nitric oxide production. Arthritis Rheum 2002; 46(5):1324–1332. doi:10.1002/art.10191
  59. Au K, Singh MK, Bodukam V, et al. Atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Arthritis Rheum 2011; 63(7):2078–2090. doi:10.1002/art.30380
  60. van Sijl AM, Peters MJ, Knol DK, et al. Carotid intima media thickness in rheumatoid arthritis as compared to control subjects: a meta-analysis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2011; 40(5):389–397. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2010.06.006
  61. Brohall G, Odén A, Fagerberg B. Carotid artery intima-media thickness in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and impaired glucose tolerance: a systematic review. Diabet Med 2006; 23(6):609–616. doi:10.1111/j.1464-5491.2005.01725.x
  62. Masoura C, Pitsavos C, Aznaouridis K, Skoumas I, Vlachopoulos C, Stefanadis C. Arterial endothelial function and wall thickness in familial hypercholesterolemia and familial combined hyperlipidemia and the effect of statins. A systematic review and meta-analysis. Atherosclerosis 2011; 214(1):129–138. doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2010.10.008
  63. Ozen G, Inanc N, Unal AU, et al. Subclinical atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: not less frequent than rheumatoid arthritis and not detected with cardiovascular risk indices. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken) 2016; 68(10):1538–1546. doi:10.1002/acr.22852
  64. Inaba Y, Chen JA, Bergmann SR. Prediction of future cardiovascular outcomes by flow-mediated vasodilatation of brachial artery: a meta-analysis. Int J Cardiovasc Imaging 2010; 26(6):631–640. doi:10.1007/s10554-010-9616-1
  65. Meune C, Avouac J, Wahbi K, et al. Cardiac involvement in systemic sclerosis assessed by tissue-doppler echocardiography during routine care: a controlled study of 100 consecutive patients. Arthritis Rheum 2008; 58(6):1803–1809. doi:10.1002/art.23463
  66. Tennøe AH, Murbræch K, Andreassen JC, et al. Left ventricular diastolic dysfunction predicts mortality in patients with systemic sclerosis. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(15):1804–1813. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.068
  67. de Groote P, Gressin V, Hachulla E, et al; ItinerAIR-Scleroderma Investigators. Evaluation of cardiac abnormalities by Doppler echocardiography in a large nationwide multicentric cohort of patients with systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2008; 67(1):31–36. doi:10.1136/ard.2006.057760
  68. Allanore Y, Meune C, Vonk MC, et al; EUSTAR co-authors. Prevalence and factors associated with left ventricular dysfunction in the EULAR Scleroderma Trial and Research group (EUSTAR) database of patients with systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69(1):218–221. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.103382
  69. Hachulla AL, Launay D, Gaxotte V, et al. Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in systemic sclerosis: a cross-sectional observational study of 52 patients. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68(12):1878–1884. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.095836
  70. Assassi S, Del Junco D, Sutter K, et al. Clinical and genetic factors predictive of mortality in early systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 61(10):1403–1411. doi:10.1002/art.24734
  71. Rokas S, Mavrikakis M, Agrios N, Mylonas D, Antoniadou L, Moulopoulos S. Electrophysiologic abnormalities of cardiac function in progressive systemic sclerosis. J Electrocardiol 1996; 29(1):17–25. pmid:8808521
  72. Kostis JB, Seibold JR, Turkevich D, et al. Prognostic importance of cardiac arrhythmias in systemic sclerosis. Am J Med 1988; 84(6):1007–1015. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(88)90305-1
  73. Biełous-Wilk A, Poreba M, Staniszewska-Marszałek E, et al. Electrocardiographic evaluation in patients with systemic scleroderma and without clinically evident heart disease. Ann Noninvasive Electrocardiol 2009; 14(3):251–257. doi:10.1111/j.1542-474X.2009.00306.x
  74. Bienias P, Ciurzynski M, Glinska-Wielochowska M, et al. Heart rate turbulence assessment in systemic sclerosis: the role for the detection of cardiac autonomic nervous system dysfunction. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2010; 49(2):355–360. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kep394
  75. Ferri C, Bernini L, Bongiorni MG, et al. Noninvasive evaluation of cardiac dysrhythmias, and their relationship with multisystemic symptoms, in progressive systemic sclerosis patients. Arthritis Rheum 1985; 28(11):1259–1266. pmid:4063000
  76. Roberts NK, Cabeen WR, Moss J, Clements PJ, Furst DE. The prevalence of conduction defects and cardiac arrhythmias in progressive systemic sclerosis. Ann Intern Med 1981; 94(1):38–40. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-94-1-38
  77. Wang Q, Shang Y, Li S, Wu Y, Wang C, Yan X. Complete heart block in systemic sclerosis: a case report and literature review. Medicine (Baltimore) 2018; 97(46):e13226. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000013226
  78. Summerfield BJ. Progressive systemic sclerosis with complete heart block. Br Heart J 1975; 37(12):1308–1310. doi:10.1136/hrt.37.12.1308
  79. Moyssakis I, Papadopoulos DP, Tzioufas AG, Votteas V. Complete heart block in a patient with systemic sclerosis. Clin Rheumatol 2006; 25(4):551–552. doi:10.1007/s10067-005-0068-2
  80. Ridolfi RL, Bulkley BH, Hutchins GM. The cardiac conduction system in progressive systemic sclerosis. Clinical and pathologic features of 35 patients. Am J Med 1976; 61(3):361–366. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(76)90373-9
  81. Champion HC. The heart in scleroderma. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2008; 34(1):181–190. doi:10.1016/j.rdc.2007.12.002
  82. Gowda RM, Khan IA, Sacchi TJ, Vasavada BC. Scleroderma pericardial disease presented with a large pericardial effusion—a case report. Angiology 2001; 52(1):59–62. doi:10.1177/000331970105200108
  83. Meier FMP, Frommer KW, Dinser R, et al; EUSTAR Co-authors. Update on the profile of the EUSTAR cohort: an analysis of the EULAR scleroderma trials and research group database. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(8):1355–1360. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-200742
  84. Subramanian SR, Akram R, Velayati A, Chadow H. New development of cardiac tamponade on underlying effusive-constrictive pericarditis: an uncommon initial presentation of scleroderma. BMJ Case Rep 2013; 2013. doi:10.1136/bcr-2013-010254
  85. Kitchongcharoenying P, Foocharoen C, Mahakkanukrauh A, Suwannaroj S, Nanagara R. Pericardial fluid profiles of pericardial effusion in systemic sclerosis patients. Asian Pac J Allergy Immunol 2013; 31(4):314–319. doi:10.12932/AP0305.31.4.2013
  86. McWhorter JE, LeRoy EC. Pericardial disease in scleroderma (systemic sclerosis). Am J Med 1974; 57(4):566–575. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(74)90008-4
  87. Comens SM, Alpert MA, Sharp GC, et al. Frequency of mitral valve prolapse in systemic lupus erythematosus, progressive systemic sclerosis and mixed connective tissue disease. Am J Cardiol 1989; 63(5):369–370. doi:10.1016/0002-9149(89)90351-2
  88. Candell-Riera J, Armadans-Gil L, Simeón CP, et al. Comprehensive noninvasive assessment of cardiac involvement in limited systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 1996; 39(7):1138–1145. pmid:8670322
  89. Caforio ALP, Adler Y, Agostini C, et al. Diagnosis and management of myocardial involvement in systemic immune-mediated diseases: a position statement of the European Society of Cardiology Working Group on Myocardial and Pericardial Disease. Eur Heart J 2017; 38(35):2649–2662. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehx321
  90. Mavrogeni S, Karabela G, Koutsogeorgopoulou L, et al. Pseudo-infarction pattern in diffuse systemic sclerosis. Evaluation using cardiovascular magnetic resonance. Int J Cardiol 2016; 214:465–468. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2016.03.235
  91. Ladak K, Pope JE. A review of the effects of statins in systemic sclerosis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2016; 45(6):698–705. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2015.10.013
  92. Abou-Raya A, Abou-Raya S, Helmii M. Statins: potentially useful in therapy of systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud’s phenomenon and digital ulcers. J Rheumatol 2008; 35(9):1801–1808. pmid:18709692
  93. ASCEND Study Collaborative Group; Bowman L, Mafham M, Wallendszus K, et al. Effects of aspirin for primary prevention in persons with diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2018; 379(16):1529–1539. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1804988
  94. Guerra F, Stronati G, Fischietti C, et al. Global longitudinal strain measured by speckle tracking identifies subclinical heart involvement in patients with systemic sclerosis. Eur J Prev Cardiol 2018; 25(15):1598–1606. doi:10.1177/2047487318786315
  95. Mavrogeni SI, Sfikakis PP, Dimitroulas T, et al. Prospects of using cardiovascular magnetic resonance in the identification of arrhythmogenic substrate in autoimmune rheumatic diseases. Rheumatol Int 2018; 38(9):1615–1621. doi:10.1007/s00296-018-4110-5
  96. Mavrogeni SI, Sfikakis PP, Markousis-Mavrogenis G, et al. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging pattern in patients with autoimmune rheumatic diseases and ventricular tachycardia with preserved ejection fraction. Int J Cardiol 2019; 284:105–109. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2018.10.067
References
  1. Maradit-Kremers H, Crowson CS, Nicola PJ, et al. Increased unrecognized coronary heart disease and sudden deaths in rheumatoid arthritis: a population-based cohort study. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52(2):402–411. doi:10.1002/art.20853
  2. Naranjo A, Sokka T, Descalzo MA, et al; QUEST-RA Group. Cardiovascular disease in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: results from the QUEST-RA study. Arthritis Res Ther 2008; 10(2):R30. doi:10.1186/ar2383
  3. Innala L, Möller B, Ljung L, et al. Cardiovascular events in early RA are a result of inflammatory burden and traditional risk factors: a five year prospective study. Arthritis Res Ther 2011; 13(4):R131. doi:10.1186/ar3442
  4. Barnes J, Mayes MD. Epidemiology of systemic sclerosis: incidence, prevalence, survival, risk factors, malignancy, and environmental triggers. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2012; 24(2):165–170. doi:10.1097/BOR.0b013e32834ff2e8
  5. Chifflot H, Fautrel B, Sordet C, Chatelus E, Sibilia J. Incidence and prevalence of systemic sclerosis: a systematic literature review. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2008; 37(4):223–235 doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2007.05.003
  6. Gabrielli A, Avvedimento EV, Krieg T. Scleroderma. N Engl J Med 2009; 360(19):1989–2003. doi:10.1056/NEJMra0806188
  7. Panopoulos S, Tektonidou M, Drosos AA, et al. Prevalence of comorbidities in systemic sclerosis versus rheumatoid arthritis: a comparative, multicenter, matched-cohort study. Arthritis Res Ther 2018; 20(1):267. doi:10.1186/s13075-018-1771-0
  8. Ferri C, Valentini G, Cozzi F, et al. Systemic sclerosis: demographic, clinical, and serologic features and survival in 1,012 Italian patients. Medicine (Baltimore) 2002; 81(8):139–153. doi:10.1097/00005792-200203000-00004
  9. Steen VD, Medsger TA Jr. Severe organ involvement in systemic sclerosis with diffuse scleroderma. Arthritis Rheum 2000; 43(11):2437–2444. doi:10.1002/1529-0131(200011)43:11<2437::AID-ANR10>3.0.CO;2-U
  10. Hachulla AL, Launay D, Gaxotte V, et al. Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in systemic sclerosis: a cross-sectional observational study of 52 patients. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68(12):1878–1884. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.095836
  11. Tyndall AJ, Bannert B, Vonk M, et al. Causes and risk factors for death in systemic sclerosis: a study from the EULAR Scleroderma Trials and Research (EUSTAR) database. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69(10):1809–1815. doi:10.1136/ard.2009.114264
  12. Nassenstein K, Breuckmann F, Huger M, et al. Detection of myocardial fibrosis in systemic sclerosis by contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging. Rofo 2008; 180(12):1054–1060. doi:10.1055/s-2008-1027864
  13. Psarras A, Soulaidopoulos S, Garyfallos A, Kitas G, Dimitroulas T. A critical view on cardiovascular risk in systemic sclerosis. Rheumatol Int 2017; 37(1):85–95. doi:10.1007/s00296-016-3530-3
  14. Lekakis J, Mavrikakis M, Emmanuel M, et al. Cold-induced coronary Raynaud’s phenomenon in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Exp Rheumatol 1998; 16(2):135–140. pmid:9536388
  15. Altorok N, Wang Y, Kahaleh B. Endothelial dysfunction in systemic sclerosis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2014; 26(6):615–620. doi:10.1097/BOR.0000000000000112
  16. Fleming JN, Nash RA, Mahoney WM Jr, Schwartz SM. Is scleroderma a vasculopathy? Curr Rheumatol Rep 2009; 11(2):103–110. pmid:19296882
  17. Maurer B, Distler A, Suliman YA, et al. Vascular endothelial growth factor aggravates fibrosis and vasculopathy in experimental models of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2014; 73(10):1880–1887. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2013-203535
  18. Meune C, Vignaux O, Kahan A, Allanore Y. Heart involvement in systemic sclerosis: evolving concept and diagnostic methodologies. Arch Cardiovasc Dis 2010; 103(1):46–52. doi:10.1016/j.acvd.2009.06.009
  19. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Karvounis H, Garyfallos A, Settas L, Kitas GD. Micro- and macrovascular treatment targets in scleroderma heart disease. Curr Pharm Des 2014; 20(4):536–544. pmid:23565639
  20. Allanore Y, Meune C. Primary myocardial involvement in systemic sclerosis: evidence for a microvascular origin. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2010; 28(5 suppl 62):S48–S53. pmid:21050545
  21. Kahan A, Nitenberg A, Foult JM, et al. Decreased coronary reserve in primary scleroderma myocardial disease. Arthritis Rheum 1985; 28(6):637–646. pmid:4004974
  22. Morrisroe K, Stevens W, Sahhar J, et al. Epidemiology and disease characteristics of systemic sclerosis-related pulmonary arterial hypertension: results from a real-life screening program. Arthritis Res Ther 2017; 19(1):42. doi:10.1186/s13075-017-1250-z
  23. Chaisson NF, Hassoun PM. Systemic sclerosis-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2013; 144(4):1346–1356. doi:10.1378/chest.12-2396
  24. Steen VD, Medsger TA. Changes in causes of death in systemic sclerosis, 1972–2002. Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66(7):940–944. doi:10.1136/ard.2006.066068
  25. Coghlan JG, Galiè N, Barberà JA, et al; AMBITION investigators. Initial combination therapy with ambrisentan and tadalafil in connective tissue disease-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension (CTD-PAH): subgroup analysis from the AMBITION trial. Ann Rheum Dis 2017; 76(7):1219–1227. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2016-210236
  26. Simonneau G, Montani D, Celermajer DS, et al. Haemodynamic definitions and updated clinical classification of pulmonary hypertension. Eur Respir J 2019; 53(1):1801913. doi:10.1183/13993003.01913-2018
  27. Chatterjee S. Pulmonary hypertension in systemic sclerosis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2011; 41(1):19–37. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2010.08.004
  28. Sweiss NJ, Hushaw L, Thenappan T, et al. Diagnosis and management of pulmonary hypertension in systemic sclerosis. Curr Rheumatol Rep 2010; 12(1):8–18. doi:10.1007/s11926-009-0078-1
  29. Cox SR, Walker JG, Coleman M, et al. Isolated pulmonary hypertension in scleroderma. Intern Med J 2005; 35(1):28–33. doi:10.1111/j.1445-5994.2004.00646.x
  30. Sánchez-Román J, Opitz CF, Kowal-Bielecka O, García-Hernández FJ, Castillo-Palma MJ, Pittrow D; EPOSS-OMERACT Group. Screening for PAH in patients with systemic sclerosis: focus on Doppler echocardiography. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2008; 47(suppl 5):v33–v35. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/ken306
  31. Walker KM, Pope J; Scleroderma Clinical Trials Consortium; Canadian Scleroderma Research Group. Expert agreement on EULAR/EUSTAR recommendations for the management of systemic sclerosis. J Rheumatol 2011; 38(7):1326–1328. doi:10.3899/jrheum.101262
  32. Khanna D, Gladue H, Channick R, et al; Scleroderma Foundation and Pulmonary Hypertension Association. Recommendations for screening and detection of connective tissue disease-associated pulmonary arterial hypertension. Arthritis Rheum 2013; 65(12):3194–3201. doi:10.1002/art.38172
  33. Hachulla E, Gressin V, Guillevin L, et al. Early detection of pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis: a French nationwide prospective multicenter study. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52(12):3792–3800. doi:10.1002/art.21433
  34. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Dimitroula H, et al. Significance of serum uric acid in pulmonary hypertension due to systemic sclerosis: a pilot study. Rheumatol Int 2011; 31(2):263–267. doi:10.1007/s00296-010-1557-4
  35. Dimitroulas T, Giannakoulas G, Papadopoulou K, et al. Left atrial volume and N-terminal pro-B type natriuretic peptide are associated with elevated pulmonary artery pressure in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Rheumatol 2010; 29(9):957–964. doi:10.1007/s10067-010-1494-3
  36. Coghlan JG, Denton CP, Grünig E, et al; DETECT study group. Evidence-based detection of pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis: the DETECT study. Ann Rheum Dis 2014; 73(7):1340–1349. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2013-203301
  37. Schwaiger JP, Khanna D, Gerry Coghlan J. Screening patients with scleroderma for pulmonary arterial hypertension and implications for other at-risk populations. Eur Respir Rev 2013; 22(130):515–525. doi:10.1183/09059180.00006013
  38. Man A, Zhu Y, Zhang Y, et al. The risk of cardiovascular disease in systemic sclerosis: a population-based cohort study. Ann Rheum Dis 2013; 72(7):1188–1193. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2012-202007
  39. Ngian G-S, Sahhar J, Proudman SM, Stevens W, Wicks IP, Van Doornum S. Prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular risk factors in a national cross-sectional cohort study of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(12):1980–1983. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201176
  40. Aviña-Zubieta JA, Man A, Yurkovich M, Huang K, Sayre EC, Choi HK. Early cardiovascular disease after the diagnosis of systemic sclerosis. Am J Med 2016; 29(3):324–331. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.10.037
  41. D’Angelo WA, Fries JF, Masi AT, Shulman LE. Pathologic observations in systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). A study of fifty-eight autopsy cases and fifty-eight matched controls. Am J Med 1969; 46(3):428–440. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(69)90044-8
  42. Ngian GS, Sahhar J, Proudman SM, Stevens W, Wicks IP, Van Doornum S. Prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular risk factors in a national cross-sectional cohort study of systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(12):1980–1983. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201176
  43. Khurma V, Meyer C, Park GS, et al. A pilot study of subclinical coronary atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: coronary artery calcification in cases and controls. Arthritis Rheum 2008; 59(4):591–597. doi:10.1002/art.23540
  44. Lippi G, Caramaschi P, Montagnana M, Salvagno GL, Volpe A, Guidi G. Lipoprotein[a] and the lipid profile in patients with systemic sclerosis. Clin Chim Acta 2006; 364(1–2):345–348. doi:10.1016/j.cca.2005.07.015
  45. Palinski W, Hörkkö S, Miller E, et al. Cloning of monoclonal autoantibodies to epitopes of oxidized lipoproteins from apolipoprotein E-deficient mice. Demonstration of epitopes of oxidized low density lipoprotein in human plasma. J Clin Invest 1996; 98(3):800–814. doi:10.1172/JCI118853
  46. Ho M, Veale D, Eastmond C, Nuki G, Belch J. Macrovascular disease and systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2000; 59(1):39–43. doi:10.1136/ard.59.1.39
  47. Kaloudi O, Basta G, Perfetto F, et al. Circulating levels of Ne-(carboxymethyl)lysine are increased in systemic sclerosis. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46(3):412–416. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kel076
  48. Muro Y, Sugiura K, Morita Y, Tomita Y. An evaluation of the efficacy of the toe brachial index measuring vascular involvement in systemic sclerosis and other connective tissue diseases. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2009; 27(3 suppl 54):26–31. pmid:19796558
  49. Cheng K-S, Tiwari A, Boutin A, et al. Differentiation of primary and secondary Raynaud’s disease by carotid arterial stiffness. Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg 2003; 25(4):336–341. doi:10.1053/ejvs.2002.1845
  50. Kawasaki M, Ito Y, Yokoyama H, et al. Assessment of arterial medial characteristics in human carotid arteries using integrated backscatter ultrasound and its histological implications. Atherosclerosis 2005; 180(1):145–154. doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2004.11.018
  51. Szucs G, Tímár O, Szekanecz Z, et al. Endothelial dysfunction precedes atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis—relevance for prevention of vascular complications. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46(5):759–762. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kel426
  52. Hettema ME, Zhang D, de Leeuw K, et al. Early atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis and its relation to disease or traditional risk factors. Arthritis Res Ther 2008;10(2):R49. doi:10.1186/ar2408
  53. Roustit M, Simmons GH, Baguet JP, Carpentier P, Cracowski JL. Discrepancy between simultaneous digital skin microvascular and brachial artery macrovascular post-occlusive hyperemia in systemic sclerosis. J Rheumatol 2008; 35(8):1576–1583. pmid:18597404
  54. Vettori S, Maresca L, Cuomo G, Abbadessa S, Leonardo G, Valentini G. Clinical and subclinical atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: consequences of previous corticosteroid treatment. Scand J Rheumatol 2010; 39(6):485–489. doi:10.3109/03009741003781985
  55. Lekakis J, Mavrikakis M, Papamichael C, et al. Short-term estrogen administration improves abnormal endothelial function in women with systemic sclerosis and Raynaud’s phenomenon. Am Heart J 1998; 136(5):905–912. doi:10.1016/s0002-8703(98)70137-1
  56. Bartoli F, Blagojevic J, Bacci M, et al. Flow-mediated vasodilation and carotid intima-media thickness in systemic sclerosis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2007; 1108:283–290. doi:10.1196/annals.1422.030
  57. Rollando D, Bezante GP, Sulli A, et al. Brachial artery endothelial-dependent flow-mediated dilation identifies early-stage endothelial dysfunction in systemic sclerosis and correlates with nailfold microvascular impairment. J Rheumatol 2010; 37(6):1168–1173. doi:10.3899/jrheum.091116
  58. Andersen GN, Mincheva-Nilsson L, Kazzam E, et al. Assessment of vascular function in systemic sclerosis: indications of the development of nitrate tolerance as a result of enhanced endothelial nitric oxide production. Arthritis Rheum 2002; 46(5):1324–1332. doi:10.1002/art.10191
  59. Au K, Singh MK, Bodukam V, et al. Atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Arthritis Rheum 2011; 63(7):2078–2090. doi:10.1002/art.30380
  60. van Sijl AM, Peters MJ, Knol DK, et al. Carotid intima media thickness in rheumatoid arthritis as compared to control subjects: a meta-analysis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2011; 40(5):389–397. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2010.06.006
  61. Brohall G, Odén A, Fagerberg B. Carotid artery intima-media thickness in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and impaired glucose tolerance: a systematic review. Diabet Med 2006; 23(6):609–616. doi:10.1111/j.1464-5491.2005.01725.x
  62. Masoura C, Pitsavos C, Aznaouridis K, Skoumas I, Vlachopoulos C, Stefanadis C. Arterial endothelial function and wall thickness in familial hypercholesterolemia and familial combined hyperlipidemia and the effect of statins. A systematic review and meta-analysis. Atherosclerosis 2011; 214(1):129–138. doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2010.10.008
  63. Ozen G, Inanc N, Unal AU, et al. Subclinical atherosclerosis in systemic sclerosis: not less frequent than rheumatoid arthritis and not detected with cardiovascular risk indices. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken) 2016; 68(10):1538–1546. doi:10.1002/acr.22852
  64. Inaba Y, Chen JA, Bergmann SR. Prediction of future cardiovascular outcomes by flow-mediated vasodilatation of brachial artery: a meta-analysis. Int J Cardiovasc Imaging 2010; 26(6):631–640. doi:10.1007/s10554-010-9616-1
  65. Meune C, Avouac J, Wahbi K, et al. Cardiac involvement in systemic sclerosis assessed by tissue-doppler echocardiography during routine care: a controlled study of 100 consecutive patients. Arthritis Rheum 2008; 58(6):1803–1809. doi:10.1002/art.23463
  66. Tennøe AH, Murbræch K, Andreassen JC, et al. Left ventricular diastolic dysfunction predicts mortality in patients with systemic sclerosis. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(15):1804–1813. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.068
  67. de Groote P, Gressin V, Hachulla E, et al; ItinerAIR-Scleroderma Investigators. Evaluation of cardiac abnormalities by Doppler echocardiography in a large nationwide multicentric cohort of patients with systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2008; 67(1):31–36. doi:10.1136/ard.2006.057760
  68. Allanore Y, Meune C, Vonk MC, et al; EUSTAR co-authors. Prevalence and factors associated with left ventricular dysfunction in the EULAR Scleroderma Trial and Research group (EUSTAR) database of patients with systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69(1):218–221. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.103382
  69. Hachulla AL, Launay D, Gaxotte V, et al. Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in systemic sclerosis: a cross-sectional observational study of 52 patients. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68(12):1878–1884. doi:10.1136/ard.2008.095836
  70. Assassi S, Del Junco D, Sutter K, et al. Clinical and genetic factors predictive of mortality in early systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 61(10):1403–1411. doi:10.1002/art.24734
  71. Rokas S, Mavrikakis M, Agrios N, Mylonas D, Antoniadou L, Moulopoulos S. Electrophysiologic abnormalities of cardiac function in progressive systemic sclerosis. J Electrocardiol 1996; 29(1):17–25. pmid:8808521
  72. Kostis JB, Seibold JR, Turkevich D, et al. Prognostic importance of cardiac arrhythmias in systemic sclerosis. Am J Med 1988; 84(6):1007–1015. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(88)90305-1
  73. Biełous-Wilk A, Poreba M, Staniszewska-Marszałek E, et al. Electrocardiographic evaluation in patients with systemic scleroderma and without clinically evident heart disease. Ann Noninvasive Electrocardiol 2009; 14(3):251–257. doi:10.1111/j.1542-474X.2009.00306.x
  74. Bienias P, Ciurzynski M, Glinska-Wielochowska M, et al. Heart rate turbulence assessment in systemic sclerosis: the role for the detection of cardiac autonomic nervous system dysfunction. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2010; 49(2):355–360. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kep394
  75. Ferri C, Bernini L, Bongiorni MG, et al. Noninvasive evaluation of cardiac dysrhythmias, and their relationship with multisystemic symptoms, in progressive systemic sclerosis patients. Arthritis Rheum 1985; 28(11):1259–1266. pmid:4063000
  76. Roberts NK, Cabeen WR, Moss J, Clements PJ, Furst DE. The prevalence of conduction defects and cardiac arrhythmias in progressive systemic sclerosis. Ann Intern Med 1981; 94(1):38–40. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-94-1-38
  77. Wang Q, Shang Y, Li S, Wu Y, Wang C, Yan X. Complete heart block in systemic sclerosis: a case report and literature review. Medicine (Baltimore) 2018; 97(46):e13226. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000013226
  78. Summerfield BJ. Progressive systemic sclerosis with complete heart block. Br Heart J 1975; 37(12):1308–1310. doi:10.1136/hrt.37.12.1308
  79. Moyssakis I, Papadopoulos DP, Tzioufas AG, Votteas V. Complete heart block in a patient with systemic sclerosis. Clin Rheumatol 2006; 25(4):551–552. doi:10.1007/s10067-005-0068-2
  80. Ridolfi RL, Bulkley BH, Hutchins GM. The cardiac conduction system in progressive systemic sclerosis. Clinical and pathologic features of 35 patients. Am J Med 1976; 61(3):361–366. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(76)90373-9
  81. Champion HC. The heart in scleroderma. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2008; 34(1):181–190. doi:10.1016/j.rdc.2007.12.002
  82. Gowda RM, Khan IA, Sacchi TJ, Vasavada BC. Scleroderma pericardial disease presented with a large pericardial effusion—a case report. Angiology 2001; 52(1):59–62. doi:10.1177/000331970105200108
  83. Meier FMP, Frommer KW, Dinser R, et al; EUSTAR Co-authors. Update on the profile of the EUSTAR cohort: an analysis of the EULAR scleroderma trials and research group database. Ann Rheum Dis 2012; 71(8):1355–1360. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-200742
  84. Subramanian SR, Akram R, Velayati A, Chadow H. New development of cardiac tamponade on underlying effusive-constrictive pericarditis: an uncommon initial presentation of scleroderma. BMJ Case Rep 2013; 2013. doi:10.1136/bcr-2013-010254
  85. Kitchongcharoenying P, Foocharoen C, Mahakkanukrauh A, Suwannaroj S, Nanagara R. Pericardial fluid profiles of pericardial effusion in systemic sclerosis patients. Asian Pac J Allergy Immunol 2013; 31(4):314–319. doi:10.12932/AP0305.31.4.2013
  86. McWhorter JE, LeRoy EC. Pericardial disease in scleroderma (systemic sclerosis). Am J Med 1974; 57(4):566–575. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(74)90008-4
  87. Comens SM, Alpert MA, Sharp GC, et al. Frequency of mitral valve prolapse in systemic lupus erythematosus, progressive systemic sclerosis and mixed connective tissue disease. Am J Cardiol 1989; 63(5):369–370. doi:10.1016/0002-9149(89)90351-2
  88. Candell-Riera J, Armadans-Gil L, Simeón CP, et al. Comprehensive noninvasive assessment of cardiac involvement in limited systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 1996; 39(7):1138–1145. pmid:8670322
  89. Caforio ALP, Adler Y, Agostini C, et al. Diagnosis and management of myocardial involvement in systemic immune-mediated diseases: a position statement of the European Society of Cardiology Working Group on Myocardial and Pericardial Disease. Eur Heart J 2017; 38(35):2649–2662. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehx321
  90. Mavrogeni S, Karabela G, Koutsogeorgopoulou L, et al. Pseudo-infarction pattern in diffuse systemic sclerosis. Evaluation using cardiovascular magnetic resonance. Int J Cardiol 2016; 214:465–468. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2016.03.235
  91. Ladak K, Pope JE. A review of the effects of statins in systemic sclerosis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2016; 45(6):698–705. doi:10.1016/j.semarthrit.2015.10.013
  92. Abou-Raya A, Abou-Raya S, Helmii M. Statins: potentially useful in therapy of systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud’s phenomenon and digital ulcers. J Rheumatol 2008; 35(9):1801–1808. pmid:18709692
  93. ASCEND Study Collaborative Group; Bowman L, Mafham M, Wallendszus K, et al. Effects of aspirin for primary prevention in persons with diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2018; 379(16):1529–1539. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1804988
  94. Guerra F, Stronati G, Fischietti C, et al. Global longitudinal strain measured by speckle tracking identifies subclinical heart involvement in patients with systemic sclerosis. Eur J Prev Cardiol 2018; 25(15):1598–1606. doi:10.1177/2047487318786315
  95. Mavrogeni SI, Sfikakis PP, Dimitroulas T, et al. Prospects of using cardiovascular magnetic resonance in the identification of arrhythmogenic substrate in autoimmune rheumatic diseases. Rheumatol Int 2018; 38(9):1615–1621. doi:10.1007/s00296-018-4110-5
  96. Mavrogeni SI, Sfikakis PP, Markousis-Mavrogenis G, et al. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging pattern in patients with autoimmune rheumatic diseases and ventricular tachycardia with preserved ejection fraction. Int J Cardiol 2019; 284:105–109. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2018.10.067
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(10)
Page Number
685-695
Page Number
685-695
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis: What to look for
Display Headline
Cardiovascular complications of systemic sclerosis: What to look for
Legacy Keywords
systemic sclerosis, heart, cardiovascular complications, pulmonary hypertension, PH, pulmonary arterial hypertension, PAH, atherosclerosis, heart failure, arrhythmias, pericardial disease, valvular heart disease, CREST syndrome, fibrosis, fibroblast, echocardiography, NT-proBNP, right heart catheterization, DLCO, coronary artery disease, ventricular dysfunction, vasospasm, ischemia, conduction defects, GENISOS, Preethi Mani, Danny Gonzalez, Soumya Chatterjee, Michael Faulx
Legacy Keywords
systemic sclerosis, heart, cardiovascular complications, pulmonary hypertension, PH, pulmonary arterial hypertension, PAH, atherosclerosis, heart failure, arrhythmias, pericardial disease, valvular heart disease, CREST syndrome, fibrosis, fibroblast, echocardiography, NT-proBNP, right heart catheterization, DLCO, coronary artery disease, ventricular dysfunction, vasospasm, ischemia, conduction defects, GENISOS, Preethi Mani, Danny Gonzalez, Soumya Chatterjee, Michael Faulx
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Pulmonary hypertension is common in systemic sclerosis and carries a poor prognosis. Patients with systemic sclerosis should be screened regularly with echocardiography, followed, when necessary, by right heart catheterization to detect it early.
  • Myocardial infarction and stroke are more common in patients with systemic sclerosis, and preventive measures are the same as for the general population.
  • Right ventricular dysfunction secondary to pulmonary hypertension is common in systemic sclerosis; left ventricular dysfunction is less so. Routine echocardiography should include assessment of right and left ventricular function.
  • Electrocardiography should be performed periodically, and urgently when indicated, to look for potentially dangerous arrhythmias.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 09/24/2019 - 07:15
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 09/24/2019 - 07:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 09/24/2019 - 07:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

2019 Update in perioperative cardiovascular medicine

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 10/01/2019 - 08:59
Display Headline
2019 Update in perioperative cardiovascular medicine

Perioperative medicine is an evolving field with a rapidly growing body of literature, particularly in cardiology.

In this update, we review 6 articles to answer questions related to preoperative cardiac risk assessment, perioperative medication management, and postoperative cardiac complications. We surveyed perioperative literature from February 2018 through January 2019 and chose the final articles by consensus, based on relevance to clinicians who provide preoperative evaluations and postoperative care to surgical patients.

These summaries are derived from “Updates in Perioperative Medicine” presented at the 14th Annual Perioperative Medicine Summit (Orlando, FL, February 13–16, 2019) and the 2019 Society of Hospital Medicine Annual Meeting (National Harbor, MD, March 24–27, 2019).

PREOPERATIVE CARDIAC EVALUATION

How well do measures of functional capacity predict perioperative complications and mortality in noncardiac surgical patients?

Functional capacity is commonly assessed in preoperative evaluations to estimate patients’ risks of perioperative complications and death. The American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 and the European Society of Cardiology2 guidelines both include estimation of cardiopulmonary fitness as a step in preoperative assessment before major noncardiac surgery.

“Subjective assessment” is one way to estimate functional capacity. Simply put, clinicians try to form a rough idea about the fitness of patients by asking questions about routine activities such as walking or climbing stairs. Although commonly used, subjective assessment of functional capacity lacks strong evidence that it predicts adverse perioperative events.

cohn_cvperiopupdate_t1.jpg
The Duke Activity Status Index is another method: self-administered in a questionnaire, it consists of 12 questions, which have weighted values (Table 1).3 In its derivation and validation studies, its results were found to correlate with peak oxygen uptake during exercise.

Cardiopulmonary exercise testing is a third option. It measures peak oxygen consumption and anaerobic threshold during exercise. It is probably the best objective measurement of functional capacity, but not necessarily for predicting postoperative cardiac complications, and it is performed relatively infrequently.

[Wijeysundera DN, Pearse RM, Sulman MA, et al. Assessment of functional capacity before major non-cardiac surgery: an international, prospective cohort study. Lancet 2018; 391(10140):2631–2640. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31131-0]

In a multicenter, prospective cohort study, Wijeysundera et al4 compared subjective functional capacity assessment, the Duke Activity Status Index, cardiopulmonary exercise testing, and the preoperative N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level in their ability to predict complications and death in 1,401 noncardiac surgery patients older than 40 with at least 1 cardiovascular risk factor. After surgery, patients had daily electrocardiograms and troponin measurements until postoperative day 3 or discharge.

The primary outcome was the 30-day incidence of death or myocardial infarction (MI). Additional outcomes included the 30-day incidence of death or myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery (MINS), the 1-year mortality rate, and moderate to severe in-hospital perioperative complications.

Findings. Two percent of patients died or had an MI within 30 days of surgery.4

Subjective assessment had only a 19.2% sensitivity (95% confidence interval [CI] 14.2–25) but a 94.7% specificity (95% CI 93.2–95.9) for predicting inability to attain 4 metabolic equivalents during exercise.4

A lower Duke Activity Status Index predicted the primary outcome of death or MI within 30 days (adjusted odds ratio [OR] 0.96, 95% CI 0.83–0.99, P = .03), and it was the only measure that did so. Additionally, the Duke index and NT-proBNP level predicted the risk of death or MINS within 30 days.4

Only elevated NT-proBNP was associated with death at 1 year.4

On exercise testing, low peak oxygen consumption was significantly associated with perioperative complications.

Limitations. The number of primary outcome events (death and MI) was low, potentially affecting the statistical power of the study.

Conclusions. Subjective assessment of functional capacity misclassifies too many patients as being at low risk of perioperative complications and should not be used for preoperative risk stratification. Other tools, such as the Duke Activity Status Index and NT-proBNP levels, are better predictors of adverse perioperative cardiovascular outcomes and should be considered for use in preoperative cardiac risk assessment.

Although the Duke Activity Status Index is a better predictor of adverse outcomes than subjective functional capacity assessment, a specific perioperative threshold for risk classification has not been established. Its correlate for metabolic equivalents should be considered for use in clinical practice at this point.

 

 

PERIOPERATIVE MEDICATION MANAGEMENT

Is perioperative aspirin beneficial in patients undergoing vascular surgery?

The Perioperative Ischemic Evaluation 2 (POISE-2) trial,5 a 2-by-2 factorial randomized controlled trial in which patients received perioperative aspirin, clonidine, both, or neither, demonstrated that perioperative aspirin did not reduce cardiovascular events and increased major bleeding. Patients with recently placed coronary stents and those undergoing carotid endarterectomy were excluded because aspirin is known to have a beneficial effect in these patients.

A subsequent substudy6 found perioperative aspirin to be beneficial in patients with coronary stents placed more than a year before noncardiac surgery. Whether perioperative aspirin is beneficial in other subgroups was unknown.

[Biccard BM, Sigamani A, Chan MTV, et al. Effect of aspirin in vascular surgery in patients from a randomized clinical trial (POISE-2). Br J Surg 2018; 105(12):1591–1597. doi:10.1002/bjs.10925]

Biccard et al7 investigated the effect of perioperative aspirin in the subgroup of patients from the POISE-2 trial who underwent vascular surgery. The primary outcome was death or MI within 30 days. Secondary outcomes in this substudy included vascular occlusive complications (amputation and peripheral arterial thrombosis) and major or life-threatening bleeding.

cohn_cvperiopupdate_t2.jpg
Findings. In POISE-2, vascular surgery was performed in 603 patients—272 for occlusive disease, 265 for aneurysm, and 66 for both. The results were similar regardless of the type of surgery. Aspirin had little effect (Table 2).7

Limitations. There were few adverse events, and this substudy was underpowered for the primary and secondary outcomes.

Conclusion. Starting or continuing aspirin did not improve outcomes, and withdrawing it did not increase cardiovascular or occlusive complications.

Do ACE inhibitors affect risk in noncardiac nonvascular surgery?

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are some of the most commonly used medications for treating hypertension. But whether patients should continue receiving them on the day of surgery or whether they should be held remains unclear.

Although current recommendations are inconsistent, the most recent American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 perioperative practice guidelines say that continuing ACE inhibitors or ARBs is reasonable perioperatively. This recommendation, however, acknowledges that published evidence is limited. There is general agreement that preoperative exposure to ACE inhibitors and ARBs is associated with intraoperative hypotension, but whether this increases the risk of adverse clinical outcomes remains unclear. Needed was a study to determine the effect on perioperative morbidity and mortality of continuing vs withholding ACE inhibitors and ARBs before surgery.

[Shiffermiller JF, Monson BJ, Vokoun CW, et al. Prospective randomized evaluation of preoperative angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition (PREOP-ACEI). J Hosp Med 2018; 13(10):661–667. doi:10.12788/jhm.3036]

Shiffermiller et al8 performed a randomized controlled trial comparing the effect of 2 preoperative ACE inhibitor management protocols in patients undergoing noncardiac nonvascular surgery. Patients were randomized to either receive or not receive their final preoperative ACE inhibitor dose, whether scheduled on the morning of surgery or the night before.

Exclusion criteria included hypotension or hypertension at their preoperative clinic appointment (defined as systolic blood pressure < 90 or ≥ 160 mm Hg, and diastolic blood pressure < 60 or ≥ 95 mm Hg), moderate to severe heart failure, and end-stage renal disease requiring dialysis. Excluded surgery types were cardiac, vascular, organ transplant, oncologic, and all outpatient procedures. Patients taking ARBs were also excluded.

The primary outcome was intraoperative hypotension defined as any systolic blood pressure less than 80 mm Hg from the time of anesthesia induction until transfer to the postanesthesia care unit. Secondary outcomes were measured until hospital discharge and included postoperative acute kidney injury, postoperative hypotension (systolic pressure < 90 mm Hg) and hypertension (systolic pressure > 180 mm Hg), major cardiac events (composite of acute coronary syndrome, acute heart failure, or new-onset arrhythmia), and death.

Findings. A total of 453 patients were screened for eligibility, and of these, 291 were included for randomization. Their average age was 64, 48% were men, and 87% were white. About 50% underwent general anesthesia, 25% spinal, and 25% regional. Over half of the surgeries were orthopedic, and 20% were spine surgeries.

The primary outcome of intraoperative hypotension occurred significantly less often in patients randomized to ACE inhibitor omission than in the continuation group (55% vs 69%, relative risk [RR] 0.81, 95% CI 0.67–0.97, P = .03). This translates to 1 case of intraoperative hypotension for every 7.5 patients continuing an ACE inhibitor perioperatively (number needed to harm 7.5). Intraoperative hypotension associated with vasopressor administration also occurred significantly less frequently in the ACE inhibitor omission group.

Patients in the ACE inhibitor omission group were also less likely to experience postoperative hypotension, but on the other hand, they were more likely to experience severe postoperative hypertension (defined as any systolic blood pressure > 180 mm Hg). The two groups fared the same in terms of rates of acute kidney injury and major adverse cardiac events (MACE) and hospital length of stay, and no patients died in either group.

Limitations. Several factors limit the generalizability of this single-center study, including the many exclusion criteria, the predominance of orthopedic and spine surgeries, and the low-risk patient population (the average Revised Cardiac Risk Index score was 0, range 0–3). Other limitations include not controlling for the specific ACE inhibitor used and not including the precise timing of the final dose in relation to surgery. Lastly, this study lacked power to measure postoperative outcomes.

Conclusions. Continuing ACE inhibitor treatment before noncardiac nonvascular surgery is associated with a greater frequency and duration of intraoperative hypotension, but it did not increase the incidences of acute kidney injury, MACE, or death nor the hospital length of stay.

[Hollmann C, Fernandes NL, Biccard BM. A systematic review of outcomes associated with withholding or continuing angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers before noncardiac surgery. Anesth Analg 2018; 127(3):678–687. doi:10.1213/ANE.0000000000002837]

Hollmann et al9 performed a meta-analysis to determine whether it is better to continue or withhold ACE inhibitors and ARBs before surgery. The patients were adults undergoing noncardiac surgery and receiving an ACE inhibitor or ARB, which was either withheld or continued on the morning of surgery.

Primary outcomes were all-cause mortality and MACE, while secondary outcomes included the incidence of acute kidney injury, heart failure, stroke, intraoperative and postoperative hypotension, and length of hospital stay. Randomized controlled trials and observational studies were included, while case reports and case-control studies were excluded.

Findings. This meta-analysis included 5 randomized controlled trials and 4 cohort studies, with a total of 6,022 patients; 1,816 had their ACE inhibitor or ARB withheld before surgery, while 4,206 continued therapy. It found no difference between the 2 groups in the incidence of death or MACE, and there were not enough data to determine a difference in heart failure, stroke, acute kidney injury, or hospital length of stay.

Seven studies, with 5,414 patients, examined intraoperative hypotension. The overall incidence was 30%, but was significantly lower if the ACE inhibitor or ARB was withheld (OR 0.63, 95% CI 0.47–0.85, P = .002). Findings were similar in an analysis of only the randomized controlled trials. No difference was observed in postoperative hypotension.

Limitations. There was no standard definition of the morbidity outcomes, including hypotension and MACE. The assessment of MACE included data only for MI and not MINS. The specific duration of hypotension was not reported, and this meta-analysis did not take into account different anesthetic techniques. The duration of follow-up varied widely among studies, ranging from the day of hospital discharge to 30 days after surgery. And the randomized controlled trial performed by Shiffermiller et al8 was not included.

Conclusions. While continuing ACE inhibitors or ARBs before noncardiac surgery was associated with intraoperative hypotension, it did not seem to affect other outcomes, including death and MACE. The authors propose that a large randomized controlled trial is needed to determine whether continuing or withholding ACE inhibitor or ARB therapy before surgery is safer.

 

 

POSTOPERATIVE CARDIAC COMPLICATIONS

How should we treat MINS?

MINS is associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular events and death in both the short term and long term. MINS is defined as an elevated postoperative troponin level related to an ischemic etiology. However, whether to routinely measure troponin after surgery is unclear, as most patients do not present with ischemic symptoms, and there is no standard of care for treatment of this entity. Limited observational data suggest that starting or intensifying cardiac medications, particularly aspirin and statins, may be beneficial in terms of reducing 30-day mortality rates in patients with MI or cardiac events at 1 year in vascular surgery patients with MINS.

The Management of Myocardial Injury After Noncardiac Surgery (MANAGE) trial was designed to evaluate the potential of the anticoagulant dabigatran to prevent major vascular complications in patients with MINS.

[Devereaux PJ, Duceppe E, Guyatt G, et al. Dabigatran in patients with myocardial injury after non-cardiac surgery (MANAGE): an international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2018; 391(10137):2325–2334. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)30832-8]

Devereaux et al10 randomized patients who were at least 45 years old and had developed MINS within the previous 35 days to receive dabigatran 110 mg orally twice daily or placebo for up to 2 years. Patients not already taking a proton pump inhibitor were also randomized to take either omeprazole 20 mg once daily or placebo.

The primary efficacy outcome initially was major vascular complications, which included vascular mortality, nonfatal MI, nonhemorrhagic stroke, and peripheral arterial thrombosis. However, amputation and symptomatic venous thromboembolism were subsequently added during the study.

The primary safety outcome was a composite of life-threatening, major, and critical organ bleeding. Major bleeding required a decrease in hemoglobin of at least 4 g/dL, transfusion of at least 3 units of red blood cells within a 24-hour period, or a procedure to stop the bleeding.

Findings. The original goal was to recruit 3,200 patients, but due to slow enrollment and loss of funding, the sample was reduced to 1,754 patients (877 in each group). Approximately 45% of each group stopped taking the study drug prematurely.

The primary efficacy outcome occurred in significantly fewer patients receiving dabigatran (97, 11%) than placebo (133, 15%, HR 0.72, 95% CI 0.55–0.93, P = .0115). The incidence of the primary safety outcome was similar in both groups: 3% with dabigatran and 4% with placebo (HR 0.92, 95% CI 0.55–1.53, P = .76). The only individual efficacy outcome meeting statistical significance was a lower rate of nonhemorrhagic stroke in the dabigatran group. Subgroup analyses showed a trend benefiting patients randomized within 5 days of MINS or with a diagnosis of MI, although it was not statistically significant.

Limitations. The efficacy outcomes were expanded to include venous thromboembolism and others not directly related to MINS, raising questions about the conclusions. Further, as defined by the protocol, bleeding had to be fairly severe to be deemed major. The high number of patients who discontinued the study drug is another limitation of this study.

Conclusion. Dabigatran lowered the risk of major vascular complications with no significant increase in major bleeding in patients with MINS.

What is the risk of thromboembolism in postoperative atrial fibrillation, and what are the benefits of anticoagulation?

Although nonvalvular atrial fibrillation is associated with increased risks of ischemic stroke and systemic embolic events in nonsurgical patients, the association of new-onset postoperative atrial fibrillation with long-term thromboembolic events in the noncardiac surgical population is not well established.

[Butt JH, Olesen JB, Havers-Borgersen E, et al. Risk of thromboembolism associated with atrial fibrillation following noncardiac surgery. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(17):2027–2036. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.088]

In this retrospective cohort study using a nationwide registry in Denmark, Butt et al11 assessed the long-term risk of thromboembolic events in noncardiac surgical patients with new postoperative atrial fibrillation. Patients were identified who had no previous history of atrial fibrillation and developed it after noncardiac, nonobstetric surgeries, and were matched in a 1:4 ratio with patients who developed nonvalvular atrial fibrillation during nonsurgical hospitalizations. Matching was based on age, sex, heart failure, hypertension, diabetes, known history of thromboembolic events, ischemic heart disease, and the year patients presented with new atrial fibrillation.

Patients were excluded if they received antiarrhythmic drugs or oral anticoagulants before hospitalization or surgery, had cancer in the year prior, or died in the hospital.

The primary outcome of the study was thromboembolic events—a composite of ischemic stroke, transient cerebral ischemia, and peripheral arterial thrombosis or embolism. Secondary outcomes included rehospitalization for atrial fibrillation and all-cause mortality.

Findings. Overall, 0.4% of patients developed new postoperative atrial fibrillation, of whom 3,380 were matched with 15,320 patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Over a median follow-up of 3.2 years, the risk of thromboembolic events was similar in both groups (31.7 and 29.9 per 1,000 person-years, HR 0.95, 95% CI 0.85–1.07). The groups did not differ in their CHA2DS2-VASc risk scores, HAS-BLED risk scores, or year in which patients were diagnosed.

Anticoagulation lowered the risk of thromboembolic events to a similar extent in both groups compared with no anticoagulation:

  • In postoperative atrial fibrillation—HR 0.57, 95% CI 0.40–0.67
  • In nonvalvular atrial fibrillation—HR 0.56, 95% CI 0.51–0.62.

Despite the similar reduction in thromboembolic events, only 24.4% of the postoperative atrial fibrillation patients were started on anticoagulation therapy within 30 days of discharge, compared with 41.5% of those with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation.

Limitations. Although this was a large study with excellent follow-up data, it was observational. It may have underestimated the number of patients who developed postoperative atrial fibrillation because episodes that were judged not to be clinically significant may not have been charted. Many patients are not monitored with continuous telemetry postoperatively, which also may have led to underestimation of the number of atrial fibrillation events.

The study also did not examine the number of atrial fibrillation episodes per patient, the heart rhythm at discharge or long-term, or indication for and duration of anticoagulation. There were no data regarding international normalized ratio levels.

Conclusions. Postoperative atrial fibrillation is associated with outcomes similar to those of nonsurgical nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Anticoagulation decreases the risks of stroke and death. However, substantially fewer patients with postoperative atrial fibrillation receive anticoagulation. Anticoagulation should be considered in these patients, while noting bleeding risk.

References
  1. Fleisher LA, Fleischmann KE, Auerbach AD, et al. 2014 ACC/AHA guideline on perioperative cardiovascular evaluation and management of patients undergoing noncardiac surgery: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on practice guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(22):e77–137. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.07.944
  2. Kristensen SD, Knuuti J, Saraste A, et al. 2014 ESC/ESA Guidelines on non-cardiac surgery: cardiovascular assessment and management: the Joint Task Force on non-cardiac surgery: cardiovascular assessment and management of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Society of Anaesthesiology (ESA). Eur Heart J 2014; 35(35):2383–2431. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu282
  3. Hlatky MA, Boineau RE, Higginbotham MB, et al. A brief self-administered questionnaire to determine functional capacity (The Duke Activity Status Index). Am J Cardiol 1989; 64(10):651–654. doi:10.1016/0002-9149(89)90496-7
  4. Wijeysundera DN, Pearse RM, Sulman MA, et al. Assessment of functional capacity before major non-cardiac surgery: an international, prospective cohort study. Lancet 2018; 391(10140):2631–2640. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31131-0
  5. Devereaux PJ, Mrkobrada M, Sessler DI, et al; POISE-2 Investigators. Aspirin in patients undergoing noncardiac surgery. N Engl J Med 2014; 370(16):1494–1503. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1401105
  6. Graham MM, Sessler DI, Parlow JL, et al. Aspirin in patients with previous percutaneous coronary intervention undergoing noncardiac surgery. Ann Intern Med 2018;168(4):237–244. pmid:29132159
  7. Biccard BM, Sigamani A, Chan MTV, et al. Effect of aspirin in vascular surgery in patients from a randomized clinical trial (POISE-2). Br J Surg 2018; 105(12):1591–1597. doi:10.1002/bjs.10925
  8. Shiffermiller JF, Monson BJ, Vokoun CW, et al. Prospective randomized evaluation of preoperative angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition (PREOP-ACEI). J Hosp Med 2018; 13(10):661–667. doi:10.12788/jhm.3036
  9. Hollmann C, Fernandes NL, Biccard BM. A systematic review of outcomes associated with withholding or continuing angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers before noncardiac surgery. Anesth Analg 2018; 127(3):678–687. doi:10.1213/ANE.0000000000002837
  10. Devereaux PJ, Duceppe E, Guyatt G, et al. Dabigatran in patients with myocardial injury after non-cardiac surgery (MANAGE): an international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2018; 391(10137):2325–2334. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)30832-8
  11. Butt JH, Olesen JB, Havers-Borgersen E, et al. Risk of thromboembolism associated with atrial fibrillation following noncardiac surgery. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(17):2027–2036. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.088
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Steven L. Cohn, MD, MACP, SFHM
Professor Emeritus, Department of Medicine, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL

Paul J. Grant, MD, SFHM, FACP
Associate Professor of Medicine, Associate Chief Medical Information Officer, Director, Perioperative and Consultative Medicine, Division of Hospital Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Barbara Slawski, MD, MS, SFHM
Professor of Medicine and Orthopedic Surgery, Chief, Section of Perioperative and Consultative Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

Address: Steven L. Cohn, MD, MACP, SFHM, Department of Medicine, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, 1120 NW 14th Street, Miami, FL 33136; scohn@med.miami.edu

Dr. Cohn has disclosed teaching and speaking for Janssen and Portola.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
677-683
Legacy Keywords
perioperative medicine, risk assessment, cardiac evaluation, Duke Activity Status Index, DASI, functional capacity, exercise, metabolic equivalents, METs, NT-proBNP, myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery, MINS, aspirin, perioperative medication management, POISE-2 trial, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, ACE inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor blockers, ARBs, MACE, major adverse cardiac events, dabigatran, Pradaxa, MANAGE trial, direct oral anticoagulants, DOACs, postoperative atrial fibrillation, thromboembolism, anticoagulation, Steven Cohn, Paul Grant, Barbara Slawski
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Steven L. Cohn, MD, MACP, SFHM
Professor Emeritus, Department of Medicine, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL

Paul J. Grant, MD, SFHM, FACP
Associate Professor of Medicine, Associate Chief Medical Information Officer, Director, Perioperative and Consultative Medicine, Division of Hospital Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Barbara Slawski, MD, MS, SFHM
Professor of Medicine and Orthopedic Surgery, Chief, Section of Perioperative and Consultative Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

Address: Steven L. Cohn, MD, MACP, SFHM, Department of Medicine, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, 1120 NW 14th Street, Miami, FL 33136; scohn@med.miami.edu

Dr. Cohn has disclosed teaching and speaking for Janssen and Portola.

Author and Disclosure Information

Steven L. Cohn, MD, MACP, SFHM
Professor Emeritus, Department of Medicine, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL

Paul J. Grant, MD, SFHM, FACP
Associate Professor of Medicine, Associate Chief Medical Information Officer, Director, Perioperative and Consultative Medicine, Division of Hospital Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Barbara Slawski, MD, MS, SFHM
Professor of Medicine and Orthopedic Surgery, Chief, Section of Perioperative and Consultative Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

Address: Steven L. Cohn, MD, MACP, SFHM, Department of Medicine, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, 1120 NW 14th Street, Miami, FL 33136; scohn@med.miami.edu

Dr. Cohn has disclosed teaching and speaking for Janssen and Portola.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Perioperative medicine is an evolving field with a rapidly growing body of literature, particularly in cardiology.

In this update, we review 6 articles to answer questions related to preoperative cardiac risk assessment, perioperative medication management, and postoperative cardiac complications. We surveyed perioperative literature from February 2018 through January 2019 and chose the final articles by consensus, based on relevance to clinicians who provide preoperative evaluations and postoperative care to surgical patients.

These summaries are derived from “Updates in Perioperative Medicine” presented at the 14th Annual Perioperative Medicine Summit (Orlando, FL, February 13–16, 2019) and the 2019 Society of Hospital Medicine Annual Meeting (National Harbor, MD, March 24–27, 2019).

PREOPERATIVE CARDIAC EVALUATION

How well do measures of functional capacity predict perioperative complications and mortality in noncardiac surgical patients?

Functional capacity is commonly assessed in preoperative evaluations to estimate patients’ risks of perioperative complications and death. The American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 and the European Society of Cardiology2 guidelines both include estimation of cardiopulmonary fitness as a step in preoperative assessment before major noncardiac surgery.

“Subjective assessment” is one way to estimate functional capacity. Simply put, clinicians try to form a rough idea about the fitness of patients by asking questions about routine activities such as walking or climbing stairs. Although commonly used, subjective assessment of functional capacity lacks strong evidence that it predicts adverse perioperative events.

cohn_cvperiopupdate_t1.jpg
The Duke Activity Status Index is another method: self-administered in a questionnaire, it consists of 12 questions, which have weighted values (Table 1).3 In its derivation and validation studies, its results were found to correlate with peak oxygen uptake during exercise.

Cardiopulmonary exercise testing is a third option. It measures peak oxygen consumption and anaerobic threshold during exercise. It is probably the best objective measurement of functional capacity, but not necessarily for predicting postoperative cardiac complications, and it is performed relatively infrequently.

[Wijeysundera DN, Pearse RM, Sulman MA, et al. Assessment of functional capacity before major non-cardiac surgery: an international, prospective cohort study. Lancet 2018; 391(10140):2631–2640. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31131-0]

In a multicenter, prospective cohort study, Wijeysundera et al4 compared subjective functional capacity assessment, the Duke Activity Status Index, cardiopulmonary exercise testing, and the preoperative N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level in their ability to predict complications and death in 1,401 noncardiac surgery patients older than 40 with at least 1 cardiovascular risk factor. After surgery, patients had daily electrocardiograms and troponin measurements until postoperative day 3 or discharge.

The primary outcome was the 30-day incidence of death or myocardial infarction (MI). Additional outcomes included the 30-day incidence of death or myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery (MINS), the 1-year mortality rate, and moderate to severe in-hospital perioperative complications.

Findings. Two percent of patients died or had an MI within 30 days of surgery.4

Subjective assessment had only a 19.2% sensitivity (95% confidence interval [CI] 14.2–25) but a 94.7% specificity (95% CI 93.2–95.9) for predicting inability to attain 4 metabolic equivalents during exercise.4

A lower Duke Activity Status Index predicted the primary outcome of death or MI within 30 days (adjusted odds ratio [OR] 0.96, 95% CI 0.83–0.99, P = .03), and it was the only measure that did so. Additionally, the Duke index and NT-proBNP level predicted the risk of death or MINS within 30 days.4

Only elevated NT-proBNP was associated with death at 1 year.4

On exercise testing, low peak oxygen consumption was significantly associated with perioperative complications.

Limitations. The number of primary outcome events (death and MI) was low, potentially affecting the statistical power of the study.

Conclusions. Subjective assessment of functional capacity misclassifies too many patients as being at low risk of perioperative complications and should not be used for preoperative risk stratification. Other tools, such as the Duke Activity Status Index and NT-proBNP levels, are better predictors of adverse perioperative cardiovascular outcomes and should be considered for use in preoperative cardiac risk assessment.

Although the Duke Activity Status Index is a better predictor of adverse outcomes than subjective functional capacity assessment, a specific perioperative threshold for risk classification has not been established. Its correlate for metabolic equivalents should be considered for use in clinical practice at this point.

 

 

PERIOPERATIVE MEDICATION MANAGEMENT

Is perioperative aspirin beneficial in patients undergoing vascular surgery?

The Perioperative Ischemic Evaluation 2 (POISE-2) trial,5 a 2-by-2 factorial randomized controlled trial in which patients received perioperative aspirin, clonidine, both, or neither, demonstrated that perioperative aspirin did not reduce cardiovascular events and increased major bleeding. Patients with recently placed coronary stents and those undergoing carotid endarterectomy were excluded because aspirin is known to have a beneficial effect in these patients.

A subsequent substudy6 found perioperative aspirin to be beneficial in patients with coronary stents placed more than a year before noncardiac surgery. Whether perioperative aspirin is beneficial in other subgroups was unknown.

[Biccard BM, Sigamani A, Chan MTV, et al. Effect of aspirin in vascular surgery in patients from a randomized clinical trial (POISE-2). Br J Surg 2018; 105(12):1591–1597. doi:10.1002/bjs.10925]

Biccard et al7 investigated the effect of perioperative aspirin in the subgroup of patients from the POISE-2 trial who underwent vascular surgery. The primary outcome was death or MI within 30 days. Secondary outcomes in this substudy included vascular occlusive complications (amputation and peripheral arterial thrombosis) and major or life-threatening bleeding.

cohn_cvperiopupdate_t2.jpg
Findings. In POISE-2, vascular surgery was performed in 603 patients—272 for occlusive disease, 265 for aneurysm, and 66 for both. The results were similar regardless of the type of surgery. Aspirin had little effect (Table 2).7

Limitations. There were few adverse events, and this substudy was underpowered for the primary and secondary outcomes.

Conclusion. Starting or continuing aspirin did not improve outcomes, and withdrawing it did not increase cardiovascular or occlusive complications.

Do ACE inhibitors affect risk in noncardiac nonvascular surgery?

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are some of the most commonly used medications for treating hypertension. But whether patients should continue receiving them on the day of surgery or whether they should be held remains unclear.

Although current recommendations are inconsistent, the most recent American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 perioperative practice guidelines say that continuing ACE inhibitors or ARBs is reasonable perioperatively. This recommendation, however, acknowledges that published evidence is limited. There is general agreement that preoperative exposure to ACE inhibitors and ARBs is associated with intraoperative hypotension, but whether this increases the risk of adverse clinical outcomes remains unclear. Needed was a study to determine the effect on perioperative morbidity and mortality of continuing vs withholding ACE inhibitors and ARBs before surgery.

[Shiffermiller JF, Monson BJ, Vokoun CW, et al. Prospective randomized evaluation of preoperative angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition (PREOP-ACEI). J Hosp Med 2018; 13(10):661–667. doi:10.12788/jhm.3036]

Shiffermiller et al8 performed a randomized controlled trial comparing the effect of 2 preoperative ACE inhibitor management protocols in patients undergoing noncardiac nonvascular surgery. Patients were randomized to either receive or not receive their final preoperative ACE inhibitor dose, whether scheduled on the morning of surgery or the night before.

Exclusion criteria included hypotension or hypertension at their preoperative clinic appointment (defined as systolic blood pressure < 90 or ≥ 160 mm Hg, and diastolic blood pressure < 60 or ≥ 95 mm Hg), moderate to severe heart failure, and end-stage renal disease requiring dialysis. Excluded surgery types were cardiac, vascular, organ transplant, oncologic, and all outpatient procedures. Patients taking ARBs were also excluded.

The primary outcome was intraoperative hypotension defined as any systolic blood pressure less than 80 mm Hg from the time of anesthesia induction until transfer to the postanesthesia care unit. Secondary outcomes were measured until hospital discharge and included postoperative acute kidney injury, postoperative hypotension (systolic pressure < 90 mm Hg) and hypertension (systolic pressure > 180 mm Hg), major cardiac events (composite of acute coronary syndrome, acute heart failure, or new-onset arrhythmia), and death.

Findings. A total of 453 patients were screened for eligibility, and of these, 291 were included for randomization. Their average age was 64, 48% were men, and 87% were white. About 50% underwent general anesthesia, 25% spinal, and 25% regional. Over half of the surgeries were orthopedic, and 20% were spine surgeries.

The primary outcome of intraoperative hypotension occurred significantly less often in patients randomized to ACE inhibitor omission than in the continuation group (55% vs 69%, relative risk [RR] 0.81, 95% CI 0.67–0.97, P = .03). This translates to 1 case of intraoperative hypotension for every 7.5 patients continuing an ACE inhibitor perioperatively (number needed to harm 7.5). Intraoperative hypotension associated with vasopressor administration also occurred significantly less frequently in the ACE inhibitor omission group.

Patients in the ACE inhibitor omission group were also less likely to experience postoperative hypotension, but on the other hand, they were more likely to experience severe postoperative hypertension (defined as any systolic blood pressure > 180 mm Hg). The two groups fared the same in terms of rates of acute kidney injury and major adverse cardiac events (MACE) and hospital length of stay, and no patients died in either group.

Limitations. Several factors limit the generalizability of this single-center study, including the many exclusion criteria, the predominance of orthopedic and spine surgeries, and the low-risk patient population (the average Revised Cardiac Risk Index score was 0, range 0–3). Other limitations include not controlling for the specific ACE inhibitor used and not including the precise timing of the final dose in relation to surgery. Lastly, this study lacked power to measure postoperative outcomes.

Conclusions. Continuing ACE inhibitor treatment before noncardiac nonvascular surgery is associated with a greater frequency and duration of intraoperative hypotension, but it did not increase the incidences of acute kidney injury, MACE, or death nor the hospital length of stay.

[Hollmann C, Fernandes NL, Biccard BM. A systematic review of outcomes associated with withholding or continuing angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers before noncardiac surgery. Anesth Analg 2018; 127(3):678–687. doi:10.1213/ANE.0000000000002837]

Hollmann et al9 performed a meta-analysis to determine whether it is better to continue or withhold ACE inhibitors and ARBs before surgery. The patients were adults undergoing noncardiac surgery and receiving an ACE inhibitor or ARB, which was either withheld or continued on the morning of surgery.

Primary outcomes were all-cause mortality and MACE, while secondary outcomes included the incidence of acute kidney injury, heart failure, stroke, intraoperative and postoperative hypotension, and length of hospital stay. Randomized controlled trials and observational studies were included, while case reports and case-control studies were excluded.

Findings. This meta-analysis included 5 randomized controlled trials and 4 cohort studies, with a total of 6,022 patients; 1,816 had their ACE inhibitor or ARB withheld before surgery, while 4,206 continued therapy. It found no difference between the 2 groups in the incidence of death or MACE, and there were not enough data to determine a difference in heart failure, stroke, acute kidney injury, or hospital length of stay.

Seven studies, with 5,414 patients, examined intraoperative hypotension. The overall incidence was 30%, but was significantly lower if the ACE inhibitor or ARB was withheld (OR 0.63, 95% CI 0.47–0.85, P = .002). Findings were similar in an analysis of only the randomized controlled trials. No difference was observed in postoperative hypotension.

Limitations. There was no standard definition of the morbidity outcomes, including hypotension and MACE. The assessment of MACE included data only for MI and not MINS. The specific duration of hypotension was not reported, and this meta-analysis did not take into account different anesthetic techniques. The duration of follow-up varied widely among studies, ranging from the day of hospital discharge to 30 days after surgery. And the randomized controlled trial performed by Shiffermiller et al8 was not included.

Conclusions. While continuing ACE inhibitors or ARBs before noncardiac surgery was associated with intraoperative hypotension, it did not seem to affect other outcomes, including death and MACE. The authors propose that a large randomized controlled trial is needed to determine whether continuing or withholding ACE inhibitor or ARB therapy before surgery is safer.

 

 

POSTOPERATIVE CARDIAC COMPLICATIONS

How should we treat MINS?

MINS is associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular events and death in both the short term and long term. MINS is defined as an elevated postoperative troponin level related to an ischemic etiology. However, whether to routinely measure troponin after surgery is unclear, as most patients do not present with ischemic symptoms, and there is no standard of care for treatment of this entity. Limited observational data suggest that starting or intensifying cardiac medications, particularly aspirin and statins, may be beneficial in terms of reducing 30-day mortality rates in patients with MI or cardiac events at 1 year in vascular surgery patients with MINS.

The Management of Myocardial Injury After Noncardiac Surgery (MANAGE) trial was designed to evaluate the potential of the anticoagulant dabigatran to prevent major vascular complications in patients with MINS.

[Devereaux PJ, Duceppe E, Guyatt G, et al. Dabigatran in patients with myocardial injury after non-cardiac surgery (MANAGE): an international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2018; 391(10137):2325–2334. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)30832-8]

Devereaux et al10 randomized patients who were at least 45 years old and had developed MINS within the previous 35 days to receive dabigatran 110 mg orally twice daily or placebo for up to 2 years. Patients not already taking a proton pump inhibitor were also randomized to take either omeprazole 20 mg once daily or placebo.

The primary efficacy outcome initially was major vascular complications, which included vascular mortality, nonfatal MI, nonhemorrhagic stroke, and peripheral arterial thrombosis. However, amputation and symptomatic venous thromboembolism were subsequently added during the study.

The primary safety outcome was a composite of life-threatening, major, and critical organ bleeding. Major bleeding required a decrease in hemoglobin of at least 4 g/dL, transfusion of at least 3 units of red blood cells within a 24-hour period, or a procedure to stop the bleeding.

Findings. The original goal was to recruit 3,200 patients, but due to slow enrollment and loss of funding, the sample was reduced to 1,754 patients (877 in each group). Approximately 45% of each group stopped taking the study drug prematurely.

The primary efficacy outcome occurred in significantly fewer patients receiving dabigatran (97, 11%) than placebo (133, 15%, HR 0.72, 95% CI 0.55–0.93, P = .0115). The incidence of the primary safety outcome was similar in both groups: 3% with dabigatran and 4% with placebo (HR 0.92, 95% CI 0.55–1.53, P = .76). The only individual efficacy outcome meeting statistical significance was a lower rate of nonhemorrhagic stroke in the dabigatran group. Subgroup analyses showed a trend benefiting patients randomized within 5 days of MINS or with a diagnosis of MI, although it was not statistically significant.

Limitations. The efficacy outcomes were expanded to include venous thromboembolism and others not directly related to MINS, raising questions about the conclusions. Further, as defined by the protocol, bleeding had to be fairly severe to be deemed major. The high number of patients who discontinued the study drug is another limitation of this study.

Conclusion. Dabigatran lowered the risk of major vascular complications with no significant increase in major bleeding in patients with MINS.

What is the risk of thromboembolism in postoperative atrial fibrillation, and what are the benefits of anticoagulation?

Although nonvalvular atrial fibrillation is associated with increased risks of ischemic stroke and systemic embolic events in nonsurgical patients, the association of new-onset postoperative atrial fibrillation with long-term thromboembolic events in the noncardiac surgical population is not well established.

[Butt JH, Olesen JB, Havers-Borgersen E, et al. Risk of thromboembolism associated with atrial fibrillation following noncardiac surgery. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(17):2027–2036. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.088]

In this retrospective cohort study using a nationwide registry in Denmark, Butt et al11 assessed the long-term risk of thromboembolic events in noncardiac surgical patients with new postoperative atrial fibrillation. Patients were identified who had no previous history of atrial fibrillation and developed it after noncardiac, nonobstetric surgeries, and were matched in a 1:4 ratio with patients who developed nonvalvular atrial fibrillation during nonsurgical hospitalizations. Matching was based on age, sex, heart failure, hypertension, diabetes, known history of thromboembolic events, ischemic heart disease, and the year patients presented with new atrial fibrillation.

Patients were excluded if they received antiarrhythmic drugs or oral anticoagulants before hospitalization or surgery, had cancer in the year prior, or died in the hospital.

The primary outcome of the study was thromboembolic events—a composite of ischemic stroke, transient cerebral ischemia, and peripheral arterial thrombosis or embolism. Secondary outcomes included rehospitalization for atrial fibrillation and all-cause mortality.

Findings. Overall, 0.4% of patients developed new postoperative atrial fibrillation, of whom 3,380 were matched with 15,320 patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Over a median follow-up of 3.2 years, the risk of thromboembolic events was similar in both groups (31.7 and 29.9 per 1,000 person-years, HR 0.95, 95% CI 0.85–1.07). The groups did not differ in their CHA2DS2-VASc risk scores, HAS-BLED risk scores, or year in which patients were diagnosed.

Anticoagulation lowered the risk of thromboembolic events to a similar extent in both groups compared with no anticoagulation:

  • In postoperative atrial fibrillation—HR 0.57, 95% CI 0.40–0.67
  • In nonvalvular atrial fibrillation—HR 0.56, 95% CI 0.51–0.62.

Despite the similar reduction in thromboembolic events, only 24.4% of the postoperative atrial fibrillation patients were started on anticoagulation therapy within 30 days of discharge, compared with 41.5% of those with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation.

Limitations. Although this was a large study with excellent follow-up data, it was observational. It may have underestimated the number of patients who developed postoperative atrial fibrillation because episodes that were judged not to be clinically significant may not have been charted. Many patients are not monitored with continuous telemetry postoperatively, which also may have led to underestimation of the number of atrial fibrillation events.

The study also did not examine the number of atrial fibrillation episodes per patient, the heart rhythm at discharge or long-term, or indication for and duration of anticoagulation. There were no data regarding international normalized ratio levels.

Conclusions. Postoperative atrial fibrillation is associated with outcomes similar to those of nonsurgical nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Anticoagulation decreases the risks of stroke and death. However, substantially fewer patients with postoperative atrial fibrillation receive anticoagulation. Anticoagulation should be considered in these patients, while noting bleeding risk.

Perioperative medicine is an evolving field with a rapidly growing body of literature, particularly in cardiology.

In this update, we review 6 articles to answer questions related to preoperative cardiac risk assessment, perioperative medication management, and postoperative cardiac complications. We surveyed perioperative literature from February 2018 through January 2019 and chose the final articles by consensus, based on relevance to clinicians who provide preoperative evaluations and postoperative care to surgical patients.

These summaries are derived from “Updates in Perioperative Medicine” presented at the 14th Annual Perioperative Medicine Summit (Orlando, FL, February 13–16, 2019) and the 2019 Society of Hospital Medicine Annual Meeting (National Harbor, MD, March 24–27, 2019).

PREOPERATIVE CARDIAC EVALUATION

How well do measures of functional capacity predict perioperative complications and mortality in noncardiac surgical patients?

Functional capacity is commonly assessed in preoperative evaluations to estimate patients’ risks of perioperative complications and death. The American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 and the European Society of Cardiology2 guidelines both include estimation of cardiopulmonary fitness as a step in preoperative assessment before major noncardiac surgery.

“Subjective assessment” is one way to estimate functional capacity. Simply put, clinicians try to form a rough idea about the fitness of patients by asking questions about routine activities such as walking or climbing stairs. Although commonly used, subjective assessment of functional capacity lacks strong evidence that it predicts adverse perioperative events.

cohn_cvperiopupdate_t1.jpg
The Duke Activity Status Index is another method: self-administered in a questionnaire, it consists of 12 questions, which have weighted values (Table 1).3 In its derivation and validation studies, its results were found to correlate with peak oxygen uptake during exercise.

Cardiopulmonary exercise testing is a third option. It measures peak oxygen consumption and anaerobic threshold during exercise. It is probably the best objective measurement of functional capacity, but not necessarily for predicting postoperative cardiac complications, and it is performed relatively infrequently.

[Wijeysundera DN, Pearse RM, Sulman MA, et al. Assessment of functional capacity before major non-cardiac surgery: an international, prospective cohort study. Lancet 2018; 391(10140):2631–2640. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31131-0]

In a multicenter, prospective cohort study, Wijeysundera et al4 compared subjective functional capacity assessment, the Duke Activity Status Index, cardiopulmonary exercise testing, and the preoperative N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level in their ability to predict complications and death in 1,401 noncardiac surgery patients older than 40 with at least 1 cardiovascular risk factor. After surgery, patients had daily electrocardiograms and troponin measurements until postoperative day 3 or discharge.

The primary outcome was the 30-day incidence of death or myocardial infarction (MI). Additional outcomes included the 30-day incidence of death or myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery (MINS), the 1-year mortality rate, and moderate to severe in-hospital perioperative complications.

Findings. Two percent of patients died or had an MI within 30 days of surgery.4

Subjective assessment had only a 19.2% sensitivity (95% confidence interval [CI] 14.2–25) but a 94.7% specificity (95% CI 93.2–95.9) for predicting inability to attain 4 metabolic equivalents during exercise.4

A lower Duke Activity Status Index predicted the primary outcome of death or MI within 30 days (adjusted odds ratio [OR] 0.96, 95% CI 0.83–0.99, P = .03), and it was the only measure that did so. Additionally, the Duke index and NT-proBNP level predicted the risk of death or MINS within 30 days.4

Only elevated NT-proBNP was associated with death at 1 year.4

On exercise testing, low peak oxygen consumption was significantly associated with perioperative complications.

Limitations. The number of primary outcome events (death and MI) was low, potentially affecting the statistical power of the study.

Conclusions. Subjective assessment of functional capacity misclassifies too many patients as being at low risk of perioperative complications and should not be used for preoperative risk stratification. Other tools, such as the Duke Activity Status Index and NT-proBNP levels, are better predictors of adverse perioperative cardiovascular outcomes and should be considered for use in preoperative cardiac risk assessment.

Although the Duke Activity Status Index is a better predictor of adverse outcomes than subjective functional capacity assessment, a specific perioperative threshold for risk classification has not been established. Its correlate for metabolic equivalents should be considered for use in clinical practice at this point.

 

 

PERIOPERATIVE MEDICATION MANAGEMENT

Is perioperative aspirin beneficial in patients undergoing vascular surgery?

The Perioperative Ischemic Evaluation 2 (POISE-2) trial,5 a 2-by-2 factorial randomized controlled trial in which patients received perioperative aspirin, clonidine, both, or neither, demonstrated that perioperative aspirin did not reduce cardiovascular events and increased major bleeding. Patients with recently placed coronary stents and those undergoing carotid endarterectomy were excluded because aspirin is known to have a beneficial effect in these patients.

A subsequent substudy6 found perioperative aspirin to be beneficial in patients with coronary stents placed more than a year before noncardiac surgery. Whether perioperative aspirin is beneficial in other subgroups was unknown.

[Biccard BM, Sigamani A, Chan MTV, et al. Effect of aspirin in vascular surgery in patients from a randomized clinical trial (POISE-2). Br J Surg 2018; 105(12):1591–1597. doi:10.1002/bjs.10925]

Biccard et al7 investigated the effect of perioperative aspirin in the subgroup of patients from the POISE-2 trial who underwent vascular surgery. The primary outcome was death or MI within 30 days. Secondary outcomes in this substudy included vascular occlusive complications (amputation and peripheral arterial thrombosis) and major or life-threatening bleeding.

cohn_cvperiopupdate_t2.jpg
Findings. In POISE-2, vascular surgery was performed in 603 patients—272 for occlusive disease, 265 for aneurysm, and 66 for both. The results were similar regardless of the type of surgery. Aspirin had little effect (Table 2).7

Limitations. There were few adverse events, and this substudy was underpowered for the primary and secondary outcomes.

Conclusion. Starting or continuing aspirin did not improve outcomes, and withdrawing it did not increase cardiovascular or occlusive complications.

Do ACE inhibitors affect risk in noncardiac nonvascular surgery?

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are some of the most commonly used medications for treating hypertension. But whether patients should continue receiving them on the day of surgery or whether they should be held remains unclear.

Although current recommendations are inconsistent, the most recent American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 perioperative practice guidelines say that continuing ACE inhibitors or ARBs is reasonable perioperatively. This recommendation, however, acknowledges that published evidence is limited. There is general agreement that preoperative exposure to ACE inhibitors and ARBs is associated with intraoperative hypotension, but whether this increases the risk of adverse clinical outcomes remains unclear. Needed was a study to determine the effect on perioperative morbidity and mortality of continuing vs withholding ACE inhibitors and ARBs before surgery.

[Shiffermiller JF, Monson BJ, Vokoun CW, et al. Prospective randomized evaluation of preoperative angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition (PREOP-ACEI). J Hosp Med 2018; 13(10):661–667. doi:10.12788/jhm.3036]

Shiffermiller et al8 performed a randomized controlled trial comparing the effect of 2 preoperative ACE inhibitor management protocols in patients undergoing noncardiac nonvascular surgery. Patients were randomized to either receive or not receive their final preoperative ACE inhibitor dose, whether scheduled on the morning of surgery or the night before.

Exclusion criteria included hypotension or hypertension at their preoperative clinic appointment (defined as systolic blood pressure < 90 or ≥ 160 mm Hg, and diastolic blood pressure < 60 or ≥ 95 mm Hg), moderate to severe heart failure, and end-stage renal disease requiring dialysis. Excluded surgery types were cardiac, vascular, organ transplant, oncologic, and all outpatient procedures. Patients taking ARBs were also excluded.

The primary outcome was intraoperative hypotension defined as any systolic blood pressure less than 80 mm Hg from the time of anesthesia induction until transfer to the postanesthesia care unit. Secondary outcomes were measured until hospital discharge and included postoperative acute kidney injury, postoperative hypotension (systolic pressure < 90 mm Hg) and hypertension (systolic pressure > 180 mm Hg), major cardiac events (composite of acute coronary syndrome, acute heart failure, or new-onset arrhythmia), and death.

Findings. A total of 453 patients were screened for eligibility, and of these, 291 were included for randomization. Their average age was 64, 48% were men, and 87% were white. About 50% underwent general anesthesia, 25% spinal, and 25% regional. Over half of the surgeries were orthopedic, and 20% were spine surgeries.

The primary outcome of intraoperative hypotension occurred significantly less often in patients randomized to ACE inhibitor omission than in the continuation group (55% vs 69%, relative risk [RR] 0.81, 95% CI 0.67–0.97, P = .03). This translates to 1 case of intraoperative hypotension for every 7.5 patients continuing an ACE inhibitor perioperatively (number needed to harm 7.5). Intraoperative hypotension associated with vasopressor administration also occurred significantly less frequently in the ACE inhibitor omission group.

Patients in the ACE inhibitor omission group were also less likely to experience postoperative hypotension, but on the other hand, they were more likely to experience severe postoperative hypertension (defined as any systolic blood pressure > 180 mm Hg). The two groups fared the same in terms of rates of acute kidney injury and major adverse cardiac events (MACE) and hospital length of stay, and no patients died in either group.

Limitations. Several factors limit the generalizability of this single-center study, including the many exclusion criteria, the predominance of orthopedic and spine surgeries, and the low-risk patient population (the average Revised Cardiac Risk Index score was 0, range 0–3). Other limitations include not controlling for the specific ACE inhibitor used and not including the precise timing of the final dose in relation to surgery. Lastly, this study lacked power to measure postoperative outcomes.

Conclusions. Continuing ACE inhibitor treatment before noncardiac nonvascular surgery is associated with a greater frequency and duration of intraoperative hypotension, but it did not increase the incidences of acute kidney injury, MACE, or death nor the hospital length of stay.

[Hollmann C, Fernandes NL, Biccard BM. A systematic review of outcomes associated with withholding or continuing angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers before noncardiac surgery. Anesth Analg 2018; 127(3):678–687. doi:10.1213/ANE.0000000000002837]

Hollmann et al9 performed a meta-analysis to determine whether it is better to continue or withhold ACE inhibitors and ARBs before surgery. The patients were adults undergoing noncardiac surgery and receiving an ACE inhibitor or ARB, which was either withheld or continued on the morning of surgery.

Primary outcomes were all-cause mortality and MACE, while secondary outcomes included the incidence of acute kidney injury, heart failure, stroke, intraoperative and postoperative hypotension, and length of hospital stay. Randomized controlled trials and observational studies were included, while case reports and case-control studies were excluded.

Findings. This meta-analysis included 5 randomized controlled trials and 4 cohort studies, with a total of 6,022 patients; 1,816 had their ACE inhibitor or ARB withheld before surgery, while 4,206 continued therapy. It found no difference between the 2 groups in the incidence of death or MACE, and there were not enough data to determine a difference in heart failure, stroke, acute kidney injury, or hospital length of stay.

Seven studies, with 5,414 patients, examined intraoperative hypotension. The overall incidence was 30%, but was significantly lower if the ACE inhibitor or ARB was withheld (OR 0.63, 95% CI 0.47–0.85, P = .002). Findings were similar in an analysis of only the randomized controlled trials. No difference was observed in postoperative hypotension.

Limitations. There was no standard definition of the morbidity outcomes, including hypotension and MACE. The assessment of MACE included data only for MI and not MINS. The specific duration of hypotension was not reported, and this meta-analysis did not take into account different anesthetic techniques. The duration of follow-up varied widely among studies, ranging from the day of hospital discharge to 30 days after surgery. And the randomized controlled trial performed by Shiffermiller et al8 was not included.

Conclusions. While continuing ACE inhibitors or ARBs before noncardiac surgery was associated with intraoperative hypotension, it did not seem to affect other outcomes, including death and MACE. The authors propose that a large randomized controlled trial is needed to determine whether continuing or withholding ACE inhibitor or ARB therapy before surgery is safer.

 

 

POSTOPERATIVE CARDIAC COMPLICATIONS

How should we treat MINS?

MINS is associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular events and death in both the short term and long term. MINS is defined as an elevated postoperative troponin level related to an ischemic etiology. However, whether to routinely measure troponin after surgery is unclear, as most patients do not present with ischemic symptoms, and there is no standard of care for treatment of this entity. Limited observational data suggest that starting or intensifying cardiac medications, particularly aspirin and statins, may be beneficial in terms of reducing 30-day mortality rates in patients with MI or cardiac events at 1 year in vascular surgery patients with MINS.

The Management of Myocardial Injury After Noncardiac Surgery (MANAGE) trial was designed to evaluate the potential of the anticoagulant dabigatran to prevent major vascular complications in patients with MINS.

[Devereaux PJ, Duceppe E, Guyatt G, et al. Dabigatran in patients with myocardial injury after non-cardiac surgery (MANAGE): an international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2018; 391(10137):2325–2334. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)30832-8]

Devereaux et al10 randomized patients who were at least 45 years old and had developed MINS within the previous 35 days to receive dabigatran 110 mg orally twice daily or placebo for up to 2 years. Patients not already taking a proton pump inhibitor were also randomized to take either omeprazole 20 mg once daily or placebo.

The primary efficacy outcome initially was major vascular complications, which included vascular mortality, nonfatal MI, nonhemorrhagic stroke, and peripheral arterial thrombosis. However, amputation and symptomatic venous thromboembolism were subsequently added during the study.

The primary safety outcome was a composite of life-threatening, major, and critical organ bleeding. Major bleeding required a decrease in hemoglobin of at least 4 g/dL, transfusion of at least 3 units of red blood cells within a 24-hour period, or a procedure to stop the bleeding.

Findings. The original goal was to recruit 3,200 patients, but due to slow enrollment and loss of funding, the sample was reduced to 1,754 patients (877 in each group). Approximately 45% of each group stopped taking the study drug prematurely.

The primary efficacy outcome occurred in significantly fewer patients receiving dabigatran (97, 11%) than placebo (133, 15%, HR 0.72, 95% CI 0.55–0.93, P = .0115). The incidence of the primary safety outcome was similar in both groups: 3% with dabigatran and 4% with placebo (HR 0.92, 95% CI 0.55–1.53, P = .76). The only individual efficacy outcome meeting statistical significance was a lower rate of nonhemorrhagic stroke in the dabigatran group. Subgroup analyses showed a trend benefiting patients randomized within 5 days of MINS or with a diagnosis of MI, although it was not statistically significant.

Limitations. The efficacy outcomes were expanded to include venous thromboembolism and others not directly related to MINS, raising questions about the conclusions. Further, as defined by the protocol, bleeding had to be fairly severe to be deemed major. The high number of patients who discontinued the study drug is another limitation of this study.

Conclusion. Dabigatran lowered the risk of major vascular complications with no significant increase in major bleeding in patients with MINS.

What is the risk of thromboembolism in postoperative atrial fibrillation, and what are the benefits of anticoagulation?

Although nonvalvular atrial fibrillation is associated with increased risks of ischemic stroke and systemic embolic events in nonsurgical patients, the association of new-onset postoperative atrial fibrillation with long-term thromboembolic events in the noncardiac surgical population is not well established.

[Butt JH, Olesen JB, Havers-Borgersen E, et al. Risk of thromboembolism associated with atrial fibrillation following noncardiac surgery. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(17):2027–2036. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.088]

In this retrospective cohort study using a nationwide registry in Denmark, Butt et al11 assessed the long-term risk of thromboembolic events in noncardiac surgical patients with new postoperative atrial fibrillation. Patients were identified who had no previous history of atrial fibrillation and developed it after noncardiac, nonobstetric surgeries, and were matched in a 1:4 ratio with patients who developed nonvalvular atrial fibrillation during nonsurgical hospitalizations. Matching was based on age, sex, heart failure, hypertension, diabetes, known history of thromboembolic events, ischemic heart disease, and the year patients presented with new atrial fibrillation.

Patients were excluded if they received antiarrhythmic drugs or oral anticoagulants before hospitalization or surgery, had cancer in the year prior, or died in the hospital.

The primary outcome of the study was thromboembolic events—a composite of ischemic stroke, transient cerebral ischemia, and peripheral arterial thrombosis or embolism. Secondary outcomes included rehospitalization for atrial fibrillation and all-cause mortality.

Findings. Overall, 0.4% of patients developed new postoperative atrial fibrillation, of whom 3,380 were matched with 15,320 patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Over a median follow-up of 3.2 years, the risk of thromboembolic events was similar in both groups (31.7 and 29.9 per 1,000 person-years, HR 0.95, 95% CI 0.85–1.07). The groups did not differ in their CHA2DS2-VASc risk scores, HAS-BLED risk scores, or year in which patients were diagnosed.

Anticoagulation lowered the risk of thromboembolic events to a similar extent in both groups compared with no anticoagulation:

  • In postoperative atrial fibrillation—HR 0.57, 95% CI 0.40–0.67
  • In nonvalvular atrial fibrillation—HR 0.56, 95% CI 0.51–0.62.

Despite the similar reduction in thromboembolic events, only 24.4% of the postoperative atrial fibrillation patients were started on anticoagulation therapy within 30 days of discharge, compared with 41.5% of those with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation.

Limitations. Although this was a large study with excellent follow-up data, it was observational. It may have underestimated the number of patients who developed postoperative atrial fibrillation because episodes that were judged not to be clinically significant may not have been charted. Many patients are not monitored with continuous telemetry postoperatively, which also may have led to underestimation of the number of atrial fibrillation events.

The study also did not examine the number of atrial fibrillation episodes per patient, the heart rhythm at discharge or long-term, or indication for and duration of anticoagulation. There were no data regarding international normalized ratio levels.

Conclusions. Postoperative atrial fibrillation is associated with outcomes similar to those of nonsurgical nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Anticoagulation decreases the risks of stroke and death. However, substantially fewer patients with postoperative atrial fibrillation receive anticoagulation. Anticoagulation should be considered in these patients, while noting bleeding risk.

References
  1. Fleisher LA, Fleischmann KE, Auerbach AD, et al. 2014 ACC/AHA guideline on perioperative cardiovascular evaluation and management of patients undergoing noncardiac surgery: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on practice guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(22):e77–137. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.07.944
  2. Kristensen SD, Knuuti J, Saraste A, et al. 2014 ESC/ESA Guidelines on non-cardiac surgery: cardiovascular assessment and management: the Joint Task Force on non-cardiac surgery: cardiovascular assessment and management of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Society of Anaesthesiology (ESA). Eur Heart J 2014; 35(35):2383–2431. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu282
  3. Hlatky MA, Boineau RE, Higginbotham MB, et al. A brief self-administered questionnaire to determine functional capacity (The Duke Activity Status Index). Am J Cardiol 1989; 64(10):651–654. doi:10.1016/0002-9149(89)90496-7
  4. Wijeysundera DN, Pearse RM, Sulman MA, et al. Assessment of functional capacity before major non-cardiac surgery: an international, prospective cohort study. Lancet 2018; 391(10140):2631–2640. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31131-0
  5. Devereaux PJ, Mrkobrada M, Sessler DI, et al; POISE-2 Investigators. Aspirin in patients undergoing noncardiac surgery. N Engl J Med 2014; 370(16):1494–1503. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1401105
  6. Graham MM, Sessler DI, Parlow JL, et al. Aspirin in patients with previous percutaneous coronary intervention undergoing noncardiac surgery. Ann Intern Med 2018;168(4):237–244. pmid:29132159
  7. Biccard BM, Sigamani A, Chan MTV, et al. Effect of aspirin in vascular surgery in patients from a randomized clinical trial (POISE-2). Br J Surg 2018; 105(12):1591–1597. doi:10.1002/bjs.10925
  8. Shiffermiller JF, Monson BJ, Vokoun CW, et al. Prospective randomized evaluation of preoperative angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition (PREOP-ACEI). J Hosp Med 2018; 13(10):661–667. doi:10.12788/jhm.3036
  9. Hollmann C, Fernandes NL, Biccard BM. A systematic review of outcomes associated with withholding or continuing angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers before noncardiac surgery. Anesth Analg 2018; 127(3):678–687. doi:10.1213/ANE.0000000000002837
  10. Devereaux PJ, Duceppe E, Guyatt G, et al. Dabigatran in patients with myocardial injury after non-cardiac surgery (MANAGE): an international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2018; 391(10137):2325–2334. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)30832-8
  11. Butt JH, Olesen JB, Havers-Borgersen E, et al. Risk of thromboembolism associated with atrial fibrillation following noncardiac surgery. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(17):2027–2036. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.088
References
  1. Fleisher LA, Fleischmann KE, Auerbach AD, et al. 2014 ACC/AHA guideline on perioperative cardiovascular evaluation and management of patients undergoing noncardiac surgery: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on practice guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(22):e77–137. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.07.944
  2. Kristensen SD, Knuuti J, Saraste A, et al. 2014 ESC/ESA Guidelines on non-cardiac surgery: cardiovascular assessment and management: the Joint Task Force on non-cardiac surgery: cardiovascular assessment and management of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Society of Anaesthesiology (ESA). Eur Heart J 2014; 35(35):2383–2431. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu282
  3. Hlatky MA, Boineau RE, Higginbotham MB, et al. A brief self-administered questionnaire to determine functional capacity (The Duke Activity Status Index). Am J Cardiol 1989; 64(10):651–654. doi:10.1016/0002-9149(89)90496-7
  4. Wijeysundera DN, Pearse RM, Sulman MA, et al. Assessment of functional capacity before major non-cardiac surgery: an international, prospective cohort study. Lancet 2018; 391(10140):2631–2640. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31131-0
  5. Devereaux PJ, Mrkobrada M, Sessler DI, et al; POISE-2 Investigators. Aspirin in patients undergoing noncardiac surgery. N Engl J Med 2014; 370(16):1494–1503. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1401105
  6. Graham MM, Sessler DI, Parlow JL, et al. Aspirin in patients with previous percutaneous coronary intervention undergoing noncardiac surgery. Ann Intern Med 2018;168(4):237–244. pmid:29132159
  7. Biccard BM, Sigamani A, Chan MTV, et al. Effect of aspirin in vascular surgery in patients from a randomized clinical trial (POISE-2). Br J Surg 2018; 105(12):1591–1597. doi:10.1002/bjs.10925
  8. Shiffermiller JF, Monson BJ, Vokoun CW, et al. Prospective randomized evaluation of preoperative angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition (PREOP-ACEI). J Hosp Med 2018; 13(10):661–667. doi:10.12788/jhm.3036
  9. Hollmann C, Fernandes NL, Biccard BM. A systematic review of outcomes associated with withholding or continuing angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers before noncardiac surgery. Anesth Analg 2018; 127(3):678–687. doi:10.1213/ANE.0000000000002837
  10. Devereaux PJ, Duceppe E, Guyatt G, et al. Dabigatran in patients with myocardial injury after non-cardiac surgery (MANAGE): an international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2018; 391(10137):2325–2334. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(18)30832-8
  11. Butt JH, Olesen JB, Havers-Borgersen E, et al. Risk of thromboembolism associated with atrial fibrillation following noncardiac surgery. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 72(17):2027–2036. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2018.07.088
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(10)
Page Number
677-683
Page Number
677-683
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
2019 Update in perioperative cardiovascular medicine
Display Headline
2019 Update in perioperative cardiovascular medicine
Legacy Keywords
perioperative medicine, risk assessment, cardiac evaluation, Duke Activity Status Index, DASI, functional capacity, exercise, metabolic equivalents, METs, NT-proBNP, myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery, MINS, aspirin, perioperative medication management, POISE-2 trial, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, ACE inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor blockers, ARBs, MACE, major adverse cardiac events, dabigatran, Pradaxa, MANAGE trial, direct oral anticoagulants, DOACs, postoperative atrial fibrillation, thromboembolism, anticoagulation, Steven Cohn, Paul Grant, Barbara Slawski
Legacy Keywords
perioperative medicine, risk assessment, cardiac evaluation, Duke Activity Status Index, DASI, functional capacity, exercise, metabolic equivalents, METs, NT-proBNP, myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery, MINS, aspirin, perioperative medication management, POISE-2 trial, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, ACE inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor blockers, ARBs, MACE, major adverse cardiac events, dabigatran, Pradaxa, MANAGE trial, direct oral anticoagulants, DOACs, postoperative atrial fibrillation, thromboembolism, anticoagulation, Steven Cohn, Paul Grant, Barbara Slawski
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The Duke Activity Status Index is a better tool for assessing cardiopulmonary fitness than subjective assessment, and it should be considered for use in guideline algorithms.
  • Aspirin should not be given perioperatively in patients undergoing vascular surgery other than carotid endarterectomy.
  • Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are associated with intraoperative hypotension if given before surgery. Further study is needed to determined how best to manage ACE inhibitors and ARBs perioperatively.
  • In a study, dabigatran given to patients with myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery lowered the risk of major vascular complications, with no significant increase in major bleeding. But the study had major limitations.
  • Postoperative atrial fibrillation is associated with outcomes similar to those of nonsurgical nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Anticoagulation decreases its stroke and mortality risk.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 09/24/2019 - 15:45
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 09/24/2019 - 15:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 09/24/2019 - 15:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media